Page #1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
vol. 18
pt. I
GOVERNMENT COLLECTIONS OF MANUSCRIPTS
BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL
RESEARCH INSTITUTE
INSTITU
POONA
FOUNDER
1917
Published by Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
1952
Page #2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF
MANUSCRIPTS
IN THE GOVERNMENT MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY
PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE MANUSCRIPTS DEPARTMENT OF THE BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE,
POONA
FISTITUT
1917
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
POONA
1952
Page #3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Copies can be had direct from the
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona 4 (India) Price: Rs. 7 per copy, exclusive of postage
Printed and published by Dr. R. N. Dandekar, M.A., Ph.D., at the Bhandarkar Institute Press, Bhandarkar Oriental
Research Institute, Poona No. 4.
Page #4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections
of Manuscripts deposited at the
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
COMPILED BY HIRALAL RASIKDĀS KAPADIA, M. A.
Formerly Lecturer in Mathematics and Subsequently Professor of Ardhamågadhi and University Teacher for Ph.D.
in Ardhamăgadhi ( Bombay University )
JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
Volume XVIII: Part 1: Logic, Metaphysics etc.
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
ΡΟ ONA
1952
Page #5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
CONTENTS
No.
PREFACE
LIST OF CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
LIST OF THE DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUES OF MANUSCRIPTS IN THE GOVT. MSS. LIBRARY
SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION
RULES FOR THE GOVT. MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY XXV-XXVI
B. DĀRŚANIKA LITERATURE (<<) NYAYA
(1) The S'vetāmbara Works
PAGE
I-XVIII
XIX-XXI
17 Nyayanekārthabhāṣya
18 Nyayaloka
XXII
XXIII
PAGE
I-4
I
Anekantajayapatākā prakaraṇa
2 Anekāntajayapatākāprakaraṇa-svopajña-vyākhyā with vivarana
3 Anekantajayapatākoddyotadīpikāvṛttivivaraṇa
7,8
4 Bhāvārthamātrāvedini [ Anekāntajayapatākāvacūrṇi ] 9, 10 5 Jainaviseṣatarka [ Syādvādamuktāvali ]
11, 12
6 Tarkabhāṣā [ Jainatarkabhāṣā ]
7 Nayakarṇika with tīkā
8-10 Nayacakra with svopajña bālāvabodha
II
Nayacakrabalavabodha
12 Nayacakra with balavabodha
13, 14 Nayaprakāṣṭakastavana with svopajňa vṛtti
15 Nayapradipa
16 Nayopadeśa
4-6
13-16
17-19
20-24
24-26
26-28
28-32
32, 33
34, 35
35, 36
36-38
Page #7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Contents
No.
PAGE 19, 20 Nyāyāvatāra
38-41 21-23 Do with vivști
42-46 24 Nyäyāvatāravivștițippaņaka
46, 47 25 Pramāṇagrantha with avacũrņi
48, 49 26-31 Pramāṇanayatattvāloka [ Pramāṇanayatattvälokālaňkāra ]
49-57 32-37 Pramāṇanayatattväloka with Ratnakarävatārikā
58-70 38 Ratnakarāvatārikāpañjika
70-73 39 Pramāṇanayatattväloka with vștti
73, 74 40 Do d o ţikā
74,75 41 Pramānaprakāśa
76, 77 42 Do with svopajña vștti
77,78 43 Pramäņamimämsä with svopajña vrtti
79-81 (11) The Digambara Works 44-50 Alāpapaddhati
82-87 51-61 Nyāyadīpikā
87-98 62-65 Parikṣāmukha with Prameyaratnamālā
98-105 66-68 Prameyakamalamārtanda [ Parikṣāmukhädańkāra ] 105-112 69 Pramāņaparikṣā with tippaņaka
113-114 70 Laghiyastrayālankāra I Laghiyastrayi ] with Nyāyakumudacandra
114-122 71 Saptabhangītarangiņi
122, 123 (B) METAPHYSICS, ETHICS ETC.
(1) The S'vetambara Works 72 Akriyāvādyādisarvanayādivicăra 73 Agnisitatvasthāpanāvăda
124 74 Anka
125 75 Acauryādiśikṣā (?)
125, 126 76 Añcalamatadalanaprakaraņa (Avidhimatavişausadha ]
126-130
1 24
Page #8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
vij
PAGE 130-133 133-137 137-141 142-150 ISI-154
154 155, 156 157, 158
159 159, 160 160, 161
162-166
Contents No.
77 Añcalamatanirākaraṇa [ Vāso'ntikāļiprakaraṇa ] 75-80 Adhyātmakalpadruma 81
Do with Adhirohiņi 82-84 Do do Adhyātmakalpalatä
85 Adhyatmakalpadrumabālāvabodha
86 Adhyatmagita 87, 88 Adhyātmagita į Atmagitā ]
89 Adhyātmatarangiņi with ţippaņaka 90 Adhyātmadvātrimśika ( Adhyatmabattisi)
91 Adhātmadvipañcāśikā ( Adhyātmabāvani ) 92, 93 Adhyātmaphāga 94-97 Adhyatmabindu ( Prathama dvåtrimśikā ]
with svopajña vivarapa 98 Adhyātmamataparikṣā ( Ajjhappamayaparikkha )
with stopajña vivarana 99, 100 Adhyātmamālā [ Adhyātmasāramālā ] IOI Adhyātmasäraprakaraņa
Do (Prabandhas I-IV) 103 Anādivímśikā ( Aņāīvīsiya ) 104, 105 Anityatākulaka ( Aņiccayākulaga ) 106 Do
Do 107 Anyayogavyavacchedadvātrissikā 108-115
Do with Syādvādamañjari 116 Ayogavyavacchedadvätrimśikā 117 Do
with avacūri 118 Avasthāştaka 119, 120 Așțakaprakaraņa 121
Do with vstti 122 Aştakaprakaraṇavștti with pratisarskrta 123 Aşțasahasrivivaraņa
102
166-169 170, 171 172, 173
174 175, 176 176-178
178 179, 180 180-194 194, 195 196, 197
197 198-200 200-202
203 204, 205
Page #9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
viii
Contents
228
145
No.
Page 124, 125 Aștādaśīdvātrimśikā
205, 206 126, 127 Āgamasāroddhāra [ Āgamasāra ]
207-209 128 Agamoșțottarikā ( Agama-ațțhuttariya )
209, 210 129-133 Agamikavastuvicärasäraprakarana
(Agamiyavatthuviyārasāra payarana ) [ Șaļaśiti ] ( Chāsii )
210-216 134 Agamikavastuvicărasāraprakaraṇa with vivrti 217, 218 135 Do
- do Do 219, 220 136-139 Acārapradipa
220-226 140 Ācāropadeśa
226–228 141 Āñcalikamataniräsa 142 Ātmajñānaprakāśastavana
228, 229 143,144 Atmabodha [ Atmaprabodha )
229-232 Do with çika
232-240 146 Atmaśikśā ( Appasikkha )
241, 242 147 Ātmahitak ulaka ( Appahiya-kulaya )
[ Atmahitopadeśakulaka ] Appahiyovaesakulaya 242, 243 148-152 Atmānuśāsana
243-246 153 Do (Appāņusāsaņa )
246, 247 154 Atmāvabodhakulaka ( Appävabohakulaya) 247, 248 155 Adiśvaravijñapti [ Adiśvarajini vinati ]
249, 250 156 Adyarhad-dharma-deśanā ( Yugādi-jina-deśană ) 250, 251 157 Anandaghanapadasamgraha [ Rāgamālā ] 251, 252 158 Ābhavyānābhāvyavicāra (Abhavvāņābhavvaviyara) 252, 253 159 Do
(Do )
253, 254 160, 161 Arambhasiddhi [ Vyavahāracarya ]
254-256 162-165 Do with Sudhiśộngāra ( vārtika ) 257-265
166 Sudhiśộngāra [ Arambhasiddhivärtika ] 266, 267 167 Aradhanäsvarüpa Arāhaņasarúva țīkā 267, 268 168 Aryāgātha ( Subhāṣitāvali ]
268, 269 169 Alocanăvimśika ( Aloyaņāvisiya )
270
Page #10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
- No.
170
179
180
181
182
Contents
Avasyakasvarŭpasaptati ( Avassayasai uvasattari)
Pākṣikasaptati] (Pakkhiyasattari ) Do with vṛtti
171
172 Asambarahitasikşă
173 Ascaryayogamālā [ Yogaratnamālā ] with Sukhāvabodha ( vivṛti)
174 Aharopadhiśayyavicara (Aharovahisejjaviyāra) 175 Itarasamudghata ( Iyarasamugghāya) 176-178 Indriyaparājayaśataka ( Indiyaparajayasayaga ) Do with balavabodha
Do
Do
Do
Do
Do
ṭabba
183-185 Iryapathikavicaraṣattriṁśikā ( Iriyavahiyaviyǎrachattisiya) with svopajña vivarana
do
do
do
186 Iśvaravadanirākaraṇa
187 Utsütrodghaṭṭanakulakakhandana
188 Upakaranavicara ( Uvagaraṇaviyara)
ix
191
192 Upadeśakulaka (Uvaësakulaya)
193
Do
Do
194
Do
Do
195, 196 Upadeśacintamani ( Uvaësacintamani)
197, 198
Do with svopajña tikā
199
Do do avacuri
200-203 Upadesatarangini
PAGE
271-274
274-277
277
278-280
280
281
281-284
284, 285
285, 286
286, 287 287, 288
288-295
295 296-299 300
189 Upadeśa
300, 301
190 Upadesakandaliprakarana (Uvaësakandalipagarana) 302, 303 with vivarana
Do
303-306
306
307
308
308-311
312-318
318,319
319-325
Page #11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Gontents
210
21
212
213
No.
PAGE 204 Upadeśapada ( Uvaësapaya )
325-327 Do with Sukhasambodhanā ( vriti) 327-329 206 Sukhasaṁbodhana ( Upadesapadavṛtti )
329-331 207 Upadeśaprakaraṇa
331, 332 208 Upadeśaprāsāda ( Stambhas I-II )
with svopajña vștti 332-335 Do (Stambha II ) with svopajña
vịtti and tabba 335-337 Do (Stambhas III-IV)
i with svopajña vrtti 337, 338 ( Stambha IV ) with svopajña vștti
and tabbā 339, 340 ( Stambha V ) with svopajña
vștti and çabbã 341, 342 (Stambhas VII-XXII ) with
svopaña vștti and tabbā 343-345 214
(Stambha IX ) with svopajña
vștti and ţabbā 346, 347 215 ( Stambha X ) with svopajña vștii
and tabba 347, 348 216
( Stambha XI ) with svopajña vịtti and tabba
349, 350 217
(Stambha XVIII ) with svopajna
vịtti and ţabba 350, 351 218 Do. (Stambha XIX ) with svopajña
vịtti and tabbā 352, 353 ( Stambha XX ) with svopajña
vștti and tabba 353-355 220
(Stambha XXI ) with svopajfia
vftti and tabba 221
( Stambha XXII ) with svopajña
vftti and ţabba 222 Do (Stambha XXIV ) with svopajña
vftti and tabba 358, 359
219
355.356
357, 358
Page #12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Cartent's
Do
Do
D.
Do
Do
Do
Do
No.
PAGE 223 Upadeśa prasādanyastadrșţăntäntimaślokasaingraha 360
224 Upadeśamaņimālākulaka ( Uvaësamaņimālākulaya ) 361 225-235 Upadeśamālāprakaraņa ( Uvaësamālāpagaraņa ) 361-374 236-239
Do
with 'Heyopādeyā' vivști 374-380 240
do vivaraņa
381, 382 241
do Upadeśamañjari 382–384 242
do vrtti
384-387 243
do Dughatçi (višeşavstti) 387-391 244-246
do Karộikā ( viśeşavrtti ) 391-399 247 Do do Sukhabodhikā
399-401 2018
do bālāvabodha
401-403 249
do avacūri
403, 404 250
do vivarana
405-407 .251
do avacūrņi
407, 408 252 Do do tabba
403, 409 253 Do do Do
409, 410 254 Upadeśamālāprakaranāvacūrņi
410, 411 255 Upadeśamālāprakaraṇāvacūri
411, 412 256 Upadeśamālā prakaraņa paryaya
412, 413 257 Do
413, 414 258 Upadeśamālāprakaranaracũrņi
414, 415 259-261 Upadeśamālāprakaraña (Uvaësa malapagarana )
[ Puşpamäla ) ( Pupphamāla ) ( Kusumamála ) ( Kusumamala )
415-418 262 Do with svopajña vstti
419-421 263 Do do avacuri
421-423 264 Upadeśaratnamåla ( Uvaësarayaṇamala ) 423-425 265
Do with vivarana and tippa naka 429, 426 Upadeśaratnakara ( Uvaësarayaņāyara ) ( Tata I).
with svopajfia vivarana 426-435 267 268 Do (Tatas I & II) do Do Do 435-438
Page #13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
fii
Contents
466
467
No.
PAGE 269 Upadeśarasayana ( Uvaësarasāyaṇa ) with vịtti 1 438-441 270-272 Upadeśarasala
441-446 ... 273 Do | Süktāvali ] .
446-448 274. Do with vyākhyā
448, 449 275 Upadeśarahasyaprakarana ( Uvaësarahassapagaraņa ) with svopajña vivaraņa
449-451 276, 277 Upadeśašataka ( Dharmopadeśaśataka ]
[ Mahāpuruşacaritra ] 451-454 Do with vivaraņa
454, 455 .: 279 . Do do ţabbā
456-458 280, 281 Upadeśasaptati
459-464 282 Upadeśasāra
464, 465 83 Upadeśāmộtapancavimsatikā ( Uvaësāmaya pancavisiyā)
465, 466 84 Upaśamaśreņi 285 Upăsakapratima 286 Rşabhādijina parivāra
467, 468 287 Rşibhäșitakulaka ( Isibhasiyakulaya ) with tabbá 468, 469 288-293 Ekavimśatisthānakaprakaraṇa (Ikkavisațhāņaga. pagarana)
.469-473 with balavabodha
473, 474 295 Do do Do
475 296 1 Do do Do
-476, 477 Do (?) do ţippaña
477, 478 298-301 Ekonatrimśadbhāvana ( Egunatisabhāvaņā )
[ Bhāvanākulaka ] ( Bhāvaņākulaya ) [ Atmabodhakulaka ] ( Appabohakulaya )
478-480 302 Auştrikamatotsūtrapradipikā [ Cảmundikamatotsútradipikā ]
481, 482 Supplement 303 ( 64 ) Nayakarņikā 304 (159") Ayatanagātha ( Ayayaņagāha ). 483, 484 305 (1596) Ayatanasvarūpa ( Ayayaṇasaruva ) ADDENDA
485-493 * ERRATA
494-498
294
Do
: 297
; 484
Page #14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
PREFACE
0030:00
The Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute invited me in 1930 to prepare a descriptive catalogue of Jaina manuscripts. As no definite plan was then chalked out for the grouping of manuscripts and their presentation, I went on describing manuscripts by selecting works in the alphabetical order. After a couple of years it was decided that the canonical literature of the Jainas was to be assigned a place as Volume XVII, and a portion of the non-canonical literature dealing with Jaina philosophy in a wider sense as Vol. XVIII. Consequently some of the manuscripts dealt with in this part were handled by me as far back as 1930. I could complete the entire work allotted to me in 1936. In the course of the last fifteen years hardly half the portion has been published.
The printing of Vol. XVIII was undertaken in 1938. But it was discontinued from 1944 to 1948, and even when it was resumed in 1949 the progress was very slow. Thus the printing of this part I of Vol. XVIII has taken thirteen years. Even so, it is a matter of pleasure that this part gets published.
In 1948 when part IV of Vol. XVII was about to be published it was decided on the following considerations that part V (Appendices) of Vol. XVII should be published as forming one whole with a portion of Vol. XVIII that got printed by the time part V was completed:
:--
(1) Part V comprising only appendices of Vol. XVII will be too small to be published separately.
(2) A portion of Vol. XVIII remains unpublished though printed long ago. It had to wait till the number of its pages could make it a Volume of normal size. This meant an additional delay of about five years, since its printing could not be expedited sufficiently when full attention had to be paid to part V of Vol. XVII.
(3) A portion of Vol. XVIII and part V of Vol. XVII are not disparate. They all form part of the Catalogue of Jaina Mss., and there is sufficient homogeneity of material to warrant their publication as one whole.
Page #15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
This decision, though correctly taken by the Institute, has been later on set aside for the following reasons :--
(1) It was realised that part V of Vol. XVII would not be very small.
(2) Its printing will not be soon completed (only 17 forms have been so far printed out of about 30 ), and to wait for it would cause an additional delay of about a couple of years in publishing a portion of Vol. XVII which has been already overdue since 1938.
(3) It creates an awkward position for the reader who may not be interested in the whole work.
This Part I of Vol. XVIII deals with darśanika literature. It marks the beginning of a new volume and opens a new and wider field. Vol. XVII was confined to canonical (agamika ) works whereas this Vol. XVIII deals with an important section of non-canonical texts and their exegesis. These works, though non-canonical, are not in any sense opposed to the Jaina canon. On the contrary, so far as the Svetambara works are concerned, they are complimentary and quite in conformity with their canon available at present.
Another gratifying feature of this Volume is that it includes works of both schools of the Jainas.
Bifurcation starts from this volume. The canonical works belong to the Svetām baras only, as several orthodox Digambaras question their authenticity, though, in my opinion they are not justified in doing so. Works on philosophy' belonging to both sects are grouped under two heads : (i) Logic and (ii) Metaphysics, ethics etc. Here and hereafter the Švetāmbara works have been given precedence over the Digambara ones with a view to maintain. ing continuity of treatment, for Volume XVII dealt with the Svetām bara works only.
Under the head “logic" (nyaya) are generally included such works as deal with one or more of the topics related to anekantavada, 3pramaņas, 4nayas and sniksepas. Other works though pertaining to
1 The Jaina oommentarios on non-Jaina works on nyāya eto, of which some Mss, were described by me, are not inoorporated in this Vol.
% See p. vili, 9-8 890 p. vii.
Page #16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
nyaya as understood in a wider sense are placed under the second head which deals with tattvajñāna, niti and wpadeša and therefore includes didactic works also.
In this attempt I cannot claim to have entirely avoided mistakes. The ground is very difficult to traverse without tripping. But I believe I have taken all possible care, and I hope the path in this field is made clearer for other scholars.
There is nothing new to be recorded so far as the plan of the preparation of this part I of Vol. XVIII is concerned. It is practically based on the general lines followed in the previous parts I-IV of Vol. XVII and laid down by Rao Bahadur Dr. S. K. Belvalkar, then Hon. Secretary of the Institute. They have determined the inter-arrangement of the descriptive sheets dealing with the same text and the system of transliteration.
The exact plan followed by me in the preparation of this volume may be indicated as follows:--
Works composed in languages other than Sanskrit are assigned Sanskrit titles in addition to those in the language (Sanskrit excluded) in which the works are composed. The latter titles are placed in brackets just below the former ones as it was done in the case of the Prakrit works dealt with in Vol. XVII. At times an alternative title or even a popular one is indicated, but in order to distinguish it from the former, it is placed within rectangular brackets. All independent works have been arranged alphabetically according to their Sanskrit titles, whereas the commentaries pertaining to them are arranged as far as possible chronologically. I
Just as Vol. XVII has been furnished with Sten appendices so is the case with this Vol. XVIII and the subsequent one (Vol. XIX ). Each of these volumes will have the following ten appendices on the lines explained in my “ Preface” (pp. xx-xxi ) of part III of Vol. XVII and that (p. xvii) of part-IV of Vol. XVII:
1 Really speaking, Ārambhasiddhi along with its oommentary (Nos.160-166) should have been assigned a place in Vol. XIX, in "miscellanea " as it deals with astrology. But the mistake was realized on my getting its compose, and it was then too late to do the needful. A similar remark holds good for Ascaryayogamala No. 173.
2 This will make up part V of this Volume.
Page #17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
(i) Index of Authors. ( i ) Index of Works. ( iii ) Classification of Works according to Languages. ( iv ) List of Dated Works. ( v ) List of Dated Manuscripts. (vi )(a) Chronograms and their Significations. (b) Sanskrit Words and their Numerical Signi
fications: (vii) Cosmological data with special reference to names of
places where works were composed or copied. (viii) Proper Names of deities, rulers, scribes, schools and
sub-schools, castes, sub-castes and lineages, Jaina monks and nuns, Jaina laity, non-Jaina house
holders, works and their sections and miscellanea. (ix ) List of Abbreviations along with their Explanations
and Locations. ( * ) Correspondence Table of Manuscripts. Of these appendices, I, II and X of Vol. XVIII were completed in 1936 along with those for Vol. XIX. The rest are practically ready for the last several years. But some of them will have to be now modified, in case numbers of works are to be replaced by those for printed pages, and this can be done only when the entire matter of Vol. XVIII spread over parts II-IV: gets printed.
Now a word about “Supplement". The work entitled as Nayakarnika and numbered as 13846 of 1891-75 was lost sight of till the Ms. of another work following it got printed. To reserve it till the completion of this Vol. meant waiting for an indefinitely long period, in view of the present rate of printing. Consequently I have here assigned a place to it by way of “ Supplement" and numbered it as 6a, too, to suggest its precedence over No. 7 described on pp. 17-19. Same has been the case with Mss. of Ayatanagatha and Ayatanasvarapa.
i Parts II and III deal with works of the Svetambara school only, and part IV with those of the Digambara one. .
Page #18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
As regards anachronism, I may say that since there has been à very wide gap of years between the preparation of this part and its printing I had to make a few additions while correcting the proof-sheets in order that this part may become as up-to-date as possible, in the entries for "author" and "reference".
Since there remains a major portion of Vol. XVIII to be printed and it is likely to take about a decade to be completed, I may give a brief sketch of Vol. XIX which is almost as big as Vol. XVIII. Vol. XIX deals with non-canonical literature as is the case with Vol. XVIII. It deals with the following groups of works :
(1) Hymnology. (2) Narrative Literature. (3) Ritualistic Works.
(4) Miscellanea. Works in Group III differ from the corresponding works dealt with in Part IV of Vol. XVII inasmuch as they are not so closely associated with the Jaina canon as the latter.
Group IV includes all such works as could not be conveniently assigned a place under any one of the heads preceding it.
In the beginning of this part I of Vol. XVIII we come across works on logic of both the sects of the Jainas. As it forms a complete section by itself I shall take a bird's eye-view of the valuable contribution of the Jainas in this field. But, before I do so, I shall say a few words about philosophy in general.
Philosophy covers a wide and precious field of thought. Its main divisions are said to be as under:
: (1) Logic.
(2) Metaphysics. (3) Psychology. (4) Ethics. (5) Aesthetics. (6) Theology. (7) Cosmology.
Page #19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
Each of these has further sub-divisions. For instance, metaphysics is divided into two broad heads viz. (i) ontology and (ii) epistemology.
These clear-cut divisions and sub-divisions are a European product. Their full growth is marked out by the separate and standard treatises representing the divisions noted above. This growth can be traced practically from the days of Bacon. Its origin, however, goes as far back as the days of Aristotle as can be seen from his distinct works on ethics and natural philosophy'
Such being the case, it is no wonder, if no Indian school of thought has given rise to works where we can distinctly see these divisions as water-tight compartments, The Jaina philosophical literature is in no way an exception to this. Even then I hereby make an attempt to c fy the philosophical works according to the division it mostly represents. For I have not so far come across any pamphlet or article, much less a book which separately ( no matter even if succinctly ) gives an idea about one and all the branches of
Jaina philosophy? by taking into account the contributions of even one of the sects of the Jainas. To begin with, I would here confine myself mainly with the Svetambara literature on philosophy.
The Jaina writers divide their literature into four groups according as it is related to one or the other anuyoga out of the following four:
Dravyānuyoga, caranakaraṇānuyoga, dharmakathanuyoga and gailanuyoga.
The first group is associated with logic and metaphysics, the second and the third with ethics ( and religion ) and the fourth with mathematics
According to the Jaina tradition an omniscient being of immeasurable knowledge climbs up a tree of penance, restrictions ( niyamas ) and knowledge and discharges a shower of flowers of knowledge with a view to enlightening persons capable of attaining salvation.
1 Aristotle has written a work on politics, too.
2 The Jaina viow about philosophy is oompared with those of other Indian sohools by Pt. Sukhlal Sanghavi in his Hindi article " Jaina tattvajõāna " forming the first part of pamphlet XII issued by " Jaina Cultural Research Society ", Benares.
Page #20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
vii
This shower is completely received by his apostles in their cloth of intelligence. They then knit together words of the omniscient Tirthankara for composing scriptures ( agamas ).' This constitutes what is known as “ Jaina Canon ". In these agamas we can see seeds of the main doctrines of Jaina philosophy. To be specific, Nandi deals with nature, types etc. of knowledge, and it is thus helpful to students of epistemology. Pannavıņa furnishes us with " Jaina "ontology- classifications of living beings along with their characteristics and the doctrine of karman and that of lesya (so to say psychic tints). Jivajtvábhigama is another important work on ontology. Sayagada represents philosophical views of several non-Jaina sects about soul etc. Raya pasenaijja supplies a discussion between Kesi ( a follower of Lord Pārśva ) and King Paësi ( who does not believe in the separate existence of the soul from the body ). Ayåra and Uvasagadasa are important treatises on Jaina ethics ( and religion ) and Jambuddiva pannutti together with some portions of Viyahapannatti on cosmology.
LOGIC Logic may be roughly defined as consistency of thoughts, and as such it may be assigned a date going as far back as the date of the formation of the social organisation by human beings. It is difficult to say as to which nation of the world first prepared a scientific treatise on logic. Even so far as India is concerned nothing of a finally definite character can be asserted in this connection.
Valid proofs (pramanas), view-points ( nayas) and aspects (anik sepas ) of which the last two are practically the characteristic
1 “ 79-1744-710167 31172 0907 igalufii
तो मुयइ नाणवुद्धिं भवियजणवियोहणटाए ॥ ८९॥ तं बुद्धिमएण पडेण गणइरा गिहिउं निरवसेसं । तित्थयरभासियाई गति तओ पवयणट्टा ॥ ९०॥"
-Āvassaya-nijjutti 2 Those are dealt with in non-Jaina works but the terminology differs. This is borne out by the following lines occurring in Yasovijaya Gapi's com. (p. 24a ) on Tattvārthadhigamasutra (1,5):
'ग्याच्यारुतिजातपातु पदार्थाः' इति तावन्नैयायिकादिभिरपि प्रतिपन्नमेव । तत्र व्यक्तिव्यम्, आकृतिः स्थापना, जातिर्भाव इति निक्षेपत्रयमागतम् । नाम च वैयाकरणैः gere readi?
Page #21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
viii
Preface
features of Jainism, make up “Jaina ” logic. Syadvada ( also called anekanta-vada ) or the doctrine of non-absolutism and sapta-bhangi, the seven modes of predication are, too, dealt with in this logic. All these branches of Jaina logic are more or less treated in Anuogadara, Thàņa and Viyahapannatti...
Ditthivaya, the 12th anga, an extinct agama, may have dealt with logic as one of its ten names “Heüvāä " ( doctrine of reasons ) impliés. Further, according to Sakalakirti, a Digambara scholar of the 15th century A. D., Aggåņiya, the 2nd puvva ( a section of Dilthivaya ) treated logic and metaphysics.
To be explicit, pramana is classified in Thana (IV, 3; S. 338 ), Viyahapannatti (V, 4; 192 ) and Aņuogadara (s. 144; pp. 2118 to 2198 ). The word heu' (Sk. hetu ) is used in Țhana (IV, 3; s. 338 ) in two senses viz. pramana and reason. Several terms of debate such as pakkha ( party ), chala ( quibble ), viyakki ( speculation) and tikka ( discussion ) occur in Suyagada. In Thàņa we come across the word nda (Sk. jñata ) meaning an example. It is here divided into 4 kinds, each having 4 varieties. Further, this canonical treatise enumerates 6 expedients employed in a hostile debate or debate a l'outrance, and 10 defects of a debate.
Thara ( VII, s. 552) and Aņuogadára (s. 152 ) deal with naya and mention its seven varieties.
Nikṣepas with their various divisions are treated in Anuogadara ( s. 7-27, 29-42, 44-56 & 150 ).
Syaitvada is a key-note of Jainism. Examples of its usage are met with in several places in Vijahapannatti and in Jivajivabhigama (s. 125 ) and Aņuogadāra (s. 142 )}. This doctrine of nonabsolutism is treated at length by me in my intro. (pp. CVII-XXI ) to Anekantajayapataka ( Vol. II ). The three fundamental bhangas which develop into seven modes of predication are noticed in Viyahapannatti. So these suggest that saptabhangi is as old as the
1 Four varieties of hei are noted in Dasaveyaliya-nijjutti ( v. 86 ).
2 For quotations etc. see my work A History of the Canonical Literature of the Jainas (pp. 219-220 ).
3 See my introduction (pp. oxi-oxii) to Anekāntajaya-patāka ( Vol. II ).
4 This work along with its auto-commentary and super-commentary bag been published in two volumes in the Gackwad's Oriental Series 1 A. D. 1940 and 1947 respectively.
Page #22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
Jaina canon. It is treated at length by way of an independent treatise by Vimaladāsa in Saptabhangitarańgini and by Dāgavijaya Gani in Saptabhangiprakarana.
The exegetical literature pertaining to the Jaina canon elucidates and gives us further details about the seeds of the Jaina philosophy scattered in the field of the Jaina canon. The Nijjuttis of Bhadrabāhusvāmin deserve special mention, for they throw light on the Jaina view about soul, knowledge and ahirnsă and prepare a solid foundation for the edifice of the “ Jaina logic" having three pillars in pramaņas, nayas and nirşepas.
The authorship of Dasaveyaliya-nijutti is attributed to Bhadrabāhusvāmin who lived between 433 B. C. and 357 B. C. In this work in v. 50, he has clearly referred to a five-membered syllogism. In v. 137, he has noted the names of the ten members of the syllogism, and in v. 138-148 he has given a demonstration of this as applied to ahimsa. So this shows that at least by his time logic had attained an eminent status in the field of the Jaina literature. That logic was slowly but surely attacking and encroaching upon the sacred province of verbal authority, is fully reflected in the monumental works of Siddhasena Divakara. He resorted to logic for examining the statement of scriptural authorities instead of establishing their consistency by logic, and thus he upset the tenet of the school that used to reject pure reasoning as mere speculation when it was not supported by scriptures. Thus logic was not assigned a secondary place to the agamas by him as
1 There are two types of persons practioally in every school of religious thought. Some lay speoial stress upon scriptural authority and others on reason, Both are anxious to resort to logic (tarka ), but the former allow logic free scope only so far as it does not come into confliot with their scriptures, whereas others want to push forth logic even to the extent of questioning the soriptural authority, provided it satisfies reason. Thus some are for āgamānusāri-tarka while others for tarkānusāri-āgama. It appears that the former group of persons, though prior in existence, lose their ground especially when attacked by heterodox agholars. Thereupon this group resorts to logio for defending its principles and attacking those of their opponents. This necessity coupled with the composition of Nyāysutra and later on that of Madhyamāvatāra by Nāgārjuna seem to have forced the Jaina saints to give up to some extent their agamānusāri-tarka attitude and to enter the field of logio. . Consequently eminent Jaina writers like Siddhasa Diy Skara composed works like Nyāyāvatāra and laid firm foundations of Jaina logia.
Page #23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
was later on done by Jinabhadra Gani Kşamāśramaņa (circa 6th century A. D. ). This state of affairs which must have existed even prior to the life-time of these Jaina pontiffs, seems to have resulted in the formulation of a rule that the principles of Jainism deserve to be studied, examined and propounded from the stand-point of hetu-vada and agama-vada as well, so far as they are confined to their own spheres. To be explicit, a principle which is within the domain of agama-vada should not be subjected to that of hetu-vada and vice versa.
Jinabhadra Gaņi Kşamāśramaņa and Sanghadāsa have treated the Jaina philosophical doctrines in their bhasas on agamas, the former in Visesavassayabhasa and the latter in his bhasa on Kappa.
Amongst the non-canonical works on philosophy Tattvarthadhigamasutra of Umāsväti and its commentaries by Svetāmbara and Digam bara writers of celebrity may be specially noted. The doctrine of nayas is here treated. It is dealt with by Siddhasena Divākara in his Sammaipayarana (Sammati-prakarana ) and Nyayavatāra and by Mallavădin in his Dvadašara-naya cakra, a commentary by himself on his single verse of deep meaning. This commentary is splendidly elucidated by Simhasüra Gani in his commentary known as Nayacakravala or Nyāyāgamanusarini ţika. The work of Mallavădin is preceded by Saptašatara-nayacakra lost long long ago. This prepared a back-ground for the treatment of syadvada, and Haribhadra took advantage of this situation, and gave us a splendid and comprehensive work viz. Anekantajayapataka. Herein he has refuted the views of different schools of Buddhism. He has quoted from 'some work of Puruşacandra, a logician. Vādin Deva Sūri ard Hemacandra ( Kalikalasarvajña ) have given us treatises on logic. Anekantavyavastha of Yašovijaya Gaņi is perhaps the last Svetāmbra work on logic worthy of mention.
As stated in Prabhavakacarita ( X,37-38 ) Jinayaśas ( ? Ajitayaśas) composed Pramana-grantha (a work on logic) and nyasa on Višrantavid,adhara (grammar). None of these has been so far traced.
1 In v. 2180-2278 there is a detailed exposition of nayas.
2 For details see my article "A Lost Treatise on Logio" about to be published in Indian Culture.
Page #24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
There is an incomplete work in Sanskrit in verse edited at the end of Devabhadra (c. Saihvat 1139 to 1158) Sūri's Kaharayanakosa. Its editor has named it as Pramånaprakasa by taking into account its third verse. In v. 8, it is said that the omniscient take food, and women attain salvation. So this is definitely a Svetambara work. It may be that its author may be Devabhadra Suri just referred to.
There is a palm-leaf MS. of Devabhadra's Pramanaprakasa at Patan.' It is noted by him in his Sijjamsacariya and by Siddhasena Sūri in his com, on Pavayanasaruddhara.
Turning to the Digambara writers, Kundakunda (whom Kalyäņavijayaji assigns to the fifth or sixth century A. D. ! ) has given us various works in Paiya ( Präkrit ). He has dealt with transcendental and conventional views and applied them to soul. Saptabbangt sometimes confounded with syadvada, is dealt with by him in his work Pañcatthikayasära.
Samantabhadra almost a contemporary of Siddasena Divakara, is well-known for his Apta-mimarsa. His two hymns viz. Svayambhastotra (a panegyric of the 24 Tirthankaras from Rşabha to Mahāvira ) and Yuklyanusasana are philosophical in nature, and the latter may have inspired Hemacandra to compose two dvatrimsikas here dealt with as Nos. 107 and 116.
Leaving aside Trilakşaņa-kadarthana, an extinct work of Pātrakesarin, Laghiyasiraya of Akalanka and Parikşamukha of Māņikyanandin along with their corresponding commentaries viz. Nyayakumudacandra and Prameyakamalamartanda are some of the important Digambara works on Jaina logic.
3Siddhantasara, a difficult work on logic by a Jaina writer is mentioned by Rajasekhara Suri in his Şaddarśanasamuccaya (v. 29 ) along with Astasahasri and Nya yakumudacandrodaya.4
As stated in Pattavali-samuccaya (pt. I, p. 190) Kakka Súri, successor of Siddha Súri and predecessor of Devagupta Sari (c. Samvat 1072 ) is an author of Pañcapramana. Is this a work
1 See Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 208 ).
2 This is utilized by Vadin Deva Sari. He has however added two chapters viz. naya-pariccheda and vāda-pariccheda, and has thus made his work more com propensive than this Parīkøāmukha.
3 Is this a Digambara work? Even if so, what is the name of its author ? 4 See" Anekānta" (Vol. I, p. 258 ).
Page #25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
on logic ? The same question may be asked about Kakud Sūri's Pārya work written in about 43 verses and named as Pañcapramanipañcaśıka and Pañcapramaņiprakäraņa in Jinaratnakoša (vol. I, p. 226).
This finishes a rough survey of Jaina works on logic! So I shall now say a few words about the remaining divisions of the - Jaina philosophical literature reserving their further treatment for " Preface” of Part II of this Vol. XVIII.
Works dealing solely with the nature and classifications of living beings forming one of the essential principles (tativas ) out of seven or nine, and works treating any one or more of the remaining principles occupy an important place in Jaina philosophy in general and metaphysics in special. Works on ontology such as Jivasamāsa, Jivānusasana, Jivaviyara etc. treat of the soul, the first principle whereas works named as Navatattvaprakarana in Sanskrit and Navatattapayarana in Prākrit along with their exegetical literature, deal with all the principles. Tativarthasütra, a monumental work of Umāsvāti represents the second group. This work is considered as authentic and claimed by both the sects of the Jainas. Not only is it furnished with an auto-commentary but it is expounded by both the Śvetāmbara and Digambara writers, so much so that this literature forms a great bulk of the philosophical literature of the Jainas, and it incidentally throws light on other Indian systems of thought.
1 In this connection I may note:
Mahāms hopadhyāya Satis Chandra Vidyabhugana has dealt with " Jaina logic" in A History of Indian Logic (pp. 157-224 ) published in A. D. 1921.
Pt. Sukhlal's paper" fra 5919 219 " in Gujarāti sent to the 7th Gujarati Sahitya Parişad, Bhavnagar ( 1924 ) is published in 1926 as pt. 6 on pp. 1-12, Muni Dhurandharavijaya's artiole 79 -19 at
f a " in Gujarati, deals with standard works on Jaina logio. It is published in " Jaina Satya Prakasa" (Vol. VII, Nos. 1-3, pp. 11-23).
A detailed exposition of Jaina logio in Hindi is met with in the introduction (pp. 10-25, 30-102,110-117, 119-125, 127, 134-140 and 142-145 ) to Nyāyāvatāravārtika-vrtti published in "Singhi Jain Series" in 1949 A. D. Pages from 110 onwards deal with the post-canonical period. Pages 25-30 and 163-110 are concerned with metaphysios. 2 A booklet in Hindi named as "a guztia
" by Mr. Dalsukhbhai Malvania is published by " Jain Cultural Research Society " Benares, in 1949 A.D.
3 See The Jaina Religion & Literature ( Vol. I, pp. 58-71 ).
Page #26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
Dravyanuyogatarkaņà partly based upon a Gujarāti pabba on a Gujarāti work named C urcurcat the both composed by Yaśovijaya Gani in about Samvat 1720, Pañcatthikayasåra of Kundakunda, Nemicandra's Davvasamga ha etc. are important works on metaphysics.
Works elucidating the nature of the soul by differentiating it with that of matter and thus expounding spiritualism (adhyatma ) along with works on mysticism such as Paramappapayasa represent an important section of metaphysics. Nos. 78, 81, 82, 87, 89-92, 94, 98, and for of Vol. XVIII are some of the works on this subject. Santasudhārasa, Samadhišataka etc. make up this group.
The doctrine of karman holds a very important place in Jaina philosophy. It is associated with several branches of philosophy such as metaphysics, ethics and psychology. But, herein the metaphysical element preponderates. Several works originial and exegetical as well,' have been composed in Prakrit and Sanskrit with a view to explaining nature, duration, intensity and quantity of karman together with mutual relations and inter-actions of various species and sub-species of karman and their association with the soul. Of these works, the following independent treatises (practically composed in a chronological order of the Svetāmbaras deserve special mention : Work
Author
Vikrama era Bandhasayaga
Śivašarman Not later than the sth cent. Kammapayadi Sattariya
Not mentioned 2Pañcasaṁgaha Candrarşi
c. 9th cent. 3 Kammavivăga Gargarși
c. Ioth cent. Bandhasāmitta Not mentioned earlier than the 13th cent. Kammatthava “Chāsīï ( No. 129 ) Jinavallabha Súri 12th cent. Saddhasayaga
1 A fairly complete list is given as appendix VI to " al: 49791: " 2 This work has an auto-commentary. 3-6 These four works along with Bandha-sayaga and Sattariya ate known
as "E91 3549-ut."
Page #27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
xiy
Preface
Work Author
Vikrama Era Kammaviväga Devendra Sūri 13-14th cent. Kammatthava 3 Bandhasamitta
Chāsii “Sayaga
From this it will be seen that several writers have treated this subject so much so that the works dealing with this doctrine, occupy a great bulk of Jaina literature.
As regards the sources of these works we have to turn to the Jaina canonical texts (some of which are now extinct ). Of the extant ones Pannavana (chs. XVII & XXIII-XXVII), Uttaraji hayana (chs. XXXIII, XXXIV & XXXVI and Viyahapannatti ( 6some portions here and there ) represent the earliest exposition of this doctrine.
Kammappavaya ( the 8th puvua out of 14 ) as its very name suggests, must have been a special treatise on the doctrine of karman. But it is extinct, as is the case with other puvvas of Ditthivaya.
Nanappavāya is the fifth puvva and Agganiya the second. Fortunately we come across works based upon these two puvvas. For instance, ? Rasayapahuda of Guñadhara, a Digambara saint is extracted from the sth puvva whereas & Rammapayadi and Bandhasayaga of Sivašarman (a Svetāınbara saint ) along with to Sattariya
1-5 Each of these works is furnished with an auto-oonimentary. They form a group known as “qis ay gu".
6 For a fairly consolidated attempt see Bhagavatīsāra (pp. 452-482 ) by Mr. G. I. Patel.
7 For an account of this work and its commentarios together with a similar account of Chakhandagamasee my artiole"छखंडागम अने कसायपाहडतेमज ए 79 TF45 HUET ” published in two instalments in “ Digambar Jain " (Vol. 44, Nos. 8 & 9).
8-9 These two works along with their exegesis are desoribed by me in my article “ *497€ 31
T published in Atmānanda Prakāba " (Vol. 48, No. 2).
10 Details about this work and its commentaries are given by me in my article " सत्तरिया अने एनं विवरणात्मक साहित्य" to be issued in two instalments in " Jaina Dharma Prakasa "; the first is published in Vol. 67, No. 9.
Page #28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
(a Svetāmbara work of unknown authorship ) are based upon Kammapayadipahuda, a section of the fifth vafthu, one of the parts of the second puvva. 'Chakhaņdagama, a Digambara work commenced by Puşpadanta and completed by Bhútabali, too, is based upon this very pahuda,
In SHJL (p. 162 ) there is mention of Pancasangraha by Haribhadra Súri, a prolific Śvetāmbara writer. But this work is not available.
Candrarşi (mahattara ?), a pupil of Pārsvarsi is another important svetāmbara writer on the doctrine of karman. His work ? Pañcasangaha ( furnished with an auto-commentary) is a compendium wherein the following five olden works are utilized :
(1) Kammapayadi, (2) Kasaya pahuda, (3) ( Bandha-)sayaga, (4) Santakamma ( Sk. Satkarman ) and ( 5 ) Sattariya.
Turning to the Digambara literature we come across a Soraseni work named as Pañcasangaha. It is a compendium of unknown authorship having five constituents as under:
(1) Jiva-sarūva, ( 2 ) payadi-samukkittaņa, ( 3 ) kamma-tthaya, ( 4 ) sayaga and ( 5 ) sattariya.
'This compendium seems to be later than Dhavala, a commentary on the first five khandas ( sections ) of Chakhandagama. Gommatasara, too, a work of Nemicandra, a Digambara writer is known as Pancasangaha. It has two sections named asjivakaņda' and 'kamma-kaņda' having 733 and 932 verses respec. tively. It has for its basis Dhavalā. Laddhisara is another work of this Nemicandra. It is looked upon as an appendix to Gommatasåra. It, too, expounds the doctrine of karman.
Amitagati has named his work as Pañcasangraha. It is composed in Sanskrit in Samvat 1073. It is almost a Sanskrit version of Gommațasära. There is another Sanskrit work of this name. Its author is Dhadhaha, a Digambara.3
Rhavandsåra is another important work of Nemicandra. This work along with Laddhisara describes in full the process of attain
1 See p. xiv, fn. 7.
2 A detailed acoount of this work and its commentaries is given by me in“ (HiTETUT quidlaa" published in J DP ( Vol. 67, No 2 & 3-4).
3 Vide Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p, 229).
Page #29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
ing right faith and deal with 'two ladders of liberation, forming an important section of the Jaina ?doctrine of evolution and involution.
Several works on the doctrine of kar man deal with the Jaina tenet of evolution and involution. This subject is treated at length in Jivasamasa. There are special works like Gunasthanakramaroha which solely and comprehensively deal with this subject. All these works, too, represent Jaina metaphysics.
The ethical literature consists of works dealing with right faith and "conduct of the Jaina laity and clergy. Holy sermons on the evanescent nature of sensuous objects and pleasures and their evil effects, if indulged in, form a big section of the Jaina ethical literature. Didactic poems and narratives such as Kumaravalapadibohna Samaräiccakaha, Upamitibhavaprapañcakatha, Prabodhacintämani etc. have an ethical end in view, though some of them belong to the narrative literature. Arhanniti ascribed to Hemacandra Suri deals with social ethics. Buddhisagara composed by Sangrama Süri in Sarhvat 1520 throws light on worldly transactions, conduct of rules etc.
On 6epistemology there are a few independent treatises. Amongst them Nanapañcagavakkhana (Jñanapañcakavyakhyana) of Haribhadra and Jñanabinduprakarana of Nyāyācārya Yaśovijaya Gani deserve special mention. These works are related with 7psychology, too.
1 Exposition of these two ladders is treated by me in my article "riga. siyahi Hara. It is to be published.
2 For a popular treatment see my article “ hafaat H" to be published in “ die 37177".
3 There are four works of this name. Of them one by Ratnasekhara Suri is widely known.
An Interpretation of Jain Ethics by Dr. Charlotte Krause is published in Y JGM in A, D, 1929.
Dr. Beni Prasad has written a pamphlet on “World Problems and Jain Etbics". It is published by "Jain Cultural Research Society", Benares.
* The Dootrine of Ahimsă in the Jaina Canon , & research paper of mine, is published in four instalments in the Journal of the University of Bombay in Arts Nos. 21-24.
5 Works dealing with caranakaranānuyoga represent this aspect,
6 An Epitome of Jainism by Nabar and Ghosh deals with epistemology and logio in ch. IV. Ch. XXVII has a heading" from metaphysics to ethics".
7 Jaina Psychology, a booklet by C. R. Jain is published in A. D. 1934 by the Jaina Parishad Publishing House, Bijgor.
Page #30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface
xvii,
Haribhadra Sûri's Yogabindu and Yogadrstisamuccaya along with Yogavimšika, a section of Visavisiya ( Vimšativimšika ) give us primarily a clear idea about Jaina psychology and incidentally about metaphysics and ethics. They throw ample light on yoga. The other important works in this direction come from the pen of this very Haribhadra. Sodašataka is one of them, the other being. Yogašataka, a work so far untraced but ascribed to him by some writers, old and modern. Yoganirnaya referred to by Haribhadra and a work of some Jaina Yogācārya often mentioned by him, seem to be extinct. Same is perhaps the case with a chapter of Uttarajjhayana, in case its topic was exposition of eight sorts of vision ( drsti ).
In Jainism attainment of knowledge is not for knowledge sake but it is meant for being translated into ideal behaviour. Consequently several Jaina writers have written works mostly saturated with a didactic element. They have realized this object by giving beneficial advice either directly or indirectly. In the former case narration ( allegorical, mythological or actual ) has not been used as a direct vehicle, whereas reverse is the case with the latter. I have assigned to works of the 'former kind, a place in this Vol. and treated works of the latter kind in Vol. XIX under the heading “narrative literature".
Amongst the didactic works of a philosophical nature dealt with in this Vol. XVIII, we find that the word upadeša ( instruction ) or the phrase dharmopadeša ( religious instruction) or hitopadeša (salutary instruction ) or the Prākrit equivalent of any one of them is used in naming them. Works numbered as 189, 200, 208 etc. begin with 'upadeśa' and those having nos. 190, 192-195, 204 etc. with 'uvaesa'. For works commencing with 'dharmopadeśa' I may refer to No. 200 and to pp. 195-197 of Jinaratnakoša ( Vol. I ) where several works named as • Dharmopadeśa' along with those beginning with this phrase, are noted. Jinaratnakoša (Vol. I, p. 461 ) has recorded two works Hitopadeša by name and five works beginning with this phrase.
1-3 In this oonnection I have written an article “ Untraced Treatises on Yoga ", and it is awaiting publioation.
4-5 In works of both these kinds we come across at least some important tenets of Jaina philosophy.
Page #31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
xviii
Preface Jainism does not believe in God as the creator of the universe. It looks upon any and every perfectly liberated soul as paramatman or God. These views, when properly presented, give us an idea of Jaina Theology. The followiug independent works deal with this subject :
Isvara-karirtva-khandana, Isvara-karttva-prakarana, Isvaranirākaraņa, Iśvaravāda, İśvaravādanirákaraṇa, Devatattvaprakarana, Devadharmaparikṣā, and Paramātma-jyotih-pañcavimśikā.
The last two works are written by Yaśovijaya who has written standard works on Jaina logic and thereby enriched its literature considerably as he has made use of several important works on logic (including navyanyaya ) composed by eminent non-Jaina authors.
Over and above this world inhabited by us, the human beings, there are several heavens and hells. This is what we can see from the following Svetämbara works on Jaina cosmology':
Vimna-naraïndag named as Devendranarakendra-prakarana, several works known as Khettasamäsa (Rşetrasamasa ), Sangahani popularly known as Byhatsangrahani of Jinabhadra and Sangahanirayana ( Sangrahaņiratna ) of Śricandra Sūri.s.
Tiloyapannatti ( Trailokyaprajñapti ) of Yati Vrsabha is a standard work of the Digambaras on cosmology.
In the end, I take this opportunity of thanking Dr. R. N. Dandekar, the Hon. Secretary of the Bhandarkar Institute for his having arranged to publish this part and his keen desire of expediting the printing of this Descriptive Catalogue, Gopipura, Surat.
HIRALAL R. KAPADIA 29-7-51.
1 W. Kirfel's German work Kosmographie der Inder nech den quellen dargestellt ( p. 208 ff. ) ( Bonn und Leipzig, 1920 ) may be bere noted.
2 Twelve works of this name are noted in Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, pp.98-100).
3-5 For information etc. about this and such other works see my article " #Teoft (agost "published in Atmānanda Prakasa ( Vol. 48, No. 5).
Page #32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A LIST OF PRINTED CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
ABOUT MANUSCRIPTS The following is the list of works (Catalogues, Reports, etc.) already published embodying the results of the search and preservation of Sanskrit and Prākrit manuscripts in the Bombay Circle from 1868 to 1924. All lists published up to 1884 have been incorporated in our consolidated Catalogue prepared by Mr. S. R. Bhandarkar, M.A., in 1888. The lists for the subsequent years are to be found embodied in the various Reports published thereafter. These Reports are of considerable value, inasmuch as they give in many cases the history of individual manuscripts, personal details of authors, their chronology, and such other items. All these works are therefore here put together in one place for ready reference.
Papers relating to the Collection and Preservation of the Reports of ancient Sanskrit Literature, edited by order of Government of India, Calcutta, 1878, by Mr. E. A. Gough. This is a useful work for the general history of the Search during the earlier period upto 1878 and contains, among other things, lists of manuscripts bought for
Government during the years 1868-69, 1869-70, 1870-71, 1871-72, - 1872-73 and 1874-75. All these lists, originally published at different times, were also included in our consolidated catalogue (to be mentioned below published in 1888.
Report on the results of the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in Gujarat during 1871-72, by G. Bühler, Surat, 1872, 1 pages -in folio.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1872–73, by G. Bühler, seven and seventeen pages. Bombay, 1874.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1874-75, by G. Bühler, at pages. Girgaum, Bombay, 1875.
Detailed Report of a Tour in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts made (in 1875-76), in Kashmir, Rajputana and Central India, by G. Bühler. Extra No. XXXIVA, Vol. XII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Bombay, 1877.
Page #33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports Lists of the Sanskrit Manuscripts purchased for Government during the years 1877-78, and 1869-78, and a list of the Manuscripts purchased from May to November 1881, by F. Kielhorn, Poona, 1881.
A Report on 122 Manuscripts, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1880, 37 pages in folio.
Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1880-81, by F. Kielhorn, Bombay, 1881.
A Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of the Deccan College ( being lists of the two Viśrāmabag collections ) Part I prepared under the superintendence of F. Kielhorn ; Part II and Index prepared under the superintendence of R. G. Bhandarkar, 1884, 61 pages in folio.
A Report on the Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts during 1881-82, by R. G. Bhandarkar Bombay, 1882.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1882–83, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1884.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1883-84, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1887.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1884-87, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1894.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1887-91, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1897.
A Consolidated Catalogue of the Collections of Manuscripts deposited in the Deccan College (from 1868-1884) with an Index, by
S. R. Bhandarkar. - A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1891-1895, by A. V. Kathawate, Bombay, 1901.
Detailed Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, August 1882 to March 1883, by P. Peterson, Extra No. XLI, Vol. XVI of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1883, Bombay.
Page #34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
À List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
xxi
A Second Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1883 to March 1884, by P. Peterson, Extra No. XLIV, Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1884, Bombay
A Third Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1884 to March 1886, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLV of Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiátic Society, 1887, Bombay."
A Fourth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1886 to March 1892, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIXA of Vol. XVIII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1894, Bombay.
A Fifth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1892 to March 1895, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1896.
A Sixth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1895 to March 1898, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1899. This contains also a list of manuscripts purchased by Professor Peterson from 1898-99.
Lists of Manuscripts Collected for the Government Manuscripts Library by the Professors of Sanskrit at the Deccan and Elphinstone Colleges containing the following Collections :- A
(i) 1895–1902, (ii) 1899–1915, (iii) 1902–1907, (iv) 1907–1915, (v) 1916–1918, (vi) 1919-1924 and (vii) 1866--68.
:
Cons.
Page #35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF MANUSCRIPTS
IN THE Government Manuscripts Library .
VOLUMES PUBLISHED
.
.
Rs. As.
.
'5.0
6
Vol. 1, Part 1 - Dedic Literature, Samhitas' and Brahmanas
- pp. xlviii + 420, 1916, compiled by the Professors
of Sanskrit, Deccan College, Poona... Vol. II, Part 1 - Grammar (Vedic and Paniniya) . .
pp. xvi + 348, 1938, compiled by Dr. S. K...
Belvalkar, M.A., 'ph.D. Vol IX, Part I - Vedanta ( all schools ) pp. xx. + 478, 1949
compiled by Dr. S. M. Katre, M.A., Ph.D. Vol. XII — Alarkara, Sargita and Natya ; pp. xx + 486,
1936, compiled by P. K. Gode, M.A. VOL XIII, Part I - Kavya ; pp. xxiv. + 490, 1940, compiled
by P. K. Gode, M.A.. Part 11 — Kavya ; pp. xxiv + 523, 1942, . .
compiled by P. K. Gode, M.A. - : Part III - Stotras etc. pp. xxi + 515, 1950,
compiled by P. K. Gode, M.A. . Vol. XIV - Națaka; pp. xviii + 302, 1937, compiled
by P. K. Gode, M.A. Vol XVI, Part 1 - Vaidyaka, pp. xxi + 418, 1939, compiled
by. Dr. H. D. Sharma, M.A., Ph.D. Vol. XVII, Part 1 - Jaina Literature and philosophy
4. (Ägamika Literature ) pp. xxiv + 390, 1935,
compiled by Prof. H. R. Kapadia, M.A. Part 11 – (Agamika Literature contd.) pp. xxvi + 363 + 24, 1936, compiled by Prof. H. R. Kapadia, M.A. Part III - ( Agamika Literature contd. ) pp. xxxv + 530, 1940, compiled by Prof. H. R. Kapadia, M.A. Part IV - (Agamika Literature contd.) pp. xxiïi + 280, 1948, compiled by Prof. H. R. Kapadia, M.A.
Other volumes in preparation. For copies apply to: - The Secretary, B. O. R. Institute,
POONA 4, (INDIA).
Page #36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION
अ
आ
इ ई 1
उ u
ऊ
हैं
मा का ल ! एe ऐ ai ओ ० औ u
क् k व kh गूg gh ri च् c छ ch j jh - ट् ! th d द dh ण् त् t - th द् d ५ dh - n 4 p फ ph बू b - bh म् m यू y (r ल् 1 व्_v ६
visarga h, anusvara im.
Page #37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Regulations of the Manuscripts Department 1. “The Government Manuscripts Library" formed and maintained by the Government of Bombay, and formerly deposited at the Deccan College, Poona, is now, subject to the general control of the Department of Education, Bombay, placed under the direct charge of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona.
2. The Department is administered by a Superintendent appointed by the Executive Board of the B. O. R. Institute subject to the approval of Government.
3. The Manuscripts are available at the Institute, during work. ing hours, for purposes of bona fide study.
4. The Manuscripts in the Library, if, in good condition, and subject to the requirements of Department, are lent out to bona fide scholars on their applying for them in writing to the Superintendent, of the Department or to the Secretary of the Institute. Such scholars shall, however, execute a bond for the value of the manuscripts required, this value being fixed by the officers in charge of the Library.
s. In the case of scholars from outside India all requisitions for loans of Manuscripts shall be made to the diplomatic representatives of the Government of India in the respective countries. In countries where there are no representatives such demands should be made through the High Commissioner for India in Great Britain. Such scholars shall execute the necessary bond with that authority at his discretion.
6. In the case of scholars in India the execution of the bond shall be necessary before the manuscripts are lent out. When the applicant is not sufficiently known to the Superintendent of the Department, this latter officer shall have the power to call upon the applicant to, produce a certificate as to his interest in the study of Sanskrit Literature, and of his being a fit person to be entrusted with Government manuscripts. Such a certificate shall have to be signed by Orientalists of recognised position, or by Government officers of provincial or other highest service, not below the rank of a Deputy Collector or Extra Assistant Commissioner. The certificate should contain a reference to works or essays published by the applicant.
: N. B.- In the case of scholars residing within the jurisdiction of a Native State, the certificate may be signed either by the Chief Sahib or the Divan or the administrator of the State.
Page #39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
xxvi
Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
7. All applications for manuscripts shall state the reasons for which the manuscripts are required and the period for which the loan is sought.
8. If any manuscripts belonging to this Library have been used in the publication of an edition, or in any other learned disquisi. tion, the authors should present to the Manuscripts Library a copy of the work or works so published.
9. The number of manuscripts to be lent out at a time to a scholar, and the period of loan, is determined by the officer in charge of the Library. Usually, however, in the case of Indian scholars, not more than five manuscripts are allowed to remain with them at a time, and the period of loan shall not normally exceed six months. i lo. Immediately on receipt of manuscripts, the scholars are requested to examine them carefully before signing and returning the receipt-form accompanying the manuscripts, as no complaints will be entertained thereafter.
1. When the manuscripts are returned to the Library they are duly examined, and if found in their original condition, the receipt formerly signed for them is returned and the bond cancelled. The liability of the borrowers ceases only after the return of this receipt. .. 12. If scholars find that, owing to the work on the manus. cripts not being completed within the stipulated period, they cannot return the manuscripts when due, they shall, sufficiently in advance, apply in writing to that effect to the Superintendent of the Department. The period of loan will be extended at discretion. In no case, however, shall any manuscripts be allowed to remain with a scholar longer than two years in India, and five years ourside India.
13. The Manuscripts Department reserves to itself the right of refusing to lend out any manuscript to any scholar at any time, and in the case of manuscripts lent out, of demanding their return before the expiry of the stipulated period, if the manuscripts be required for library or other purposes.
14. All postal charges shall be borne by the applicant.
15. The Department undertakes to procure on loan, for the members of the Institute, manuscripts from other lending Libraries,
Page #40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
JAINA MANUSCRIPTS
Page #41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
B. DĀRSANIKA LITERATURE
(a) Nyāya
(1) THE SVETĀMBARA WORKS अनेकान्तजयपताकाप्रकरण Anekāntajayapatākāprakaraņa
251 No. 1
1883-84. Size.— 10 in. by 41 in. Extent.— 204 folios; ro lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, tough and white; Jaina
Devanāgari characters; big, quite legible, fairly uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; foll, numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1a blank except that the title is written on it as under:
अनेकान्तजयपताका. Yellow pigment is used while making corrections ; condition very good ; complete ; at the end there are given five verses composed by Muni Yakşadeva as an eulogy of Haribhadra Süri; the entire work is divided into four sections (adhikāras) as under Adhikara I foll. 10 to 25 II
» 25* „ 37* III
» 37* „ 95* IV
95* „ 2046
Page #43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[i.
Age.- Not modern. Author.-Haribhadra Suri (Yakinimahattarasunu). For details about
him see Descriptive Catalogue of Jaina Mss. (Descriptive! Catalogue of the :Government Collections of Mss. Vol.
XVII, pt. II, p. 300 and pt. III, pp. 104, Ios and 224). Subject.— This prakaraṇa having a significant title is a monu
mental work dealing with syadvāda, the corner-stone of Jainism. It mainly deals with four topics viz. सदसद, नित्या नित्य, सामान्यविशेष and अभिलाप्यानभिलाप्य. Mostly, therein the Buddhistic doctrines are refuted. For a rough survey of the doctrine of syadvāda see my English introduction (pp. 29-30 ) and explanatory notes (pp. 192-197 ) to
Nyāyakusumainjali. Begins.-tol. ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
. जयति विनिर्जितरागः सर्वज्ञस्त्रिदशनाथकृतपूजः।
सद्ध(तवस्तुवादी शिवगतिनाथो महावीरः॥१॥ य इहानिन्यो माग्गों विशेषतः पूर्वगुरुभिराचरितः।।
तत्र प्रवर्तितव्यं पुंसा न्यायः सतामेषः ॥२॥etc. . - तस्मान्ममापि जाता शठोक्तिभिमोहितान जडान वीक्ष्य ॥
. प्रकरणकरणसमीहा पूर्वनिमित्ताकपातश्च ॥॥ etc. fol.20
प्रारभ्यते तात) इदं सम्यगनेकांतजयपताकाख्यं ॥
प्रकरणमुक्तगुणयुतं जडावबोधाय धर्मफलं ॥ छ । (१०)। fol. 25असंभविनौ च निराधारौ धर्माविति यत्किंचिदेतत् । अथान्यानन्यत्व
मतो(s)ने(नीकांतवादाभ्युपगमादेकांतवादिन स्वमतविरोध इत्यलं प्रसंगेन छ' fol. 37* इत्यलं विस्तरेण नित्यानित्यवस्त्वाधिकार समाप्तः॥ fol. 74° यदि मानसं कथं स्वलक्षणादस्वलक्षणजन्म साधीय इति कथं या निर्विकल्पकत्वेनाभिन्नाद्भिनविकल्पसंभवा(ब) न हि नीलादिमात्रात कचिद्रसादिभाव तथा(दर्शनात् न चात्र किंचिद्भेद: कमनभ्युपगमात् अभ्युपगमेति ततो(तिशयासिद्धेरिति निवेदयिष्यामः छ' etc.
1 This marks the completion of the ist adhikara. See p. 8p of the printed edition (Yasovijaya Jaina Granthamala ) and p.95 of my edition in press. 2 These brackets are used to indicate a superfluous portion. 3 See p. 232 (Yasovijaya Jaina Granthamala).
Page #44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
I. ]
Nyaya: Svetambara works.
fol. 95 इत्यादि कृतं विस्तरेणेति तृतीयो (S) धिकारः छः
fol. 131* एवं च रूपादीनामेवैकत्व परिणामो[अ] (s)यमिति सावयत्वादिसिद्धिः छ ।
Ends.
I
fol. 203
न च तस्यैवा[अ]यं खलु दोषो यद्विषययोग्यतासदृशः । कृत एव हि तेन गुणः स्ववीर्यतः समधिको मन्ये ॥ आलोच्यमतो ह्येतत्प्रकरणमज डैरपि प्रसादपरैः । जडजनहितार्थमेते (शिष्टा ) हतबल्लभाः प्रायः ॥ न च शिष्टानामुचिते स्खलितं परहितनिबद्धकक्षाणां । अभ्यर्थना पुनरियं तत्स्सृतये प्रकरणसमाप्तो (प्तौ ॥ छ कृत्वा प्रकरणमेतद् यद[अ] वाप्तं कुशलमिह मया तेन । मात्सर्यदुःखविरहाद्गुणा[अ]नुरागी भवतु लोकः ॥ छः॥
नमः श्रुतदेवतायै समाप्तं चेदमनेकांतजयपताकाख्यप्रकरणं ।। छः ।। कृतिरियं स्वे(श्वेतभिक्षुश्रीहरिभद्राचार्यस्येति । छः ॥
मतिर्बो (ब)धा (द्धाः) शुद्धा प्रभवति (कथं ) साऽ[अ]य भवतां विचारश्वार्वाकाः प्रचरति कथं चारुचतुरः । कुतर्कस्तर्कज्ञाः किमपि कथं तर्कयति वः
सति स्याद्वादांगे प्रकटहरिभद्रोक्तवचसि ॥ १ ॥
ग्रावग्रंथिप्रमाथिप्रकटपटुरणत्कारवाग्भारतुष्ट
() व (ख) हर्पिष्टदुष्टप्रमदवस (श) भुजास्फालनोत्तालबालाः ।
यद् दृष्ट्वा मुक्तवंतः स्वयम [अ तनुमदं वादिनो हारिभद्रं ॥ २ ॥
[ने] निराकृता [अ] शेषविपक्षवादिने' ।
विदग्धमध्यस्थनृमूढतारये
[ न धमपि वत् तार्केतेति ] ( नमोऽस्तु तस्मै ) हरिभद्रसूरये ॥ ३ ॥
सितपटहरिभद्रग्रंथसंदर्भगर्भे
विदितमभयदेवं निष्कलंकाकलंकं
3
The missing fourth line according to the Ahmedabad edition is as under:तगम्भीरप्रसन्नं न हरति हृदयं भाषितं कस्य जन्तोः "
66
3
2 The missing first line according to the Ahmedabad edition is as follows:--
“ यथास्थितार्हन्मतवस्तुवेदिने "
Page #45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[2.
मुगतमतमथा[अलंकारपर्य(य तमुच्चै
त्रिविधमपि बत् (च) ता(तोके तेति (वत्ति) य() सांख्यभट्टौ ॥४॥ श्रीमत्स(सं)गमसिंहसरिसकवेस्तस्यांहिसेवापर
शिष्यः श्रीजयसिंहसरिषिदुषस्त्रैलोक्यचूडामणेः । यः श्री नागपुर' प्रसिद्धसुपुरस्थायी श्रुतायागत
श्लोकान् पंच चकार सारजठि(डि)
This Ms. ends thus abruptly. The remaining portion
ought to be “ माऽसौ यक्षदेवो मुनिः". Reference.-Published by the late Sheth Mansukhbhai Bhagubhai, Ahmedabad and printed at the City printing press, Ahmeda
adhikäras plus a portion of the 4th of the text along with the corresponding svopajña commentary were published some years ago in the Yaśovijaya Jaina Granthamālā, Bhavnagar. My editionof the text along with its svopajña commentary and Municandra Sûri's vivarana in the form of tippaņaka is in press, and it is to be eventually published in the Gaekwad's Oriental Series.
For an extract beginning with तिरियं up to यक्षदेवो मुनिः see Peterson Reports III, pp. 192-193.
For additional Mss. see Jaina Granthāvali (p. 71 ).
अनेकान्तजयपताकाप्रकरण
स्वोपशव्याख्या
विवरणसहित No.2
Anekāntajayapatākāprakaraņa
svopajňavyākhyā with vivaraña
362. 1880-81.
Size.— 99 in. by 34 in.
1 The year of publication is not mentioned. 2 In this edition I have made use of a Ms. belonging to one of the bhanda.
ras at Bhavnagar. - 3 This vivarapa is styled as अनेकान्तजयपताकावृत्तिटिप्पणक and अनेकान्तजय
पताकोद्योतदीपिकावृत्तिटिप्पणक. See pp. 5 and 8.
Page #46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
2. ]
Nyaya: Svetāmbara works
Extent.- 245 + 1-56 = 190 folios ; 10 lines to a page ; 42 letters
'to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, smooth and grey ; Jaina
Devanāgari characters with qehENIS ; bold, legible, fairly uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink, with some space kept blank between these pairs ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; every fol. has a small hole in the centre; this hole is kept probably with a view to pass a string through it to keep the Ms. in a compact form ; several foll. more or less damaged as they are worm-eaten; condition tolerably good ; foll. 33 to 46, 80 to 98, 100, 102, 103, 195 to 197, 232 to 237, 239, 240 and 243 are missing; this Ms. ends abruptly while dealing with the vyākhyā of the fourth adhikāra; both the vyākhyā and the
vivaraṇa incomplete ; fol. 133rd repeated. Age.— Fairly old. Author of the vyākhyā.- Haribhadra Sūri, the very author of
Anekantajayapatäkāprakaraņa. For details see p. 2. Author of the vivarana. - Municandra Sūri, guru of Deva Sūri, and
author of Lalitavistarāțippaņaka. See Descriptive Catalogue of Jaina Mss. (Vol. XVII, pt. II, p. 220 and pt. III, p. 229).
Subject.— The svopajña vyākhyā of Anekāntajayapatākāprakaraña
and its elucidation, both in Sanskrit. Begins.-(text) fol. 1a 11 0011 A: TEXTrainer: 11
स्वपरोपकृतये अनेकान्तजयपताकाख्यप्रकरणव्याख्या प्रस्तूयते ।। इह चादावेवाचार्यः शिष्टसमयप्रतिपालनाय विघ्नविनायकोपशान्तये प्रयोजनादिप्रतिपाह(द)नाथै चेममार्यासमूहमाह ॥ जयति विनिजितराग इत्यादि । तत्र शिष्टानामयं समयो यदुत शिष्टाः क्वचिदिष्टवस्तुनि प्रवर्तमानाः सन्त
e cada para gari etc. (com. ) fol. 14* signaaigarraciala starania struarantara farqa (CT) CHRT: HATA: ll 3: U
Page #47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(com.) fol. 30° इति श्रीमुनिचंद्रसूरिविरचिते अनेकांतजयपताकावृत्तिटिप्पन (ण) के सामान्यविशेषवादाधिकारः ॥ छ ॥
[ 2.
(text) fol. 51 त्युत्पादः ॥ तथा च सति किमित्याह । तदनिवृत्तावप्यनंतरोदितस्वभावानिवृत्तावपि etc.
(text) fol. 69" न किंचिदन्यदित्यलं विस्तरेणेति पूर्वपक्षोपन्यस्तसमस्तस्यैव निराकृतत्वादिति ॥ छ ॥ नित्यानित्यवस्त्वाधिकारः समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥
(text) fol. 179b एवमेक (स्व) भावत्वे वस्तुन उपपन्नौ न दी ( धी) ध्वती (नी)
निमित्ताभावेनेत्यादि । ततश्व भेदसंहारवादचिन्ता ( s) भाव एव परमते कृतं विस्तरेणाति ॥ छ ॥ अनेकांतजयपताकातृतीया (योऽ)धिकारः समाप्तः । छ । Ends.—(text) fol. 245 अवश्यं चैतदंगीकर्तव्यमनंतरोदितं विषक्षे बाघामाह । यदि त्वित्यादिना यदि तु रूपादय एव घटः ततस्तदतिरिक्ततत्त्वांतराभावाद्रूपायतिरिक्तातवांतराभावात्कारणात् घटस्य रूपादय इत्येवं व्यतिरेकाभिधायी भेदामिधायी व्यपदेशो न स्यादस्ति. This Ms. ends thus.
Reference. The commentary on Anekantajayapatākā prakaraṇa by the author himself is published up to the end of the third adhikara and a portion of the fourth in the Yasovijaya Jaina Granthamālā as already stated in No. I. For further details see p. 4.
The vivarana is being published in my edition of Anekāntajayapatākā prakaraṇa which is in press and which will be included in the Gaekwad's Oriental Series as stated on p. 4. There is an additional Ms of this vivarana in the Mohanlalji Jaina Central Library, Bombay and one at Bhavnagar; both of which are utilised by me in the compilation of my edition.
For extracts from the beginning and the end of this vivarana see Peterson Reports III, p. 194.
I This does not seem to be in continuation with fol. 5ob; for, the last word there is एव.
2 See p. 86, 1. 17 ( Yaśovijaya Jaina Granthamālā ).
Page #48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
3. l.
262.
Nyaya: Svetambara works अनेकान्तजयपताकोद्योत
Anekāntajayapatākoddyotaदीपिकावृत्तिविवरण
dipikāvșttivivarana No. 3:
1873-74. Size.--- 12 in. by 4 in. Extent.— 29 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 65 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin but not so brittle and grey
in colour; Jaina Devanagari characters with WATETIS ; bold, small, legible, elegant and uniform hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink, with some space kept between these pairs; red chalk used; foll. 14 and 296 blank ; both of these foll, have their edges damaged ; condition on the whole satisfactory; complete ; extent 2000 ślokas ; this work is divided into four sections corresponding to the 4 adhikāras of the text as under:Section I . foll. Ib to 66
„ 66 „ ge
8a „ 14 IV
14* » 29*. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Municandra Súri. For particulars see p. s. Subject. - Vivarana in the form of ţippaņaka on the Uddyotadipika
i. e. to say the svopajña commentary to Anekāntajayapatākāprakaraṇa, a treatise on syadvāda. It deals with four topics noted on , p. 2 and with yogācāramata and
muktivāda, too. Begins.— fol. by lloy TA: 0
शेषमतमतिशयाना यस्यानेकांतजयपताकेह। हमशक्या केनापि वादिना नौमि तं वीरं ॥१॥ कतिपयविषमपदगतं वक्ष्ये(5)नेकांतजयपताकायाः । उत्तेर्षिवरणमहमल्पविद्धये समासेन ॥२॥
»
II
Page #49
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina? Literature and Philosophy
[3. fol. 6° इति श्रीमुनिचंद्रसूरिविरचिते अनेकांतजयपताको(द)द्योतदीपिकाटिप्पन्न(ण)के' सदसदधिकार समाप्त fol. 8* इति श्रीमुनिचंद्रसूरिविरचिते अनेकांतजयपताको(द)द्योतदीपिकाटिप्पणके नित्यानित्यवस्त्वधिकार ॥ छ । fol. 13' इति श्रीमुनिचंद्रसूरिविरचितेऽनेकांतजयपताको(द)द्योत. दीपिकाटिप्पणके सामान्यविशेषवादाधिकारः ॥छ । fol. 16° इति श्रीमुनिचंद्रसूरिविरचितेऽनेकांतजयपताकावृत्तिटिप्पन(ण)के अभिलाप्यानभिलाप्याधिकारः । fol. 24' इति श्रीमुनिचंद्रसरिविरचितेऽनेकांतजयपताकोद्द्योत
दीपिकावृत्तिटिप्पन(ण)के 'योगाचारमतवादः Ends.-fol. 29* सकाशाद्यन्यद्विलक्षणमाभ्यां कृपाभ्यां तृतीयक्रियालक्षणं हितं तद्युत
वेनेति ॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीमुनिचंद्रसूरिविरचितेऽनेकांतजयपताकादीपिकावृत्तिटिप्पन(ण)के मुक्तिवादाधिकारः समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तमिदं । निजविनयरामचंद्रगणितात्यंततातरंगथा(?)य्येन श्रीमदे(दने)कांतजयपताकावृत्तिटिप्पणकं इति ॥ छ ।
कष्टो ग्रंथो मतिरनिपुणा संप्रदायो न ताटक ___ शास्त्रं तंत्रातरमतम(गोतं सन्निधौ नो तथापि स्वस्य स्मृत्यै परहितकृते चात्मबोधानुरूपं(प)
मागामागःपय(द)महमिह व्यापृतश्चित्तशुद्धया ॥ छ । इत्यनेकांतजयपताको(द)द्योतटिप्पणकं समाप्तं ॥ छ । प्रत्यक्षरगण.
नायां टिप्पणकस्य मानं ग्रंथानं २००० ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ Reference.— See No 2, p. 6.
1-2 From these titles is follows that the svopajña commentaay on Anekāntajayapatākāprakaraṇa is styled as Anekāntajayapatākodd yotadipika and Anekāntajayapatākoddyotadīpikālýtti as well.
3 This very verse occurs in Lalitavistarapanjika. See D.EC. J. M. ( Vol. XVII, Pt. III., p. 230).
Page #50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
4. ]
Nyāya: Śvetämbara works ___ भावार्थमात्रावदिनी
Bhāvărthamātrāvedini . [अनेकान्तजयपताकावचूर्णि] [Anekāntajayapatakavacurni]
544. No. 4
1895-98. Size.- 98 in. by 4g in. Extent. — 41 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. Country paper sufficiently thick and grey ; Jaina
Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs%3; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink, with slight space between these pairs; yellow and green pigments used; corners of most of the foll. worn out; a hole in the middle of each of the foll.; holes are made most probably with a view to pass a string through them so that the Ms. can remain intact ; the first fol. seems to be lately added, perhaps to replace the original one; for, it differs in colour, hand-writing etc.; condition on the whole
good ; complete. Age.- Old. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Anekān:ajaya
patăkāprakarana. This commentary is named as Bhåvärtha
matravedini, and it explains the subject-matter. Begins.- fol. 1 ॥५ ॥
नमो विश्वनाथाय आदिनाथाय ब्रह्मणे
कर्मबलाघनच्छेदा आदिकाय ते नमः॥१॥ ___ इह हि अनेकांतजयपताकानाम्नो(s)यं ग्रंथः विरच्यते विशेषटीकायां
उद्धृत्य किंचितावचूर्णिं कथय । सन्मत्यादिष्ठि(ब)ति स्मरणायसंभवस्तु etc. Ends.- fol. 41 अभ्यर्थना पुनरियं प्रकरणालोचनगोचरा । तत्स्मृतये विशिष्टस्मृत्यर्थ
मंगलबुद्ध्या प्रकरणसमाप्तो अवसाने मंगलार्थमिति यो(s)र्थः । स्वभूमिकोचित्यतः प्रकरणकारः समाप्य प्रकरणं कुशल । योगो()यमिति प्रणिधान
1 These brackets are used tu indicate another title--a nāmāntara, Jaina...2
Page #51
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
10
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[4. माह कृत्वेत्यादिना कृत्वा प्रकरणमेतदनेकांतजयपताकाख्यं यदवातं कुशलं । पुण्यं शुभयोगासेवनेन इह लोके मयेत्यात्मनिर्देशः । तेन कुशलेन कथं किं भवत्वित्याह मात्सर्यदुःखविरहात् । मात्सर्यदुःखविरहेण गुणानुरागी। गुणप्रमदसंगतो भवतु लोकः सर्व एवं प्रणिधानमेतदिदं चानुभूयमानाबस्योचितं तत्त्वस्तथार्थाभावे(s)पि कुशलाशयकारि आरोग्यबोधिलाभप्रार्थनाकल्पमिति विद्वद्भिः परिभावनीयं नमो वाग्देवतायै भगवत्यै समाप्तं चेदं अनेकांतजयपताकाख्यं प्रकरणं । कृतिर्धर्मतो जा(या)किनीमहत्तराचार्यश्रीहरिभद्रस्य टीका(s)प्येषा(s)वचूर्णिकापाया भावार्थमात्रावेदनी नाम तस्यैवेति
नमो(5)स्वनभियुक्तेभ्यो मंदधीभ्यो विशेषतः । - यत्प्रभावा(द) इयमपि ग्रंथकारत्वमागताः ॥ छ । इति श्रीमदनेकांतजयपताका समाप्ता॥ छ ॥ छ । छ ॥ छ ।
Page #52
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ś. ]
736.
Nyaya: Śvetambara works जैनविशेषतर्क
Jainavişesatarka [ Furgiquaest)
[ Syädvādamuktāvali ] No. 5
1899-1915. Size.-- 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.- 3 folios ; 14 to 15 lines to a page ; 41 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; small, legible and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; edges of the first two foll. slightly worn out; condition good; complete so far as it goes; the entire work is divided into three stabakas the extent of each of which is as under:Stabaka I fol. ja to be
II foll. „, 26
III Age. - Old. Author.- 3Yaśasvat(sāgara), pupil of Yaśaḥsägara and a devotee of
Kalyāṇasāgara, Căritrasāgara and Vijayaprabha Súri of the Tapā gaccha. As stated by the late Himāṁśuvijaya in his Gujarati prastāvanā (p. 20) to his edition of Jaini Saptapadārthi, Yaśasvatsägara is the author of the following 14 works: -
(1) Vicāraşaţtrimśikāvacūri (17214), (2) Bhāvasaptatika (1740), (3) Jaini Saptapadārthi (1757), (4) Sabdārthasambandha (1758), (3) Pramāņavādārtha (1759), (6) Jainatarkabhāṣā, (7) Vadasamkbyā, (8) Syädvādamuktāvali, (9) Ma
namañjari,(10) Samāsaśobhā,(11) Gphalaghava vārtika (1760), 1-2 Both these names are mentioned by the author himself, one just in the
very first verse and the other, in the last verse. 3 In Samyat 721, he has con.posed a praśasti after having written a Ms. of
Kalpasūtra along with Kalpakiraṇāvali. For this Ms. see D. C. J. M.
( Vol. XVII, Pt. II, pp. 106-107 ). 4 This and other numbers mentioned against the works refer to the Vikrama
year of composition.
Page #53
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
12
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[5.
(12) Yaśorajapaddhati (1762 ), ( 13 ) Vadarthanirupana and (14) Stavanaratna.
Subject.— Jaina logic in Sanskrit.
Begins. fol. 14 ए ६० ॥ ऐ नमः । पंडितश्री कल्याणसागरगणिगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ प्रणम्य शंखेश्वरपार्श्वनाथं प्रकाशितानंत पदार्थसार्थ ॥ शिशुप्रबोधाय तमस्त (मार्कः )
प्रकाश्यते जैन विशेषतर्कः । १ ॥
जीवाजीव नभःकालौ धर्माधर्मौ विशेषतः ।
समस्वभावाः स्याद्वादे पदार्थाः षट् प्रकीर्तिताः २ etc.
fol. 1a
स्यादव्ययमनेकांतद्योतकं सर्वथैव यत् ।
तदीयवादः स्याद्वादः सदैकांतनिराश (स) कृत १०
fol. rb
इत्थं श्रीसमयः सरा (?) तु सुकृतं स्याद्वादवादे सदा
सूरिः श्री विजयप्रभ' स्तप' गणाधीशो नतोव्वश्विरः । कल्याणादिमसागराह्वगुरवः प्राज्ञा यशः सागराः
तच्छिष्यस्य यशस्वतः कृतिरियं स्याद्वादमुक्तावली ।। २५ ।। इति श्रीसज्जनमनोमनोज्ञाभीप्सितप्रतिपादन कल्पवल्लयां स्याद्वादमुक्तावल्लयां स्याद्वादवादनिर्णय: प्रथम (:) स्तबकः ।
fol. 20 सूरिः श्रीविजयप्रभ etc. up to स्याद्वादमुक्तावली ॥ २५ ॥ Then we have: इति श्रीस्याद्वादमुक्तावलीप्रत्यक्षबोधे द्वितीय स्तबकः Ends. fol. 3b
य एवं च प्रणवंतौ दृष्टांतापनयौ स्मृतौ ॥ वावस्थानं निगमनं मंदधी द्विधये त्रयं ॥ २३ ॥
चारित्रनित्त ( ( )गानाय समुल्लासन चंद्रमाः ।
भूयं भद्रो स मे दयात् गुरुश्चारित्रसागरः ॥ २४ ॥
सूरिः श्रीविजयप्रभः तात्तीयीकतयानुमानविलसद्गुच्छो (S) प्यभूत् ॥ २५ ॥
Reference. For a parallel work see Śri-Jaina-Syādvādamuktāvalī edited by the late Buddhisagara Sūri and published in Sarvat 1965 by Jhaveri Vadilal Vakhatchand.
Page #54
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
6.1
Nyaya: Svetambara works
13
तर्कभाषा [Sehar' ) No. 6
Tarkabhāşā [ Jainatarkabhāņā )
1371. 1887-91.
Size.-- 104 in. by 4s in. Extent.-- 26 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; tolerably big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; white paste used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; the title written in the left-hand margin at the top; fol. 1a blank except that the title and the author's name written there ; fol. 66 blank; condition very good ; complete ; the entire work is divided into three paricchedas (sections) as under:
Pramana-pariccheda I foll. 10 to 192 Naya
190 , 226 Nikṣepa- »
III , 226 , 26a Age.- Not modern. Author.- Nyāyaviśārada Yaśovijaya Gaņi. For his life and works
see my Sanskrit introduction (pp. 96-109 ; to Stuticaturvimsatikā published in the Agamodoya Samiti Series as
No. si in A. D. 1930. Subject.- This small work known as Jainatarkabhāṣā is composed
in Sanskrit. It is a master-piece elucidating three topics viz. pramāņa, naya and nikșepa. It is popularly known as Jainatarkaparibhāṣā, and it is composed after Nayarahasya of the same author. Various works are here referred to, by Yasovijaya, two of them being Siddhasena Gani's tikā
1 This should not be confounded with Jaipatarkabhāsā of Yaśasvatságara
referred to on p. 11. 2 For his ten works see pp. 15-16.
3 For a summary in Gujarati see Upodghăta (pp. 166-176 ) to 1917 situa t a 13 referred to on pp. 15-16.
Page #55
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
14
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 6.
(bhāṣyänusāriņi) to Tattvärthadhigamasutra and its bhāṣya, and Viseṣāvasyakabhāṣya.
Begins. fol. xb ॥ ६० ॥ ँ नमः
-
ऐंद्रवंदनतं नत्वा । जिनं तत्त्वार्थदेशिनं । प्रमाणनयनिक्षेपौः (पैस्तर्कभाषां तनोम्यहं ॥ १
तत्र स्वपरव्यवसायि ज्ञानं प्रमाणं । स्वमात्मा ज्ञानस्यैव स्वरूपमित्यर्थः । परस्तस्मादन्योऽर्थ इति यावत्तौ व्यवस्यसि यथास्थितत्वेन निश्चिनोति (ती)त्येवंशीलं स्वपव्यवसायि । अत्र दर्शनेति व्याप्तिवारणाय ज्ञानपदं संशयविपर्ययाध्यवसायेषु तद्वारणाय व्यवसायिपदं । परोक्षबुद्ध्यादिवादिनां मीमांसकादि (दीनां ज्ञानाद्वैतवादिनां च मतनिरासाय स्वपरेति स्वरूपविसे (शे)षणार्थ मुक्तं ॥ ननु यद्येवं सम्यज्ञानमेव प्रमाणमिष्यते तदा किमन्यत्तत्फलं वाच्यमिति चेत्सत्यं स्वार्थव्यवसितेरेव तत्फलत्वात् ॥ नन्वेवं प्रमाणे स्वपरव्यवसायित्वं etc.
fol. 194 इति श्रीमहोपाध्यायश्री कल्याणविजयग° ॥ शिष्यमुख्यपंडितश्रीलाभविजयग० ॥ शिष्यावतंस ! पंडित श्रीजीतविजयग० ॥ सतीर्थ्यपंडितश्रीनयविजयग० ॥ शिष्येण पंडितश्रीपद्मविजयग० ॥ सहोदरेण पंडितयशोविजयगणिना कृतायां जैननतर्क भाष्या (षा) यां प्रमाणपरिच्छेदः ॥ संपूर्णः ॥ १ ॥
fol. 22 इति ॥ महोपाध्यायश्रीकल्याणविजयगः ॥ शिष्यमुख्य पंडित ॥ श्रीलाभविजयग (०) || शिष्यावतं (स) ॥ श्रीजीतविजयग (०) ॥ सतीर्थ्य(र्थ्य)पंडित ॥ श्रीनयविजयग (०) ॥ शिष्येण पंडितश्री पद्म विजयग (०) । सहोदरेण पंडित ॥ यशोविजयगणिना विरचितायां (fol. 234) जैनतर्कभाषायां नयपरिच्छेदः । संपूर्णः ॥ २ ॥
Ends. fol. 25b
अस्मिंश्व पक्षे सिद्ध एव भावजीवा (?वो) भवति नान्य इत्येतदपि नानवद्यमिति तत्त्वार्थटीकाकृतः । इदं पुनरिहावधेयं इत्थं संसारिजीवे द्रव्यत्वे(s) पिभावत्वाविरोधः । एकवस्तुगतानां नामादि (दी )नां । भावादि (वि) नाभूतत्वप्रतिपादनात्तदाह भाष्यकारः
अहवा वत्थुभिहाणं । नामं ठवणा य ॥ जो तयागारो । कारणया से दव्वं । कजा ( ज्जा) वन्नं तयं भावोति ॥
Page #56
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
6.]
Njaya: Svetämbara works
केवलमविशिष्टजीवापेक्षया : द्रव्यजीवत्वव्यवहार एव न स्यान्मनुष्यादेवत्वि(त्वा)दिविशिष्टजीवं प्रत्येव हेतृत्वादिति । अधिकं नयरहस्यादौ विवेचितमस्माभिः
इति महामहोपाध्यायश्रीकल्याणविजयग ॥ शिष्यमुख्यपंडित ॥ श्रीलाभविजयग ॥ शिष्यावतंसपंडित ॥ श्रीजीतविजयग॥ सतीर्थ्यपंडित ॥ श्रीनयव(वि)जयग ॥ शिष्येन पंडितश्रीपद्मविजयग ॥ सोदरेण ॥ पंडितयसो(शो)विजयगणिना विरचितायां जैनतर्कभाषायां निक्षेपपरिच्छेदः ॥ संपूर्ण ॥ तत्संपूर्ती च संपूर्णेयं जैनतर्कभाषा ॥ स्वस्ति श्रीश्रमणसंघाय। सूरिश्रीविजयादिदेवसगुरोः ॥ पट्टांबराहमणौ ॥
सूरिश्रीविजयादिसिंहसुगुरौ शक्रासनं भेजुषि तत्सेवाप्रतिमप्रसादजनितशु(श्र)द्धानशुव्या कृती
ग्रंथो(s)यं वितनोतु कोविदकुले मोदं विनोदं तथा ॥१॥ यस्यासन गुरवो ऽत्र जीत[वीत]विजयप्राज्ञाः प्रकृष्टष्टिा)शया ॥
भ्राजंते सनया नयादिविजया() प्राज्ञाश्च विद्याप्रदाः ।। प्रेम्णां यस्य च सद्म पद्मविजयो जातः सुधी(c) सोदरस्तेन न्यायविशारदेन रचिता स्तात्तर्कभाषा मुदे ॥२॥
तर्कभाषामिमां कृत्वा । मया यत्पुण्यमर्जितं ।
प्राप्नुयां तेन वि(पु)लां । परमानंदसंपदं ॥ ३ ॥ पूर्व न्यायविशारदत्वविरुदं 'काश्यां प्रदत्तं बुधै
ायाचार्यपदं ततः कृतशतग्रंथस्य यस्यार्पितं । शिष्यप्रार्थनया नयादिविजयप्राज्ञोत्तमानां शिशु
स्तत्त्वं किंचिदिदं यशोविजय इत्याख्याभृदाख्यातवान् ॥१॥
इति श्रीजैनतर्कपरिभाषा समाप्ता ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ श्रीऽ । छ । । Reference. - This work is published on pp. 1148 to 1326 as one
of the ten works forming a series known as “ FUTOTT wit
1
2
Pandit Sukhlal says that this Tarkabhāsa is based upon Laghīyastrayi. See my “reference" of प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोक No. 26. This series contains the following ten works:
(1) Adhyatmsāra (pp. 18-31b), (2) Devadharmaparikşā (pp. 322-42b), (3) Adhyatmopanisad (pp. 434-49b), (4) Adhyatmikamatakhandana with svopajna vrtti (pp. 50a-7ob ), (5) Jailakkhanapayarana ( Yatilaksana
Page #57
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
16
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
यशोविजयीकृत ग्रंथमाळा in Vikrama Samvat 1965.
See Rajendralala Mitra's "A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of his highness the Mahārāja of Bikaner-Calcutta ", 1880., No. 1482, p. 679, where it is styled as Jainatarkabhäṣā. Herein the author's name is mentioned as "Panchayaśa Vijaya Gani" though it is correctly written in "End" as श्रीपञ्चयशोविजयगणिना etc. Thus this is a case of misunderstanding,
[ 6.
""
samuccaya) (pp. 71a-78b), (6) Nayarahasya (pp. 79a-94b ),'( 7 ) Nayapradipa (pp. 95a-105b), (8) Nayopadeśa (pp. 106a-113b), (9) Jainatarkaparibhăşă (pp. 114a-132b) and (10) Jñanabindu (pp. 133a-164b).
Page #58
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
2.)
Nyaya: Śvetambara works
नयकर्णिका टीकासहित
Nayakarņikā
with tīkā
747.
No. 7
1899-1915.
Size.— 111 in. by s in. Extent.- (text) 4 folios ; 2 to 4 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line.
„ - (com.), „ ; 12 „ „„„; 46 » » » » Description.- Country paper tough and greyish ; Jaina Devana
gari characters; this is a gre Ms.; both the text and the commentary written in bold, small, legible and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in red ink; all the foll. worm-eaten in several places; condition tolerably fair ; both the text and the commentary written in Sanskrit, the former in verses, and the latter in prose; both complete ; fol. 46 practically blank ; for, only the title, etc.
written on it. Age. - Samvat 1954. Author of the text.- Vinayavijaya Gani who pays respect to
Vijayasimha as if he is his guru. This Vinayavijaya is a celebrated author of Lokaprakāśa which is looked upon as a Jaina encyclopædia. Amongst his other works may be mentioned Kalpasubodhikā (see D. C. J. M. Vol. XVII, pt. II, pp. 139-152 ).
Vinayavijaya died in Samvat 1738. His father's name was Tejapāla and that of his mother Rajasri.
, of the com.- Gambhiravijaya, pupil of VỊddhivijaya. Subject.— The exposition of the seven nayas as a metrical compo
sition together with its elucidation in prose in Sanskrit.
For an exposition of the nayas in English see Epitome of Jainism (p. 78-102 ), Outlines of Jainism (pp.112,
116 and 117), English introduction ( pp. lxviii-lxxxv ) Jaina... 3
Page #59
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
18
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
17.
to Pañcāstikāyar, my explanatory notes ( pp. 165-170) to Nyāyakusumāñjali ( stabaka 3, v. 19 ), English introduc tion (p. xxvi) to Syādvadamañjarī (Bombay Sanskrit Series, No. LXXXIII ), H. Jacobi's article viz. "Jainism published in Encyclopedia of Religion and Ethics (vol. VII, p. 468 ) etc.
22
For a discussion in French see La Religion Djaïna ( pp. 129-133 ).
Begins.— (text) fol. 14 ॐ नमः ॥
For an exposition in Gujarati see my work viz. Arhatadarśana-dipika ( pp. 272-331 ).
वर्द्धमानं नुमः सर्वनयनवर्णवागमं । संक्षेपतस्तदुनीतनयभेदानुवादः ॥ १ ॥
- (com) fol. 14 ॥ नमः सिद्धं ॥
नीयं प्राप्यं दशांगिकारेणेतरां औदासिन्यतया वस्तुबोधमार्गे यैस्ते नयाः नैगमादयः सर्वे च ते नयाश्व सर्वनयास्त एव नद्यः सरितस्तासामर्णव समुद्रतुल्यः आगमो वाक्पथो यस्य स तथा तं वर्धमानं चरमजिनवरं वयं स्तुमः स्तुतिविषयीकुर्मः कुतः कस्मात् तदुन्नीतनयनभेदानुवादतः कथितस्यैव यत्कथनं तदनुवादस्तस्मादनुवादतः कुर्म इति शेषः कथं संक्षेपतोऽल्पविस्तरत इति ॥ १ ॥
"
Ends.~~~(text) fol. 4b
इत्थं नयार्थकवच' कुसुमैर्जिनेंदुः
वीरोऽर्चितः सविनयं विनयाऽभिधेन ।
श्री ' द्वीप बंदर व विजयादिदेव
सूरीशिशु (तु) र्विजयसिंहगुरोश्व तुष्टयै ॥ २३ ॥ इति नयकर्णिका
(com.) fol. 4° वीरो वर्द्धमानस्वामी विनयेन सहितो यथा स्यात्तथा सवि नयं भूत्वा विनयाऽभिधेन विनयविजयेति नामकेन मया अर्चितः पूजितः
स्मै श्रिया युक्ते 'द्वीपा 'ख्यबंदरवरे जलधितटवर्त्तिनगरश्रेष्ठे यस्य नाम्नि 'विजय' पदमादौ वर्तते स तथा विजयदेवसूरिः तस्य सूरि : (री) शिशुः (तुः)
1 This is published in the Sacred Books of the Jainas as Vol. III. 2 This verse occurs in Nayapradipa, too.
Page #60
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
19
7.
Nyaya: Svetāmbara works शिष्यो विजयसिंहो रो मद्गुरुः तस्य तुष्टयै संतुष्टिकरणाय वीरविभुपूजित इत्यर्थः ॥ २३॥
वृद्धिविजयशिष्येण गंभीरविजयेन च। टीका कृतेयं कृतिभिर्वाच्यमाना(s)स्तु शंकरी ॥
__इति नयकर्णिका समाप्ताः ॥ वि(वे)देषुनिधिचंद्राब्दे (१९५४) चैत्रमासे दले सिते। 'पादलिप्ते त्रयोदश्यां व्यलेखि मुनिभक्तिना ॥१॥
श्री॥ Reference.--Both the text and this commentary published in Jaina
stotrasaingraha pp. 36-44 ( Sri Yasovijaya Jaina Granthamala No. 7) in Vira Samvat: 2439. The text has been published along with foreword, introduction, translation, explanatory notes and life of Vinayavijaya, all in Gujarati by Fattehchand Kapurchand Lalan and Mohanlal Dalichand Desai in A. D. 1910.
The text is also published by Kumar Devendra Prasad the Central Jaina Publishing House, Arrah, in A. D. 1915. This edition containing the English translation of the text, notes, introduction and author's biographical sketch is styled as " The Library of Jaina Literature- Vol. III."
Page #61
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
20 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[8. ... नयचक्र
Nayacakra स्वोपज्ञवालावबोधसहित
with svopajña bālāvabodha
1632. No. 8
1891-95. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.- 26 - I + I = 26 folios; 9 lines to a page ; 38 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders unruled; fol. a blank ; numbers for foll. entered in the left-hand margin ; a part of the 6th fol. blank; the 16th fol. missing ; the 19th fol. repeated; prac
tically complete; condition very good. Age.— Not quite inodern. Author.-Devacandra, pupil of Pathaka Dipacandra, pupil of Jnana
dharma, pupil of Pathaka Rajasāra.. Subject.- Detailed information about the seven nayas and its
__explanation in Gujarati up to पीठिका (fol. 6°). Begins.- (com.) fol. 1 ॥ ६ ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः
प्रणम्य परमब्रह्मशुद्धानंदरसास्पदं । वीरं सिद्धार्थराजेंद्रनंदनं लोकनंदनं ।१॥ नत्वा सुधर्मस्वाम्यादिसंघ सद्वाचकान्वयं । स्वगुरून दीपचंद्राख्यपाठकान् श्रुतपाठकान् ॥ २ ॥
नयचक्रस्य हि शब्दार्थकथनं लोकभाषया। क्रियते बालबोधार्थ सम्यग्मार्गविशुद्धये ॥३॥
जे कारणे श्रीजिनागम विषे च्यार अनुयोग छै द्रव्यानुयोग १ चरणकरणानुयोग २ गणितानुयोग ३ धर्मकथानुयोग ४ तिहां छ द्रव्य नव तत्त्व तेहना गुण पर्याय स्वभाव परणमनने जांणयौ etc. (com.)fol. 6° श्रीजिनभद्रगणिक्षमास(श्रोमण पूज्य कहैं छे etc. ते माटै प्रथम द्रव्य गुण पर्याय ओलपिये ते श्रीगुरुकृपा करै ए पीठिका कही
Page #62
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
8.]
(text) fol.7a
Nyaya: Svetambara works
द्रव्याणां च गुणानां च पर्यायाणां च लक्षणं । निक्षेपनयसंयुक्तं तत्त्वभेदैरलंकृतम् २
21
Ends.— (text) fol. 26 संपूर्णात्मा शक्तिप्राग्भावलक्षणं सुष (ख) मनुभवन् सिद्ध्यति सायनंत (तं कालं तिष्ठते परमात्मा इति एतद् कार्य सर्वभव्यानां । गच्छे श्री'कोटिका' ख्ये 'खरतर ' संज्ञे ज्ञानपात्रा महांताः (तः)
सूरिश्रीजैन चंद्राः गुरुत (र) गणभृत्सि (च्छिष्य मुख्या विति (नी) ताः । श्रीमत्पुन्यात्प्रधाताः (ना) सुमतिजलनिधिप्पाठका (काः) साधुरंगा (:) तत्सि (च्छिक्षा (ष्याः) या (पा) ठकेंद्राः श्रुतरसरसिका राजसारा मुनींद्राः १ तच्चरणांबुजसेवालीना ( : ) श्रीज्ञानधर्मधर्मधराः । तत्सि(च्छि)व्यपाठकोत्तमदीपचंद्राः श्रुतरसज्ञाः ॥ २ ॥
नयचक्रलेशमेतत्तेषां शिष्येण देवचंद्रेण ।
स्वपरावबोधनार्थे कृतं सदभ्यासवृद्ध्य (र्थ) ॥ ३॥ सो (शोधयंतु सुधा (धि)यः कृपाकराः शुद्धतत्त्वरसिकाश्च परंतु । साधनेन कृतसिद्धिसत्सुखाः परममंगलभावमष्णु (इनु ते ॥ ४ ॥ इति श्रीनयचक्रं समाप्तं
Reference. The text together with balavabodha (slightly different is published in Prakaranaratnākara ( pt. I, pp. 169-237 ) by Bhimsinh Manak, Bombay, in A. D. 1903.
For an additional Ms. of the text with svopajña bālāvabodha and its description see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, No. 1618, p. 415.
Page #63
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
१.
नयचक्र स्वोपज्ञवालावबोधसहित
Nayacakra with svopajña bālāvabodha
804. 1895-1902.
No. 9
Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.- (text) 52 folios ; 2 to 9 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line.
, -(com.), , 5,20 , "" " ;34 " "" "
Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a rare Ms.; space not reserved always for the text; the commentary written in a comparatively smaller hand; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. I blank; white paste and yellow pigment used; red chalk, too ; a greater portion of fol. 36 blank; several foll, worm-eaten ; condition fair ; both the text and its bālāvabodha complete ;
extent 1900 (22028) Slokas. Age.- Prerty old. Begins.- (text) fol. 1 ॥ ६ ॥ श्रीगुरुम्यो नमः
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य स्वपरोपग्रहाय च ।
क्रियते तत्त्वबोधार्थ पदार्थानुगमो मया ॥ १ ॥ etc. ,, - ( com. ) fol. :' प्रणम्य परमब्रह्म etc. as in No. 8. Ends. - (text) fol. Sub संपूर्णात्मा शक्तिप्राग्भावलक्षणं मुखं etc. up to परम
मंगल as in No. 8. This is followed by the line as under:
भ(?)भं(?)ठिते(?) ४ ॥ इति श्रीनयचकविवरणं संपूर्ण "-com.) fol. 50
दीपचंद गुरुराजने सुपसाये उल्लास । देवचंद्र भविहित भणी कीधो ग्रंथप्रकास ॥१४॥ etc.
ग्रंथानं १९०० ॥
Page #64
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
23
10.!
Nyaya: Śvetāmbara works द्वादसारनयचक्र छै । मल्वादिकृत वृद्ध॥ . सप्तसतीनयवाचना । कीधी तिहा प्रसिद्ध ॥ १६ ॥ etc. 'खरतर मुनिपति गच्छपति । श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरीश ।। तास सीस पाठकवर । पुण्यप्रधान गुमी(?णीस ॥१८॥ तसु विनयी पाठकप्रवर । सुमतिसागरमुसहाय ॥ साधुरंग गुणरत्ननिधि । राजसार उवझाय ॥१९॥ पाठक ज्ञानधरमगणि । पाठक श्रीदीपचंद ॥ तास सीस देवचंदकृति । भणतां परमाणंद ॥ २० ॥
इति नयचक्रबालावबोध । ग्रंथानं २०२८॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 8.
स्वोपालावरोधसहित
Nayacakra with svopajña bälávabodha
No. 10
1380. 1891-95.
Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-(text) 48 - 4 = 44 folios ; 3 to 5 lines to a page ; 41 letters
___to a line. , -(com.) 44 folios ; II to 12 lines to a page; 49 letters to
a line. Description.-Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms. ; the text written in a comparatively bigger hand-writing; the area is written in a slightly smaller hand ; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and white paste used; this Ms. contains both Fun and its atorgatu in Gujarati, both incomplete as foll
1 to 4 are missing ; fol. 48° blank ; condition very good. Age.- Sainvat I878.
Page #65
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
24
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 10. Begins.- (text) fol. 5 कार्यभेदेन भावभेदा भवंति । क्षेत्रकालभावभेदानां एक
समुदायित्वं द्रव्यत्वं । etc. ,,--(com.) fol. 5 इम अनेक रीतें करी जांणी लेवो भेदाश्च हिवें भेदनो स्वरूप
कहे छे वक्तव्यवस्त्वंशा कहतां जे वस्तु कथन करता हइ तेहना भेद च्यार
छे तत्र द्रव्यभेदा यथा जीव अनंता etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 47° संपूर्णात्मा शक्तिप्राग्भावलक्षण etc. up to संपूर्ण as
in No. 9. This is followed by the lines as under:
संवत् १८७८ वर्षे माहसुदि ७ दिने पं० रूपविजयगणीभि (?) पं०श्रीराजसत्केन लि. "-com.) fol. 48
दीपचंद गुरुराजने etc. up to बालावबोध as in No. 9. This is followed by the lines as under:
। समाप्त ग्रंथमानं १९०० । श्रीरस्तु कल्याणमस्तु सकलपं०शी(शिरोमणि पं० श्री५ श्रीमोहनविजयगणि तशिष्य पं. श्री५ श्रीराजविजयगणि तशिष्यपं श्रीरूपविजयगणी(णि) लिषतां श्री पाटण नगरे श्रीपंचासरजीप्रसादात् पोलिओ उपासरे । श्री।
N. B.- For other details see No.8.
नयचक्रबालावबांध
Nayacakrabālāvabodha No. 11
748.
1899-1915. -Size. - Io in. by 4g in. Extent. — 45 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- County paper rough and white; Devanagari chara
cters; small, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders not ruled; edges of the first two foll. and those of the last fol.
Page #66
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
II. ]
Nyaya: Svetambara works.
25
worn out; condition on the whole good; numbers of only some foll. entered twice as usual ; those of the rest numbered in the right-hand margin only; foll. 15 to 25 numbered twice in the right-hand margin, the second set being 1, 2, 3 etc. ; a major part of fol. 26° blank ; a similar remark holds good in the case of foll. 27 to 45; this Ms. presents an appearance of a त्रिपाठी Ms. ; complete.
Age. Not old.
Author.— Devacandra, pupil of Pāthaka Dipacandra. The spiritual descent may be indicated as under:
Rajasāra - Jñānadharma - Dipacandra Devacandra. Subject. Gujarati explanation of Nyayacakra, a work dealing with nayas.
Begins. - fol. 1* ॥ ६० ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
प्रणम्य परमब्रह्म शुद्धानंदरसास्पदं ।
वीरं सिद्धार्थराजेंद्रनंदनं लोकनंदनं ॥ १ ॥ etc. नयचक्रस्य हि शब्दार्थकथनं लोकभाषया ।
क्रियते बालबोधार्थे सम्यक् मार्गविशुद्धये ॥ ३ ॥
जे कारण श्रीजिनागमने विर्षे च्यार अनुगम छे द्रव्यानुयोग १ चरणकरणानु योग २ गणितानुयोग ३ धर्मकथानुयोग ४ तिहां छ द्रव्य नत्र तत्त्व तेहना गुणपर्याय स्वभावपरणमनने जाणवों ते द्रव्यानुयोग ४ एवं पंचास्तिकायनो स्वरूपकथनरूप छै । etc.
Fnds. — fol. 45b
Jaina... 4
व्यक्ता श्रोता जोगथी श्रुतअनुभवरस पी ।
ध्यान ध्येयनी एकता कर नासेव सुषलीन ॥ १२ ॥
-
इम जाणी सासनरुची करज्यो श्रुतअभ्यास । पांमी चारित्रसंपदा लहस्यो लीजविलासः ॥ १३ ॥ दीपचंद्र गुरुराजने सुपसायें उल्लास ।
देवचंद्र भविहित भणी कीधो ग्रंथप्रकास ॥ १४ ॥ सुणस्ये भणस्ये जे भविक एह ग्रंथ मनरंग | ज्ञानक्रीया अभ्यासना लहस्यें तत्त्वतरंग ॥ १५ ॥
ग्रं० १९००
Page #67
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[. द्वादशारनयचक्र छ मल्लवादिकृत वृद्ध । सप्तशतीनयवाचना कीधी तिहा प्रसीद्ध ॥१६॥ अल्पमतिना चितमें ना ते विस्तार । पुष्कल नय भेदनो भाष्यो अल्प विचार ॥ १७॥ .. 'परतर'मुनिपति गछपति श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरीश । तास सीस पाठकप्रवर पुण्यप्रधानमुनीश ॥ १८ ॥ तसु विजयी पाठकप(प्र)वर सुमतिसागर सहाय । साधुरंगगुणरत्ननघि राजसार उवझाय ॥१९॥ पाठक ज्ञानधरम गुणी पाठक श्रीदीपचंद । तास सीस देवचंद्रकृति भणतां परमानंदः ॥२०॥
इति श्रीनयचक्रटबार्थबाला(व)बोध संपूर्ण पं०श्रीविवेकविजयगणिवाचनार्थ. This is followed in a different hand by the lines as below:भगवंतो अरिहंत (अर्हन्तो भगवन्त) इन्द्रमहिताः सिद्धाश्च सिद्धा(?द्धोश्रि(?स्थिता
आचार्या जिनशासनोन्नतिकरा पूज्या उपाध्यायकाः । श्रीसिद्धांतसुपाठका मुनिवरा रत्नत्रयाराधकाः
पंचे(च)ते परमेष्टिनः प्रतिदिनं कुर्वतु वो मंगलं ॥१॥ Reference.-Published. See No. 8.
नयचका
Nayacakra बालावबोधसहित
with bålāvabodha
1633. No. 12
1891-95. Size.- 94 in. by 4g in. Extent.— 21 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 31 letters to a line.
:
This work is tentatively placed here since it is not possible at present to carry on the desired investigation with a view to decide as to what school of thought-Svetāmbara or Digambara, it belongs to.
Page #68
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
27
12. }
Nyaya: Svetambara works
Description. Country paper rough, brittle and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear but poor hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; red chalk and white paste used; yellow pigment, too; fol. 21b blank; this Ms. seems to contain the text in Sanskrit and its explanation in Gujarati; both complete.
Age. Samvat 1892.
Author of the text. Not mentioned.
,, com.- "
..
Subject. Exposition of the seven nayas in Sanskrit and its explanation in Gujarati.
Begins. (text) fol. 1a
-
در
19
ए६ ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ स्यात्कारमुद्रिता भावा नित्यानित्यस्वभावकाः । प्रोक्ता येन प्रबोधाय वंदे तं वृषभं जिनं ॥ १ ॥
अनंतधर्मात्मकस्य वस्तुन एकांस ( श ) व्यवसायात्मकं ज्ञानं नयः ॥
,, – (com) fol. 12 अर्थ || अनंतधर्मात्मक वस्तुनुं एक अंस तेहनुं प्रकासक एहवुं जे ज्ञान ते नय कहियs etc.
Ends.--(text) fol. 20b
नयास्तव स्यात्पदलांछना इमे ।
रसोपविद्धा इव लोहधातवः ॥
भवत्यभिप्रेतफला यतस्ततो ।
भवंतमार्याः प्रणता हितैषिणः ॥ १ ॥
I This verse occurs with or without variants in Haribhadra Suri's commentary (p. 118b) on Anuyogadvārasūtra, in Silanka Suri's commentary (p. 85b) on Acārāngasūtra, in Hemacandra Suri's commentary on Siddhahemacandra (I. 2), in Malayagiri Suri's commentary (p. IIb) on Avasyakasutra, in Abhayadeva Suri's commentary (p. 757) on Sanmatiprakarana, in Maladharin Hemacandra Suri's commentary (p. 245b) on Anuyogadvärasutra and in Syadvādamañjarī (Mallişena Suri's commentary) on v. 28 of Anyayogavyavacchedadvātriṁśikā and in Svayambhustotra, ( v. 65), a Digambara work.
For a discussion about the authorship of this verse see my article 'a'. qa' published in Jaina satya prakāśa vol. III, No. 6 (pp. 221-229) and No. 7 (p. 258).
Page #69
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[12. Ends.--(com.) fol. 21" तथा अन्यमती एकांतवादी छै ते माटे तेहने नय बाछि.., तफलदायक नथी हुता । अत्र संक्षेप करी नयचक्र लिप्यं छै विसेस विचारसिद्धांतथी समझजो
नयानां किल सप्तानां लिषता दृष्टांतपूर्वकाः । अग्रेतनग्रंथात्।
इति सप्तनयविचार 'हालीकंडी मध्ये लि० पं० ज्ञानकल्लोलेन स्ववाचनार्थ । सं० १८९२ रा मीती सा(श्रावणसुदि ६ तिथौ
नयप्रकाशाष्टकस्तवन
„Nayaprakāśāstakastavana स्वोपज्ञवृत्तिसहित
with svopajña vrtti
1272. No. 13
1886-92. Size.-9} in. by 44 in. Extent. — 17 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, strong and white ; Jaina Deva
någari characters with occasional A TS; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, and edges in two; yellow piga ment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; con. dition very good ; both the text and the commentary com
plete; composed in Samvat 1673. Age:- Pretty old. Author of the text and the commentary as well.- Pandita Padma.
sāgara, a devotee of Vācaka Dharmasāgara of the Tapā gaccha. This Padmasägara has also composed Pramāpaprakasa and Yuktiprakas'a' along with its commentary..
Subject. A metrical composition in 9 verses in Sanskrit dealing
with nayas (view-points) and their explanation in Sanskrit.
.. 1-2 Both of these are published as the roth puspa of Sri Mahavira Granthamala in Vikrama Sainvat 1992.
Page #70
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
13.]
Nyaya: Svetambara works
Begins.-(text) fol. IN
तस्मे(स्मै) नमः श्रीजिनशासनाय ।
सत्सप्तभंगीनयवासनाय ॥ आसाद्य मायति यदीयदेश
मप्यक्षपादादिकदर्शनानि ॥ १॥ This is followed by its commentary. " -fol. 1b
प्रमाणवाक्यं नयवाक्यगर्भितं
निर्दूषणं दुर्नयवाक्यदूरितं स्यादेवयुक्तं जिनराजशासने
............'चमत्कारं भवेन्न किं ॥ २॥ etc. , -(com.) fol. 1 ॥ ६ ॥
'गंगा'प्रवाहा इव वाग्विलासा
जयंति यस्य स्फुरदङ्गिरंगाः स्वयं पवित्रा इति पूतविश्वाः
सो(s)स्तु श्रिये श्रीजिनवर्द्धमानः १ नत्वा तदीयक्रमपुंडरीकं । ___स्मृत्वा प्रसन्नां श्रुतदेवतां च नयप्रकाशस्तवनस्य वृत्तिं ।
स्वयंकृतस्यात्मकृते करोमि २ इह हि त्रिजगतीप(प्र)तिपादितप्रवचनरचनावितथगुणग्रामानरूपकस्वेन यद्यप्यस्य सकलस्तवनग्रंथस्याप्यशेषदुरितोच्छेकता(5)त्येव तथापि निजहर्षप्रकर्षाच्छवासतमनोवाकायशुद्धया प्रथमं प्रणतस्यैव स्तवनं विशिष्टफलं भवतीति कृत्वा प्रथम(मं) मन कायशुद्धया कृतमपि प्रायस्तव्यंजकत्यादिना()तिशयितत्वादाद्यकाव्याद्यपदेन नमस्कारं वाग्गोचरीकरोति.
This is followed by the first verse of the text noted above, ... .. and after that we have :--
व्याख्या तस्मै श्रीजिनशासनाय नमः इति तावदन्वय: etc.
..
The foll. have stuck together ; so letters cannot be read. :
)
Page #71
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
30
Ends. (text) fol. 16b
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
29
उत्पत्तिका (ना) स्थितिमद्घटात्मादिकं मतं वस्तु र्ज (जि) नं (नें ) द्रशासने || नाशादिकं ह्येकतरं न मन्यते ।
चेत्स्यादिवासनख (कु) सुमं (त) दार्थः ॥ ८ ॥
This is followed by its commentary.
- fol. 17a
जगत्यसौ श्रीजिनशासनस्तवः । स्याद्वादतात्पर्यनि (बंध) बंधुरः ||
नयप्रकाशाष्टकनामधारकः ।
स्वार्थ कृतः पंडित पद्मसागरैः ॥ ९ ॥
1-13.
,,~~(com.) fol. 17© सुकरमेवेदं नवमवृत्तमिति रा ( स ) मातेयं श्रीनयप्रकाशवृत्तिः ॥ स्याद्वादवादनिष्णात चक्रिचक्रशिरोमणिः ।
अतुच्छ स्वच्छसद्गच्छ 'तपो गच्छप्रभुं (भुः) प्रभुः ॥ १ ॥ श्रीहीरविजयाभिख्यः सूरिर्जयति भूतले || यद्गुणग्रामपीयूषावादवान्विबुधो जनः ॥ २॥ राज्ये तदीयेऽखिलशास्त्रवेदिनः ।
श्रीवाचकाग्रेसरधर्मसागरः (राः) ॥
जयंति तेषां चरणघ ( प्र ) सव्या |
नयप्रकाशो विहितो मया (S) यं ॥ ३ ॥ चक्रे शास्त्रमिदं यत्नात् अग्निषद चंद्रबत्सरे (१६७३) । पद्मसागरसंज्ञेन बुधेन स्वात्मबुद्धये ॥ ४ ॥
नमोऽस्तु श्रीस्याद्वादवादिपर्षदे || शुभं भवतु || Then in a different hand we have :
पद्मसागरेण कृता || ॥ नयप्रकाशस्तवनवृत्तिः ॥ Reference. Published together with a svopajña commentary as No. 6 of Śri Hemacandrăcărya Granthavali by the Secretary of Śrī Hemacandrācārya Sabhā in A. D. 1918. For an additional Ms. containing both the text and the com
Page #72
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
14.]
Nyaya: Svetambara works
37
mentary see No. 1319 of the Catalogue of the Līmbdi Jaina jñāna-bhandara-Manuscripts to be hereafter referred to as 'Limbdi Catalogue.'
For an extract see Peterson Report IV, No. 1272.
नयप्रकाशस्तवन
Nayaprakāśastavana स्वोपज्ञवृत्तिसहित
with svopajña vrtti No. 14
1383 (b).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 4 to fol. 29. Description. Both the text and the commentary begin abruptly but they go up to the end. For other details see Pramāņa
1383(a). prakāśa with svopajña vrtti No.
1891-95.. Begins.-(text) fol. 5a
क्रमान्नयाः सप्तपरैहीताः।
परस्परं ये विवदंत एव । सप्तापि ते श्रीजिनशासने(5)स्मि
नेकीभनंति स्म जिनेंद्रवाचा ॥ ४ ॥ , -(com.) fol. 4 दिदर्शनं । व्याख्या जैना जिनाज्ञाधरा आदेशमासायेति
सकलादेशसांनिध्यं प्राप्येत्यर्थः । अथ सकलादेशस्वरूपसूचनाय यच्छब्दघटितं पूर्वार्द्ध व्याक्रियते । येन सकलादेशेन कालाद्यभेदादिति कालादिभिर
टमिः कृत्वा भेदवृत्तरित्यर्थः। , -(com.) fol. 5* किंतु सर्वथा हेयत्वाद् बहिष्कृतमेवेति तृतीयवृत्तार्थः॥३॥
अथ प्रमाणवाक्यनयवाक्ययोर्विषयस्तु नया एव | etc. Ends.-( text ) fol. 276
उत्पत्तिनाश etc. up to नयप्रकाशाष्टनामधारकः स्वार्थ कृतः पंडितपद्मसागरैः ॥ ९॥ as in No. 13. , --(com.) fol. 29* सुकरमेवेदं नववृत्तमिति etc., up to स्वात्मबुद्धये ॥४॥
This is followed by the lines as under :
Page #73
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
32
.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 14. . नमोऽस्तु श्रीस्यावादवादिपर्षदे ॥ छ ॥ शुभं ।।
यादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्टं । तादृशं लिखितं मया । यदि शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥ १॥ तैलाद्रक्षेज्जलाद्रक्षेद्रक्षेत् शिथिलबंधनात् ।
परहस्तगमाद्रक्ष्येदेवं वदति पुस्तकं ॥२॥ ॥ श्रीः ॥ छ । श्रीः ।। छ । श्रीः ॥ छ । श्रीः ॥ छ । श्रीः ॥ छ । fol. 29° पं.रविविजयगणिशी(शि)ष्पपंकेसरज्ञानकोशभंडार प्र. ६ "N. B.- For further details see No. 13.
नयप्रदीप
Nayapradipa -No. 15
1384 (a).
1891-95. Size.- Iol in. by 5 in. Extent.-- II folios ; 16 lines to a page; 43 letters to a line.. . Descripcion.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; numbers of most of the foll. entered in both the margins as usual ; fol. 1a blank; edges of the first fol. partly worn out3; condition on the whole good ; complete ; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. Nayakarnika which begins on fol. II and ends on fol. II' as under :
वर्द्धमानं तुमः सर्वनय[ न ]नद्यर्णवागमं संक्षेपतस्तदुनीतनयमंदानुवादतः १ नैगम संग्रहश्चैव व्यवहारऋजुसूत्रको शब्दः समभिरूद्वैवंभूतौ चेति नयाः स्मृताः२ etc.. . सर्वे नया अपि विरोधभृतो मिथस्ते ।
संभूय साधुसमयं भगवन् भजते । - भूपा इव प्रतिभटा भुवि सार्वभौम
पादांबुज प्रधनयुक्तिपराजिता द्राक ॥२२॥
Page #74
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Nyaya: Svetambara works
इत्थं नयार्थकवचःकुचमैर्जिनेंदुवीरोऽर्चितः सविनयं विनयाभिधेन ॥ श्री ' द्वीपबंदर बरे विजयादिदेव
सूरीशितुर्विजयसिंहगुरोश्व तुष्टयै ॥ २३ ॥
He was
Author.-- Yaśovijaya Gani, author of Tarkabhasa etc. born in Kanodā ( see Sujasavelibhāsa ). His father's name was Nārāyaṇadāsa, those of his mother and the younger brother being Saubhagyadevi and Padmasimha respectively. For his life in Prakrit see यशोद्वात्रिंशिका published in Jainasatyaprakāśa (vol. II, No. 9, pp. 471 - 473 ) and for its expo• sition in Gujarātī see Jainasatyaprakāśa (vol. VI, No. 7, PP. 293-300). For a reference about his works see pp. 15-16. Subject. A work in Sanskrit dealing with Saptabhangi or the seven modes of expression and the seven nayas.
Begins. fol. rb
15.]
33
द्रादिप्रणतं देवं ध्यात्वा सर्वविदं हृदि ।
सप्तभंगनयानां च वक्ष्ये विस्तरमाशु (शु) भं (१) ॥ १ ॥
अथ सप्तभंगी प्रारभ्यते । जैनानां तावत्सप्तभंगी विजिज्ञासितव्या । सेव तेषां प्रमाणभूमिमारचयति । etc.
Ends. fol. 114 सर्व (र्व) विशेषावश्यकटीकायां स्फुटमेव । अत्र इदं एषु पूर्वः पूर्वो नयः प्रचुरगोचरः परस्परस्तु परिमितिविषय इति ।
Reference— Published on pp. 954 to 105b in न्यायाचार्य श्रीयशोविजयजी - कृत ग्रंथमाळा referred to on pp. 15 -16. For an additional Ms. see Jaina Granthāvali ( p. 82 ).
Jain ... 5
Page #75
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
34
नयोपदेश
No. 16
Size.— ro in. by 4g in.
Extent.— 6 folios; It lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper thin, strong and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; edges in two; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; an edge of the last fol. slightly gone; condition very good; complete ; 144 verses in all ; white paste used; fol. r* blank except that the title together with the author's name written on it.
Age. Not quite modern.
Author.— Yaśovijaya Gani. For his life and works see p. 33. Subject.-A metrical composition in Sanskrit dealing with the
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
nayas.
Begins. fol. rb ॥ ५० ॥
ऐंद्र धाम हृदि स्मृत्वा नत्वा गुरुपदांबुजं नयोपदेशः धियां विनोदाय विधीयते १ संस्वा सच्वायुपेतार्थेष्वऽपेक्षावचनं नयः न विवेचयितुं शक्यं विनाऽपेक्षां हि मिश्रितं २ यद्यप्यनंतधर्मात्मा वस्तु प्रत्यक्षगोचर: तथापि स्पष्टबोधः स्यात् सापेक्षो दीर्घतादिवत् ३ नानानयमयो व्यक्तो मतभेदो ( ह्यपेक्षया कोट्यंतरनिषेधस्तु प्रस्तुतोत्कटकोटिकृत् 8 etc.
Ends. fol. 6b
[ 16.
Nayopadeśa
73.
1898-99.
अनंतमज्जितं ज्ञानं त्यक्त्वा (क्ता )श्वानंतविभ्रमाः न चित्रं कलया ( s) प्यात्मा हीनोऽभूदधिको ( s)पि वा ४१ धावतोऽपि नयाः सर्व्वे स्युथा (र्मा)वै (:) कृतविभ्रमाः चारित्र्पणलीनः स्यादिति सर्व्वनयाष्टि (भितः ४२
Page #76
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
17.]
Nyava: Svetambara works
सुनिपुणमतिगम्यं मंदधी दुष्प्र (प्र)वेशं प्रवचनवचनं न क्वापि हीनं नयौघैः गुरुचरणकृपातो योजयंस्तान पदे यः
परिणमयति शिष्यांस्तं वृणीते यशः श्री (श्री) ४३ गच्छे श्रीविजयादिदेवगुरोः स्वच्छे गुणानां गणैः प्रौढिं प्रौढिमधानि जीतविजयप्राज्ञाः परामैयरुः तत्सातीर्थ्यभृतां नयादिविजयप्राज्ञोत्तमानां शिशुस्तत्त्वं किंचिदिदं यशोविजय इत्याख्याभृदाख्यातवान् ४४ (१४४) इति श्रीनयोपदेशप्रकरणम् संपूर्ण वर्णविन्यासीकृतं श्रीज्ञानविमलसूरिभिः श्रीमदणहिल्लपुर'ने इति श्रेयः
Reference.— Published on pp. 1064 to
35
113b in न्यायाचार्य श्रीयशोविजयजीकृत ग्रंथमाळा referred to, on pp. 15 -16. For a reference see my bhumika (p. 103 ) to Stuticaturvimatika published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 51.
न्यायानेकार्थ भाष्य
No. 17
Size - 1o in. by 4g in.
Extent.— 40 folios; 22 lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in black ink ; yellow pigment used at times ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1 blank; edges of the 1st and the last foll. slightly worn out; each of the last two foll. has a hole in the left-hand margin; condition on the whole good; complete so far as it goes. Age. -- Pretty old.
Author.-- Does not seem to have been mentioned.
Nyāyānekārthabhāṣya
409.
1871-72.
Page #77
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
-26
laing Literature and Philosophy
[.18.
Subject.- Anekarthabhāsya on Nyaya. The exact nature of this
work remains to be ascertained. It may be that this is a
commentary on a non-Jaina work. Begins.-- fol... ए६० ॥ महोपाध्यायश्री श्रीकल्याणविजयगणिशिष्यमुख्य
पंडितश्री५श्रीलाभविजयगणिशिष्यपंडित५श्रीजीतविजयगाणपंडितश्रीनयविजयगणिगुरुभ्यो नमो नमः ॥ पंडितश्रीसूरि(र)विजयगणिगुरुभ्यो नमो नमः ॥
मिलन्मंदाकिनीमल्लीदामां मूनि पुरद्विषः। ...
विश्वबीजांकुरप्रख्यां । वैधवीं तां कलो नुमः ॥ १॥ कर्तव्यविघ्नविघातकर(२) विनमस्कारं निबध्नाति विद्यते । विद्येव या पूर्वसंध्या etc. यदि सामान्यतो(s)पि कर्त्तनिर्देशे विद्याविद्ययोः संध्यारजनीभ्यां निरु
पणाविरुदेता लभ्यते । Ends.--- fol. 40° तत्र योगपद्यानुभवस्याबाधितत्वात च व्यासंगस्तन्दाधकमनोव(?)य.
चित्वे तत्संकोचविकाशाभ्यामुभयोपपत्तेः मैवं संकोचविकाशयोरपि ती (2) इति न्यायशास्त्रे अनेकार्थभाष्यं समाप्तं ॥ श्री ॥ भट्टारकदेवेंद्रकीति
तस्येदं पुस्तकं ।। शुभं भु(भू)यात(त) Reference.-- It appears that nowhere else there seems to be
.. another Ms. of this work.
न्यायालोक
... Nyayaloka
. No. 18
. 1381.
1887-91. Size.- 94 in. by 4} in. Extent.-33 folios ; IS lines to a page ;. 38 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper somewhat thick, rough and white;
Jaina Devanagari characters with rare पृष्ठमात्राs; tolerably big, almost legible and very fair hand-writing%3; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; yellow pigment used; red chalk, too; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1 blank; condition very good ; complete; there are in all three Prakasas (sections), the extent of each of which is as under :--
Page #78
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
17
18.]
: "Nyayi: Svetambara works: ' . ; Prakāśa 1" foll. Ib to 210. .
, II , 21",, 320
,,, II , 320 ,, 33* Age.— Not modern. Author.-- Nyayavisarada Yasovijaya.Gani, author of various works, . . some of them being (2)-(5), (7)-12 and (14)-(21) noted
in " reference" on p. 38. For details see Nos. 6 and 16. Subject.— Exposition of Jaina logic. In this work; Jñanārņava and
Syadvádarahasya, two works of this very author are referred to; so it may be inferred that Nyāyaloka is
composed after these works. Begins.-- fol. 11 ..
... प्रणम्य परमात्मानं जगदानंददायिनं ।।
न्यायालोकं वितनुते धीमान न्यायविशारद'१
इह खल सकलदुःखजिहासया परमानंदसंपत्तये च मुक्त्युपायेषु प्रवर्त....... माना दृश्यते मुबयस्तत्र केयं मुक्तिः etc. :: .. .. ... . .
-fol. 21° इति न्यापविशारदविरचिते न्यायालोके प्रथमः प्रकाशः -fol. 26° बाह्यालोकसहकारे(रे)णान्यचक्षुरारंभाच्छाखाचंद्रमसोर्युगपग्रह इत्यपि
तुच्छं उद्भूतरूपवत्तेजःसंसर्गेणानुद्भूतरूपवत्तेजस आरंभानभ्युपगामा वाह्य
चक्षुषा पृष्टावस्थितवस्तुग्रहप्रसंगाच्चेत्यधिक मस्कृतज्ञानाण्णव स्यावास ... रहस्ययोरवसंधेयं etc. - fol. 32° इति पंडितपद्मविजयसोदरन्यायविशारदपंडितन्यायाविशारद )
(जय)विरचिते न्यायालोके द्वितीयः प्रकाशः .. . . Ends.--fol. 33° चेतनागुणो जीवः स चोक्तस्वरूप एव ग्रहणगुणं पुद्गलद्रव्यं तत्र र
कचित्प्रत्यक्षं वचिदनुमानाममावि च मानमनुसंधेयं पर्यायाश्चानंता इति न तेषां विविध्य विभाग इत्यधिकमत्रत्यं मत्कृतस्याद्वादरहस्यादाषनुसंधेयं इति श्रीपण्डितश्रीपद्मविजयसोदरन्यायविशारदपण्डितयशोविजयविरचिते
न्यायालोके तृतीयः प्रकाशः संपूर्णो(5)यं न्यायालोकग्रंथः । 'Reference.-- For an additional Ms. and that, too, written by the
author himself see Buddhisāgara Sûri's collection (vide Citrakalpadruma, p. 53 of Muni Punyavijayaji's artide).
Page #79
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
119.
For his hand-writing the following works noted in this article on pp. 53-54 may be consulted :--
(1) Aştaka of Haribhadra (a Bhaņdāra of Bhavanagar), (2) Aştasahasrivivarana (B. O. R. I.), (3) Asprśadgati. vāda (Ist folio), (4) Adeśapagtaka (Kāntivijayaji's collection), (5) Aradhaka-viradhaka-caturbhangi saţika (Tapagacchabhaņdāra, Patan ), (6) Alocană (collection of Bhaktivijayaji), (2) Karmaprakrtyavacũri (Limbdi Bhandara), (8) Karmaprakstiţika, ( 9 ) Kūpadsștāntaviśadikaraña, (10) Jambūsvāmirāsa, (11) Jñānārņava (incomplete ), (12) Tiņatānvayokti (incomplete), (13) Daśārņabhadrasvādhyāya (Kantivijayaji's collection ), (14) Dharmasamgrahatippaņaka (Siddhi Sūri's Bhandāra ), (15) Niśābhuktivicăraprakarana, (16) Nyayakhandak hadya (Chanchal Ben's Bhandara, Ahmedabad ), (17) Yogavimśikātika, (18) Vicărabindu ( Bhaktivijayaji's Bhandāra, Bhavanagar ), ( 19 ) Samakitana sadasatha bolani sajjhāya (latter portion ), ( 20 ) Savāso găthānuṁ stavana (former part ), (21) Syādvādamañjüşāţikā (Kodaya-bhanļāra, Cutch ) and ( 22 ) Haimadhātu. pātha ( Karpūravijayaji's collection, Cambay ).
न्यायावतार'
Nyāyāvatara No. 19.
741 (a).
1892–95. Size.-- 104 in. by 4; in. Extent.-- 1 folio ; 15 to 17 lines to a page : 50 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with occasional quotETS ; small, quite clear and tolerably good hard-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; the 1st-the only fol. numbered in the right-hand margin; the title written at the top, in the left-hand
•
1
This is designated as Tärkaprakaraṇa in No. 21.
Page #80
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
19.]
Nyaya: Svetambara works
margin; edges of the Ist fol. slightly gone; condition on the whole good; complete; there is an extra portion of . three lines of some work probably Bhagavatísütra, preceding this Nyāyāvatāra ; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. Kamalastaka beginning on tol. I" and ending on the
same; it, too, is complete. Age.-- Pretty old. Author.-Siddhasena Divakara. He is said to be an author of
Namo'rhat. See D. C. J. M. (vol. XVII, pt. 3, p. 276). The authorship of Sakrastava in Sanskrit is ascribed to him. See my edition of Bhaktāmara, Kalyä amandira and Namiuņa. Pūjacaturvimśatikā, a work in Prakrit is also ascribed to him. This work is published in Jainasatyaprakāśa (vol. V., No. II, pp. 382-383). For a discussion in Gujarati about his life and works see prastāvanā
(pp. 35-82) of Sanmatiprakarana. Subject.-- Exposition of logic from the Jaina view-point. This is
the ist work on Jaina logic available at present. Begins.-fol. 1 बहवे उसिणजोणिया जीवा य पोग्गला यषणस्सइकाइयत्ता एवं
कमं विचयंति उववज्जति एवं खल गोयमा गिम्हास बहवे वणस्सइकाइया पत्तिया पुष्फि(प्फि)या ॥ ॥७शते १३ कहण्णं भंते अकम्मस्स गती पंगो णिस्संगताए णिरंगणाए गतिपरिणामणं बंधणा त्येयणां याए णिरंबंधणताए ।
पुज्वप्पयोगेणं अकम्मस्स गती ॥ ॥ . "- (text) fol. 10 ए0॥ .
प्रमाणव्युत्पादनार्थमिदमारभ्यते॥ प्रमाणं स्वपराभासि । ज्ञानं बा(धोविवाजितं । प्रत्यक्षं च परोक्षं च । विधा मेयविन(निश्चयात ॥१॥ प्रसिद्धानि प्रमाणानि । व्यवहारश्च तत्छतः ।
प्रमाणलक्षणस्योक्तौ । ज्ञायते न प्रयोजनं ॥२etc. Ends. - fol. 16
प्रमाता स्वान्यनिर्भासी । कर्ता भोक्ता विवृत्तिमान् । - स्वसंवेदम(न)संसियोनीः क्षित्यापनात्मकः ॥३१॥
Page #81
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 201 Tontonrechaduwatafa Salamat
Horticuagani girer(s)fa i gestitatii 32 :
इति श्रीसिद्धसेनदिवाकरविरचितं न्यायावतारसूत्रं । Reterence.-- Published with extracts from Nyāyāvatāravivsti of
Siddha Rși, translation, notes and index of Sanskrit words along with introduction by Mahamahopādhyāya Dr. Satischandra Vidyabhūsaņa, Calcutta, in 1909 A. D. Published with Nyāyāvatāravivsti (complete), English translation, notes and introduction of the same Doctor (2nd edn.) by the Central Jaina Publishing House, Arrah (India), 1915. The text together with Siddharşi's vivști, Rajasekhara Sūri's ţippaña and Gujarati prastavanā is published in Sri Hemacandrācārya Granthāvali as No. 2 by the Secretary of Sri Hemacandrācārya Sabhā, Patan in A. D. 1917. The text alor.g with a Gujarāti translation, notes etc. is published by Makanji Jutha. The text 10gether with Siddharşi's commentary and Devabhadra's tippana is published by the Jaina Svetāmbara Conference, Bombay in A. D. 1928. It is edited with notes and an introduction by Dr. P. L. Vaidya.
न्यायावतार
Nyāyāvatāra No. 20
91 (b).
1873-74. Extent.--fol. 63. to fol. 64. Description.-- Complete ; 32 verses in all. For other details see
Nyāyāvatāra with vivști No. 21. Age. - Samvat 1931. Begins.--fol. 632 11 697:11 ST
TarascarcareACHTTUA TATU FETre etc. as in No. 19. Ends.- fol. 64*
प्रमाता स्वान्यनिर्भासी etc. up to प्रकीर्तिता ॥ ३२॥ as in No.
Page #82
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
20. ]
Nyaya : Svetambara works
19. This is followed by the lines as under :इति न्यायावतारसूत्रं । समाप्तमिति ॥ छः ॥ संवत् १९३१ रा मिनि वैशापवदि ॥ ६ ॥ वार बुधवारने लिषतं लिपीकृतं ॥ छः ॥ 11 11 Then in a different hand we have :--
श्रीमन् 'नागपुरीयतपागच्छे भ० श्री चंद्रकीर्त्तिसूरीश्वराणां शिष्य श्रीहर्षकीत्युपाध्यायानामध्ययनाय पुस्तकमदः ॥ श्री' नागपुरे' । परमपुण्यपवित्रे श्री ' छजलाणी गोत्रे सा०सकता तदात्मजसा 'कम्मा तत्पुत्रेण सा०श्रीवीरपालेनादादि स्वगुरुभ्यः || सं० १६३५ वर्षे ॥ fol. 64' ' यूरूपामरकेशियाह्नधरणी मागाधिपट्टासनं
2
श्रीमधनपट्टनैचति महाराजं शि ( ? ) विक्टोरिया - ॥ तस्या(ः) शासनगे ‘मरौ' नृपवरे श्री ' डूंगरशे' स्थिते ग्रंथोऽयं लिखितो (S) स्ति 'विक्रमपुरे' जाग्न्यक्ष चंद्रे (१५३१ ) शंके ॥ १ ॥
गोपीकृष्णेन जामात्रा शिष्येण सदनेन च । आकारयच्छास्त्रिकृष्णः प्रतिपुस्तकसम्मितम् ॥ २ ॥ अयं जैनमतः ग्रंथः प्रमाणादिविवेककृत् । परपक्षप्रतिक्षेपदक्षो दाक्षिण्यगर्भितः ॥ ३ ॥ निःशेषदोषगण लेशविहीनभाव
जाग्रत्समस्त गुण पूर्ण कलाधरश्रिः (श्रीः) । गैरिक्षितान्वयजबूलर साहब ( ?बे ) स ( ?न ) । निर्देशतो विलिखितः खलु ग्रंथ एषः ॥ ४ ॥
लिखितं व्यासराधाकृष्णेन 'मारवाड' देशे 'बीकानेर' नगरे श्री१०८'राठोड' वंशावतंसभी डूंगरसिंहजी वर्ममहाराजराज्ये संवत् १९३१विक्रमशके बैशाख पूर्णिणमाभृगुवासरे चंद्रपूर्वघ विशोधितमिदं ॥
N. B. — For other details see No. 19.
1 Europe, America and Asia.
2 Victoria.
Jain...6
Page #83
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 21.
न्यायावतार
Nyāyāvatāra विवृतिसहित :
with vivrti No. 21
91 (a).
1873–74. Size:--114 in. by sg in. Extent.— 64 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 39 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper ihin, very rough and white; Deva
nāgari characters; tolerably big, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. r' blank except that the title etc. written on it; condition rery good; both the text' and the commentary complete; the latter ending on fol. 63; this Ms. contains in addition a work named Nyāyāvatāra; this commences on fol. 638 and ends on fol. 64; see No.
20; this Ms. comes from Bikaner. Age.- Samvat 1931. Author of the text. — Siddhasena Divakara. , , , commentary.- Siddha Rşi, well-known as 'Vyākhyā
tr'. He is the author of Upamitibhavaprapancäkatha, the ist allegorical work available in Indian literature. This is composed by him in Saṁvat 962. He is said to be an author of the commentary on Dharmasära Gaại's Upadeśa
māla ( Pr. Uvaesamālā ) and that of Śricandrakevalicaritra. Subject.-- The text along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.--(text) fol. s* TATUT FRUITATÊ etc. as in No. 19. »- „ „ 130
falfa Tamuna etc. as in No. 19... „ — (com.) fol. 1b llyfoll stercFarh AA:
1 Instead of garorurgicalefaimata only its gafa is given. Of course, the 3a verses are completely given.
Page #84
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
21.]
Nyaya : Svetambara works
.43
अवियुतसामान्यविशेषदेश(शि)न(नं) वर्द्धमानमानम्य ॥ न्यायावतारविवृतिः स्मृतिबीजविवृद्धये क्रियते ॥१॥
तस्य चेदमादि वाक्यं प्रमाणेत्यादि । अनेन तादात्म्यतदुत्पत्तिलक्षणसंबंधविकलतया ध्वनेर्बहिरर्थे प्रति प्रामाण्यमा?(ण्या)योगादभिघयादिशू(सू)चनद्वारोत्पन्नार्थशं(सं)स(श)यमुखेन श्रोतारः श्रवणं प्रति प्रोत्साह्य[चते इति
धर्मोत्तरो मन्यते । तदयुक्तम् । etc. --(text) fol. 58
प्रमाता स्वान्यनिर्भासी etc. up to क्षित्यायनात्मकः ॥१॥ (३१) Ends.-- (text) fol. 62b
प्रमाणादिव्यवस्थे etc. up to प्रकीर्तिता ।। छ । ३२ as in No. 19. "- (com.) fol. 62° प्रमाणप्रसिद्ध(s)) प्रबलावरणकुदर्शनवासनावितः केषा
चिदनध्यवसायविपर्यासरूपव्यामोहसद्भावात् तदपनोदाथै सति सामर्थ्य करुणावता प्रवृत्तेः ॥ छ । __ स्याद्वादकेसरिसभीषणनादभीते
रुत्त्रस्तलोलनयनान् प्रपलायमानान् ।। हेतुर्नयाश्रितकुतीर्थिमृगाननन्य
प्राणान् विहाय जिनमेति तमाश्रयध्वं ॥१॥..... भक्तिर्मया भगवति प्रकटीकृतेयं
तच्छासनांशकथनान मतिः स्वकीया ॥ मोहादतो यदिह किंचिदभूदसाधु
तत्साधवः कृतकपा मयि शोधयंतु ॥२॥ न्यायावतारविवृत्तिं विधिना विधिसो.
.. सिद्धः पुनर्यदिह पुण्यचयस्ततो मे ।। नित्यं परार्थकरणोयतमाभषांतात
भूयाजि(जिनेंद्रमतलंपटमेव चेतः ॥ ३॥ इति न्यायावतारवृत्तिः समाप्ताः॥ ॥ कृतिरियं ।। श्रीसितपटसिद्धव्याख्या.
नकस्य । तर्कप्रकरणवृत्तरिति ।। Reference.- Both the text and the commentary published. See
No. 19. This Nyayavatāravivrti is mentioned by Malayagiri Suri in his commentary (p. 371) on Avasyakasutra. The pertinent line is : “सिद्धव्याख्याता न्यायावतारविवृती स्यदास्येव जीब इति प्रमाणवाक्यमुपन्यस्तवान्."
Page #85
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
44
न्यायावतार
विवृतिसहित
No. 22
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent.-- 34 folios; 17 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line.
دو
→
Ends.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Description. Country paper thin, tough and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional TS; small but quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 34b; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten; edges of several foll. partly gone'; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete.
Age. Fairly old.
Begins.--(text) fol. 1
13
""
""
Nyāyāvatāra with vivṛti
7b
[22:
srdiAgarwà
""
3 प्रमाणं स्वपरेत्यादि. The complete verse is given in the right-hand margin. '
92. 1873-74.
प्रसिद्धानि प्रमाणानि etc. up to प्रयोजनं । १(२) ।
(com) fol. r* ए६० ॥ नमः ॥ श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥
अत्रियुतसामान्यविशेषदेशिनं etc. : up to वाक्यं as in No. 21.
1 Similar is the case with the 5th verse (vide fol. 1ob).
This is followed by the 1st sentence of the text noted above. Then we have :--
gara etc. as in No. 21.
(text) fol. 31b
प्रमाता स्वाम्यनिर्मासी etc, up to क्षित्यायनात्मकः । ३० (३१)(text) fol. 342 प्रमाणादि etc. up to प्रकीर्तिता ॥ ३२ ॥
( com . ) fol. 342 प्रमाणप्रसिद्धे etc. up to लंपटमेव चैतः ॥ ३ ॥ as in No. 21. Then the lines are as under :--
Page #86
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
23.]
Nyaya: Svetambara works
॥ इति सिद्धव्याख्यानिकोपरचिता न्यायावताराख्यनच (?) प्रकरणदतिः । यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं । तादृशं लिखितं मया ।
यदि शुद्धमऽशुद्धं वा । मम दोषो न दीयतोः ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 21.
न्यायावतार
विवृतिसहित
No. 23
etc.
(text) fol. 3
""
Size. 9 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 48 folios; 15 lines to a page; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, tough and white; Devanagari characters with rare; small, fairly legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink and edges in two; yellow pigment used; foll. I to 9 numbered in both the margins and the rest, in the right-hand margin ; fol. 48b blank; foll. 14 to 18 seem to have stuck together and some one has carelessly tried to separate them; this has damaged this Ms. ; for, they are now broken to pieces; leaving aside this fact condition on the whole is good; complete ; extent 2000 slokas. Age. Samvat 1732.
Begins.--(text) fol. 14 प्रमाणव्युत्पादनार्थमिदमारभ्यते ।
fol. 10a
Nyāyāvatāra with vivṛti
( com.) fol. 14 एं६० ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय । गुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ etc. as in No. 21.
fagafasì An
etc. as in No. 19.
afgif gin etc. as in No. 19.
1383. 1887-91.
-(text) fol. 45a
-प्रमाता स्वान्यनिर्मासी etc. up to क्षित्यायनात्मकः (३१) ॥ ॥
Page #87
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
46
Ends.-- fol. 48a
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
न्यायावतारfaq faecquia
No. 24
[ 24.
(text ) प्रमाणादि etc. up to प्रकीर्तिता ( : ) ॥ ३२ ॥
""
- ( com. ) fol. 484 प्रमाणप्रसिद्धे etc. up to लंपटमेव चेतः ॥ ३ ॥ as in No. 21. This is followed by the lines as under :--
ग्रंथाग्र २००० ॥ इति श्रीन्यायावतारवृत्तिः संपूर्णाः । संवत् १७३२वर्षे आश्विनशुदि ११ रवौ पंडितप्रकांडपं । श्री ५ तेजविजयगणिशिष्यपंडितश्रीदानविजयगणिना लिखितेयं स्वशिष्यपठनपाठनकृते वाच्यमाना fari aftura eft'èrai'mà xft: "1_
N. B. For other details see No. 21.
Nyāyāvatāravivṛtitippanaka
1382.
1887-91.
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 23 folios; 15 lines to a page; 49 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin, strong and white; Devanagari characters with occasional ITS; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 23b; condition very good; complete; extent 953 slokas; only the fress of anfaata are given.
Age.- Pretty old.
Author.- Devabhadra Sūri, pupil of Śrīcandra Sūri, pupil of Maladharin Hemacandra Suri of Harşapuriya Gaccha. Hemacandra Suri's pupil Lakṣmaṇagani finished his work Supăsanahacariya in Vikrama Samvat 1199 i. e. in 1142 A. D. So Devabhadra may be approximately assigned the same date or the second half of the 12th century A. D. This Devabhadra Suri commented upon Śricandra Suri's Sangrahani. Vide Weber No. 1682 and Pet. Report I, 3.
Page #88
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
24. ]
Nyaya: Svetambara works
Subject. A gloss in Sanskrit on the commentary on Nyāyāvatāra. Begins. fol. 1 ॥ ए६ ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
स्वा श्रीवीरमेकांतध्वांतविध्वंस भास्करं ।
वृत्तौ न्यायावतारस्य । स्मृत्यै किमपि टिप्यते ॥ १ ॥ इहाभीष्टदेवतानमस्कारपुरस्सर मनुष्ठीयमानं समस्तमपि प्रायः प्रयोजनं निर्विघ्नं सिद्धिमध्यास्त इति मन्यमानो व्याख्यातेति प्रसिद्धिसिद्धः पूर्वार्धेन भगवतो वर्द्धमानस्वामिनो नमस्कारं तथाऽभिधेयादिप्रतिपत्तिमंतरेण कविदपि प्रेक्षावतां प्रवृत्तिर्नोपपद्यते । इत्युत्तरार्धेनाभिधेयप्रयोजने च प्रतिपाद
नाह ॥ अवितेत्यादि ॥ संबंधस्तु (स्तू) पायोपेयलक्षणः सामर्थ्यादवसेयः etc. Ends. fol. 234 सत्यं विषमाद्यभिष्वंगरूपमेव लाम्पट्यमनर्थपरंपराहेतुत्वेन न प्रेक्षावद्विराकांक्ष्यते । श्रवणमननध्यानादिरूपतया तु भगवद्वचनविषयं तत्परत्वं लांपट्यमपि परंपरया परमपदप्राप्तिहेतुत्वेन दक्षप्रेक्षावतामाकांक्ष्यमाणं परमाभ्युदयहेतुरि (रे) बेति ॥
अक्षामधाम्नो(s) भयदेव सूरे-र्भानोरिवोज्जूंभित भव्यपद्या (झा) त् । अभूत् ततो 'हर्षपुरीय गच्छे
श्री हेमचंद्रप्रभुरंशुराशिः ॥ १ ॥ जीयानृणी कृतजगस्त्रितयो महिम्ना श्रीचंद्रसूरिरिति शिष्यमणिस्तदीयः ॥ क्षीरोदविभ्रमयशः पटलेन येन
शुभ्रीकृता दश दिशो मलधारिणाऽपि ॥ २ ॥ शैवाभ्यस्त (स्थता तक्के रतिं तत्रैव वांछता । तस्य शिष्यलबेनेदं चक्रे किमपि टिप्पनं ॥३॥ न्यायावतारविवृत्तौ विषमं विभज्य
किंचिन्मया यदिह पुण्यमवापि शुद्धं ॥ संत्यय ( ज्य) मोहमखिलं भुवि शश्वदेव |
भद्वैक भूमिरमुना (S) स्तु समस्तलोकः ॥ ४ ॥ इति न्यायावतार टिप्पनकं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ९५३ ॥
47
Reference. - Published. See No. 19. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson Report I, 81.
Page #89
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
प्रमाणग्रन्थ ATEINAR
अवचूर्णिसहित
No. 25
""
در
29
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Size. 103 in. by 4 in.
Extent. (text) 3 folios; 9 to 12 lines to a page; 41 letters to a line.
-
29 1
29 32 33 ""
- (com.),, ; 29 ; 5 to 62,,,,,, Description. Country paper thin, tough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; this is a qaret Ms.; the text written in big, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; edges of several foll. more or less gone; condition tolerably fair; both the text and the commentary complete so far as they go; the latter based upon Syādvädaratnākara and Prameyaratnamālā; the sutras of the text are not numbered in continuation; their numbering is as under:
I to 56, I to 7, 1 to 25 and 1 to 13. Thus, in all there are 101 sutras. Age.- Pretty old.
Author of the text. Gunaratna Sūri.
avacürņi. Not mentioned.
د.
Begins.- ( text) fol.1 ॥ ए६० ए जै नमः सिद्धं ॥
[25.
Pramāṇagrantha with avacurni
1387.
1887-91.
Subject. A work on logic in Sanskrit along with its elucidation
in Sanskrit.
These refer to a column.
ور رو
स्वपरव्यवसायि ज्ञानं प्रमाणं ॥ १ ॥ हिताहितप्राप्तिपरिहारसमर्थे हि प्रमाणं ॥ २ ॥ ततो ज्ञानमेवेदं ॥ ३ ॥ etc.
- (com). fol. 14 ॥ ६० ॥ स्वमात्मा ज्ञानस्य स्वरूपं स्वस्मादम्यः परार्थस्तौ व्यवस्यतीत्येवंशीलं यत् । तत्तथा ॥ ज्ञायते विशेषो गृह्यते प्राधान्येनेति ज्ञानं ॥ १ ॥ हितमुपादेयं । अहितमनभिमतं etc.
Page #90
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
26.] "Nyaya : Svetambara works
-(text ) fol. 2' नास्त्यत्र मृगकीडनं मृगारिशब्दनात् । कारणविरुद्धकार्य
विरुद्धकार्योपलब्धौ चांतर्भावनीयं ॥ ५६ ॥ छ । : - (text ) fol. 2 पर्यायस्तु क्रमभावी यथा तत्रैव मुखदुःखादिः ॥ ७ ॥ ५॥ --- (text) fol. 3* सदृश(शं) तदेवेदं तस्मिंश्च तत्सदृशमित्यादि ज्ञानं प्रत्यभिज्ञानं
यमलजातवत् ॥७॥ -- (text) fol. 3' प्रमाणादभिन्न भिन्नमेव वा फलाभासं ॥ २५ ॥ छ । Ends.-- (text) fol. 3' क्रियाश्रयेण भेदप्ररूपणमेवंभूतः ॥१०॥ त एवेतरनिर.
पेक्षास्तदाभासाः ॥ ११॥ प्रमाता प्रत्याक्षादिप्रसिद्धः आत्मा चैतन्यरूपः । परिणामी कर्ता साक्षाद्भोक्ता स्वदेहपरिमाणः ॥ प्रतिक्षेत्रं भिन्नः पौगलिका दृष्टवांश्चायं ।। १२॥ कृत्स्नकर्मक्षयस्वरूपाऽस्य सिद्धिः॥छ ।
__ इति श्रीगुणरत्नसूरिकृतः प्रमाणग्रंथः समाप्तः ॥ छ । श्री'तपा'गच्छनायकश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीमीश्रीसूरसुंदरसूरिशिष्यपं समयमाणिक्यगणिशिष्ये
णालेखीदं , -(com.) fol. 3° नि(नै)गमादयः । अपरनयनिरपेक्षा नयाभासाः ॥११॥ प्रमाता
प्रत्यक्षपरोक्षप्रतीतः । चैतन्यं साकारनिराकारोपयोगाख्यं रूव(पं) स्वरूपं यस्य । परिणमनं परापरपर्यायेषु गमनं(न) तद यस्य । करोति कर्ता साक्षाद भुंक्त सुखादि । स्वोपात्तवपुर्व्यापकः । प्रतिशरीरं पृथग् । पुद्गल घटितकर्मपरितंत्रः ॥११॥ आत्मानः सकलकर्मविलयस्वरूपा सिद्धिः ॥१३॥ इति
स्याद्वादरत्नाकरप्रमेयरत्नमालासूत्रयोरुद्धारावचूर्णिः ॥ ॥ छ । श्रीः ॥
.छ । छ । etc. Reference.- This work does not seem to have been published.
प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोक
Pramānana yatattvāloka [प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोकालङ्कार'] [Pramānanayatattvalokālamkāra] No. 26
368.
1895-1902. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in.
1 That this popular name is not correct and it should be प्रमाणनयतस्वालोक was suggested by the late Muni Himansuvijaya in his article published in the " Jaina" on the 27th November 1932.
7...Jain
Page #91
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 26.
Extent. 13-2-11 folios; 13 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, big, perfectly legible and elegant hand-writing; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. 8 and 9 lacking; otherwise complete; red chalk used; fol. 13b blank; the entire work is divided into eight paricchedas, the extent of each of which is as under :
Pariccheda
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
50
19
""
در
39
در
در
""
Age.-Somewhat old.
Author.- Vadin Deva Suri.
fol.
foll.
23
Begins- fol. 1) q&ọ ||
در
fol.
foll.
""
"2
Ia to Ib
Ib
2a
Sa
6a
6b
IIa
12b
31
دو
در
در
33
در
در
2a
sa
ба
6b
[] I
12b
13.
He is the same person who is said to have defeated in Samvat 1181 Kumudacandra a Digambara saint at the court of King Jayasimha of Gujarat. See Mudritakumudacandraprakarana and Gurvavali (v. 74). Vädin Deva Suri is a pupil of Municandra, for whose works etc. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 424. The life-period of Vädin Deva Suri runs from Samvat 1143 to 1226. See Indian Antiquary vol. XI, p. 254.
Subjcct. The text containing about 374 sutras and expounding Jaina logic in Sanskrit.
रागद्वेषविजेतारं ज्ञातारं विश्ववस्तुनः ।
शक्रपूज्यं गिरामीशं तीर्थेशं स्मृतिमानये ॥ १ ॥
प्रमाणनयतस्त्वव्यवस्थापनार्थमिदमुपक्रम्यते १ स्वपरव्यसायिज्ञानं प्रमाणम् ॥ २
Ends. fol. 134 उभयोस्तत्त्वनिर्णिनीषुत्वे यावत्तत्वनिर्णयं यावत्स्फूर्ति च वाच्यम् २१
1 Foll. 8 and 9 are to be excluded.
Page #92
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
26. ]
Nydya : Švetambara works इति श्रीदेवाचार्यनिर्मिते प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोकालंकारे वादस्वरूप. निर्णयो नामाष्टमः परिच्छेदः समाप्तः॥ तत्समाप्ती समाप्तं चेदं संपूर्ण घेवं
भीरत्नाकरावतारि(का)सूत्रम् ।। Reference.-- Published in the Yasovijaya Jaina Granthamålå as
No. I. The text with Syādvādaratnākara, a svopajña commentary on the same was published by the Sheth Mansukhbhai Bhagubhai at Ahmedabad in Samvat 1970 and
in five parts by Motilal Ladhaji in his Arhatamataprabhākara Series as the 4th mayükha, in Vira Samvat 2453, 2453, 254, 2454 and 2457 respectively. The text up to two paricchedas with Ratnakarăvatārikā, Rajasekhara's pañjikā on the same and Jñanacandra's tippaņa on the text has been published in the Yaśovijaya Jaina Granthamāla as No. S in Vira Samvat 2431. A portion (chs. 1- of the text along with a Hindi translation has been published some years ago. Himāṁšuvijaya has edited the text, and it has been also published.
For a summary of the contents see Satiscandra Vidyabhusana's “ A History of Indian Logic" (p. 200 ff.)
For a description of the additional Mss. of the text see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, Nos. 1632, 1633 and 1636. (pp. 419-420). For additional Mss. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1771.
The text viz. Pramāṇanayatattvāloka is compared with Parikṣāmukha by Pandit Vamsidhara in his article viz. “प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोकालङ्कार की समीक्षा" published in two instalments in “ Sri Jaina Siddhanta Bhāskara” (vol. II, Nos. I and 2 ), in Vikrama Samvat 1992. Herein he has made an attempt to prove that Vadin Deva Süri has profusely utilized Parikşāmukha and even then he has tried to make his work appear as original. This Pandit has challenged the order of certain sûtras of Pramånanayatattvaloka and at times he has found fault with certain sútras e. g. those pertaining to Saptabhangi.
Page #93
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
$2
127.
Jama Literature and Philosophy
Pandit Sukhlal in his article " भट्टारक अकलंक के और एक अलभ्य ग्रन्थ की प्राप्ति ” (p. 2 ) observes :--
" प्रमाण-संग्रह छोटा होने पर भी ऐतिहासिक दृष्टि से बड़े महत्त्व का है। क्यों कि परीक्षामुख में नहीं पर वादिदेवसूरि के प्रमाणनयतत्वालोक में 'विद्यमान नय और वादि परिच्छेद की चावी प्रमाण-संग्रह में से मिल जाती है । उपाध्याय यशोविजयजीनें अपनी जैनतर्क भाषा लघीयस्त्रयी के आधार पर जिस तरह लिखी है उसी तरह 'अकलंक की प्रमाण-संग्रह कृति के आधार पर परीक्षामुख, प्रमाणनय-तत्वालोक, प्रमाण-मीमांसा आदि की रचना हुई है।"
प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोक
Pariccheda I foll. Tb
II fol. 24
foll. 2b
6a
No. 20
Size.— ro‡ in. by sain
Extent.— 13 folios; 12 lines to a page; 35 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thick, rough and white ; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, perfectly legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red ink used to mark the colophon of each of the paricchedas ; foll numbered in both the margins ; fol. 14 blank; an edge of the last fol. slightly gone; condition on the whole very good; complete; the extent of each of the 8 paricchedas is as under :--
"
در
"
""
""
"
,,
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
22
fol. 7*
foll. 74
29
Pramāṇanayatattvāloka
"
to 2a
2b
6a
7a
""
"
39
1388.
1887-91.
to rob
II
ra,, I2b 12b
,, 13a.
1 This is published in “ Śrī Jaina Siddhānta Bhāskara ” ( vol. III, No. I, PP. 1-6 ).
Page #94
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
27.]
Nyaya : Svetambara works . Age.- Not later than Samvat 1875. Begins.-- fol. : ॥५०॥ श्रीपरमात्मने नमः॥
श्लोकः॥
रागद्वेषविजेतारं etc. as in No. 26. -fol. 2- इति श्रीदेवगुप्ताचार्यनिर्मिते प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोकालंकारे प्रमाण
स्वरूपनिर्णयः प्रथमः परिच्छेदः ॥१॥ ---fol. 2' इति श्रीदेवगुप्ता। प्रत्यक्षस्वरूपनिर्णयो द्वितीयः॥२॥ -fol. 6 इति श्रीदेवा' प्रमा० स्मरणप्रत्यभिज्ञानतर्वानुमानस्वरूपनिर्णय
स्तृतीयः परिच्छेदः ॥ छ । -fol. 7 इति श्रीदेव आगमाख्यप्रमाणस्वरूपनिर्णयो नाम चतुर्थः ॥ ४ ॥ -fol. 7° इति श्रीदेव०+ विषयस्वरूपनिर्णयो नाम पंचमः परिच्छेदः ॥५॥ --fol. I0' इति श्रीदेव० फलप्रमाणस्वरूपायाभासनिर्णयो नाम पठ:(8) ॥६॥
-fol. I2' इति श्रीदेव० सप्तमो नयात्मस्वरूप परिच्छेदः ॥७॥ Ends.-- fol. 13° उभयोस्तत्त्वनिर्णीषुत्वे etc. up to वाच्यम् practically as in
No. 26. This is followed by the writing as under :
॥ २३ ॥ इति श्रीदेवाचार्य प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोकालंकारेऽष्टमो वादन्यायः परिच्छेदः ॥८॥ स्याद्वादरत्नाकरसूत्रम् । समितिगिरिमूनाग( १८७५)मितेऽन्दे नभोराकायामले परि पल्लिका'यां मुनिराजसंदरण स्वशिष्यप्रतिशिष्योपकृतये संविग्नमुनिरूपविजयस्यांतिकात्मतरुपरि पोथी.
Then in a different hand we have :- हेमचंदरी छै॥ . N. B.-- For other details see No. 26. Here the author is named
at times as Devagupta.
1-7
This is what is in the Ms.
Page #95
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
( 28.
34
Jatta Literature and Philosophy प्रमाणनयतत्वालोक
Pramananayatattvāloka
1389. No. 28
1887-91.
Size.-- 12 in. b
Extent.-- 12 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper somewhat thick, rough and greyish ;
Jaina Devanagari characters; big, legible and fair handwriting; marginal notes on fol. 1'; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. le numbered as I instead of fol. 1 to be so numbered; foll. 8 to 10 less legible; the 12th (last) fol. torn in four places; condition on the whole good; complete; the entire work is divided into eight paricchedas as under :
** Pariccheda I foll. rb to 2*
»
Il
fol.
::::
How 878
IV
»
VI
VIII
, IIb
::
, 12b.
།
Age.- Does not same to be modern.' Begins. - (text) fol. 1* 1160 11 surat ta: 11
met etc. as in No: 26. „ - ( com. ) fol. r* Thaliator stugris afa etc. Ends.fol. 126 (text) Endla Taroratty etc.......up to 14TaNSEAT
Travergi : FATA: practically as in No. 26. This is followed by the line as under :--
AUTOHET ST: 11 N. B.- For other details see No. 26.
Page #96
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
29.]
प्रमाणनयतत्त्वा लोक
No. 29
Nyaya: Svetambara works
Pariccheda I fol. 1
II
22
III foll. Ib
""
Size. 11 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 8 folios; 17 lines to a page; 51 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin, brittle and grey; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional s; big, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; in many a case the space between these pairs is coloured red; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre whereas the numbered in each of the two margins, too; red chalk used; edges of the 6th and the the 8th (last) foll. badly damaged; strips of paper pasted to the edges of all the foll; condition on the whole fair; complete; fol. 8b is blank; the entire work is divided into 8 paricchedas as under :
""
""
Age.-- Old.
Begins. fol. 1a u to
39
""
در
39
IV fol. 4a
V
VI
VII
VIII
foll. 4°
""
- - - -
39
""
5a
6b
7b
Pramananayatattvāloka
N. B.-- For other details see No. 26.
to
""
رو
39
13
39
""
+++hor
6b
55
772.
1892-95.
8a
Par etc. as in No. 26.
Ends. fol. 84 उभयोस्तत्त्वनिर्णिनीषु etc.... up to नामाष्टमः परिच्छेदः । practically as in No. 26. Then we have:
॥ छ ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तं श्रीशा (स्या) द्वादरत्नाकरसूत्रं ॥ छु ॥
Page #97
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
( 30.
56
Jaina Literature and Philosophy प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोक
Pramāṇanayatattvāloka No.30
362.
A. 1882-83. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.— 3 folics ; 22 lines to a page ; és letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and whitish ; Jaina Deva
någari characters; very small, quite legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used ; foll. numbered just in the corner, in the right-hand margin only ; condition tolerably good; for, edges of only two of the foll. are slightly damaged ; complete ; the entire work is divided into eight paricchedas as under :
Pariccheda I fol. já
IV
fol.
» to 2 2° to 26
„ to 34 VII fol. 3o
VIII 36. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.-- fol. 1a llotol
Teatari etc. as in No. 26. Ends.-- fol. 36 GUTT etc. up to ojent as in No. 26. This is
followed by the line as under :... SEAT arqamagitata: 113 116 || Frigiralaca il g 11 N. B.- For other details see No. 26.
Page #98
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
31. ] Nyaya : Svetambara works
57 प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोक
Pramānanayatatkyądoka
1429. No. 31
1887-91. Size.-- 10 in. by 48 in. Extent. — 3 folios ; 23 lines to a page ; 80 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white ; Jaina Deva
någari characters; extremely small, quite legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin' only; edges of the first and the last foh. slightly damaged ; condition very good ; complete ; the entire work is divided into eight paricchedas; the extent of each of them is as under :
Pariccheda I fol. Ia
„ II , 1*
III
föll. sa to 24
fc
IV fol. 22 V VI foll. 2to 32 VII fol. 38
VIII » 3o to 36 Age.- Prerty old. Begins.-- fol. 12 ll Toll
reglasari etc. as in No. 26. Ends.--fol. 36 shùitara etc. practically up to geada: as in No. 26.
This is followed by AFATA FATaf Frigl e . Then we have a part of an incomplete work starting with haritalai Hà Qui pienet: etc. and ending with
भेदहेतुर्यकारणभेदश्चेति क्रमः । श्रीः ॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 26.
Jain...8
Page #99
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
58
Jaira Literature and Philosophy
532.
..प्रमाणनयतरवालोक
Pramāṇanayatattvāloka रत्नाकररावतारिकासहित
with Ratnākarāvatārikā No. 32
189.
1881-82. Size.- 101 in. by 4 in. ; ... .
.. Extěňt.-80 foļiós ; 17 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Jaina Deva
pāgari characters with occasional Alar; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; foll. 66 to 70 numbered as 2, 3, 4 etc. up to 6; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too ; a piece of white paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1", edges of some of the foll. slightly gone ; condition on the whole good; fol. r' blank; both the text and the commentary complete; extent sooo ślokas; the extent of each of the 8 paricchedas together with their corresponding portion of the commentary is as under :-- Pariccheda I with com. foll. 10 to 16a II
„ 169 to 27b. » 276 to 37a » 379 to 486
, 486 to 536 it. .. VI
» » 536 to 625 s ' , . VII .
»
» .
» 626 to 752 .. . VIII
» 758 to 806 Age.- Pretty old. Author of the commentary-Ratnaprabha Sūri, pupil of Vādi Deva
Sūri and author of - Upadeśamālādoghațţikā (see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III, IV, No. 1571, p. 404). .
Page #100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
32.]
Nyaya : Svetambara works
Subject. --- A small ( laghu ) commentary elucidatirg Pramāṇanaya
tattvāloka. There is also Syādvädaratnākara, a bigger
. commentary on the text. Begins.- (text) fol. 1
रागद्वेषविजेतारं etc. as in No. 26....... , - ( com.) fol. I ॥ ५० ॥
नमः स्याद्वादवादिने ।
for su agatatata etc. as in No. 33. - (com.) fol. 1 प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोकाख्यतत्सूत्रार्थमात्रप्रकाशनपरा रत्ना
करावतारिकानाम्नी लघीयसी टीका प्रकटीक्रियते ॥ etc. .- (com.) fol. 26° यदा तु धरित्री धरित्री)धरत्रिभुवनादिविधानं न प्रतीत(तं)
तदानीं त्रिनयनो भुवनभवनांत विभावव्रातप्रद्योतनप्रबलवेदनप्रतीपवानिति निर्द्धनदानमनोरथप्रथैवेयमिति ।।
त्यादिवद(च)नद्वयेन स्यादि(क)वचनत्रयेण वर्णैस्तु । त्रिभिरधिकैर्दशभिरयं व्यधायि शिवसिद्धिविध्वंसः ॥
ति ते सि । टाइ(छ)स(सू) तथदधन । पचमंमि । यरलव । केवलिनः ... कवलाहारवत्त्वे सर्ववित्वं विरुध्यत इति(ती)ष्टी(ट)वतो नग्नाटान विघटायितु
माहुः ॥ etc. - (com.) fol. 78 व्याकरणसंस्कारहीनं यथा शब्दो(5)नित्यं कृतकत्वस्मादिति ।
असमर्थ यथा अयं हेतुर्न स्वसाध्यगमक इत्यर्थेना(s)सौ स्वसाध्यघातक इत्यश्लीलं यथा नोदर्शनार्थे चकारादिपदं निरर्थकं यथा शब्दो वै अनित्यः कृतः
खल्विति । etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 80b
उभयोस्तत्त्व etc. up to यावत्स्फूर्ति वाच्यमिति || as in No. 26. -, (com.) fol. 80° अनिर्णये पा etc. up to व्यधावृत्तिकां as in No. 33. This is followed by the lines as under :- :
वृत्तिः पंच सहस्राणि येते(ने)यं परिपठ्यते ।
भारती २ चास्य प्रसर्प(प)ति प्रजल्पतः॥ - इति वादस्वरूपनिर्णयो[s] (ना)मऽष्टमः परिच्छे(द) छ। छ॥ ग्रंथानं ५०००॥छ॥ ॥ शुभं भवतुः॥छ ॥॥छ ॥ etc...
Page #101
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 33. Some letters are made illegible by applying black ink. .. Then we have :
lllgll FullETIEFONTOETAT(s)ei treet fast groteq: 11 Reference.-- Both the text and the commentary are published.
See No. 26. For description of an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, No. 1633. As stated there “this Ms. was caused to be written by a goldsmith named Kalu, son of Ganapati in Samvat 1519". For Mss. of Ratnākarāvatărika see the same Catalogue Nos. 1634 and 1635 (pp. 419 and 420 ). Of course, they contain over and above Ratnakarávatārikā, Rajasekhara's Pañjika and jñānacandra's tippaņa respectively.
For a Ms. of Ratnākarāvatärikä see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2179 and for one with tippaņa see the same Catalogue No. 2180.
Harishatya Bhattacharyya M.A., B.L. has translated the text into English and has also given the digest of Ratnakarāvatārikā in English. This translation and the digest have been published by instalments in “ The Jaina Gazette ", the ist appearing in Vol. XVII, Nos. 9 & 10 (Sept., Oct. 1921 ) on pp. 273-279. In vol. XX, No. 10, (Oct. 1924 ) there is the English translation of sutra 56 of chap. VI.
प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोक
Pramāṇanayatattvāloka रत्नाकरावतारिकासहित
with Ratnākarāvatārikā No. 33
771.
1899-1915. Size.-10. in. by 4; in. Extent.—72 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 72 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, smooth and grey ; Jaina Deva.
någari characters with ATENTS ; small, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ;
Page #102
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
33.]
Nyaya: Svetambara works
की
marginal notes added at times; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 72° ; condition on the whole good ; yellow pigment and while paste as well used; red chalk also used; fol. 43 numbered as 44 also; the subsequent ones hence numbered as 45 etc. ; both the text and the commentary complete; the former is divided into eight paricchedas; the extent of cach of them along with the corresponding portion of the vṛtti is as under :
Pariccheda I
with vrtti foll. ra to 13b 136,
II
232
III
23a,, 31a
İv
314
V
VI
VII.
VIII
""
""
-
"
31
""
""
"
Age.—Pretty old.
Begins-- (text) fol. ra
""
""
39
""
"
55
""
""
""
"
सम्न्यायमार्गानुगतस्य यस्यां
39
""
93
"
"
क्षमाभूतां स्तौमि जिनेश्वराणां ॥
"
"
39
"
39
"
There is some space kept blank in the centfe of the num bered and the unnumbered foll. as well.
रागद्वेषविजेतारं etc. as in No. 26.
( com. ) fol. r* ॥ ९६० ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥ सिद्धये वर्द्धमानः स्तात् ताम्रा यद्मखमण्डली । प्रत्यूहशल महोबे दीप्रदीपाङ्कुरायते ॥ १ ॥
वैरत्र स्वप्रभया दिगंबरस्थापिता पराभूतिः । प्रत्यक्षं विबुधानां जयंतु ते देवंसूरयो नव्याः ॥ २ ॥ स्याद्वाद मुद्रामपनिद्र मक्त्या
", 41a
41
,474 47*,” 55a
554, 674
67a,, 72b.
"
सा श्रीस्तदन्यस्य पुनः से दण्डः ॥ ३ ॥
इह हि लक्ष्यमाणाक्षीदीयोऽथभ्रूणाक्षरक्षीरनिरंतरे । तत इतो दृश्य -
Page #103
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literdture and Philosophy
[33 मानस्याबादमहामुद्रामुद्रितानिद्रप्रमेयसहस्रोत्तुंमतंगतरंगभंगिसंगसौभाग्यभाजने ।
etc. -(tippanaka ) fol. 1 मोक्षाय । प्रारिप्सितकार्यसमाप्तिलक्षणायैवा प्रत्यूहा
विघ्नाः प्रतिकूला ऊहाश्च ॥ १॥ -(com.) fol. 37" अमाशंका(?)त्तरपरीहारप्रकारमौक्तिककणप्रचयावचाय
- स्याद्वादरत्नाकरातो(क) किं कैः कर्त्तव्यः । etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 72' उभयोस्तत्त्वनिर्णिनीषु । etc. यावत्स्फूर्ति च वाच्यमिति
practically as in No. 26. ,-(com.) fol. 72* एकः स्वात्मनि तस्वनिर्णिनीषुः परश्व परब द्वौ वा परस्पर
मित्येवं द्वावपि यदा तत्त्वनिर्णिणनीपू भवतः । तदा यावत(त)तो तत्वस्य निर्णयो भवति । तावत्ताभ्यां स्फूर्ती सत्यां वक्तव्यं । अनिर्णये वा यावत्स्फुरति तावद्वक्तव्यं । एवं च स्थितमेतत् ।
स्वं स्वं दर्शनमाश्रित्य सम्यक साधनदूषणैः । जिगीषोनिपिणनीषोर्वा वाद एकः कथा भवेत् ॥१॥
भंग कथात्रयस्यात्र निग्रहस्थाननिर्णयः । .... श्रीमद्रत्नाकरग्रंथाद् धीधनैरवधार्यतां ॥२॥
यतः
प्रमेयरत्नकोटीभिः पूर्णो रत्नाकरो महान् । ....... तत्रावतारमात्रेण वृत्तेरस्याः कृतार्थता[:] ॥ ३॥ ............ प्रमाणे च प्रमेये च बालानां बुद्धिसिद्धये । ... किंचिवचनचातुर्यचापलायेयमादधे[:]॥४॥ आ न्यायमार्गादतिक्रांतं किंचिदत्र मतिभ्रमात् । । यदुक्तं तार्किकैः शोध्यं तन्कुर्वाणे कृपां मयि ॥ ५॥ आशावासः समयसमिधा संचयैश्वीयमाने
श्रीनिर्वाणोचितशुचिवचश्चातुरीचित्रभानौ । प्राजापत्यं प्रथयति तथा सिद्धराजे जयश्री
यस्योद्वाहं व्याधत स सदा नंदताद् देवसरिः ॥ ६ ॥ प्रज्ञातः पदवेदिभिः स्फुटदृशा संभावितस्तार्किकैः
कुर्वाणः प्रमदान्महाकविकथां सिद्धान्तमार्गावरा(गः)। दुर्वाग्रंकुशदेवसरिचरणांभोजद्वयीषट्पदः । • • श्रीरत्नप्रभसरिरल्पतरधीरेतां व्यधावृत्तिकां ॥७॥
Page #104
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
34.]
Nyaya : Svetambara uorks .. वृत्तिः पंच सहस्राणि येनेयं परिपठ्यते। - भारती ' भारती वा(s)स्य प्रसर्पति प्रजल्पतः ॥
इति प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोकलंकारे भीरत्नप्रभाचार्यविरचितायां रत्नाकरावतारिकाख्यलघुटीकायां वादस्वरूपनिर्णयो नामाष्टमः परिच्छेदः।। ॥ छ ॥ तत्समाप्तौ समाप्तेयं रत्नाकरावतारिकेति लघुटीकेति । ग्रंथानसंख्या सहन ५०००. ॥छ ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ साहाभीवछाभार्याबाईगुरुदेसतसाहसाहसकिरणेन भंडारे गृहीता सतवर्द्धमान शांति
दास परिपालनार्थ ॥ N. B.-For others details see No. 32.
प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोक
Pramāņānayatattvåloka रत्नाकरावतारिकासहित
with Ratnakarāvatārikā
812 No. 3!. .....
... 1892-95. Size.-- 8 in. by I3 in. Extent.-- 118 folios ; 25 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. .. Description.-- Foregin paper with water-marks, thick and white;
Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; foll. 46 etc., written in a comparatively smaller hand-writing; borders unruled; numbers for soll. i to so entered in the left-hand margin instead of in the right-hand one as usual; the rest, numbered in both the margins as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used (vide fol. 83); this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; both complete ; the former contains eight paricchedas; the extent of each of them together with the corresponding portion of the vštti iš as under :
1 This is in dual.
2 For a more or less repetition of this line see D. C. J. M. (Vol. XVII, pt. II, pp. 45 and 58).
Page #105
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jajna Literature and Philosophy
* Pariccheda I with vrtti fol. I" to 30°
" " " 30°, 50
" " " 50° , 62 ____IV , , , 62°, 760
V , , , 76 , 83b VI , , , 830, 950 VII , , , 95°, II
VIII , , I , 118'. In the left-hand margin the title is written as thing, and
स्याहादर०, too. Age.- Samvat 1947. Begins.-- (text) fol. 16
रागद्वेषविजेतारं etc. as in No. 26. .." - (com.) fol. !'
सिद्धये वर्द्धमानः स्तात् etc. as in No. ३३. • Ends.- (text) fol. 118 उभयोस्तत्व etc. up to यावत्स्फूर्ति च वाच्यमिति practically
as in No. 26. , - (com.) fol. 118a
___ एकः स्वात्मनि etc. up to परिच्छेद. practically as in No. 33. This is followed by समाप्तः ॥ छ । छ ।।
श्री मेदपाटा'दिमदेशरादश्री
खेताद्वपार्चितस(त् कृतोऽभूत्। श्रीरामदेवोऽभिनवो नु रामो
ऽभिरामरामः सुखधामसाधुः॥१॥ ततो? तो) भिस्तरणी श्रिताप्तसरणिः श्रीवल्लरीसारणि
दानेन |मणिनिजात्व(न्व)यमणिः श्लोकेन राकामणिः । प्रज्ञान्मेषबृहस्पति(२) सुरपति सैश्वर्यतो भूपति(ः)
स्वांतप्रीतिपरप्रसक्तिवसतिर्यः क्लुप्तधर्मोन्नतिः २ सकृतिकृतिकृतकर्मा कर्मादेवी नृदेवगेयगुणा(:)
सस्यश्रीणां सीता सीतेव सधर्माणी तस्य[:]३
Page #106
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
- Nyaya : Svetambara tworks :
तयोस्तनूजो जिनराजमान्यः
सदा सदाज्ञः सुतरां वदान्यः। प्रवीणधीर्धर्मधुराधुरीणः
प्रीणन् प्रजाः स्वामहुणाह्वसाधुः ४ स्वशीलनमल्यकलास्तचंद्रा.
चंद्रास्तुलिश्चंदनचारुवाचा । प्राणप्रिया प्रास्तसमस्तदोषा ....योषासु रेखा भवति स्म तस्य[:] ५. आस्ते तयोः सूनुरनूनराज
मानः स्फुरत्श्रीनरसिंहसाधुः गांगीस्तथा रोहिणी-खेतलादि
देव्यौ त्रिगंगीव यदीयपत्न्यः ६. .. श्रीधर्मलीनाऽखिलदोषहीना
दानाबदीना शमशर्मपीना तस्य स्वसा वीरिणीरादिमा(s)स्ति - वाली द्वितीयाऽतुलशीललीला ७
साधुदादाद्वानः पत्नी पूनीग्सूनपुण्याऽस्य पांडव इव सहदेवः सूनुः सहदेवसंज्ञितोऽस्ति तयोः ८ तते)नानूनस्नेहा कंदलीदेहाकरे गृहीती(?)या लक्षामितं ग्रंथं व्यलीलिखं(ख)द्र(?) भक्तित(ः) पूर्व ९, · श्रुत्वोपदेशं गुरुसोमसुंदर
श्रीसूरिराजं त्रिनवश्रुतीदुषु १४९३ वर्षेषु रत्नादिकरावतारिकां
साउलीलिखद्भक्तिभरण वीरिणीः १० व्यवहारिमेधहीरादेवीपुत्रः पवित्रणपात्रं .., 'आगरि ह्वयनगरे श्राद्धो डोडाभिधोऽलेखीत् ११ .. इति लेखयितृप्रशस्तिः छ।
सूत्रतो(s)व्यर्थतो(s)ध्ये कादशांगी मेधपाधिका वहंयधुनाय श्रीजिनसुंदरसूरयः १
प्रसादेन पदोस्तेषामपितास्तमित मयः Jain..is
Page #107
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
66
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
aqiûr fáarfá grægris en grqarşıs: 2 तेन गुणधीर पंडितनाम्ना धाम्ना स्फुटं कपटकोटैः शुद्धा सचूर्णिरेषा प्रतिः कृता स्वपरहितहेतोः ३ संवत १९४७ का इति
N. B. For other details see No. 32.
प्रमाणनयतस्त्वा लोक रत्नाकरावतारिकासहित
line.
No. 35
Size. 10 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 176+1=177 folics; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a
""
29
Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, big, legible and fair hand-writing; numbers for foll. entered mostly twice as usual; fol. 1a blank; yellow pigment profusely used; the 6th fol. repeated; foll. 114 to 140 written on a thinner paper; foll. 155 and 156 wrongly numbered as 55 and 56; so are foll. 170 to 174; foll. 7 to 113 have the borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; the rest have their borders unruled; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; both complete; the former is divided into eight paricchedas; the extent of each of them with the corresponding portion of the vṛtti is as under :Pariccheda I with vṛtti foll.
Ib
to
""
39
رو
""
,,
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
ور
""
دو
""
""
""
32
ور
در
""
""
99
39
99
ور
""
27
""
99
Pramāṇanayatattvāloka
with Ratnakarāvatārikā
ور
31á
56a
در
در
39
78a
78a
1036 103b 1156
iisb
135b
135b
1642
164
22
""
120.
1873-74.
""
39
[35.
31a
56a
1766.
Page #108
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
36.]
Age, Modern,
Begins. (text) fol. 2a
ور
Nyaya: Svetambara works
""
fari etc. as in No. 26.
(com.) fol. 1 1 studiu fta
सिद्धये वर्द्धमानः स्तात etc. as in No. 33.
Ends. (text) fol. 176
practically as in No. 26.
(com.) fol. 176"
एक: स्वात्मनि etc. up to लघुटीकेति as in No. 33.
etc. up to angit a areqfalt
N. B. For other details see No. 32.
प्रमाणनयतत्वालोक रत्नाकरावतारिकासहित
67
Pramananayatattvāloka with Ratnakarāvatārikā 1253. 1884-87.
No. 36
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 128 folios; 13 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line.
:
Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional Is; small, quite legible, fairly uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured yellow; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 1a decorated with a beautiful design in various colours; the name रत्नाकरावतारिका is written in the left-hand margin of the numbered side at the top; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only, whereas some of the numbered sides, in each of the two margins, too; marginal notes of the first and last foll. slightly gone; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete; the former is divided into eiglit paric
Page #109
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
رد.
13
136.
Jamna Literature and Philosophy
chedas; the extent of each of them with the corresponding portion of the vṛtti is as under :
Pariccheda
with vṛtti
د.
در
1
""
رو
31
""
99
""
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
در
وو
(com.) fol. 1 toy
39
در
""
Age. Not later than Samvat 1836. Begins. (text) fol. 1b
¶
""
وو
ور
دو
زد
در
در
etc. as in No. 26.
foll.
""
""
22
सिद्धये वर्द्धमान स्तात् etc. as in No. 33.
Ends.— ( text ) fol. 1284 उभयोस्तत्त्वनिणिनीषु etc. up to वाच्यमिति । as
in No. 26.
- (com.) fol. 128"
Ib to 24
24*,, 42
42a
,57
57",, 752 75, 84. 84"
986
98b 3, 119a 119,, 127b.
afi etc. up to : as in No. 26. This is followed by the lines as under:
छ । ॥ इति प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोकालंकारे, श्रीरत्नप्रभाचार्यविरचितायां रत्नाकरावतारिकाख्यलघुटीकायां वादस्वरूपनिर्णयो नाम अष्टमः परिच्छेद [ः । स्तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तेयं ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ ॥ श्री ॥ 'ऋषिहीरसागर (?) वाचनार्थे ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 32.
Some one has tried to make this name illegible by applying ink.
Page #110
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
37.1
प्रमाणनयतस्व । लोक रत्नाकराबतारिकासहित
""
No. 37
Size. 10 in, by 48 in.
Extent. 69 folios; 17 lines to a page; 66 letters to a line.
Description.
""
ار
""
Country paper thin, tough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; some foll. have a double set of numbering; the first set consisting of 361, 362, etc. upto 402 and the other 1, 2 etc. as usual; this Ms. contains both the text and its small commentary entitled Ratnakarāvatārikā; both complete; the text is divided into eight paricchedas; the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under:
Pariccheda
with vṛtti
foll.
39
95
""
Age. Samvat 1508.
Begins.
(text) fol. 1a
Nyaya: Svetambara works
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
Ends. (text) fol. 68
در
33
دو
""
""
33
"2
""
31
""
رو
""
33
Pramananayatattvāloka with Ratnakarāvatārikā
fa etc. as in No. 26.
(com.) ॥ ६०। ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
35
33
در
39
13
در
در
1390.
1887-91.
सिद्धये वर्द्धमानः स्तात् etc. as in No. 33.
etc. as in No. 26.
Ia to 12b
12b
9, 21b
21b
,, 292 29a
"38b
436
4კს 32 51b 516
63b,,
63b 69*.
69
386
د.
در
Page #111
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
70
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 38.
Ends. com.) fol. 699
54: Ferhat etc. up to 3A: oferta: F#as in No. 33. This is followed by the lines as under:
यादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्टं तादृशं लिखितं मया।
यदि शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥ छ । सं० १५०८ वर्षे कार्तिकमासकृष्णपक्षे एकादश्यां तिथौ वारे शनौ । महं
Trenigarreitai ilga il sat il glan N. B.- For further particulars see No. 32. . .
रत्नाकरावतारिकापत्रिका
Ratnākarāvatārikāpañjika No. 38
1340.
1891-95. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-17 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 69 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and grey; Jaina Deva
nägari characters with occassional ASIS; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines ir black ink ; red chalk used; edges of the first two and the last two foll. slightly worn out; strips of paper pasted to fol. 17o; condition on the whole good ; vādi etc. explained in a tabular form on fol. 176; only the states of the text seem to be given ; complete; the entire work is divided into eight sections corresponding to the eight paricchedas of the original work viz. Pramāṇanayatatrvaloka. The extent of each of them is as under: Section 1 foll. 18 to 35
II
111
IV v
'VII. VIII.
is 149 in 150 „ 156 , 170 fol. 176:11
Age.—Pretty old.
Page #112
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
38. ]
Nyaya : Svetambara works
Author.-- Rājasekhara Sūri, pupil of Śritilaka of Harsapuriya
gaccha. Rajasekhara made a pratiştha at Patan in Samvat 1418. See Buddhisagara Suri's Dhātupratimälek hasam. graha I, No. 227. His guru, too, had made prarişthas on Mount Abu in Samvat 1378 as can be seen from Jinavijaya's Prācina-Jaina-lehasamgraha, vol. II, Nos. 144 and 145.
Over and above this work two more works of this Rajasekhara Sūri may be mentioned. They are: (1) Prabandhakośa also known as Caturvimsatiprabandha composed in Sam. 1405 and his Pañjikā on Sridhara's Nyāyakandali. See Peterson Reports III, p. 272ff. In this connection Prot. H. D. Velankar has given his spiritual geneology as under:
Jayasimha Sūri-Abhayadeva ( who was called Maladhari by King Karņa, who advised Khengåra of Saurāşțra and converted Pradyumna, the king's minister -Hema. candra-Śricandra and Vibudhacandra-Municandra (who converted King Anala of the Caulukya dynasty )-Devaprabha ( author of Pāņdavacaritra and Dharmasāra )Naracandra (author of Anarghyarāghavațippaña', Kandalițippaņa, Jyautişasāra and Prākstadipika )- Narendraprabha ( author of Alamkāramahodadhi and Kakutstha
keli ) – Padmadeva –Śritilaka - Rājasekhara. Subject--An explanatory gloss on Ratnakarāvatārikā. This gloss is
* styled by the author himself as vivști and pañjikā as well. Begins.-fol. 18
उबंतांशुर्देशनायां पातु वः प्रथमो जिनः ।
#g igai TIT ET(haran llll जयंतु गौतमागास्ते येऽपवर्ग गता अपि ।
TITO Sairat Arcufa:112.11 नंदति गुरषोऽस्माकं वात्सल्यामृतसिंधवः। मलधारिंगणाधीशा श्रीश्रीतिलकसूरयः॥३॥
1 Two Mss. of this țippaņa are described in the Descriptive Catalogue of Nataka Mss. (vol XIV ) as Nos. 15 and 16. There the author Naracandra Suri is mentioned as a pupil of Maladhárin.
Page #113
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
ܐܪ
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
स्याद्वादरत्नाकर इत्यस्ति तके (? कों) मि (म) हत्तमः । वादिवृंदारक श्रीमद्देवखारविनिर्मितः ॥ ४ ॥ श्रीदेवसूरिशिष्येंद्रैः श्रीरत्नप्रभसूरिभिः । तत्र टीका लघुश्व रत्नाकरावतारिका ॥ ५ ॥ ग्रंथस्यैतस्य भागौ द्वौ सुगमावंतरांतरा । भागास्तु विषमाः प्रायसो (शो) मंदमेधसां ॥ ६ ॥ अतोऽहं विवृतिं तत्र कर्तुमिच्छामि किंचन । तनोतु मयि सान्निध्यं श्रीमती भाषितेश्वरी ॥ ७ ॥ व्याख्येयपदमत्यंतं तद्व्याख्यानं तु तत्परः ।
. एष एव क्रमः शास्त्रे सर्वत्रास्मिन् भविष्यति ॥ ८ ॥ आघ्राय पुस्तकं येऽत्र सर्वज्ञाः स्युर्जयंति ते ।
किंचि (ज) ज्ञजनबोधेन सफलोऽयं मम भ्रमः ॥ ९ ॥
ग्रंथारंमे शिष्टसमयपरिपालनाय ग्रंथ देवगुरु से द्धांतानां क्रमाश्रम
स्कारना (मा)ह | etc.
fol. 3b समाप्तः प्रथमः परिच्छेदः ।।
6 द्वितीयपरिच्छेदे स्थलसंख्या | etc.
8 तृतीयपरिच्छेदः ॥
8 इति तृतीयपरिच्छेदवादसंग्रहः ॥
11 चतुर्थपरिच्छेदे वादस्थलानि ॥ etc. एवं
"
,, 14 एवं पंचमपरिच्छेदे वादाः सप्त ||
29
"3
"
15 इति षष्ट (ठ) परिच्छेदः । etc. एवं एकादश ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
"
17 इति सप्तम परिच्छेदे वादसंग्रहः ॥ एवं त्रयोदश ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
"
38
Ends. fol. 17th अनित्यत्वस्य दोषमात्रेण यदि पराजयप्राप्तिरित्यतो (S) ग्रे तदेति । शेषः
पराजयाय कल्पेरन्निति । ननु तथेति ज्ञातव्यं । अथ कथमित्यादिपरः कस्यायं संदेह इत्यादि सूरिः । आशावास इत्यादिपद्ये प्राजापत्यमिति पुरोधस्वं ।
समाप्तमष्टमपरिच्छेदविवरणं । तत्समाप्तौ च रत्नाकरावतारिका - पंजिका सिद्धिसौध मध्यमध्यासामास ॥ छ ॥
श्रीस्थूलभद्रवंशे 'हर्षपुरीये' क्रियानिधो गच्छे toursश्वर्या दत्तवरः षष्ठपारणकी ॥ १ ॥ श्रीगुर्जरेंद्र कणद्वघोषित 'मलधारि' विशदवरबिरुदः ।
श्री अभयदेवसूरिर्निरीह चूडामणिस्दीपिः ॥ २ ॥
Page #114
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
38. ]
Nyaya: Svetambara works
श्री हेमचंद्रसूरिस्ताच्छष्यो ग्रंथलक्षणकर्ता ( s) भूत् ।
श्री गुर्जर' जयसिंहक्षितिपतिनत चलनन लिनयुगः ॥ ३ ॥
मुनिचंद्रसूरि हरिभद्रसूरि-नर चंद्रसूरयः सर्व्वे । तेषामन्वयतिलकः सूरिश्रीतिलक इत्युदितः ॥ ४ ॥
तस्यास्मि प्रियशिष्योऽहं सूरिः श्रीराजशेखरः । विद्वत्प्रसादतो ग्रंथग्रंथन (ना)रे (र)ब्धपौरुषः ॥ ५ ॥ सोऽस्तं मोहतमः स्तोमविहस्तजनदीपिकां । पंजिकां रचयायास विनेयजनरंजिकां ॥ ६ ॥ दोषः कश्वन यो (S) त्राभून्मम प्रातिभमांयतः । दूरे कार्यः स धीमद्भिः कुब्वणैर्ममतां मयि ॥ ७ ॥ पुष्पदंताविमौ दीपो यावद् द्योतयतो जगत् । तावसंवादयं ग्रंथो विदग्धजनवल्लभः ॥ ८ ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु || || पं० दयासारग
No. 39
Reference. Published in the Yaśovijaya Jaina Granthamala. See No. 26. For a description of an additional Ms. of this work along with Ratnakarāvatārika see B. B. R. A. S. 'vols. III-IV, pp. 419 and 420 ( No. 1634 ).
प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोक
वृत्तिसहित
か
Pramaṇanayatattvāloka with vṛtti
49. 1880-81.
Size—ro in. by 4 in.
Extent. - about too leaves ; 5 to 7 lines to a leaf; 50 to 55 letters to a line.
Description.—Palm leaf thin, brittle and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been divided into two separate columns; but, really it is not so for, the lines of the 1st column
Jain...10
Page #115
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 39
are continued to the second ; borders of each of the columns ruled in two lines in black ink; from the num. bering in letter-numerals in the left-hand margin, it may be inferred that the leaves must have been numbered in the right-hand margin, too, as usual as 1, 2 etc.; there is a hole in the space between the columns of each leaf; almost every leaf more or less worn out; condition very poor, since the leaves are in fragments; 'begins' and
ends' are not hence given here exactly ; red chalk used. Age.-Old.
Begins. -- leaf ☆ at araa I TETIETOTSIE FATE THTHIAG 11 Roll
प्रतिपायस्य यः सिद्धः पक्षाभासोऽक्षलिंगतः।। TEFT Taxi Taigats #1(?)pa: 1 etc.
प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोक
Pramānana yatattvaloka - Teia
with tikā
174. No. 40
1873-74. Size. — 101 in. by 4s in. Extent.-(text) 15 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line.
»,- (com.), 1 ; 27'» » » » ; 168 » » » » Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters ; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; this is a ragret Ms.; the commentary written as usual in a smaller hand; yellow pigment used; the commentary covers up the first chapter (pariccheda) and a little more?; however, the space for it is reserved; most of the foll. more or less worm-eaten ; condition fair; the text goes up to the end ;
1-2: These reser to a column. 3. It stops after expounding to some extent the 12th sutra of the second pariccheda.
Page #116
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
40.]
.Nyaya : Svetambara works
.
75
.... it is divided into eight paricchedas: the extent. of each.of
them together with the corresponding portion of the commentary where written is as under:-- Pariccheda I with com. fol. , 1 to 10
___foll. 10, 3.
II
"
"
-7b.
IV
.
10
.....
,
"
"
.".
VI VII VIII
..
..
"..
..
.
"
"
...
"" ISb.
Age.-Not modern. ..
.
.
.
Author of the commentary.-Not mentioned. Subject.-The text together with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text) fol. !' ५ ज0॥ वीतरागाय नमः॥
रागद्वेषविजेतार etc. as in No. 26. .... ,-(com.) ५ 0 ॥ तीर्थेशमत्र श्रीमहावीरं अहं स्मृतिमानये रागद्वेषयो
विशेषेण जयनशीलमिति तच्छीलिस्तृन् ततः कर्मजा तृजा चेत्यनेन षष्ठी.
समासप्रतिषेधो न स्यात् । etc. - (text ) fol. 1 इति श्रीदेवाचार्यनिर्मिते प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालंकारे
प्रमाणस्वरूपनिर्णयो नाम प्रथमः परिच्छेदः॥ पुण्यधवलगाणनाऽलि(ले)खि (1) Ends. - (text) fol. 15 उभयोस्तत्व etc. up to याचस्क्रति वाच्यं as in No.
26. This is followed by इति श्रीदेवाचार्यविनिर्मिते प्रमाणनयतत्त्वालोकालंकारे वादस्वरूपनिर्णयोऽष्टमः परिच्छेदः ॥ (com.) fol. 2" असा असंकी(?) परस्परस्वरूपवैविक्तये नानुभूयमानत्वात् दर्शनादयो सिध्यते । तथानुभुवनमप्यमीषा(षां) सामस्तनाप्येकद्विवाद्य(?)दसंख्यतयोत्पद्यमानत्वात् । तथाहि चित्रक्षयोपशमनात्प्रमातु() कदाचिद्दर्शनावग्रही कदाचिद्दर्शनावग्रहसंशयादयः क्रमेण समुन्मजंति ॥ This Ms.
ends thus. Reference.-Cf. No. 1636 of B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV (p. 420).
Page #117
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[4. Pramānaprakasa
प्रमाणप्रकाश
.....
No. 41
1302. 1891-95.
.
.........
.
.....
.
Size.- 10f in. by 44 in. Extent.- 1 folio ; 12 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; the Ist fol. numbered in the righthand margin only ; complete; condition very good ; in the left-hand margin the title is written as प्रमाणप्रकाश.
Age.--Old. Author.-Padmasagara Gani. For details see No. 13. Subject.-Discussion about the prāmānya. Side by side it is a
devotional poem eulogizing Lord Santinātha, the 16th
Tirthamkara of the Jainas.... Begins.- fol. !" ॥१६ ॥
स्वस्ति भियां यस्य पदं प्रमाण
प्रकाशमावि कुरुते मतं मतं ॥ .: उपास्महे तं प्रणिधानसस्थितं
ज्ञानात्मकं शांतिजगत्त्रयेश्वरं ॥१॥ ......... प्रामाण्यहेमेश्वरसंनिकर्ष
पोते क्षिपत्येष तवारियोगः॥ स्वदर्शितं न व्यभिचाररंधं
ददर्श जात्यंध इवापि पश्यन् ॥२॥ etc. Ends.- fol. I0 .
स्वामिनिजान्यव्यवसायि सम्यम्..
ज्ञानप्रमाणोत्तमरत्नहारं ॥ . .
यो न्यस्थति स्वेदहृद(?) स नूनं
स्यात्संपदामास्पदमंगिवल्लभः ॥२०॥ हति स्फरवाचकधर्मसागर
क्रमाज,मः कविपद्मसागरः॥
Page #118
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
42.]
Reference. Published. See p. 28, fn.
प्रमाणप्रकाश
स्वोपज्ञवृत्तिसहित
No. 42
Size.- 108
Nyaya: Svetambara works
श्रीशांतिनाथस्तवनं प्रमाण
gatarii faqù (faqt] fag 11 33 1. इति शांतिस्तोत्रं पंडितपद्मसागरगणिकृतं ॥ भद्रं ॥
in. by 4 in.
Age. Not modern.
Author of the text.-Padmasagara.
رو
Extent. 29 folios; 11 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1 blank except that a title auf is written on it; small bits of paper pasted to fol. 1; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary incomplete though the foliation is continuous; the text goes up to the sixth verse and the commentary pertaining to it ends abuptly; it appears that the foll. pertaining to Nayaprakasa and its vitti have been wrongly placed in this Ms. ; the latter work seems to begin with a commentary to the 3rd verse and it goes up to the end. See No. 14.
77.
Pramāṇaprakāśa with svopajña vṛtti
1383 (a).
1891-95.
com.
33 33
Subject. Exposition of the pramānas in verse and its explanation in prose. Both are in Sanskrit.
""
Page #119
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
78 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1420
! 42. Begins.— (text) fol. ;D ...... स्वस्ति श्रियां यस्य पदं प्रमाण. .
. प्रकाशमावि कुरुते मतं मतं ॥ उपास्महे तं प्रणिधानसस्थितं । ।
ज्ञानात्मकं शांतिजगत्त्रयेश्वरं ॥१॥ " - (text) fol. 24
प्रामाण्यहेमेश्वरसनिकर्ष
पोते क्षिपत्येष तबारियो(यो)गः ।। त्वदर्शितं न व्यभिचाररधं ।
ददर्श जात्यंध इवापि पश्यन् ॥ २॥ , - (com.) fol. 1 || सरस्वत्यै नमो नमः ॥
सरस्वत्या पदववं नमस्कृत्य पुनर्सरोः।
श्रीप्रमाणप्रकाशस्य वृत्तिं कुर्वे यथामतं ॥१॥ .... इह स्वपरिच्छित्तिजननसमर्थप्रमाणलक्षणव्युत्पादनाय प्रमाणप्रकाश चिकीर्षुः प्रकृतशास्त्रपरिसमाप्तये लौकिकावगीतशिष्टाचारावबोधितकर्त्तव्यताकं
प्रस्तुतस्तुतिकश्रीशांतिजिननामांकितप्रथमकाव्येन मंगलमाचरति ॥ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 30 .
अध्यापि चेद् द्रव्यमहो ततः किं
मनस्तथा लोक इहेदमंबक।। एतत्त्रयस्यापि च तत्र संनिधि
घंटादिवद्विद्यत एवं यस्मात् ॥ ६॥ .,-(com.) fol. 3 व्याख्या । चेद्यद्यव्यापि द्रव्यं गगनसनिकर्षेण तत्प्रमोत्पादे
सहकारि कारणं स्यादिति ब्रूषे । मनस्तथेति तत्सहकारि किं ममो चालोको वा अंबकमिति चक्षुर्वा सहकारि स्यात् नैतत्पक्षत्रयमपि संगच्छते । यदस्तदानीममीषां त्रयाणामपि घटनिकर्षवत सांनिध्यात् । न च मनसा सह तदानीं चक्षुःसंनिक भाषेण आत्मा मनसा सह संयुज्यते मन इंद्रियेणेत्यादि प्रक्रियास्तत्रासंभवेन विद्यमानेनापि संनिकर्षेण न गगनविषयकप्रमोत्पाद इति वाच्यं मनसः शरीरपरिमाणकत्वे ज्ञानेंद्रियसंनिकृष्टत्वात् । प्रयोगो यथा मामामध्यमपरिमाणाधिकरणं पृथिव्यादिपरमाणुचतुष्टयव्यतिरिक्तत्वे सति प्मे(?)विभु
त्वात् य॥ Reference:- Both (?) are published.
Page #120
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
43. )
79
Nyaya : Svetambara works प्रमाणमीमांसा
Pramāṇamimāṁsā स्वोपज्ञवृत्तिसाहित
with svopajña vrtti No. 43
-
1356.
1884-87. Size.-104 in. by 44 in. Extent. -- 23 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; small, fairly legible, uniform and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders of all the foll. except the 20th ruled in two lines in red ink, whereas those of the 20th in three ; edges of all the foll. in one; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. I to 12 numbered twice in the righthand margin: once as 1, 2 etc. and another time as 17, 18 etc.; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly gone ; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete so far as they go ; they start with the Ist sútra of the second ahnika of the first adhyāya which ends on fol. 9a and stops with Parokşak banda i. e. to say the
first āhnika of the second adhyāya. Age. - The 18th century. . Author of the text.- Hemacandra Sūri, the well-known polygrapher. ?
. „ of the commentary. - The same as mentioned above. Subject.- A work on logic and its explanation. Both are in
Sanskrit. Probably this is the first Śretāmbara work having āhnikas as the subdivisions of the adhyāyas. It
1 Cf. !!
. "बोधबीजमुपस्कर्तुं तत्वाभ्यासेन धीमताम् । H EIDENT hai aafna li pita
-Pramānamimdinså 2. For description of a Ms. containing Hemacandra's Kavyāpusīsana and its commentary styled as Alamkāracūļāmaņi composed by the author himself see the “Descriptive Catalogue of Alamkāra, Samgita aud Nățya Mss. (Vol. XII ) pp. 139-141.
Page #121
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
80
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 43.
has got two ähnikas for at least the first two adhyayas as is the case with Tattvärtharajavārtika.
Begins.~~ ( text ) fol. 14 अविशद: परोक्षं. This is followed by its commentary. Then we have another sutra as under :
स्मृतिप्रत्यभिज्ञानोहानुमानागमास्तद्विधव्यः( यः )
,,—( com. ) fol. 1 ॥ ए६० ॥ इहोद्दिष्टे प्रत्यक्ष परोक्षलक्षणे प्रमाणद्वये लक्षितं प्रत्यक्षमिदानीं परोक्षलक्षणमाह । This is followed by the first sutra of the text noted above, and after that we have :
सामान्यलक्षणानुवादेन विशेषलक्षणविधानात् सम्यगर्थानर्णय इत्यनुवर्त्तते तेनाविशदः सम्यगर्थनिर्णयः परोक्षं प्रमाणमिति विभागमाह. This is followed by the second sutra noted above and after that we have : तदिति परोक्षस्य परामर्शस्तेन etc.
- (com. fol. 9 इत्याचार्य श्री हेमचंद्र विरचितायां प्रमाणमीमांसायास्त (द्र)तेश्र्व प्रथमस्याध्यायस्य द्वितीयमाह्निकं प्रथमो (s) ध्याय (:) समाप्तः ॥ Ends.- ( text ) fol. 17 ॥ सविग्रहो वादिप्रतिवादिनोः || This is followed by its commentary and then we have the following
sutra :—
न विप्रतिपत्स्यप्रतिपत्तिमात्रं ।
""
- ( com.) fol. 23 अयं च प्राप्त (क) श्वतुरंगो वादः कदाचित् पत्रालंबनमप्यपेक्षते (S) तस्तल्लक्षणमत्रावश्यतयाभिघातव्यं यतो नाविज्ञातस्वरूपस्या स्वालंबनं जषा (या) प्रभवति न चाविज्ञातस्वरूपं परं भेत्तुं शक्यमित्याह ( हु : ) ॥
इति श्रीप्रमाणमीमांसायां परोक्षर्षडः विवरणं ॥ सकलपांडेत पुरंदरपंडितश्री जयविजयगणिशिष्य युक्तिविजयलिपिकृतं सं १७
Reference.
The text together with the author's own commentary is published up to the 1st ahnika of the second adhyāya in the Arhata-mata Prabhakara Series as No. 1 in Vira Samvat 2452. In this edition we find the comparison of Pramaņamimämsä with Gautamasutra, the life of Hemacandra Sūri, his works, alphabetical index of the sutras of the text and quotations traced and untraced as well. Furthermore, there is an illustration of Hemacandra Suri 1 Figures are missing.
Page #122
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
43. ]
Nyaya : Svetambara works
81
and Kumārapāla, which is said to be reproduced from a palm-leaf Ms. dated Vikrama Samvat 1294. As there seems to be no other Ms. of Pramāņamimāṁsā deposited at the Bhandarkar O. R. Institute, this very one seems to have been utilitzed in preparing the edition above referred to. See p. ro of this edition.
It may be noted that there is another work named as Pramāņamimāṁsā. It is referred to in Anekāntajayapatāka (ch. V). See p. 536 of the edition published by Mansukhbhai Bhagubhai, Ahmedabad. From its svopajña commentary (vol. II, p. 682 ) we see that this work was not composed by the guru of Haribhadra himself but by some other acārya who flourished before him.
I Pramāṇamimāṁsă along with the author's commentary and notes by Pandit Sukhlalji Sanghvi and 7 Appendices has been published in Singhi Jaina Series in A. D. 1931.
2 This is the page of my edition which is being published in the Gaekwad's Oriental Series.
II [J. L. P.
Page #123
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[44.
( II ) THE DIGAMBARA WORKS
आलापपद्धति
Alāpapaddhati No. 44
1040.
1884-87. Size.--91 in. by 4 in. Extent.- II tolios ; Io lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line. . Description.-Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters ; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; yellow
pigment used; red chalk, too; white paste also; complete. Age.-Pretty old. Author.—Paņķita Devasena of Mula Sangha, pupil of Vimala
sena. Subject. --A Sanskrit work elucidating the method of describing
dravyas etc., and forming as it were a supplement to Nayacakra composed by the same author in Prākrit. This work deals with guņas (attributes ) and paryāyas
(modifications ) of dravyas ( substances ). Begins.--fol. !' ए0 जै नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ॥
गुणानां विस्तरं वक्ष्ये स्वभावानां तथैव च।
पर्यायाणां विशेषेण नत्वा वीरं जिनेश्वरं ॥१॥
आलापपद्धतिर्वचनरचनाऽमुक्रमेण । नयचक्रस्योपरि उच्यते || etc. Ends.-fol. Inb असद्भतव्यवहारो द्विविधः। उपचरितानुपचरितभेदात् । तत्र
संश्लेषरहितवस्तुसंबंधविषयः उपचरितासद्भतव्यवहारः । यथा देवदत्तस्य धनमिति । संश्लेषसहितवस्तुसंबंधविषयोऽनुपचरितासद्भतव्यवहारः । यथा जीवस्य शरीरमिति ॥ च्छ॥ ___इति सुखबोधार्थमालापपद्धतिः । श्रीदेवसेनपंडितविरचिता समाप्ता॥च्छ ।
Page #124
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
45.]
Nyaya : Digambara works
83
Reference. This work is published in Sanātana Jaina Granthamälä
vol. I, Bombay, in A. D. 1905. It is also published along with Nayacakra in the Manikyacandra Digam bara Jaina Granthamālā, No. 16, Bombay, 1620. See Peterson, Report III, introduction p. 22ff. For an additional Ms. etc. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV., p. 403.
आलापपद्धति
Alāpapaddhat
694. No. 45
1875-76. Size.- 10f in. by 3; in. Extent. -14 folios ; 8 lines to a page ; 29 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, tough and greyish; Devanagari
characters; thick, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink ; corners of almost every fol. slightly worn out; condition
on the whole good; complete. Age.-Samvat 1812. Begins.-- fol. 1b.
गुणानां विस्तरं वक्ष्ये स्वभावानां तथैव च ।
पर्यायाणां विशेषेण नत्वा वीर जिनेश्वरं ॥
छ| etc. Ends.-fol. 14 असस्तव्यवहारो द्विविधः । उपचरितानुपचरितभेदात् । तत्र
संश्लेषरहितवस्तुसंबंधविषयः उपचरितासमूतव्यवहारो यथा देवदत्तस्य धनमिति । संश्लेषसहितवस्तुसंबंधविषयोऽनुपचरितासद्भूतव्यवहारो यथा जीवस्य शरीरमिति ॥ इति सुखबोधार्थमालापपद्धतिः। श्रीदेवसेन
पंडितविरचिता परिसमाप्ता । सं० १८१२ माघ शु० ४ दिने संपूर्ण । N. B.-For other details see No. 44.
Page #125
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[46.
आलापपद्धति
Āļāpapaddhati
218. No.46
1902-1907. Extent.- 7 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्रा; bold, big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edegs in two, in red ink; a piece of paper pasted to the edges of all the foll. ; condition tolerably good; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1a blank ; so is the fol. 7b; complete; 205 verses in all : in the end two verses
are quoted from Trilokagupti. Age.- Not quite modern. Begins.- fol. I" ॥॥ अहं ॥
गुणानां विस्तरं वक्ष्ये etc. as in No. 44. Ends.- fol. 6' (अ)सद्भूतव्यवहारो द्विविधः etc. up to समाप्ता as in
No. 44. This is followed by the writing as under :
॥२॥ श्लोक २०५॥ श्री'भरहे ' पंचमआरे जिणमुद्दाधार होइ सग्गंथा । साढिसत्ता कोडि नरगण जिणवरादिढा(? डा) १ पंचानव कोडिउ पन्नवणोलसंसपणवीसा । पणसदो य पणवीसा एते नरग हुंति सड्डाणी २
त्रिलोकगुप्तिपंथे ॥ श्री ॥ ॥ श्री ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 44.
आलापपद्धति
Alāpapaddhati No. 47
1041.
1884-87. Size-Io in. by 5 in. Extent.-- 14 folios ; 8 lines to a page ; 27 letters to a line.
Page #126
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
47. ]
Nyāya : Digambara works
83
Description.-Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; very big, bold, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink ; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; edges of the 14th fol. slightly worn out; fol. 140 blank ; complete ; in the left-hand margin the title is written as eat.
Age.-Samvat 1647. Begins.--fol. 10 TA: 11
garai fartai etc. as in No. 44. Ends.--fol. 136 TUNTEET (giàu: l etc. up to #Arar as in No.
44. This is followed by the lines as underशुभमस्तु ॥ संवत् १६४७ वर्षे कार्तिगसदि ४ भृगु । लिपाईतं साह ओओ
दास। लिष्यते पुरनमलकाईस्थ ॥ N. B.--For further particulars see No. 44.
आलापपद्धति
Alūpapaddhati
1173. No. 48
1891-95. Size.- 114 in. by 5 in. Extent.-9-1=8 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 28 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper very rough and greyish ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters ; very big, legible and fair hand-writing; borders ruled indifferently in three lines in red ink ; white pigment used ; foll. numbered in both the margins ;
fol. ra missing ; so incomplete. Age.--Not later than Samvat 1697. Begins.-- fol. 2** BREUTA Arang: 1 HEUTA Attafe:1 Ferayurare:
Herragutere: 1 stäagurare: sfat reed: 1 etc.
1 It begins thus.
Page #127
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
86
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 49.
Ends. fol. 9° असद्भूतव्यवहारो ( s) पि etc. up to समाप्ता practically as in
No. 44. This is followed by
STED.
N. B. For other details see No. 44.
आलापपद्धति
No. 49
Älāpapaddhati
519. 1884-86.
Size. 9 in. by 4 in.
Extent.-9 folios; 10 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line.
Description.--Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagar) characters; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; white paste and yellow pigment as well used; red chalk, too; edges of the first two foll. slightly damaged; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; complete; the scribe has styled this work as Nayacakra in the end.
Age.-Pretty old.
Begins. fol. 1 श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥ ॐ सिद्धेभ्य( : ) ।।
yuri fa etc. as in No. 44.
Ends. fol. 9 असदुद्भूतव्यवहारोऽपि द्विविधः etc up to श्रीदेव सेन पंडितविरचिता समाप्ता इति श्रीनयचक्रं संपूर्ण ।
N. B. For other details see No. 44.
आलापपद्धति
No. 50
Alapapaddhati
406.
1871-72.
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent.-4 folios; 17 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line.
Page #128
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
50.]
Nyaya : Digambara works
81
Description.-Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; small, clear and fair hand-writing; borders not ruled ; yellow pigment used; complete ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; the scribe has styled this
work as Nayacakra, just in the beginning and in the end. Age.-Not modern. Begins.- fol. I || अहं । नयचक्र लिख्यते।
गुणानां विस्तरं वक्ष्ये स्वभावानां तथैव च।
पर्यायाणां विशेषेण नत्वा वीरं जिनेश्वरं ॥१॥ आलापपद्धतिर्व्याख्यानुक्रमेण नयचक्रस्योपर्युच्यते सा च किमर्थ
द्रव्यक्षणसिद्धयर्थ ॥ etc. Ends.-- fol. 4' असमूतव्यवहारोऽपि विविधः उपचरितानुपचरितभेदात् । तत्र
संश्लेषरहितवस्तुसंबंधविषय उपचारितासद्स्तव्यवहारः यथा देवदत्तस्य धनामिति । संश्लेषरहितसंबंधविषयोऽनुपचारितासद्भूतव्यवहारः यथा जीवस्य शरीरमिति | इति सुखबोधार्थमालापपद्धतिः। श्रीदेवसेनपंडितविरचितं नयचकं समाप्त।
मम निव्वाणाओ गोयम वरससहस्साणि दुन्नि ति। सयहिओ विक्कमनिव्वाणाओ अट्टारतिसिंमि तस्संत ॥१॥
लिपं श्रीमुक्तिसौभाग्यगणिभिः स्वार्थ श्रेयः॥ N. B.-For other details see No. 44.
न्यायदीपिका
Nyāyadīpikā
1438. No. 51
1886-92. Size.- 9 in. by 4g in. Extent.-16-1=15 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; SI letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, tough and white; Jaina
Devanāgari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in black ink ; space between the two lines coloured red; red
Page #129
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
88
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[51.
chalk and yellow pigment used rarely; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 13th lacking; fol. 16 blank; practically complete; the entire work is divided into three sections known as prakāśas; the extent of each of them is as under :
Prakāśa
دو
در
Age.-Fairly old.
I foll. Ia to 3a
II
Sa
III
16a.
در
در
3a
Sa
رو
در
(vide No.
Author.-Abhinava Dharmabhūṣaṇa, pupil of Vardhamana Sūri ). The word 'Abhinava' is used to distinguish him from another Dharmabhuṣaṇa who has flourished earlier than this. It means younger.' Compare the cases of Abhinava Šākaṭāyana, Abhinava Bhoja, Abhinava Guptă etc.1
6
Subject-The entire work in Sanskrit deals with pramāņas in three prakāśas. The first discusses the fundamental characteristices of pramāņa, the second, pratyakṣa pramāņa and in cidentally sarvajñasiddhi, and the third parokṣa pramāņa and saptabhangi. Tattvärthādhigamaśāstra, Āptamīmāṁsā and other important works are quoted. Bhasya on Tattvartha is quoted in the first prakasa on fol. 36. Begins. --fol. 1
॥ ६० ॥ श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ श्रीवर्द्धमानमर्हतं नत्वा बालप्रबुद्धये ।
विरच्यते मितस्पष्ट संदर्भ न्यायदीपिका ॥ १ ॥
“ प्रमाणनयैरधिगमः” इति महाशास्त्रतत्त्वार्थ सूत्रं । तत्खलु परमपुरुषार्थंनिःश्रेयससाधन सम्यग्दर्शनादिविषयभूतजीवादितत्त्वाधिगमोपायनिरूपपरं प्रमाणनयाभ्यां हि विवेचिता जीवादयः सम्यगधिगम्यते । प्रमाणनयात्मकन्याय स्वरूपप्रतिबोधक्रमहाशास्त्राधिकारसंपत्तये मारभ्यते ॥ etc.
प्रकरणमिद
1 For a fairly big list of the names of works and authors beginning with 'abhi. nava' see "index" (p. 926) of "History of Classical Sanskrit Literature" by
M. Krishnamachariar.
etc.
Page #130
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
51.3
Nyaya: Digambara works
Begins. fol. 21 इति परमाईताचार्य्यधर्मभूषणयतिविरचिताया न्यायदीपि कायां प्रमाणसामान्यलक्षणं प्रकाशः प्रथमः
fol. 3 भाष्यं ( ये ) संशयां (या ) दिनिर्णयविरोधी न त्वग्रह इति etc. fol. 5 इति परमार्हताचार्य्यधमंभूषणपतिविरचितायां न्याय प्रदीपि कायां प्रत्यक्षप्रकाशः छः
Ends. fol. 16° तदुक्तमाप्तममा सायां स्वामिसमंतभद्राचार्यैः
89
33
( मिथ्यासमु (म्) हो मिथ्या चेन्न मिथ्यैकांता (S) स्ति नः । निरपेक्षो नया मिटया सापेक्षा वस्तु तेऽर्थकृत् ॥ इति ततो नयप्रमाणाभ्यां वस्तुसिद्धिरिति सिद्धे सिद्धांतपर्या समागमप्रमाणं इति श्रीमदूवर्धमानम० आचार्य गुरुकारुण्यसिद्ध सिद्ध सारस्वतोदयश्रीमद(भि) नवधर्म भूषणाचार्यविरचितायां न्यायदीपिकायां आगमप्रकाश संपूर्णा चेमं न्याय दीपिका ।
मदगुरौ वर्द्धमानेो वर्द्धमानदयानिधिः (धेः ? ) । श्रीपाद स्नेहसंबंधात संयं न्यायदीपिका ॥ १ ॥ सम्यग्ज्ञानं प्रमाणं स्यात् तत् स्यात् पूर्वमिव यं । वितोपादानमहितहानयः स्युः प्रमाणतः ॥ २ ॥ तस्मात नव ज्ञानमत्र स्यात् प्रमाणं नैद्रियादिकं । (ज) लाक्षे (?) तैलाद्रक्षेत्रक्षे शिथिलबंधनातू । परहस्तगता रक्षे एवं वदति पुस्तिका ।। १ ।।
पंडित पीयूषधर गण सुधा सुरेश विबुधश्रीश्री पश्री कुम र विजयगणिशिष्यमुनिगुणविजयेन ।
Reference. Fublished by Jaina sahitya-prasāraka-karyalaya, Hirabag, Bombay, in A. D. 1926. See Dr. Theodor Aufrect's monumental work viz. Catalogus Catalogerara (an alphabetical register of Sanskrit works and authors >> pt. I, p. 722, Leipzig, 1891-1903. See K. B. Pathak's. paper “ Kumarila in Digambara Jaina literature " (p. 208, fn. ) published in Transactions of the ninth International Congress of Orientalists, Vol. I, London, in A. D. 1893.
12 [J. L. P.]
Page #131
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
90
Jaing Literaturi' and Philosophy
[52. margeirgam
.
Nyāyadipikā
949.
1892-95. Size.--102 in. by s4 in. Extent.- 53 folios ; 8 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; numbers for foll, entered twice as usual; foll. 1° and 535 blank; marginal notes written at times ; red chalk used; complete ; condition very good; the entire
work is divided into three prakåsas; the extent of each of 9 . them is as under :- .
Prakaśa I foll. .ibto go
II , 98, 176
2 . III , 170 , 534 Age.--Samvat 1919. Begins.-- fol. zb 11 TA: frent: 1 340 215atiunt raseri i
wa ATTAA etc. as in No. 51. Ends.- fol. 539 AMATATATATTI etc. up to HITATAI: as in
No. 51. This is followed by FAH: #ra 3389 E DE
Flat #rgo il sont ete. N. B.- For other details see No. 51.
savunt..
Nyāyadipikā No 53 : :
:
5.3.
1884-86. Size.- 11f in. by: st in. Extent:- 48-1 = 47 folios ; 8 lines to a page'; šz letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick, tough and white ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters ; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red
Page #132
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
54.]
Nyaya: Digambara works
91
ink; foll. numbered twice as usual; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. 1 and 48 practically blank; fol. 9th numbered as 10th, too, the following numbered as 11th, etc.; marginal notes occasionally added; fol. 14th lacking; otherwise complete; the entire work is divided into three prakāśas; the extent of each of them is as under :
Prakāśa I foll.
to 8b
II
16b
III
در
""
Age. Samvat 1899.
Begins. fol. r ॥ ६ ॥ a
22
Prakāśa I
II
III
""
""
در
नमो (S) ईद्भयः ॥ ॥ etc. as tn No. 51.
8b
166.
Ends. fol. 47b तदुक्तमाप्तमीमांसायां etc. up to आगमप्रकाशः समाप्तः ।
1 *
as in No. 52. This is followed by the lines as under :संवत् १८९९ का भावणमासे कृष्णपक्षे चतुर्दश्यां शुक्रवासरे लिखितं पन्नालाल चोदरीणा लिखाइतं श्योजीलालछावडा । sher || ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ ॥ श्री ॥ 11. sat!! N. B. For other details see No. 51.
'न्यायदीपिका
No. 54
Size. 11 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 25 folios; 12 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, clear and fair hand-writing; borders: ruled in two lines and edges in one, in black ink; fol. 1 blank; yellow pigment used rarely; complete; condition very good; the entire work is divided into three prakāśas; the extent of each of them is as under :
foll.
97
در
48.
39
Nyāyadipikā.
950. 1892-95.
Ib to b
دو
25°.
Page #133
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
92
Jaina. Literaturci and Philosophy [sto Age: -- Samvat 1878, Saka 1743Begins.--fol. by 011#prata ir
:::wa GATTAEG, I etc. as in No. si. Brids.- fol. 25 AralaraHETTI etc. up to appa : WATH: 1
as in No: 52. This is followed by the lines as under :
___ य(म)द्रो etc. up to न्यायदीपिका | as in No. SI. Then we have :--
इति श्रीन्यायदीपिका संपूण्णः ॥ संवत् १८७८ शाके १७४३ wir I etc. N. B.- For other details see No. St,..
न्यायदीपिका
Nyāyadipikā No. 55
806.
1895–1902. Size.— 10 in. by 4 in.. Extent.-- 15 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, brittle and grey; Jaina Deva
någari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. 156 blank; marginal notes occasionally added ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; some of the folk. a little bit worm-eaten, strips of paper pasted to it; condition very fair ; complete; the entire work is divided into three prakaśas ; the extent of each of them is as under :
Prakāśa I foll'. 1* 10° 3*
II 3,5"
» HI „su „15. Age.- Samvat 1736 Begins. -- fol. ioy AA: 11
sfiadatA I ete. as in No. 51.
Page #134
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Nyayar: Digambara works.
3 KEnds.- fol. I5. तदुक्तमष्टसहलीमध्ये मिथ्यासबहो । etc. up to नेद्रियादिकं ।।
as in No. S.I. This is followed by the lines.as under :__इति श्रीमवद्धमानाचार्य शिष्यवीधर्मभूषणविरचित न्यायदीपिका सम(मा)ता [:] । लिखितं पंडितकृत्यालिसकेन । ...........
__ तर्करामर्पिभूवष । क्यातिलकसाधुना ।
माघे सितचतुर्दश्यां । लिखिता न्यायदीपिका ॥१॥ ... ___N. B.--- For other details see No. 51.
न्यायदीपिका
Nyāyadipakai
1147.. .. Nor50
1884-87. Size.- 11 in. by 7 in. Extent.-72 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 25 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, smooth and white'3 Jaina
Devanagari characters ; bold, very big, legible and very good handwriting ; borders elaborately ruled; numbers for foll, entered twice as usual ; fol. 7*'practically blank; strips of Paper pasted to foll. 1.10°and 7233; fol.72b partly torn; condition on the whole good ; notes written at times; yellow pigment used ; complete ; the entire work is divided into three prakāśas; the extent of each of them is as under :--
Prakāśa I foll. rb to 12*
II , 12* ,,240. ., III
, 72. Age.-- Samvat 1902. Begins.- fol. 1 श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥ ॐ नमो(5)हद्भयः ।।
श्रीवद्धमानमर्हतं । etc. as in No. 5. Ends.-- fol. 710 तदुक्तमाप्तामांसायां | etc. up to इति श्रीमदर्द्धमानं...
आगमप्रकाशः समाप्तः I as in No. 52. This is followed by the lines as under :- ...............
Page #135
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[56w
___ संवत् १९०२ का मिती श्रावण बदि १२ सौम्य । लिप्यकृतं ब्राह्मणरामकुमार 'साईजयपुर'मध्ये । पठनार्थे संघीपनालालजी । शुभं भवतु ।
FRUTTARE E il Ti #!! N. B.-- For other details see No. 51.
pituitas
. es
Nyāyadipikā No. 57
1148.
1884-87. Size.- 10in. by 4 in. Extent. 40 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. . Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina:Devam
någari characters with occasional TTAT ; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines. and edges in two, in black ink ; red chalk, white paste and yellow pigment, too, used ; foll 1 and 400 blank; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; marginal notes added at țimes; corners of the first three foll. damaged; fol. 8th torn in the middle; a part of a margin of fol. 40th worn out; condition-tolerably fair ; complete ; the entire work
is divided into three prakāśas; the extent of each of them : is as under :-- :
Prakāśa I foll. 26 to 7e
II ., 7* „ 136
, III » 136. „ 40°. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.- fol. 10 y 60
aga hati etc as in No. 51. Ends. fol. 40" TFATÆRTAIENi etc. up to Agit etc. ......2017
allgentil ll as in No. 51. This is followed by the lines :
.. इति न्यायदीपका संपूर्णा ॥ श्रीरस्तु || कल्याणमस्तु ॥ १० N. B.-- For other details see No. si.
Page #136
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
95
48.
Nyaya : Digambara works अन्यायदीपिका
Nyāyadipika
623. No. 58.
1873-76 : Size.- 10 in. by 5 in. Extent.- 33 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 37 letters to a line.. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; fol. rpractically blank; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; marginal notes written at times; fol. 32 followed by a fol. unnumbered and almost blank; fol. 33° blank; condition very good ; incomplete as it ends abruptly while discussing saptabhangi in the third prakāśa ; the entire work is divided into three prakāśas; the extent of each of them is as under :--
Prakāśa I foll. * to 6*
_ II , 6. , ..
__ _II , 1 , 32'. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.- fol. 10 ॥ श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानमर्हतं । etc. as in No. FI.. Ends.- fol. 320 सैषा नवविनियोगपरिपाटी सप्तभंगीन्युज्यते भंगशब्दस्य बस्तुस्वरूप
भेदबाचकत्वात सप्तानां भंगानां समाहार सप्तभंगीति सिद्धे। नन्वेकत्र वस्तुनि सप्तानां कथं संभव इति चेत् यथैकस्मिन् रूपवान् घटः।..
This Ms ends here thus abruptly. Then on fol. 33" we have:
श्रेयान स्वधर्मो विमुकः परधर्मात् स्वहितात् ।
स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः।' AN. B.-- For other details see No. SI.
I
This verse occurs in Bhagvad-gita (III,351.
..
..........
Page #137
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
96
Jama Literature and Philosophy
(59.
यापिका
Nyāyndipikā No. 400
.624.
1876-77. Size.- 9. in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 42. folios ; 10 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white ; Jaina Devanagari
characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ;. borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; folla 1 and 426 blank; white paste used ; some of the foll. have their numbers entered in both the margins as usual ; several foll. numbered once only in the left-hand margin ;complete ; the entire work is divided into three prakāśas ;the extent of each of them is as under :-- : Prakasa. I foll. jb tozb „ . II
76 14*
III , 14 , 42°. Age.- Sarvat 1928. Begins.- fol. 10 / QUI FA fragt: ll 24 urait frega !!!
magaranETI etc. as in No. 51.
Baden-- fol. 42" AE WHIHAIHIARI etc. up to ATTATAŞ: TATA: *
as in No. 52. This is followed by the line as under :
संवत् १९२८ का मार्गसिर कृष्ण १२ । N. B.- For other details see No. 51.
pereringet . . .
Nyāyadipiks.
1057. No. 60
1887-91. Size.— 12; in, by 64 in. Extent.-- 28 folios ; 11.lires to a page ; 42 letters to a line.
Page #138
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
61.1
Nyaya : Digambara uorks
97
Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters, big, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders not ruled : numbers for loll. entered twice as usual; fol. I' blank : red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; marginal notes written here and there : complete: condition very good ; the entire work is divided into three prakāśas; the extent of each of them is as under :--
Prakasa 1 foll. b to 64
III , 10° ,, 28. Age.-- Samvat 1871. Begins.- fol. 1 श्रीगणेशाय नमः । अर्हते नमः ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानमर्हतं । etc. as in No. 51. Ends.- fol. 28° तदुक्तमाप्तमीमांसायां । etc. up to इति आगमप्रकाश
FATA: 11 as in No. 52. This is followed by the line as follows:
समाप्ता चेयं न्यायदीपिका शुभं भूयात् ।
संवत्सरे १८७१ मिति चैत्र वदी ८() शनिवासरे 'इंद्रप्रस्थे' लिखित ब्राह्मणवंशोद्भवेन।
यद्गुरोर्वर्द्धमानेशो बर्द्धमानदयानिधेः॥
श्रीपादस्नेहसंबंधात् सिद्धेयं न्यायदीपिका ॥१॥ N. B.---For other details see No. SI.
न्यायदीपिका
Nyāyadīpikā
1058. No. 61
1887-91. Size.- 10% in. by s in. . Extent.-- 50 folios'; 8 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters: bold, big, clear and good hand-writing ;
borders of all the foll. except 33 to 48 ruled in three lines " U.L.P.I
Page #139
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
161.
and edges in two, in red ink; yellow pigment and red chalk used; numbers for toll. entered twice as usual ; fol. r* 32 and sob blank; marginal notes occasionally written ; corners of the first two foll, worn out ; strips of paper pasted to fol. 1; condition tolerably good ; complete ; the entire work is divided into three prakāśas; the extent of each of them is as under :-- Prakāśa I foll. 1b to 85
II 86 , 178
III , 178 , 5oo.. Age.-- Samvat 1890. Begins.-- fol. 10 FA: frentar: ll 32 Feruatiuent resouri
Bora GATTAESI I etc. as in No. 51. Ends.- fol. so ATATHATHIANTI I etc. up to Fair: as in No. 52.
This is followed by the line as under :
संवत १८९० चैत्रशुक्लहादशीभौमवासरे शेषं पूर्णीकृतं रामवकसेन 'काशलीवाल'संज्ञकगोत्रेण । 'सवाईजयनगरे वर्तमाने सवाई जयसिंहTIF I starant’sTATIFATI FIT FATTUANTI
"TATTI N, B.- For other details see No. 51.
परीक्षामुख
Parīksāmukha प्रमेयरत्नमालासहित
with Prameyaratnamālā
1448. No. 62
1886-92. Size.- 114 in. by 74 in. Extent.-- 149 folios : 7 lines to a page : 26 letters to a line.d e Description.- Country paper thin and white ; Jaina Devanagari
characters ; bold, very big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; marginal and interlinear annotations given at times ;
Page #140
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
99
VI ,
62.]
Nyaya : Digambara works yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 1* blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; white paste used; foll. 108 to 114 wrongly numbered as 208, 209 etc; both the text and the commentary complete; the former is divided into six paricchedas (sections ); the extent of each of them together with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under :-- with com. foll. rb to
„ 561 III „ „ „ 560 „ 105* IV „ „ „ 10ge » 1304
, 130" „ 131*
, 131" , 1496. Age.-- Not quite modern. Author of the text. - Māņik yanandin. He has based his work on
that of Akalanka. He flourished in the ninth
century or so. , , commentary.-- Anantavirya. He wrote this commentary for Säntisena at the request of Hiraya, son of Vaijeya and Nāņāmva. Anantavirya is mentioned by
Madhavācārya in his Sarvadarśanasangraha. Subject. --The text contains sutras on logic which may be compared
with those of Pramāṇanayataitvāloka'. The commentary ( laghuvstti) known as Prameyaratnamālā explains these sutras.
Pramāņasāmānya, pratyakşa, paroksa, vişaya, phala and pramāņābhāşa respectively form the main topic of each
of the sections of the text. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 46 FigarisTTARTAR ETTİ TAIQTIAP II „- (com.) fol. rb ! 011 A fax: 11
नतामरशिरोरत्नप्रभापोतनखस्विषे॥ नमो जिनाय दुर्वारमारवीरमदच्छिदे ॥१॥
I See No. 26.
Page #141
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [. अकलंकवचोंभोघेरुद्दधे येन धीमता ॥ न्यायविद्यामृतं तस्मै नमो माणिक्यनंदिने ॥२॥ प्रभेंदुवचनोदारचंद्रिकाप्रसरे सति । मादृशाः क्व नु गण्यते ज्योतिदिंगणसन्निभाः ॥३॥ तथापि तद्वचो पूर्वरचनारुचिरं सतां ।। चेतोहरं भृतं यद्वन्नद्या नवघटे जलं ॥ ४ ॥ वैजेयप्रियपुत्रस्य हीरयस्योपरोधतः ।।
शांतिषणार्थमारब्धा परीक्षामुखपंचिका ॥ ५॥ छ । etc. इति तदवगाहनाय पोतप्रायमिदं प्रकरणमाचार्यः प्राह । etc. ( com. ) fol. 16° इति परीक्षामुखलघुवृत्ती प्रमाणस्य स्वरूपोद्देशः
समाप्तः॥
fol. 56. इति परीक्षामुखस्य लघुवृत्ती द्वितीयः समुद्देशः॥ ,, fol. I05• इति परीक्षामुखस्य लघुवृत्तौ परोक्षप्रपंचस्तृतीयः
समुद्देशः ॥ ,, fol. 130% इति परीक्षामुखस्य लघुवृत्तौ विषयसमुद्देशश्चतुर्थः ॥४॥
,, fol. 131 इति परीक्षामुखलघुवृत्तौ फलसमुद्देशः पंचमः ॥५॥ Ends.- ( text ) fol. 146
संमवदन्यद विचारणीयमिति ।। "(com. ) fol. 148
परीक्षामुखमादर्श हेयोपादेयतत्त्वयोः॥
संघिदे मादृशो बालः परीक्षादक्षवद् व्यधां ॥ १॥ etc. " fol. 149
अकलंकशशांकैर्यत् प्रकटीकतमखिलमाननिभनिकरे।
तत् संक्षिप्त सूरिभिरुरुमतिभिर्यक्तमेतेन ॥१॥ इति परीक्षामुखलघुवृत्तौ प्रमाणाद्याभासः समुद्देशः षष्ठः परिच्छेदः ।।
श्रीमाम वैजेयनामाभूदग्रणीर्गुणशालिनां ॥. 'बदरीपालवंशालियोमामणिरुर्जितः॥१॥ तदीयपनी भुवि विश्रुता(ss)सीन् ।
नाणांवनामा राणशीलसीमा ।।
Page #142
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
62.1 Nyaya : Digambara uorks
701
TOT यो रेवतीति प्रथिताबिकेति । ... .
प्रमावतीति प्रवदंति संतः ।। २०॥ तस्यामभूत् विश्वजनीनवृत्ति
दानांबुवाहो भुवि हीरयाख्यः। स्थगोपविस्तारनोंशुमाली।
सम्यक्त्वरत्नाभरणार्चिताङ्गः ॥३॥ तस्योपरोधवशतो विशदोरुकीसे
माणिक्यनन्दिकृतशास्त्रमगाधबोधम् । स्पष्टीकृतं कतिपयैर्वचनैरुदारे
लिपबोधकरमेतदनंतवीयैः ॥ ४॥..
इति प्रमेयरत्नमाला(s)परनामधेवा परीक्षामुखवृत्तिः समाप्ता[:]॥ Reference.- The text is published in Sanatana-Jaina-granthamala,
vol. I, at Bombay, in A. D. 1905. Both the text and the commentary are published in the Bibliotheca Indica, at Calcutta, in A. D. 1909. They are also published by Biharilal Jain, Hirabag, Bombay, in A. D. 1927. For a summary of the contents of Pariksämukha see History of Indian Logic (p. 188ff.) by Satiscandra Vidyabhusana. For quotations see P. Peterson Report IV, p. 155fi.
For description of additional Mss. having both the text and the commentary see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, Nos. 1626 and 1627 (pp. 417-418). For an additional Ms. of Prameyaratnamālā see “ Alphabetical index, of Mss. in the Government Oriental Mss. Library, Madras", Madras, 1893.
Rajendralala Mitra'a Notices of Sanskrit Mss., published under orders of the Government of Bengal (Calcutta in A. D. 1884), Vol. VH, pp. 176-177, K. B. Pathak's paper viz."the position of Kumārila in Digambara Jaina literature" (Transactions of the ninth international congress of Orientalists vol. I, pp. 186-214), and his article "Bhartrihari and Kumarila"published in the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society'", vol. XVIII, pp. 213-238 may be also consulted.
Page #143
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
102
परीक्षामुख प्रमेयरत्नमालासहित
""
13
No. 63
Size. 10 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 78 folios; 10 lines to a page; 33 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, bold, legible and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges, in one, in red ink; yellow pigment used; red chalk, also; this Ms. contains both the text and a small commentary; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 1 blank; a piece of paper of the same saze as a fol. pasted to fol. 1; the text is complete while the commentary is practically so; for, is lacks in the colophon only; the text is divided into six samuddeśas; the the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under:-- Samuddeśa I with com. foll. 1b to 10a
II
30b
III
IV
V
VI
""
+3
93
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
..
Age. Not quite modern. Begins. (text) fol. 3b
ar
33
دو
""
इत्यस्यार्थः। etc.
ور
د.
دو
در
""
35
99
etc. as in No. 62..
Parikṣamukha with Prameyaratnamālā
529. 1884-86.
""
""
""
""
""
IO
30b
56a
69a
696
( com.) fol. 1 ॥ ६० ॥ ॐ ॥ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ॥
در
در
در
در
32
[ 63.
56a
69
69b
786.
नतामरशिरोरत्न | etc. up to माणिक्यनंदिने ॥ ५ ॥
Then follows:~~
न स्यादिति तयानुवादपुरःसरं वस्तुनिर्देशपरं प्रतिज्ञाश्लोक माह || ६ || aarongdafalgaqı mınıę fardo: 11
efà ayd adtdem ferquei geftuar: 11
Page #144
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
64.]
Ends. (text) fol. 77b
..
Nyaya Digambara works
संभवदन्यद् विचारणीयमिति । as in No. 62.
(Com.) fol. 786
परीक्षामुखमादर्श | etc. up to समुद्देशः षष्ठः परिच्छेदः ॥
as in No. 62.
Then we have:
श्रीमान् वैजयनामाऽभूदग्रणी । The next fol. is lacking.
N. B. For other details see No. 62.
परीक्षामुख प्रमेयरत्नमालासहित
1
II
III
IV
V
VI
Extent 1563 slokas. Age. Not modern.
No. 64
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 25 folios; 17 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; strips of paper pasted to foll. 1, 1, 25 and 25"; edges of several foll. slightly worn out; some foll. are a little bit worm-eaten; condition tolerably fair; fol. 25 practically blank; both the text and the commentary complete; the former is divided into six samuddeśas the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under:--
Samuddeśa
""
33
with com. foll. 1 a to 3b
36 του
186
ور
"3
39
93
29
Parikṣāmukha with Prameyaratna mālā
د.
دو
39
Iob 18b fol. 22h foll. 22h.
1391. 1891-95.
*
""
ور
23
23
وو
103
226
25.
Page #145
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
104
Begins. (text) fol. 1b
gai etc. as in No. 62. (com.) fol. 1a
॥ ए६ ॥ ॐ नमो जिनेंद्रेभ्यः ॥ ara
Ends. fol. 24 (text)
संभव विचारणीयमिति । as in No. 62.
(com.) fol. 24b
etc. as in No. 62.
परीक्षामुखमादर्श | etc. up to षष्ठः परिच्छेदः ॥ as
in No. 62.
Then follows
परीक्षामुख प्रमेयरत्नमालासहित
[ 641
ग्रंथाग्रं १५६३ समाप्तेयं परीक्षामुखलघुवृत्तिः ॥ छ ॥ etc. श्री' खरतर'गच्छे श्रीकीतिरत्नसूरीणां शिष्यबा' लावण्यशीलगणीनां प्रति (र्द) दत्ता areयमाना विरं नंदतु ॥ श्री ॥
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 62.
Parikṣāmukha
with Prameyaratnamālā
226. 1902-1907.
No. 65
Size. 11 in. by 6 in.
Extent. 87 folios; 10 lines to a page; 29 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; a small piece of paper pasted to a corner of fol. 1; foll. ra and 87 blank; margins kept in all the four directions; marginal notes written at times; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary: both complete; the former is divided into six samuddeśas; the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under :
Page #146
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
.:: :
»
»
76
66.]
Nyaya : Digambara works Samuddeśa I with com. foll.
II „ „ Ir » III » » » 30° » IV » » » V „ „ „ 750 »
' ,, 87. Age.- Samvat 1882. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 36 faiguief i etc. as in No. 62. ,, --( com. ) fol. 1bll &00 FA: H : 11
FATAT I etc. as in No. 62. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 85*
संभवदन्यविचारणीयमिति | as in No. 62. , - ( com. ) fol. 86a
TATTE I etc. up to turn IT: I FATAT II as in No. 62. Then follows in a smaller hand-writing :
कार्तिकवदि २ सं० १८९२ ।। मै लिपी। N. B.- For other details see No. 62.
प्रमेयकमलमार्तण्ड
Prameyakamalamārtanda [qtirgalogTT ]
[ Parikṣāmukhālamkāra ]
1061. No. 66
: 1887-91. Size.- 27; in. by 2 in. Extent.-- 200 leaves ; 7 lines to a leaf ; 125 letters to a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf durable and greyish ; this Ms. contains
the text together with notes on it, variants and the table of contents; the text written in old Canarese characters; the rest in Grantha characters; ' the Ms. presents an appearance as if the work is divided into three columns; but, this is true only so far as the table of
1 This is what the copyist informs me. 14 [J.L. P. 1
Page #147
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
106
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[66.
contents is concerned ; leaves numbered in the space between the first two columns; complete; notes are here reproduced as written in the Ms.; condition good ; the entire work is divided into six paricchedas; the extent of the last two is as under :Pariccheda v leaves 180° to 194
, VI , 194 , 200 Age.-Not modern.
Author.- Prabhācandra.
Subject.- A Sanskrit commentary to Pariksämukha; the details
about the contents can be made out from the following list :
शक्तिवादः leaf 44', Ist line भन्योन्याभावनिराकरणं 47', Ist line द्रव्येन्द्रियमावेन्द्रियमेद: 54 मुख्यप्रत्यक्षनिरूपणप्रकरणम् 57 सर्वज्ञनिराकरणम्
मीमांसापूर्वपक्षः 59 स्यावादिसिद्धान्तम् 61b नैयायिकपूर्वपक्षः 650 स्यावादिसिद्धान्तम् 670 सांख्यपूर्वपक्षः 720 स्यावादिसिद्धान्तम् 736 श्वेताम्बरमतम्-अर्हतः कब(व)लाहारः 77% नेयायिक पाषाणमयो मुक्तिरिति पूर्वपक्षः 80° जैनसिद्धान्तः 83* श्वेताम्वरस्त्रीणां मोक्षनिराकरणम् 87" परोक्षनिरूपणम्- (स्मृति )निरूपणश्च 89. प्रत्यभिज्ञानिरूपणम् १० व्याप्तिनिरूपणम् 934 अनुमाननिरूपणम् 95. आगमप्रमाणनिरूपणम् 106* विषयनिरूपणम्-सौगतमतनिराकरणम् 129*
Page #148
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
66.]
Nyaya: Digambara works
133, 7th line
ब्राह्मणजातिनिराकरणम् ऊर्ध्वतः (?) सामान्य निरूपणम् सौगतमतक्षणिक निरास: 135 जैनमते समवायादिसम्बन्धनिरूपणम् 143
नैयायिक मतषट्पदार्थप्ररूपणम् 147, 2nd line
पदार्थानां भेदाभेदाविरोधनिरूपणम् 149
शब्दस्य (?) भुत्वस्थापन पूर्वपक्ष: 1552, 3rd line शब्दस्य गुणत्वनिराकरणपूर्वकद्रव्यत्वस्थापनम् 155 कालनिरूपणम् 160 दिग्द्रव्यनिराकरणम् 161 आत्मनिरूपणम् 1624
नैयायिकाभ्युपगतचतुर्विंशतिगुणनिराकरणम् 1672
171, 7th line
कर्मनिराकरणम् विशेष ? ) निराकरणम् 172 समवाय निराकरणम् 172b समवायनिराकरणम् 174
नैयायिकाभ्युपगतप्रमाणप्रमेयादिषोडशपदार्थनिराकरण 178b धर्माधर्मयोः द्वाद्वा (?) दिभिः द्रव्यत्वं अनुमानेन साध्यते 1793 तत्पुटे सप्तमपङ्क्तौ फलविप्रतिपत्तिनिरासार्थे अज्ञाननिवृत्तिवादः 1794 चतुर्थपरिच्छेदः संपूर्णः हेत्वाभासनिरूपणञ्च 18ob पञ्चमः परिच्छेदः नयनिरूपणं च 194 (7 पुटे ) सप्तभङ्गी निरूपण 195 पत्रवादः 1974
Begins.— leaf r* श्रीवासुपूज्याय नमः ।
सिद्धेर्धाम महारिमोहहननं कीर्तेः परं मन्दिरं
मिथ्यात्वप्रतिपक्षमक्षयमुखं 'संशीतिविध्वंसनम् । सर्वप्राणिहितं प्रभेन्दुवचनं सिद्धं प्रमालक्षणं
सन्तश्वेतास चिन्तयन्तु सततं श्रीवर्धमानं जिनम् ॥
Ends. - leaf 2004 यथाह्यहं तत्करणे etc. up to the following verse : श्रीपद्मनन्दि सैद्धान्तशिष्योऽनेकगुणालयः ।
107
प्रभाचन्द्रश्विर जीयाद् रत्ननन्दिपदे रतः ॥
This is as in No. 67. It is followed by the lines as under :
1 सन्देह ।
2 चन्द्र इव निर्मलवचनं, प्रभाचन्द्रस्वामिवचनम् ।
Page #149
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
108
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[66.
श्रीभोजदेवरा(ज्ये) श्रीमद्धारा निवासिना परापरपरमेष्ठिपदप्रणामार्जितामलपुण्यनिरा(क)तनिखिलमन कलङ्किङ्के)नः(न) श्रीमत्प्रभाचन्द्रपण्डितेन निखिलप्रमाणप्रमेयस्वरूपो(द)योतिपरीक्षामुखपदं विवृत्ति(त)मिति मङ्गलम श्रीपारीक्षिमाथाय नमः । श्रील सन्त. साय नमः । श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः ।
पादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्ट्वा तादृशं लिखितं मया । यदि शुद्धमबु(पशु), वा मम दोषो न विद्यते ।।
शुभं भवति लेखकपाठकयोमङ्गलमपि ॥ Reference.-- Published by the proprietor of the Nirnayasagara press,
Bombay, in A. D. 1912. It is once more published by him along with an extensive Hindi introduction of Mahendrakumara in A. D. 1941. The title is noted as Prameyakamartanda instead of Pramcyakamalamārtanda, by Guerinoi, in his work Essai de Bibliographi. For Mss. see Rajendralal Mitra's “Notices of Sanskrit Mss. published under orders of the Government of Bengal" Vol. VII (A. D. 1884) pp. 186 and 187. For description of an additional Ms. see Keith's Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Prakrit Manuscripts in the Library of the India office” Vol. II, pt. II, No. 7574, p. 1314.
___Pandit Vamsidhara has said in his articlel (p. 18) that the text has been utilized by Vädi Deva Süri while compiling Pramāṇanayatattvāloka.
प्रमेयकमलमार्तण्ड
Prameyakamalamārtanda No.67
638.
1875-76. Size.- 11 in. by sfin. Extent.- 374+1=375 folios; II lines to a page ; 40 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper thick, tough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters%3 bold, big, legible and good handwriting: borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in
I
See p.SI where this article is referred to.
Page #150
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
67.]
Nyaya : Digambara works
169
red ink ; fol. 1a blank; red chalk used profusely; white paste and black ink used in place of yellow pigment; the last fol. separately numbered as one; complete ; the entire work is divided into six paricchedas as under :Pariccheda I foll. 10 to 770
- , 776 , 169 ___ III , 169b ,
IV , 241b ,
241b
3356
335b 3626
3620 3750.
VI Age.- Samvat I795. Begins.- fol. 10 ६ ६० ॥ श्रीवीरवर्द्धमानाय नमः ।।
सिद्धाम महारिमोहहननं कीत्तेः परं मंदिरं
मिथ्यात्वप्रतिपक्षमक्षयसुखं संशीतिविध्वंसनं । सर्वप्राणिहितं प्रभेदुभवनं सिद्धं प्रमालक्षणं ।
संतश्वेतसि चिंतयंतु सततं श्रीवर्द्धमान जिनं ॥ १ ॥ etc. fol. 1 तत्र प्रकरणस्य संबंधाभिधेयरहितत्वाशंकापनोदार्थ etc. fol. 77' इति श्रीप्रभाचंद्रविरचिते प्रमेयकमलमार्तडे परीक्षा
मुखालंकारे प्रथमः परिच्छेदः समाप्तः ॥ छ ! fol. 169" इति श्रीप्रभाचंद्रविरचिते प्रमेयकमलमार्तडे परीक्षा.
मुखालंकारे द्वितीयः परिच्छेदः समाप्तः॥ छ । fol. 241 इति श्रीप्रभाचंद्रविरचिते प्रमेयकमलमार्तडे परीक्षा
मुखालंकारे तृतीयः परिच्छेदः समTAI ३ छ छ fol. 335 इति श्रीप्रभाचंद्रविरचिते प्रमेयकमलमार्तडे परीक्षा
मुखालंकारे चतुर्थः परिच्छेदः समाप्त छ fol. 3620 इति श्रीप्रभाचंद्रविरचिते प्रमेयकमलमार्तडे परीक्षा
मुखालंकारे पचमः परिच्छेदः समाप्त छ Ends --- fol. 374° यथाह्यहं तत्करणेऽनल्पप्रज्ञस्तथा तद्ग्रहण... 'नल्पप्रज्ञरतं प्रतीदं
शास्त्र विहितं यस्तु शास्त्रांतरद्वारेणायगतहेयोपायस्वरूपो न तं प्रतीत्यर्थ इति ॥ छ ।
I There are lacune.
Page #151
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
110
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 67.
इति श्रीप्रभा चंद्रविरचिते प्रमेयकमलमार्त्तडे परीक्षामुखालंकारे षष्ठः परिच्छेदः समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥
गंभीरं निखिलार्थगोचरमलं शिष्य प्रबोधप्रदं
यद् व्यक्तं पदमद्वितीयमखिलं माणिक्यनंदिप्रभोः । तद् व्याख्यातमदो यथावगमतः किंचिन्मया लेस (श)तः
स्थेया बुद्धधियां मनोरतिगृहे चंद्रार्कतारावधि ॥ १ ॥ मोहविनास (श) नो निखिलतो विज्ञानशुद्धिप्रदो यानंतनभोविसर्पणपटुर्वस्तूक्ति भाभासुरः । शिष्याब्जप्रतिबोधने समुदितो यो(s) द्रे: परीक्षामुखा
ज्जीयात् सो (S) त्र निबंध एवं सुचिरं मार्त्तडकल्पो (S) मलः || २ || गुरुः श्रीनंदिमाणिक्य (क्यो ) नंदिताशेषसज्जनः । नंदता (द) दूरितैकांतरजाजैन मतार्णवः ॥ ३ ॥ श्रीपद्मनंदिसिद्धांतशि (च्छि )ध्योऽनेकगुणालयः ।
प्रभाचंद्रः (चि)(वि) रं जीयान् रत्ननंदिपद (दे) रतः ॥ ४॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीप्रमेयकमलमार्त्तडग्रंथ समातः शुभं भूयात् ॥ छ || श्री | etc. संवत्सर १७९५ भाद्रपदमासे कृष्णैकादशी तिथ ' सवाई जयनगरे ' लिखाप्य भ० महेंद्रकीर्तिकस्य मौजीरामघट्टापितं ॥ श्रेयं अयं करोली ' मध्ये 'अजमेरि 'पट्टाम्नायवर्ती सूरिरामकीर्ति पं०लछीराम मनालाल लक्ष्मीचंद्र रामचद्रकस्य कन्हीराम' सोगाणी 'गोत्रक्षीरचंद्रेण घट्टापितं सवत् १८९५ वैशाखसुदि ३ अक्षयतृतीयायां रामकीर्त्तिकस्य पठनार्थे । ' चंद्रप्रभजिनागारे चटापितम् ।।
।। संवत् १७९५ वर्षे मासोत्तमभाद्रपदमासे शुक्लपक्षे एकादशीतिथौ 'सवाईजयपुर ' नगरे सवाईजयसिंहजीराज्ये प्रवर्त्तमाने श्रीमच्चंद्रप्रभजी - चैत्यालये ऽनेकविध महिमोपेते श्री 'मूल' संघेन 'नया'म्नाये' 'वलात्कार' गणे 'सरस्वती' गच्छे श्रीकुंदकुंदाचार्यान्वये भट्टारकश्री सुरेंद्रकीर्त्तिस्तत्पट्टे भट्टारक श्री जगत्कीर्त्तिस्तत्पट्टे मट्टारक जिच्छ्री देवेंद्र कीर्त्तिजित् तत्पट्टोदयाद्रिदिनमणिल्यो भट्टारकजिच्छ्री १०८ श्रीमन्महेंद्रकीर्त्तिजित् तदाम्नाये 'पंढेलवालान्वये 'बावडा ' गोत्रे साहजी श्रीलक्ष्मीदासजी तद्भार्या लक्ष्मादे
पुत्रौ द्वौ प्रथमपुत्र साहजी श्री लूणकर्णजी तद्भार्या रयणादेतत्पुत्रौ द्वौ प्रथमपुत्रसहजी श्रीमौजीरामजी तद्भार्या महिमादेतत्पुत्रा षष्ट प्रथमपुत्रचिरं रिषभदासजी तद्भार्या रायवदे तत्पुत्रचिरंजीव सवाईराममौजी1-2 For information about these in French see La Religion Djaīna pp. 61-62.
Page #152
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
68. ]
Nyaya: Digambara works
रामजी द्वितीयपुत्रचिरं बुदैराम तद्भार्या उत्तमदे तत्पुत्रचिरंजीफतेरामजी मौजीरामजी तृतीयपुत्रचिरंजीलालचंदजी तद्भार्या ललितादे मौजीरामजी चतुर्थपुत्र चिरंजीबालचंद्रजी तद्भार्या बालमदे मोजी तत्पुत्रचिरंजी जयचंदजी मौजीरामजी पंचमपुत्रचिरंजी टेकचंदजी तद्भार्या तिलकादे षष्ठपुत्रचिरंजीश्रीचंदजी तद्भार्या सुरंगदे लूणकरजी द्वितीयसाहजी श्रीपेमराजजी तद्भार्या प्यारमदेजी लक्ष्मीदासजी द्वितीयपुत्र गुजरमलजी तद्भार्या गुजरदे तत्पुत्रास्त्रयः प्रथमपुत्र साहजी श्री अनोपचंदजी द्वितीत्रपुत्र साहजी श्रीसभाचंदजी तृतीयपुत्र साहजी श्रीदयाचंदजी एतेषां मध्ये जिनपूजाकरणशास्त्रश्रवणपरोपकारकरणजीर्णचैत्यालयोद्धरणसाहजी श्रीमौजीरामजी व्रतोत्तमदस (श) लक्षणवतोयापनसमये प्रमेयकमलमार्त्त पुस्तकं लिख्याप्य भट्टारक जिउछ्रीमन्महेद्रकीर्त्तये घटापितं निजज्ञानावरणी कर्मक्षयोपशमार्थे ।
ज्ञानवान् ज्ञानदानेन निर्भयो (S) भयदानतः ।
अन्नदानात सुखी नित्यं निर्व्याधिभेषजाट् भवेत् ॥ १ ॥
III
पुत्र (स्त) कमिदमाचंद्रसूर्यकं निःप्रत्यूहेन संविष्टतां श्रीमज्जिन चरणारविंद प्रसादादहर्निशम् ॥
N. B. - For others details see No. 66.
Prameyakamalamartanda
प्रमेयकमलमार्तण्ड
No. 68
Size.- 11‡ in. by sag in.
Extent.— 459 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.— Country paper thick, rough and white ; Jaina Devanāgarī characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; a few foll. numbered twice as usual; foll. 291 to 459 also numbered
836.
1875-76.
Page #153
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
112
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
168
4080
as I, 2 etc.; edges of fol. 459 badly damaged ; condition on the whole tolerably fair; lacune on fol. 322%3; foll..', 435, 4596 blank; complete ; the entire work is divided into six paricchedas as under :Pariccheda I foll. b to 92b
_II , 92 , 2070 ,, III , 2073 , 290"
290b ____v , 408b ,, 444
VI , 444° , 459. Age.-Samvat 1931. Begins.- tol. rb + नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय
fagfa ets. as in No. 67. Ends.- fol. 458- यथाह्य etc. up to जैनमतार्णवः ३ as in No. 67.
Then we have:
इति श्रीप्रभाचंद्रविरचिते प्रमेयकमलमार्तड समाप्तः॥ शुभं भवतु ।। सर्वकल्याणमस्तु ॥ संवत् १४८९वर्षे अश्विनमासे शुक्लपक्षे सप्तम्यां तिथौ रविदिने लिखितं श्री डू(डूंगरपूर नगरे राउल भीगइपालदेवविजयराज्ये लिखितं ।।
यादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्टं तादृशं लिखितं मया ।। यदि शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥
संवत१४९२वर्षे 'वडली' वासि श्री ‘उकेश 'ज्ञातीयहांसूसुताश्रीचमकू लेखितोऽयं पुस्तकः संवत् १९३१वर्षे आषाढमासे शुरूपक्षे ५ सौम्ध
वासरे समाप्तो(5)यं ने(ग्रंथः N. B.- For other details see No. 66.
Page #154
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
69.]
Nyaya: Digambara works:
18:
प्रमाणपरीक्षा
Pramāņaparīksā टिप्पणकसहित
with țippaņaka
1060. No. 69
1887-91. Size.- 19 in. by 2 in. Extent.- 28 leaves ; 8 lines to a leaf; 92 to Ior letters to a line. Description. - Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Canarese charac
ters; this Ms. contains the text and a small commentary as well; the former written in a bigger hand as compared with the latter ; legible and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of having been divided into three columns, but really it is not so ; for the lines from the first column extend to the rest ; borders not ruled ; con." dition good ; complete ; leaves numbered in the space between the first two columns as I, 2, 3 etc. in the Canarese script ; the copyist informs me that it is difficult
to make out the small commentary. Age.- Fairly old. Author of the text.- Vidyananda. Is he same as the author of
Apta parikså and Astasahasri ? Author of the tippanaka.- Not mentioned. Subject. -- Logic and its explanatory notes in Sanskrit. Begins- leaf I'श्रीपश्चगुरुभ्यो नमः।
जयन्ति निर्जिता.'ष्ट सर्वदैवान्तनिर(?)यः ।
सत्यमत्याधिपाः शश्वदिवानन्दा जिनेश्वराः । ___ अथ प्रमाणपरीक्षा । तत्र प्रमाणलक्षणं परीक्ष्यते । सम्यग्ज्ञानं प्रमाणम् । प्रमाणत्वान्यथानुपपत्तेः । संनिकर्षादेरज्ञानमपि प्रमाणम् । स्वार्थतासाथकतमत्वादिति षा (?) नाशनीयम् । तस्य स्वप्रमितो साधकतमत्वासंभवातान ह्यचेतनोऽर्थः स्वामिती करणं प.'दिवत् । स्वार्थप्रमिता तरनो (?) मित्पनालोचितवचनम् । नैयायिकानां स्वप्रमिता.' साधकतमस्वार्थमिती
साघकतमत्वानुपपत्तेः। तथाहि etc. Ends.- leaf 28° '...संप्रत्यप्रमाणफलन्यवहार इत्यप्यप्रातिपति(?)कं बननं पर
___ मार्थतः स्वेष्टसिद्धिविरोधात । ततः पारमार्थिक प्रमाणं चेष्टसिद्धिलक्षणमित्यनुज्ञातव्यम् । ततः सर्वपुरुषार्थसिद्धिविधानादिति संक्षेपः ।
इति प्रमाणस्य परीक्ष्य लक्षणं
विशेषसंख्यां विषयं फलं ततः।
Letters are illegible,
I.L.P.I
IS
.
....
.
..
.
Page #155
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
114 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[69 ... regatai sug(?)EET:
प्रयान्तविद्याफलमिष्टमुच्चकैः ।। ॥ इति प्रमाणपरीक्षा समाप्ता ।। Reference. - For a Ms. of the work having the same title viz.
Pramâņa pariksā see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1772. A side of a folio ( 150 ) of this Ms. noted in the Limbdi Catal. is given in Citrakalpadruma as citra No. 18. This page is given as a specimen of corrections beautifully carried out in Mss. See p. 84 of Citrakalpadruma and the line written below this citra.
'लघीयखयालङ्कार
Laghiyastrayālaṁkāra न्यायकुमुदचन्द्रसहित
with Nyayakumudacandra No, 70
1056 ( a ).
1887-91. Size,— 204 in. by 24 in, Extent.-- 260 leaves ; 6 to 1o lines to a leaf ; 80 letters to a line. Description. – Palm-leaf durable and greyish ; Canarese characters ;
for a specimen see below:
al
I 2
This is at times referred to as Laghiyastray and Laghiyastrayi as well. This is named as Nyāyakumudacandrodaya, too.
Page #156
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
70.]
Nyaya : Digambard works
sis
IV
1990
Legible and good hand-writing ; leaves numbered just above a hole in the space between the first two columns; there are two holes for strings to pass; condition good ; complete; there are a good many haplographical errors%3 in the margin of the first leaf we have:
न्यायकुमुदचन्द्रोदय नान्दिश्लोकोपन्यासः The entire work is divided into seven paricchedas as under :Pariccheda I Leaves 18 to 938 II
93 , 155 - " 155 , 182* 1824
1990
2110 VI
212 , 242 VII , 2424 , 260". Leaves 104 and 105 placed in this Ms. belong to another work viz. बृहत्स्वयम्भूस्तोत्र.
On comparing this Ms. with the press-copy prepared for its publication the copyist observes that the following s verses are not to be found in the Ms., though given in the press-copy:fol. 60*
न स्वतो नापि परतो न छाम्यां नाप्यहेतुतः। उत्पन्ना जातु विद्यन्ते भावाः क्वचन (केचन)॥' यथा माया त(य)था स्वप्नो गन्धर्वनगरं यथा । यथोत्पादस्तथा स्थान तथा भङ्ग उदाहृतः ॥ मंत्रायुपप्लुताक्षाणां यथा सृच्छकलादयः । अन्यथैवावमासन्ते तद्रूपरहिता अपि ॥३. अविभागोऽपि बच्चामा विपर्यासितदर्शने ।
ग्राह्यग्राहकसंवित्तिवेदना व लक्ष्यते ॥ fol. 6o
नास्योऽनुभाव्यो बुद्ध्याऽस्ति तस्या नानुभवोऽपरः ।
ग्राह्यग्राहकवैधुर्यात स्वयं नैव प्रकाशते ।। इति १ माध्ममिककारिकावृत्ति प्रत्ययप० कारिका। ...२ माध्ममिककारिकावृत्ति संस्कृत कारिका ३४ । 3-5 These verses are from Pramaparartika (III).'
Page #157
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
116
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(70. Ages-- Śaka 1765 (i. e. A. D. 1843). Author of the text. - Akalanka. For his life in Hindi sec Kamta
Prasad Jain's article “sofagai ” published in "Śri Jaina Siddhānţa Bhāskara ” ( Vol. III, pt. IV, pp. 149-165). Here a list of his works is given as under :w (1) , ( 2 ) ta rafrT, ( 3 ) saufaimu, ( 4 )
rea , ) agradi, ( 6 ) FTUST (not found as yet ), (7) 37TEPE (of doubtful origin), (8) Hara, (9) TATOTTA PETT, ( 10 ) STATUTNE and ( 11 ) arutata.
To this I may be add his commentary on Räjavärtika, Laghiyastraya and Siddhiviniscaya.
Akalanka and Prabhācandra as well, are referred to by Jinasena in his Adipurāņa. So Akalanka's date may be looked upon as one not later than 830 A. D.
As regards his date see K. B. Pathak's article (pp. 213-238) published in the “Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society ", 1894 and his another article “On the Date of; Akalanka” published in “The Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute" (Vol. XII, pp. 157-160 ).
Bangiya Mahākośa may be consulted. If not, a Gujarāti reader may refer to Susila's article glacia 3a esta (pp. 38-40) published in “ Jainacharya Shri Atmanand
Centenary Commemoration Volume ”in A. D. 1936. Author of the com.- Prabhäcandra. Subject. The text in kārikās in Sanskrit is divided into three
praveśas which respectively deal with pramàņa, naya and niksepa. The commentary written in Sanskrit and composed after Prameyakamalamārtanda explains 'almost all the kārikās of these 3 praveśas : the ist in three paricchedas discussing (a) pramāṇaparikşă, (b) prameyaparikșă and
(c) agamaparikṣā, the 2nd in two paricchedas dealing - with (a ) arthanaya and (b) śabdanaya, and the 3rd in
two paricchedas treating ( a ) syădvāda and ( b ) nikṣepa. 1 The first two are not oommented upon.
.
Page #158
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
70.]
- Nyaya : Digambara works
117
The exposition of pramaņa, naya and niksepa given in Laghiyastrayalamkāra is more or less based upon Sammaïpayarana of Siddhasena Divakara. That is what is said in the Gujarati prastavana (p.75) of this work.
___ In Malayagiri Suri's commentary (p. 3700 ) on Avassaya, Akalanka and Laghīyastrayalamkāra are mentioned. This Sūri has mentioned the name of Akalanka and quoted from Akalanka's own com. on Laghiyastrayalaṁkāra ( v. 4 ), in his com. (p. 745 ) on Nandi. He has also quoted from Laghiyastrayalamkāra in this very com. (p. 66° ).
Nyāvakumudacandra is quoted by Devabhadra in his tippana on pp. 25 and 79 of Nyayavatara and its ţikā by Siddharşi (published by Jaina Svetām bara Conference ).
The copyist informs me that in the margins of the Ms., contents are given as under :
. परिच्छेद १ लघीयस्त्रयप्रथमकारिका
है स्वविवृतिरनयो स्ति 16 द्वितीयकारिका तृतीयाकारिका (स्ववृत्तिरस्ति तव्याख्यानं च 10° )
, अत्रापि तव्याख्यानं ___ विशेषेऽनुगमाभावात् इत्यादि सप्तदश श्लोकाः चार्वाकस्यानुमान
खण्डनपराः। “न स्वतो नापि परतः न द्वाभ्यां नाप्यहेतुतः । उत्पन्ना जातु विद्यन्ते भावाः क्वचन केचन ||"
इत्यादि माध्यमिककारिकाः ।. ५॥ 'न सोऽस्ति प्रत्ययो लोके यः शब्दानुगमाते' इत्यादि छौ भर्तृहरि
वाक्यपदीये । 85°1 'स्वतः सर्वप्रमाणानां प्रामाण्यमिति गम्यताम' इत्यादि मीमांसा
श्लोकवार्तिके श्लो०।
a
... 93... प्रथमः प्रत्यक्षपरिच्छेदः परिसमाप्यते । अस्मिन् परिच्छेदे लघीय.
बयस्य सार्धपद श्लो० ६॥
Page #159
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
118
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[70. 109 तदुक्तं
"लोयागासपयसे एक्कक्के जेठि(दि)या हु एकिक्का । ___ रयणाणं रासी विव ते कालाणू मुळे(णे यया ॥" इति द्रव्यसंग्रहगता गाथा । 117 एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेवनपेक्षं कारणं कर्म इति कणादसूत्रगतं
कर्मलक्षणम् ।
प्रमाणप्रमेयसंशयप्रयोजनादि न्यायसूत्रम् । 127* -- 1320
बहूनि न्यायसूत्राण्युद्धृतानि । 138° - 138° भेदानां परिमाणात् समन्वयात् शक्तितः प्रवृत्तेश्च ।
कारणकार्यविभागादविभागाद् वैश्वसप्यस्य ॥'
इत्यादि । पर्यन्तं तिस्रः सांख्यकारिकाः।। It' 'न तस्य किंचिद् भवति न भवत्येव केवलम्' ।। इति हेतुबिन्दुगतो
भागः। ISI प्रतीत्यसमुत्पादवर्णनम् अविद्याप्रत्यया संस्कारा इत्यादि 152° “सवितर्कविचारा हि पश्च विज्ञानधातवः
निरूपणानुस्मरणविकल्पनाविकल्पनाः॥"
इति अवि(भि)धर्मकोशतः । 153* 'मिथ्येतरात्मकं दृश्यादृश्ये 'त्यादि लघीयस्त्रयगतानां सार्धनवश्लोकानां
व्याख्यानं अस्मिन परिच्छेदे वर्तते 155 द्वितीयपरिच्छेदसमाप्तिः अस्मिनपरिच्छेदे प्रमाणस्य विषयः प्रदर्शितः 182* तृतीयपरिच्छेदसमाप्तिः अस्मिन् परिच्छेदे परोक्षप्रमाणस्य निरूपणम
लघीयत्रयस्य प्रथमप्रमाणप्रवेशस्य व्याख्यानरूपेण एते त्रयः परिच्छेदाः
'न्यायकु कारेण कृताः 199 चतुर्थपरिच्छेदसमाप्तिः 211 पञ्चमपरिच्छेदसमाप्तिः
लघीयनयगतहितीयनयप्रवेशस्य व्याख्यानं अनयोः४-५ परिच्छेदयोः
कृतम् ॥ 242 पठपरिच्छेदसमाप्तिः । लघीयत्रयगततृतीयप्रवचनप्रवे 260* सप्तमपरिच्छेदसमाप्तिः ।
शस्य व्याख्यानं कृतम्
1 This is the 15th Sankhyakärika. 2 The name of the work is 2149952
as seen from the colophons and not
Page #160
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
70.]
Nyaya : Digambara works
19
Begins.- ( text ) leaf rb (प्रथमकारिका)
धर्मतीर्थकरेभ्योऽस्तु स्याहादिभ्यो नमो नमः।
ऋषि(ष)रा(भा)दिमहावीरा ते(न्तेभ्यः स्वात्मोपलब्धये ।। ( com.) leaf I श्रीमबाहुबलिजिनाय नमः । श्रीमसिंहसेनात्ममाय नमः । श्रीमदहन्मुखकमलविनिर्गतशारदायै नमः । श्रीचारुकीर्तिमुनिपण्डिताय नमः । न्यायकुमुदचन्द्रोदयमिति ग्रन्थं लिखितकाय्यस्य भद्रं शुभं मङ्गलम् ॥ सिद्धिप्रदं प्रकटिताखिलवस्तुतत्त्व
मानन्दमन्दिरमशेषगुणकपात्रम् । श्रीमजिनेन्द्रमकलमनन्तवीर्य
मानम्य लक्षणपदं प्रबरं प्रवक्ष्ये ॥ यज्ज्ञानोदधिमध्यमुमतमिदं विश्वपपश्चान्वितं
प्राप्याभाति विचित्ररत्ननिचयप्रख्यं प्रभाभातरम् । श्रीचिन्ता... सुप्रमेन्तुसदृशः शानप्रबन्धश्विरं
जीयात् स्तोत्रकुतर्कदर्पदलनो भव्याजतेजोनिधेः ।। माणिक्यनन्दिपद मप्रतिमप्रबोधं __ व्याख्याय बोधनिधिरेप मनःप्रबन्धः । प्रारभ्यते सकलसिद्धिविधौ समथें
मूले प्रकाशितजगत्रयवस्तुसार्थे । बोधः काव्यसमः समस्तविषयः प्राप्याकलंकं पदं
जातस्तेन समस्तवस्तुविषयं व्याख्यायते तत्पदम् । किं न श्रीगणभूजिनेन्द्रपदतः प्राप्तप्रभावः स्वयं
व्याख्यात्यप्रतिमं वचो जनपतिः सर्वात्मभाषात्मकम् | येषां न्यायमहोदधिपतरणी वान्तास्ति सद्धीमतां
नौतुल्यं निखिलार्थसाधनमिदं प्रारभ्यते तान् प्रति । ये तु स्वान्ततपस्तरातरलावतंत्रमप्रामिता
स्ते दोपेक्षणतत्पराः पदमपि प्राप्तं न तत्र क्षमाः ।। श्रीमच्यायमहार्णवस्याखिलप्रमेयरत्नसंदर्भगमस्यावगाहनमव्युत्पन्नाः कर्तुमशक्यमिति संक्षेपतस्तद्व्युत्पादनाय तदवगाहने पातप्रख्यं प्रकरणमिदमाचार्यः प्राह ॥ ल॥ तत्र शास्त्रस्यादौ शास्त्रकारो निर्विघ्नेन परिसमाप्त्यादिक
फलममिलषनिष्टदेवताविशिष्टं नमस्करोति ।। १ परीक्षामुख इत्यर्थः।
२ प्रमेयकमलमार्तण्डरूपेण । ३ शास्त्र is written above परि,
Page #161
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
120 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[70 (text) leaf 9. (तृतीयकारिका)
प्रत्यक्षं विशवं ज्ञानं मुख्यसंव्यवहारतः।
परोक्षं तेषु विज्ञानं प्रमाणा इति संग्रहः॥ (com. ) leaf 315
विशेषेऽनुगमाभावात् सामाम्ये सिमाधनात् । तद्वतोऽनुपपन्नत्पादनुमानकथा कुतः? ।। साहचर्य च संवन्धि विस्रम्भ इति ...त।
शतकृत्वोऽपि तदृष्टं व्यभिचारस्य संभवात् ।। etc. Ends.- (com.) leaf 260*
भव्यः पञ्च गुरूस्तपोभिरमलैराराध्य बुद्धागमं
तेभ्योऽभ्यस्य तदर्थमर्थविषयाच्छन्दादपत्रंशतः। दूरीभूततदात्मकादधिगतो बाघाकलषं पदं
लोकालोकन ... ... बलप्रज्ञाजिनः स्यात् स्वयम् ।। प्रवचमपदानेभ्यः स्वार्थास्ततः परिनिष्ठिता___ नसकदवबुद्धद्धारोधाद् खुदोहतसंशयः । भगवदकलानां स्थानं सुखेन समाश्रितः
कथयतु शिवं पन्थानं वः पदस्य महात्मनाम् ॥ लक्षणसंख्याविषयफलोपेतप्रमाणनयनिक्षेपस्वरूपके हेतु(?)बादरूपे अगम्यगुरूपदेशपरंपरातो यथावदधिगते परमपकर्षणाभ्यस्ते सत्यात्मनो जिनेश्वरपदाव्याप्तिलक्षणा स्वार्था संपत्तिर्भवति । तत्संपत्ती च मुमुक्षुजनमोक्षगार्गोपदेशद्वारेण परार्थ संपत्तये असौ जेष्य(?)त इति ॥ ॥ इति म ... कलशशाकूमनुस्मृतप्रवचनप्रवेश समाप्तः ॥ बोधो मे न तथाविधोऽस्ति न सरस्वत्या प्रदत्तो प(व)र:
पार्य. (साहाय्यं ) च न कस्यचिद् वचनतोऽप्यस्ति प्रबन्धोदयः। यत् पुण्यं जिननाथभक्तिजनितं तेनायमत्यद्भुतः ___ संजातो निखिलार्थबोधनिलयः साधु प(प्र! ) साधा(दा)त् पपरः ।। कल्याणावसथः सुवर्णरचितो विद्याधरैः सेवित
स्तुशागो विबुधप्रियो बहुविधश्रीतो(को)गिरीन्द्रोपमः। 'भ्राम्य. न बृहस्पतिप्रभृतिभिः प्राप्तं यदीयं पदं ... न्यायाम्भोनिधि म. मश्वरमसौ स्थे(?)यात् प्रबन्धः परः ॥ मूलं यस्य समस्तवस्तुविषयं ज्ञानं परं निर्मलं
बु(नं ) संव्यवहारसिद्धमखिलं संवादि मानं महत् । १ भ्राम्यद्भिर्न । २ मन्थनश्चिरमसौ।
Page #162
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
70.]
Nyaya : Digambara works शाखाः स. समाः प्रपत्रनिवहा निक्षेपमूलामला
__ जीयाजैनमता. पोत्रफलितः स्वर्गादिभिः सत्फलैः ॥ भक्याम्भोजदिवाकरो गुणनिधिर्योऽभूज्जर(ग)द्भूषणः ।
सिद्धान्तादिसमस्तशाम्रजलधिः श्रीपद्मनन्दिाप्रियः। तस्सि. दकलङ्कमार्गनिरता तन्न्याय प. खिलः । ___ मुव्यक्तोऽनुपमप्रमेयरचिता जात(:) प्रभाचन्द्रतः ॥ अ(भिभू)य निजविपक्षं निखिलमतोयोतमो गुणाम्भोधिः। सविता जयतु जिनेन्द्रः शुभप्रबन्धःप्रभाचन्द्रः ।।
इति प्रभाचन्द्रविरचिते न्यायकुमुदचन्द्र लघु(धी)यस्त्रयालङ्कारे समः परिच्छेदः समाप्तः ।। श्रीजयसिंहदेवराज्ये श्रीमद्धारा'निवासिना परापरपरमे(ष्टि)प्रणामोपार्जितामलपुण्यनिराळंतनिखिलमकलंकी श्रीमत्प्रभाचन्द्रपण्डितेन न्यायकुमुदचन्द्रो लघु(घी)यस्त्रयालंकारः कृत इति मङ्गलम् ॥
शालिवाहनशकवर्ष १७६५ नेय शुभकमवत्सर चैत्र १५ leaf 2606
यादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्टा तादृशं लिखितं मया । ...... अबद्धं वा सुबद्धं वा मम दोषो न विद्यते ॥ ...... In Nyayakumudacandra, the following quotations orkur:-....
वायूपता चेटुक्रामेदवो बो)द(ध)स्य शाश्वति ।
न प्रकाशः प्रकाशे(त) सा हि प्रत्यवमर्शिनी ॥' (com.) leaf 85 स्वतः सर्वप्रमाणानां प्रामाण्यमिति गम्यताम् ।।
आत्माभावेऽपि भावानां कारणापेक्षिता भवेत् ।
लब्धात्मनां स्वकार्येषु प्रतिः स्वयमेव तत् ॥ (com.) leaf 86• यथैव प्रथमं ज्ञान तसंसदमपेक्षते। ...
संवादि(दे)नापि संवादः परों (ग्यास्तथैव हि etc. (com.) leaf 127° प्रमाणप्रमेय संशयप्रयोननदृष्टांतसिद्धांतावयवतकनिर्नयवादजल्प
वितंडाहेत्वाभासच्छलजातिनिग्रहस्थानानां तरनज्ञानात् निः
श्रेयसाधिगतिरिति । . बाक्यपदीये १, १२५।। , मीमांसाश्लोकवार्तिके सू. २, श्लो. ४७।
। मी. श्लो. वा. सु. २, श्लो. ४८1 , .
. . Untraced. 5 न्यायसूत्रम् १,१,.
... . 16 [J. L, P.]
Page #163
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
192
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[90.
(com. ) leaf 1386 racongrarangu ni wafua 1
TIF(75) RT 979#pot(a) FITOHA(+1)== Hierof giat lit (com. ) leaf 1526 Arata taarifa za wanasiaa: 12
निरूपणानुस्मरणविकल्पेनाधिकल्पनाः (? काः)।" Reference. The text is published in the Māņikyachandra Jaina
Granthamala, Hira bag, Bombay, in Samvat 1972. The commentary Nyāyakumudacandra is in press, and is about to be published. 4 Herein this Ms. is utilized.
The commentary is referred to by C. M. Duff in his work “The Chronology of India ” (p. 72 ), Westminster, 1899. In Singhi Series the text along with Akalanka's own com. on it is to be published. S
सप्तभट्टीतरविणी
Sapta bhangitarangiņi No. 71
816.
1899-1915. Size.- 84 in. by 43 in. Extent.— 60-2=58 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 24 letters to a line. Description.- Foreign paper with water-marks A. Davur etc.,
tough and white ; Devanagari characters; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; numbers of most of the foll. entered twice as usual; the 30th fol. not numbered even once; fol 606 blank; foll. 42 and 43 lacking; otherwise complete; the Ms. is marked with a blue pencil in some places perhaps by one who
may have recently read it. Age.- Not quite modern. Author.- Vimaladāsa.
' सांख्यकारिका । 2-3 See Abbidharmakośa (1, 32-33).
• Since then published in two parts in Manikyachandra Digambara Jaina Granthamala as Nos. 38 and 39 in A. D. 1938 and 1941 respectively.
• Since then published in A. D. 1939 as No, 12.
Page #164
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
71. j
Subject.
Nyaya: Digambara works
"
Exposition of the seven bhangas or modes of predication in Sanskrit. For one in English see H. Jacobi's article Jainism" published in the Encyclopedia of Religion and Ethics (Vol. VII, p. 468 ), Epitome of Jainism (ch. VIII, pp. 103-135 ), introduction ( pp. LXVIII-LXXXV ) to Pañcāstikāya, my explanatory notes ( pp. 176-192 ) to Nyayakusumāñjali (stabaka III, v. 21 ), my book entitled The Jaina Religion and Literature (Vol. I, ch. XI, pp.143159 ) etc. For a discussion in French see “ La Religion Djaina” ( pp. 127 -129 ).
Begins.— fol. 14
॥ श्रीगणाधिपतये नमः || || श्रीगुरवे नमः ॥ बंदित्वा सुरसंदोहबंदितांघ्रिसरोरुहं ।
श्रीवीरं कुतुकात् कुर्वे सप्तभंगीतरंगिणीं ॥
st खलु तत्वार्थाधिगमोपायं प्रतिपादयितुकामः सूत्रकारः प्रमाणनयैरधिगमः " इत्याह तत्राधिगमो द्विविधः स्वार्थः परार्थवेति ।
123
86
अनेक भंग्येराक्रांतसिद्धातांबुधिसंगता ।
करोतु विद्वद्वानिंद सप्तभंगीतरंगिणी ॥ सप्तभंगीतरंगिणी समाप्ता । श्री कृष्णार्पणमस्तु ॥ श्री ॥
Ends. fol. 59 घटमहं जानामीत्यनुभावात ज्ञानानां स्वतः प्रकाशादिति वदंति तत्रानेकपदार्थनिरूपितविषयताशाल्येकज्ञानं स्वीकृतं विषयतानां च ज्ञानस्वरूपत्वात् तादृशविषयता त्रयात्मकज्ञानं स्वीकृतमिति स्वयंरीत्या मतांतरेestrainप्रक्रिया बुद्धिमद्भिरुह्येति सर्वमेवदानं (तं) ।
Reference.- Edited by P. B. Anantācārya and published in Sastramuktavali as No. 8, Conjeeveram, in A. D. 1901. For an additional Ms. see Alphabetical Index of Mss. in the Government Oriental Mss. Library, Madras. - Madras 1893. There is a Ms. styled as Saptabhangisvarupa in the Limbdi Bhandara. See its Catalogue No. 2708.
Page #165
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[2.
) Metaphysics, Ethics etc. (1) SVETAMBARA WORKS .
अक्रियाधाचादिसर्वनयादिविचार Akriyavadyadisarvanayadivicāra
___1392 (103). No. 73
1891-95. Extent.- leaf 139* to leaf 140*.. Description.- Complete so far as it goes. For further details see
अरिहणास्तोत्र No. 1391-9: Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- Numbers of non-Jaina schools etc. .. Begins.- leaf 139
असीयसय किरियाणं अतिरियाणं च होइ चुलसीइ । अनाणी सत्तट्टी घेणइयाणं च बत्तीसं ॥१॥
क्रियावादिनम्नशीत्यधिकं शतं भवति । etc. Ends.- leaf 140* यद्भव्ये त एव च त्रिकचतुष्कसंयोगगतिभेदात् पंचदशधा प्रदे
शांतरे( )भिहिता इति सूत्रकृतांगे ॥ इति औदयिकादिभावस्वरूपं ।। छ ।
अमिशीतत्वस्थापनावाद
Agnisītatvasthāpanāvāda
291(m). No. 73
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 25 to fol. 28.
291(a). Description.-- Complete. For further particulars see No. 38825.. Begins.-- fol. 25 ॥ ५६०॥ तेजसेवापवत्यः स्कंधस्तमः । etc. Ends.- fol. 28 तस्मात् सकलकलंकचक्रवालविकलेनानुमानेन स्वसाध्यं साध्यतवेति स्थितं॥
अग्निशीतत्वस्थापनावादः समाप्तः॥ छ । Reference. There is one Ms. at Simandharasvāmi Temple
Bhandara and one at Jainānanda Pustakalaya, Surat.
Page #166
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
75.] Metaphysics etc. : Švelambara works iis
· Anka
176(). __No. 74 .. .
1871-72. Extent.-- fol. 286. Description.-- Complete so far as it goes. For other details see _Rsimandala No. I76 (a).
101871-72. Begins.--- fol. 280
.
१०३ ११५ etc.
Ends.-fol. 280
-
१९
१८
Acauryadisiksa (1)
अचौर्यादिशिक्षा (१)
No. 75 Extent.— fol. 276. Description.- Complete.
For
other
details see Rsimandala
Author.- Balacanda. Subject.- Evil effects of theft. Begins- fol. 27 सबईयो ३१सौ ।
॥ चोरी कोई करो मती चोरी सिरे चोरीथी ले राजडंड मार करै सत पंड गधै चाल हौसर मुंह फेरबत तांस : i etc
Page #167
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
(s.
i 26. jaina Literature and Philosophy 1 Ends.- fol. 276
फिट फट करै लोय अजस कारत होत रमणी। कारण जोय होत मोटा जंग रे॥१॥ भणे धुनी बालचंद मुणो हो भवाकवंद । मम कर म.व म कर म म कर परनारीसंग रे ॥२॥
अञ्चलमतदलनप्रकरण
Añcalamatadalanaprakaraña [ Seaharamu )
[ Avidhimatavişa uşadha ]
360. No. 76
1880-81. Size.- 104 in. by 4; in. Extent.– 14 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with occasional AETS ; small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin, in a corner; red chalk used; in the centre of the numbered and unnumbered sides as well, there is blank space ; edges of the last fol. slightly damag.
ed; condition on the whole very good ; complete; this · Ms. is not written by the author himself; this work com
posed in Kapadvanj in Samvat 1480 is divided into 4 adhikäras (chapters ) as under :- Adhikara. I foll." 1 to 3b :
II , 36 , 46 III
46 , 66 IV
66 146. . . . Extent 1000 ślokas, Age.-- Samvat 1480 (?). Author.-- Pandit Harṣabhuşaņa Gani', devotee of Munisundara
Sari, pupil of Somasundara Suri of the Tapā gaccha.
i He is a pupil of Haryasena.
Page #168
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
76.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
121
Subject.- Refutation of some of the tenets of the Ancala gaccha
pertaining to mukhavastrikā, sthāpanācārya, sādha naśuddhi and daśadrstāntasiddhi. Passages have been quoted from various works, to substantiate the statements. Some of them are as under:
(1) आवश्यक मूत्रचूर्णि foll. 20, (15) निशीथसूत्रभाष्य 7", 8, 14
(उ.१०) foll. 5& 10 (2) उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र fol. 4 (16). , (उ. ११) fol. Iob (3) उपदेशमाला " 7° (17) न्यायकन्दलीभाष्य , . (4) उपोद्धातनियुक्ति
" .(18) पर्युषणानियुक्ति , 2
, 6b (5) ओघनियुक्ति , 120
म (19) पाक्षिकसूत्रचूर्णि , (6) कायोत्सर्गनियुक्ति
4 (20) पिण्डनियुक्ति , (7) त्रिषष्टिशलाकापुरुषचरित्र ,,
(21) प्रतिक्रमणनियुक्ति (8) दशवकालिकसूत्र
, (9) दशासूत्र
(22) भगवतीसूत्र (10) दशासूत्रचूर्णि , 1b (23) भगवतीसूत्रचूर्णि , (1) दिनकृत्य , 9 (24) योगशास्र . . , , . (12) निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्ध- (25) चन्दनकनियुक्ति , 6.
चूर्णि , 8 . ( 26 ) विवाहचूलिका , (13) निशीथसूत्रचूर्णि
(27) व्यवहारसूत्रचूर्णि foll. 4° &7' (द्वितीय खण्ड, उ. २) foll. 2, 3 (28) शोभनस्तुति (मुनिसुव्रत(14) , (उ.१०) fol. 6 .
जिनस्तुति ) fol. II'. Begins.- fol. 1 || ज०॥
दवमंडलनिर्मलकेवलकमलाविलासपरिकलित। विदशाधिपतिततिस्ततमिद्धगिरं वीरमभिनभ्य ॥१॥ चतुरधिकारनिबद्धं सतर्कभाषासमृद्धशुद्धवचः। . : वक्ष्येऽश्चलमतदलनप्रकरणमन्योपकाराय ॥२॥
इह हि कुशुरुमुरुकुधासनाचासितस्वांताः श्रीमदाहतमतमूरी कृत्यापि कुनहग्रहै ग्राहलभावाक्रांता। बहिर्वस्या श्रद्धालकुलेष्वपवित्रगोत्रकुलदेवदेव्यादिनिरासेन वयं जिनराधका इति बिरुदं पाठयंतः। परं जिनोक्तविशिष्टस्वष्टाष्टोतरशतरुच्यवचोनिराकरणेन तमेव नायकमुत्थापयन्तः । पायकपर्वताधिष्ठातृ
Page #169
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[76.
चक्रेश्वरीत्यारोपितापराभिधानहिंस्र कालिकादेवीस्तुतिकृतदृष्टयः अत एव परमार्थ्यादसम्पदृष्टयः । आभिनिवेशिकमिध्यात्वावेशत मोग्यालु प्तसदृष्टय उत्सूत्ररूपकस्बेन सर्वथा कुनय इव प्रलपन्ति केचित् यथा । etc. fol. ro ततश्वौपग्रहिकलिंगधारणं श्राद्धानां विधिरेव । लिंगसाधर्मिकत्वनिषेधस्तु तेषां सशिखाकत्वादिति सुव्यवस्थं ॥।
128
बड़ा से (से) णं खुरमुंडए वा । लत्तसिरए वा महिमावारमंडगं (गनेछ । दशासूत्रे ऽध्य || ६ || गहिआयारभंडगं साहुलिंगं रउहरणपात्रादि विभाषा । मेवच्छ्रं साधुरूवसरिसं । दशा० अध्य० ६ चूण्ण ।
तथा -
मेघोऽभ्यधात् तर्हि तातानीयतां कुत्रिकापणात । रजोहरणपात्रादि । मह्यं दीक्षा जिघृक्षवे ॥ ६८७ ॥
श्री हेमचन्द्रकृत त्रिषष्टीय भीवीर चरित्रषष्ठमर्गे । etc.
fol. 3b
इति श्री' तपा' गच्छ नायक । etc. up to अंचलमतदलनप्रकरणे । This is followed by the line as under :
मुखवस्त्रिकासिद्धिरूपः प्रथमोऽधिकारः ॥ श्री
fol. 4b
इति श्री' तपागच्छप्रभु | etc. up to ( अं ) चलमत दलमप्रकरणे । This is followed by the line as under :
श्रादप्रतिक्रमणस्थापनाचार्यसिद्धिरूपो द्वितीयोऽधिकारः ॥ श्री
अथ प्रतिवादिनि पुस्तकाऽयोगं दृष्ट्वा एवा इंडिकाः सर्वाः कल्पिता एवेत्याचक्षीथास्तर्हि सर्वो ( s) प्यागमः सर्वमाईतशासनं । सर्वे पुस्तकाः कल्पितान्येवेति प्रलापी कश्चिन् मिथ्याहरा पापी स कथंकारं प्रतिषेध्यो भविता किचात्मनि द्वैतीथी ( यि ) कमतविलोप भयमवगणय्येत्थममिदधीथा इयं तमागम सागरमवगाहमानेरप्यस्माभिरीष्टक्षाणि इंडिकाक्षररत्नानि कापि न व्यलोक्यत इति चेत् तर्हि सद्रष्टुरेषांध्यदोषा यत् सदपि न लक्ष्यते । किं च सर्वो(s) प्यागमो ऽवगाढ पवेत्यभिमानाचे मुंचे। तदा 'शठस्तु हठकर्मणा लुठति पादपीठे पर मिति न्यायात् । ब्रूहि । स किं संकलो (s) प्यवगाढ] उता (? त) विद्वामानिको । न तावत् सकलस्तस्याभावात् । नापि वार्त्तमानिको यतः स सूत्रतोऽतो वाऽवगाहांचक्रे न तावत् सूत्रत (:) सू (ख)त्त (त्र) इंडिका परिज्ञानाभावान्यथानुपपत्तेः नाप्यर्थतस्तद्रव्याख्यातृभीरिभद्रसूर्यभयदेवसूरि श्रीमलयगिर्यादिपूर्वश्रुतधरपरंपरायास्तत्कृत वृत्तिभाव्य टिप्पन कचूर्ण्यादीनां चानभ्युपगमात् तदर्थापरिज्ञामेन तस्यावगाहनासंभवात् । इति न भवतो वार्त्तिमानिकस्पाप्याममस्याप्यावगाहनं । अस्तु वा तदवगाहनं परं स कियत्प्रमाणः ।
fol. sa
Page #170
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
76.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetämbara works 139 सप्त लक्षा एकोनचत्वारिंशव सहस्राणि । नब शतानि । नवाशीत्यधिकानीति चेत् तर्हि । स मूलसूत्रेणैतावत्संख्यावान् । वृत्तिभाष्यचूर्णिणटिप्पान)कादिभिर्वा । न तावत् सूत्रेण तस्याल्पसंख्यत्वात् । वृत्तित्रादिभिश्शेर सहि सिद्धांतांतर्गत्वेन सिद्धांतोत्वेन । प्रतिपन्नतया विधिना तद्वचनाया गृह्यमाणत्वाच्च वृत्तपादयस्तकर्तारस्तदुक्ता मुखवत्रिकादिहंडिकाश्च भवतोऽनिच्छतोऽपि प्रमाणीबभूवांसः । अतो 'व्याघ्रदुस्तटी'न्यायेन भवतोऽनन्यगतिकत्वदुर्दशापन्नत्वं समापनमेव किं च सिद्धांते कति व्यवहारा उक्ताः सति किनामा स सिद्धांतः। संप्रति कस्य व्यवहारस्य मुख्यता(55)गमे प्रोक्ता(5)स्ति । जीव? त)
व्यवहारः कतितमः। etc. tol. 6° इति श्री'तपागच्छप्रभु । etc. up to अंचलमतदलनप्रकरणे. This is followed by the line as under :
प्रत्यनुमानतत्साधनशुद्धिरूपस्तृतीयोऽधिकारः । श्री। fol. 8 बीया पंचमी अमि । एकारसि चउद्दसी पण तिहीओ॥
एयाउ सुअतिहीओ। गोअमगणहारिणा भणिआ ॥१॥
इत्यागमपरंपरायां निरयावालिकाश्रुतस्कंघचूण्ण्यों च ॥ etc. fol. Ir. अवांतरे स्त्रीरत्नकोलाऽलकस्पर्शोत्पन्नतदभिलापो विगलितानुशय
श्वांडालजातिरेवं कवर्थनाहेतुरिति चिंतयंश्चित्रेण निवार्यमाणोऽपि संभूत
यतिश्चक्रवर्तित्व निदानमकारिति कथार्थः । श्रीउत्तरा० वृत्तिचूण्ण्यों । etc. Ends.fol. 142
अविधिमतविषौषधाहमेतत् ।
प्रकरणमन्यगुणोपकारहेतुः॥ व्यरचि खवसुदेवभूमितेऽन्दे । १४८०
पुरवर कर्पटवाणिजे च लासे ॥१॥ सुसाधवः साधु विशोधयन्तु ।
शुद्धाशया ग्रंथममुं च सम्यक् ॥ जीयात त्वयं बै बुधवाच्यमानः।
श्लोकैः सहस्रेण विशिष्टमानः ॥२॥ इह किंचिदनागमं बचो। ... यदा(द)नाभोगवशादितो(नो )दितम् ।। तदनय॑गुणास्पदं बुधाः)।
मम मर्पन्तु सहर्षभूषणाः ॥३॥ 7 U, L, P,
Page #171
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
130
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[76.
इति श्री'तपागच्छनायकप्रभुश्रीसोमसुंदरसूरियरुशिष्यभीमुनिसुंदर. सूरिक्रमाम्भोरुहपं०हर्षभूषणगणिविरचिते अंचलमतदलनप्रकरणे प्रत्यनुमानद्वितीयादिदशादृष्टांतशुद्धरूपश्चतुर्थोऽधिकारः॥श्रीः॥ ___अथ श्रीगुर्वावली ॥ श्रीवर्द्धमानविभुशिष्यश्रीगौतमसुधर्मस्वामि. संताने गुरुपरंपरया द्वादशवर्षावध्याचाम्लतपकरणेन 'तपो'गच्छप्रवर्तकाः श्रीजगच्चंद्रमरयो बभूवांसस्तदनुक्रमेण श्रीदेवसुंदरसूरिगुरवो बभूवुः तच्छिष्या मदीक्षागुरुज्ञानसागरसूरिपितृधर्मगुरुश्रीकुलमंडनसारिश्रीगुणरत्नसूरि । श्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिश्रीसाधुरत्नसूरयश्चक्षुप्रत्यक्षा एव । तेषु तत्पट्टधराः श्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिगुरु(र)वः 'तपो'गच्छादिराजाः संप्रति विजयंते । तच्छिष्याः श्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरि । श्रीजयचंद्रसूरि । श्रीभुवनसुंदरमरि । श्रीजिनसुंदरसूरयश्च । जगदुवोधकारकास्तत्रानेकप्रासादपद्मचक्रषट्कारकक्रिया गुप्तकतर्कप्रयोगादिनैकचित्रकाक्षरद्वयक्षरपंचवर्गपरिहारादिनैकस्तवमयसुरतरं गिणीविज्ञप्तिनामा(म)घेयाष्टोत्तरशतचिटुकपणेतृचातुर्वैयविशारयश्रीसमलंक तश्रीमुनिसुंदरमरिक्रमकमलमरालेन श्रीगुरूक्तसकलसामाचारीप्रवर्तकनिरंतरनिरीहतपःस्वाध्यायपरपरममहर्षिभूतपितृपूज्यहर्षसेनगणिप्रसादसंपन्नस्वकर्मला. घवानुरूपसंयमसुकृतभूषणेन हर्षभूषणेन श्रीगु,दिमनीषिकया ग्रंथोऽलेखि । पुराभिरामवृद्धग्रामवासिना 'प्राग्वाट'ज्ञातिमुकुटेन अदिगुरुभक्तेन व्य हरिधाकेन भा' हीरादे पुत्र पाल्हा पौत्र साजण । पुत्री सरसू स्नूषा माधू प्रभृति धर्मकुटुंबयुतेन स्ववित्तसाफल्यकृते प्रतिदशकं लेखयता प्रतिरियमलेखि ॥
इति भद्रमस्तु :]॥ ॥ छ । P.S. For Añcala gaccha see A Descriptive Catalogue of Mss.
in the Jain Bhandars at Pattan (p. 37 ).
अञ्चलमतनिराकरण
Añcalamatanirākarana [वासोऽन्तिकादिप्रकरण]
[Vaso'ntikadiprakarana ] No. 77
394.
1879-80. Size.- ION in. by 4g in. Extent. - 11 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा; small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing :
Page #172
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
77.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
131
borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1b blank except that in the left-hand margin lines are written as under :
अंचल मतोपरि
हंडिका. Yellow pigment used while making corrections; edges of the first and last foll, slightly gone; condition on the whole good; complete ; the entire work seems to be
divided into 8 sections. Age.- Samvat 1683. Author.- Gunaratna Suri, pupil of Devasundara Suri. Subject. This work which is an attack against añcala mata deals
with various topics, some of them being as under :
परम्पराप्रामाण्यविचार, पाक्षिकविचार, पर्युषणापर्वविचार and मुख: पोतिकाचरवलकविचार.
A number of works are quoted e. g. सूत्रकताङ्गनियुक्ति foll. 1, 2 आवश्यकवन्दनकनियुक्ति fol. 3. दशकालिक
fol. " कल्पभाव्य
foll. 42, 40 अनुयोगद्वार
निशीथभाष्य पाक्षिकसूत्रवृत्ति कल्पनियुक्ति
व्यवहारचूर्णि व्यवहारभाष्यनियुक्ति fol. ,,
अनुयोगहारत्ति आवश्यकचूर्णि
दशासूत्र व्यवहारभाष्य , 26 मलयगिरीयवृत्ति - निशीथचर्णि
विचारामृतसङ्ग्रह Begins.- fol. .. ॥ ६॥ ॥ अई। भीमरिपरागतमिदममुकेनाचार्येणामुष्मिन् वर्षे
प्रवर्तितमिति सिद्धांते प्रकरणे सूरिपरंपरायां च काव्यश्रूयमाणं सर्वमारात्रिकभाष( ख )प्रतिक्रमणसूत्राविसिद्धांतेऽनुपलभ्यमानमप्यान्यवछिन्नमारिपरंप
रायातत्वात् प्रमाणीकर्तव्यं । .. आयरिअपरंपरएण आगपं जो अआणुपुरुषीए (? उ छेयबुद्धीप)।
कोमेहत्थे(२)भवाई जमालिनासं स मासिही ॥१ । ..
foll.
2, 8
Page #173
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
132
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[77.
इति श्रीभद्रबाहुकृतसूत्रकृतांग१२(३)ऽध्ययननियुक्तिप्रामाण्यात् । आवश्यकादयो ग्रंथा(:) श्रीभद्रबाह्वादिभिरि( रे )व कृता नाऽभ्यरित्यादि परंपरावत संविग्नपरंपरागतं सबं (4) प्रमाणयितव्यं ।। इति परंपराप्रामाण्या
विचारः ॥ छ १॥ छ | etc. fol. 10 सामाइअंचउवीसत्थउ इत्यादि सिद्धांतो योऽधुनाऽस्ति यश्चाधुना नास्ति ।
किंतु पुराऽसीत् । स सर्वोऽपि मूलस्तत्रादिभेदादऽनेकविधः 'ससुत्ते सत्थे सग्गंथे सनिजत्तीए ससंगहणीए' इति वचनात् । सह सूत्रेण मूलतंत्ररूपेण वर्तत इति ससूत्रं तस्मिन् सह ग्रंथेन मूत्राऽोभयरूपेण वर्तत इति सग्रंथं तस्मिन् । सह युक्त्या प्रतीतरूपया वर्तन इति सनियुक्तिकं तस्मिन् । सह संग्रहण्या निर्युक्त्यैव बह्वर्थसंग्रहरूपया वर्तत इति ससंग्रहाणकं तस्मिन् । इति पाक्षिकसूत्रत्तायुक्तमस्ति । स च मूलमूत्राद्यनेकविधः सिद्धांतः समस्तोऽधुना नास्ति किंवल्प एव । ततः पूर्वाचार्यपरंपरागतं सकलसिद्धांताभावादिनंद
सिद्धांते नास्तीति निवेडुमशक्तः सर्व प्रमाणतया स्वीकर्तव्यं ॥ छ ॥५॥ etc. fol. 20 श्रीदेवर्द्धिक्षमाश्रमणे चीर्ण पुस्तकलिखापनं पूर्वाचार्यचीणे च नित्यं
चोलपट्टपरिधानं पौषधशालानिवासश्च कुतः क्रियते ॥ ६॥ छ । मषीभाजनस्थापनिकाकपरिकादिधारणं । घटकं दानं चानुक्तं कुतः क्रियते
॥ ७ ॥ etc. fol. 2b बयप्यनृतं स्याद् बहुसो बहुस्सुएहिं वारिउ हुतो जम्हा न निवारिउ ।
तम्हा सहहिअव्वं सत्यमेतदिति व्य० भा०० उ० १० तथा पंचविहायारायणसीलस्स गुरुणो हि उबएसबयणं आणा तसलहा आयरंतेण गतेण पिंडगं
बिहारि भवइ । इति नंदिचूण्णा ।। etc. fol. b अपवादविषयसावकाशान्येवंविधसूत्राण्याधाकादिदोषव्यक्तिव्यंजानि
न प्रलंबभक्षणवाचकानि । अपवादेन हि प्रलंबं ग्रहणे प्राप्ते शुद्धितादियुक्तिरित्यर्थः । अन्यथा हि यैः श्राद्धानामप्यनन्तकायिकाऽभक्ष्येव सुवाच्यगाथाव्याख्याने खूतानि निद्राबाहुल्यमदनोहीपनादिदोषदुष्टत्वादभक्ष्याणीति प्रवचनवृत्तिपत्रआदिवचनादऽभक्ष्यभक्षितर्व(4)तं भज्यते इत्यवमन्येषामपि सूत्राणामपवादविषयता स्वयं भावनीया ॥ २॥ ॥ छ ।।
अथ पाक्षिकविचारः ॥ etc. fol. 9. इतो(s)पि वचनाच्छ्राद्धस्य मुखपोतिकाचरवलको स्तः। नन्धियं गाथा
साधुमेवोदिश्योक्ताऽस्ति न श्रावकमिति चेन्न चण्णौ वृत्तौ च व्यक्तेरनभिधानात् साधुभावकावुभावनुद्देश्येयं ज्ञेया न त्वेकं साधु अन्यथा ह्येतद्गाथावजे सिद्धांते कापि सर्व भावकविडये. कायोत्सर्गविधेरनभिहितत्वात् सर्वथा भाइन कापोत्सगोडप्यानीपःस्वादetc.
Page #174
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
133
78.
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works ___fol. 9 ततो ज्ञायते सिद्धांत मुखवत्रिका विना वंदनकानं सर्वानिषिद्धं पायो
त्सर्गस्य तु रजोहरणमुखपोतके विमा करणे प्रायश्चित्तं नाभिहितं । ततो ज्ञायते कायोत्सर्गो रजोहरणमुस्खयोतिके बिनाऽपि करणीयतया सिद्धांते तु ज्ञात इति ततो वंदनकं मुखपोतिकामंतरेणापवादपि न स्यात् । चरवलकं
विनाऽपि चंदनकं कदाचिदपवादाच्छ्राद्धादीनां स्यादपि ॥ etc. Ends.- fol. II ननु तर्हि द्विविधाहारे प्रासुकांमःपायिनः कुतस्ते उच्चार्यतेऽनुक्तेनेति
चेत् । उच्यते । पूर्वाचार्यपरंपरातः । इदमत्र तत्त्वं । यो हि द्विविधत्रिविधा. हारयोः प्रासकमेव जलं पिबति । तस्य धाबनादि जलपानस्यापि संभवात् । पानकाराः साधुप्रत्याख्यान इवोपकारिण एब स्युरिति तस्य प्रत्याख्याने ते प्रोच्यते नान्यस्येति ॥ छ ॥८॥ छ । इति वासोंतिकादिप्रकरणं श्रीगुणरत्नमूरिकृतं समाप्तं ॥ छ । संवत् १६८३ वर्षे चैत्रशुद ५ रवौ छ । । छ । ॥ श्री।।॥छ॥ ॥ This is followed by the lines' as under :
श्री तपा'भच्छे रत्नपुरावुहरागोत्रे सं० कुरापुत्ररत्नसं० आसकरणकेन स्वज्ञानकोशे अ(अं)चलमतनिराकरणनामां ग्रंथो लिखापितः स्वश्रेयसे ।
तत्पुत्ररत्नसंरतनपरिपालनार्थ । श्री पत्तन'नगरे । Reference. There is a Ms. at Jainānanda Pustakālaya, Surat.
अध्यात्मकल्पम
Adhyātņakalpadruma
1070. No. 78
1887-91. Size.- Iog in. by 43 in. Extent.– 14 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters, to a line. Description.-Country paper, not very thin, yellowish in colour;
..Jaina Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; clear, bold, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used occasionaly; edges on the right-hand side worn out; condition on the whole
good ; complete. Age.- Approximately the 17th Vikrama era.
These are written in a different hand.
Page #175
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
134
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[78.
Author.-Sahasravadhanin Munisundara Suri. I His other works
are: (1)Upadesaratnakara ( Prakrit and Sk.), (2) its Sk. com., ( 3 ) Kathācatustaya ( Sainvat I484), (4) Jaya. nandacaritra, ( s ) 2 Tridaśatarangiņi (of which Gurvāvali and Jinastotraratnakosa are parts ), (6) Traividyagosthi (Samvat 1455) and (7) Santikarathotta. Tapagacchapatta
vali and Santarasasāra, may or may not be his works. 3 Subject.- Adhyatma treated in 16 chapters (adhikāras) in verse
in Sanskrit. This work is characterized by the word 'Jayasri'
and is quoted in Upadeśaratnākara. See B. B. R. A. S.
___vols. III-IV (p. 405). Begins.- fol. Ib ॥५६॥॥ॐनमः प्रवचनाय ॥
अथायं श्रीमान् शान्तनामा रसाधिराजः सकलागमादिसुशास्त्रार्णवोपनिषद्भत(:) सुधारसायमान ऐहिकामुष्मिकानंता(नोदसंदोहसाधनतया पारमार्थिकोपदेश्यतया सर्वरससारभूतत्वात शांतरसभावनात्माऽध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमामिधानग्रंथांतरग्रथननिपुणेन पयसंदर्भण भाव्यते । तयथा ॥
जयश्रीर(रा)तरारीनां लेभे येन प्रशांतितः॥
सं श्रीवीरजिनं नत्वा रसः शांतो विभाज्यते ॥१॥ Ends.-fol. 14.
शांतरसमावनात्मा मुनिसंदरसूरिभिः कृतो ग्रंथः॥ ब्रह्मस्पृहयाऽध्येयः स्वपरहितो(s)ध्यात्मकल्पतरुरेषः ॥७६ । १७ । गा(गीतिः (इ)ममिति इ(मति)मानधीत्य चित्ते रमयति यो विरमत्ययं भवात् द्राग । सच नियतमतो रमते वास्मिन् सह भववैरिजयाश्रिया शिवश्रीः॥
७७॥१८॥ इति श्रीनवमश्रीशांतरसभावनास्वरूपो(s)ध्यात्मकल्पद्यमो ग्रंथो(s)यं
जयभ(यं)कः भीमुनिसुंदरसूरिभिः कृतं (तः) छ Reference.- Published by the proprietor of the Nirnayasagar
Press along with Sk. foot-notes based upon Dhanavijaya Gani's com. and appendices explaining Jaina technical terms, in A. D. 1906. It is also published along with Dhanavijaya Gani's commentary by Mansukhbhai Bhagu. bhai and Jamanabhai Bhagubhai, Ahmedabad in
Samvat 1971. 1 For the names of his olevan pupilo se. p. 18 of D.O.J.M. (Vol. XVII, pt.5).
Beap. 130 B0No.191(Vol.XVILpt).
Page #176
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
79.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
The text alone is published in Caritrasaṁgraha, Ahmedabad, 1884. The text along with two Sk. commentaries by Dhanavijaya Gani and Ratnacandra Gaņi, Rangavilasa's Adhyātmarāsa, a versified Guj. translation of Adhyatmakalpadruma (pp. 612-72) and Guj. introduction (pp. 1-60b) by M. D. Desai is published as No. 89 in D. L. J. P. F. Series, in A. D. 1940. Guj. translation of Adhyatmakalpadruma is published by the Jaina dharmaprasäraka Sabhā in A. D. 1911. It is also published with Guj. explanation' of Hamsaratna in Prakaraṇaratnakara (Vol. II, pp. 9-96) out of four edited by Bhimsimha Manak, Bombay, 1876, and also in Jainaśastrakathāsamgraha (2nd edn. ), Ahmedabad, 1884. See Guerinot, Bibliographie, pp. 148, 150 and 169. For additional Mss. of the text see No. 48 of the Limbdi Catalogue and for one with tippana see No. 49 and B. B. R. A. S. Vol. III-IV, P. 425.
135
Jivavijaya has composed a balavabodha in Samvat 1790. Rangaviläsa has translated Adhyatmakal padruma in verse in Guj. This translation is published by J. D. P. Sabha.
Adhyatmakalpadruma
1161. 1884-87.
अध्यात्मकल्पद्रुम
No. 79
Size. 10 in. by 44 in.
0
Extent. 13 folios; 13 lines to a page; 50 letters to a line. Description. Old country paper, yellowish in colour; Jaina Devanagari characters with gas; clear, uniform, bold and sufficiently big hand-writing; borders thickly ruled in two lines in red ink; every unnumbered side has in the centre a small disc in red ink, whereas every numbered side has over and above this, two such small discs, one in each of the two margins; yellow pigment used; fol. 13b blank; condition good; complete.
1 This häläpabodha is based upon the Sk. commentaries candra Gani and one by Upadhyaya Vidyasagara,
24
one by Ratna
Page #177
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
136 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[79. Age.- Old. Begins.- fot. T || ए६०॥ ॐ नमः प्रवचनाय ॥
अथाऽयं श्रीमान शांतनामा । etc. Ends.- fol. 13* गीतिः ।।
इममीति मतिमानधीत्य | etc. practically up to कृतं as in No. 78. This is followed by the line as under :
गच्छनायकपरमगुरुभट्टारकप्रभुश्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिपादप्रसादेन ॥ छ ।। लेखकपाठकयो(:) सुखीमवतु ॥ छ । भीरस्तु ॥ छः ।। श्रीः ।। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 78.
अध्यात्मकल्पगुम
Adhyātmakalpadruma
806. No. 80
1899-1915. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.- Io folios; IS lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with Was; small, legible and very fair handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; margins
. having designs ; complete. Age.- Not modern. Begins.- fol. 1 || ५०॥ श्रीवीतरागायः ।।
____ अथाऽयं श्रीमान शतिनामा रसाधिराजः। सकलागमादिसशास्त्रार्णवोकी परिनिषरुतः ॥ सुधारसायमान ऐहिकामुमिकानंतानंदर्सदेहे साधनतया पार
मार्थिको यदि तथा सर्वरससारभूतत्वात् शांतरसभावनात्माऽध्यात्मकल्प
अमामिधानग्रंथांतरग्रथननिपुणेन पयं संदर्भण भाव्यात् । तद्यथा ॥ etc. Ends:- fol. Iob
कुर्यान(न) कुत्रापि ममत्वमा ।
न च प्रभो रत्यरती कषायान् ।। इहापि सौख्यं लभसे( प्यनीहो ।
नुत्तराउंमत्य सुखाममात्मन् ॥ ६९ (२६९) ॥
Page #178
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
81.1
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
इति यतिवरशिक्षां योऽवधार्य व्रतस्थ
श्र्वरण करणयोगान (ने) कचितं (तः) श्रयेत । सपदि भवमहाधि क्लेशराशि स तीर्त्वा ।
विपति शिवसौख्यानंव्यसायुज्य माध्य ||७० (२०७०) ।। etc. समग्र सच्छास्त्र महार्णवेभ्यः
सम्मुष्ट(द्धृ)तः साम्यसुधारसोऽयं ।
निपीयतां हे विधा लभेध्व
मिहापि मुक्तिः (क्ते): सुखवर्णिकां यत् ॥ ७६ ( २७६ ॥ शतिरसभावनात्मा मुनिसुंदरसूरिभिः कृतो ग्रंथः ॥
ब्रह्मस्पृहयांऽध्येयः स्वपर (हि) ताऽध्यात्मकल्पतरुरेषः ॥ ७७ (२७७) ।
गीतिः ।
इमभि ( मिति ) मतिमाना (न) धीत्य चित्ते
1
रमयति यो विरमत्ययं भव (वा) द्राग् ॥
स वर्धेत यतमहतो रमेत चास्मिन्
संह भववैरिजयश्रिया शिवश्रीः ॥७८॥
इति नवमश्रीशांतरसभावनास्वरूपोऽयं जयश्यकः 'श्रीमुनि सुंदर सूरिभिः कृतो ग्रंथाग्रं ४७५ ॥ छ ॥
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 78.
अध्यात्मकल्पद्रुम
अधिरोहिणीसहित
No. 81
Size.- ro in. by 44 in.
Extent.
137
Adhyatmakalpadruma with Adhirobiņi
६.
1071. 1887-91.
169-4=165 folios; 9 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; this is a farer Ms.; the size of the
1 On going through p. 53a of the intro. of Adhyātmakalpadruma, it appears that Munisundara Suri may not be the author of Pañcadarsanasvarupa written in Samvat 1510.
18 [J. L. P.]
Page #179
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
138
(81.
Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy hand-writing for the text and that for the commentary appear to be almost the same; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 1* blank; some of the last foll, differ from the preceding in quality etc.; foll. 161 to 164 missing ; otherwise both the text and the commentary complete; edges of the ist fol. slightly worn out; condition very good ; space not always reserved for the text; the entire work is divided into 16 adhikāras; the extent of each of them along with the corres
ponding portion of the commentary is as under :-- Adhikāra 1 with com. foll. D to foll. 222
II » » » 22 1
266 III
„ „ „ 266 ,, IV
326
299
290
326 366
419
VI VII VIII IX х
360 411 530 626 710 96
532
626
720
XI
96a
103
XII XIII
103 1126
1120
142"
XIV
1424
1570
157b
XV XVI
» »
» »
» »
1694
Age. - Samvat 1931.
Author of the commentary.- ?Dhanavijaya Gaņi, pupil of Maho
pādhyāya Kalyāņavijaya Gaņi. This Dhanavijaya has composed in verse in Gujarāti Satruñjayastavana and Satruñ. jayamandanastutit. His other works are : Abhānakaśataka
1 It may be ending on one of the missing fol.
2 For his life etc. see the Gujarāti introduction (pp. 288-338 ) to the edn. published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 89,
3-4 These are published in No. 89 of D. L. J. P, F. Series, Vide M. D. Desai's introduction (pp. 53b-55b ).
Page #180
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
81.J
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
139
( Sarvat _1699 ) and bālāvabodhas on ( i ) six Karmagranthas, ( ii ) Lokanālasūtra and (iii) Karpūraprakara. He revised Kalpapradipika ( Vol. XVII, No. 514-5 ) and Hirasaubhagya.
Subject.— The text along with a commentary (vyakhya) in Sanskrit. This com. named as ' Adhirohini' was revised by Rāmavijaya and Suravijaya.
Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 24 ॐ नमः प्रवचनाय ॥
"
अथायं (fol. 28) श्रीमान शांतनामा | etc.
— (com) fol. 1|| श्रीगणेशाय नमः ||
ॐॐ नमः परमाप्ताय परमाहत्यशालिने || परब्रह्मस्वरूपाय सदानंदाय तायिने ॥ १ ॥ भारति त्रिपुरे कामरूपे निरुपमाकृते ॥ चांद्रिकलेव मच्चेतस्तमः स्तोमभिदे भव ॥ २ ॥ उपासिताः सदा ध्याताः कामिते कल्पपादपाः ॥ सर्वागमज्ञा गुरुवः सुप्रसन्ना भवंतु मे ॥ ३ ॥ सकलागम माणिक्यपरीक्षादक्ष से (चे) तसः ॥ शब्दार्थनिष्क निकषाः संतु संतोऽत्र वत्सलाः ॥ ४ ॥ कीटका किं कद्रेण मक्षिका किं गरुत्मता ॥ तथा मंदमनीषो(s) पिहस्यते किं बुधैरहं ? ॥ ५ ॥ इति निश्वित्य चेतोऽतर्यत्यतेऽत्यल्पबुद्धिना । मया (S) स्मिन् प्रस्तुते कार्ये स्वपरोद्बोधहेतवे ॥ ६ ॥
अध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमशास्त्रभाव -
फलात (s) सावधिरोहणीव ॥ व्याख्या पदस्थानसुखाधिगम्या
विधीयते स्वीयगुरुप्रसादात् ॥ ७ ॥
पंडिता अपि पश्यंति बालक्रीडां चमत्कृताः ॥
तद्वत् पश्यतु तत्प्रायां ते व्याख्यां मत्कृतामिमां ॥ ८ ॥ etc.
1 Here, while explaining 34, it is said that Adhyatmakalpadruma is composed after Upadeśaratnakara but this is wrong. See my Gujarati introduction to Upadesar atnākara,
Page #181
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
140
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 81.
fol. 215 इति 'तपागच्छनायक श्री मुनि सुंदर सूरिनिर्मितस्य तत्पट्टपरंपराप्रभा वकपातसा हिश्री अकबर प्रतिबोधक भट्टारक श्री हि (ही) रविजयसूरि श्रीविजयसेनसूरिप्रमुख माहापुरुषपरिशीलितस्थ षोडशशाषस्याध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमस्याधिरोहिणीटीकायां सकलशास्त्रारविंद प्रयोतनमहोपाध्याय श्री कल्याणविजयगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधनविजयगणिविरचितायां समतानाम्नी प्रथमपद
पद्धतिः ॥ १ ॥
fol. 260 इति etc. up to विरचितायt followed by the line as under:ललनाममतामोचननाम्नी द्वितीया पदपद्धति (ः) ॥ २ ॥
fol. 280 इति etc. up to विरचितायां । followed by:अपत्य ममतामोचननाम्नी तृतीया पदपद्धतिः ॥ ३ ॥
fol. 32° इति etc. up to विरचितायां । followed by:द्रव्यममतामोचननाम्नी चतुर्थी पदपद्धतिः ॥ ४ ॥
fol. 36b इति श्री'तपा’गच्छनायक श्री मुनि सुंदर निर्मितस्य ete. up to विरचितायां । followed by:
देहममतामोचननाम्नी पंचमी पदपद्धतिः ॥ ५ ॥
fol. 414
इति श्री' तपागच्छनायक श्री मुनिसुंदरसूरिनिर्मितस्य तत्पट्टपरंपराप्रभावक etc. up to निर्मितायां । followed by:
विषयनिग्रहमाम्नी षष्ठी पदपद्धतिः ।। ६ ।।
fol. S3 ° इति श्री'तप' गच्छनायक श्री मुनि सुंदरमरी । etc. up to विरचितायां । followed by:---
कषायनिग्रहनाम्नी सप्तमी पदपद्धतिः ॥ ७ ॥
fcl. 624 इति श्रीतपागच्छनायक 'महोपाध्यायश्री कल्याणविजयगाणि शिष्यो• पाध्यायश्रीधनविजय गणिविरचितायां शास्त्राधिकारनाम्नी अष्टमी पदपद्धतिः ॥ ८ ॥
fol. 71. इति श्रीतपा महोपाध्यायश्री कल्याणविजय मनोनिरोधनाम्नी नवमी पदपद्धतिरिती (ति) ॥ ९ ॥
fol. 964 इति erc. up to विरचितायां । followed by:--
सामान्यतो वैराग्योपदेशनाम्नी दशमी पदपद्धतिः ॥ १० ॥
Page #182
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
81.j Meiaplıysics eico: Svetambara works sol. 1039 già etc. up to fatigargi i followed by: -- !
धर्मशुद्धिनाम्नी एकादशी पदपद्धतिः ॥११॥ fol. II20 इति श्रीपशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधनविजयगणिविरचितायां गुरुदेवधर्म
शुद्धिनाम्नी द्वादशी पद्धतिः ।। १२॥ fol. 142" इति etc. up to विरचितायां | followed by:
___ यतिशिक्षानाम्नी त्रयोदशी पदपद्धतिः ॥१३॥ 'fol. 157° pia etc. up to farfargi i followed by:
मिथ्यात्वादिसंवरोपदेशनाम्नी चतुर्दशी पदपद्धतिः ॥१४॥ Ends.- (text) fol. 168
.. ..... इममिति । etc. up to इति नाम श्रीशांतरसभावमात्मस्वरूपो : (,ध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमो ग्रंथो जयश्यकः श्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरि। ,, --(com.) fol. 168 तदर्शनेन चैतद्ग्रंथकारस्य प्रतिज्ञा निर्वाहो(s)पि समर्थितो भवतीति ॥ ॥२७७८ ॥
इति श्री'तपागच्छनायकभट्टारकश्रीमुनिसुंदरसरिनिर्मितस्य तत्पट्टपरंपराप्रभावकपातसाहश्रीअकबरपतिबोधकभट्टारकश्रीहीरविजयसूरिश्रीविजयसेनमरिभाषितार्थस्य षोडशशाखस्यात्मकस्या(ध्या)त्मकल्पद्रुमस्या. धिरोहिणीटीकायां सकलशास्त्रारविंदप्रयोतनमहोपाध्यायश्रीकल्याणवि. जयगणिशिष्योपाध्यायमीधनविजयगणिविरचितायां साम्यरहस्यनाम्नी पोडशी पदपद्धतिरिति ॥ १६॥ ॥
श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यै रामावजयविबुधवरैः॥ श्रीसुमतिविजयवाचकशिष्यौ(प्यैर)पि सूरविजयज्ञैः॥१॥] संभूय शोधिता(s)सावध्यात्मसरद्रुमस्य पदघटना ।। निदोष (पैदोष )निदोषा खलु विधेयेति ॥२॥
शुभं भवतु कल्याणमस्तु ॥ संवत् १९३१वर्षे जेठमासे शुक्लपक्षे पौर्णि
मायां भृगुवासरे लिपिकृता बजेरामेण श्रीरस्तु ।। Reference.- See No. 78, p. 135.
Page #183
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
142
jaing Literalure and Philosophy
( 82.
अध्यात्मकल्पदुस
Adhyātmakalpadruma अध्यात्मकल्पलतासहित
with Adhyātmakalpalatā No. 82
361.
1880-81. Size.- 104 in. by 4; in. Extent.- (text) 62 folios; 1 to 4 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line.
, - (com.), „; 12 » »» » ; 56 » » » Description.- Country paper thick, tough and greyish in colour ;
Jaina Devanāgari characters with occasional TAETS ; bold, legible, uniform and very beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink ; foll, numbered in both the margins; this is a faqet Ms, as usual ; fol. 1blank ; there is some space kept blank in the numbered and the unpumbered sides as well; edges of the last fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete ; the former is divided into 16 adhikāras ; the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under :Section 1 with com. folt. pb to 96
I III
»
" »
»
124
IV V
4
2
162
VI VII VIII IX
182 22b
25* 296
346 379
406
XI XII XIII XIV XV
XVI Age.- Samvat 1683.
536
5278
Page #184
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
82.] __Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
143 Author of the commentary:- Upadhyaya Ratnacandra Gani, papil
of Santicandra Gani. This Ratna-candra Gani has commented upon the following additional eight works in Sanskrit:
(1) भक्तामरस्तोत्र, (2) कल्याणमन्दिरस्तोत्र,(3) देवा प्रभोस्तव, (4) श्रीमदूधर्मस्तंव, (5) ऋषमवीरस्तव, (6) कपारसकोश, (7 नेपघमहाकाव्य and (8) रघुवंश.
He has composed in Sk. Pradyumnacaritra ( in Samvat 1674 in Surat) and Hitopadesa (Kumatabivisajanguli ), a Guj. bālāvabodha named Samyaktvaratnaprakāśa on Samyaktvasaptati, and one on Samavasaraṇastava. He has also composed a Guj. poem named पडधरी-प्रासादबिब-पइसारा.
धिकार-स्तवन Subject. The text along with a Sanskrit commentary styled as
Adhyatmakalpalata having as its extent about 2459 Slokas. The latter designated as vivști and vịtti as well, by the commentator himself was composed in Surat in Samvat
1674. See p. 146. Begins.-- ( text) fol. 10 ॥५९० ॥ ऐं नमः॥
अथायं श्रीमान शांतरसाधिराजः । exc. , -(com.) fol. b ॥५६॥ ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः॥
परमगुरुमच्छाधिराजश्रीविजयदेवमारिचरणमलेम्यो नमः महोपाध्यायनीशासिचंद्रमणिगुरुभ्यो नमः ।।
प्रणतसुरासुरकोटीकोटीरमणीमगरल)महितपदं । श्रीमत्सुपार्श्व(च)सार्व मंडपावनीरत्मन् ॥१॥ नत्वाऽध्यात्मसुरडुमविकृतिमहं स्वल्पबुद्धिबोधाय । श्रीविजयदेवरिप्राप्तादेशस्तमोमि सदा ॥२॥ युग्म
1 For its colopbon see my Sk, intro. (p. 36 ) to my edition of " Bhakta. mara, Kalyapamandira and Namiupa".
2 This stavana is given as an appendix on pp. 56a-59a to the intro. to Adhyatmakalpadruma.
३ मांडवगढ,
Page #185
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
144
२७०० गाय
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[82. Ends.- (text) fol. 61* गीत्यार्या ।
इममिति । etc. up to शिवश्री (:) as in No. 80. This is followed by the lines as under :
२७८८ गीत्यार्या इति षोडशाधिकारः संपूर्णः।।
इति नवमशांतरसभाबनात्मा(s)ध्यात्मकल्पबुमनामाऽयं ग्रंथ(:) संपूर्ण(:) श्रीमुनिसुंदररिभिर्विरचितश्चिरं जयतु रंजयतु ज्ञलोकं छ संवत् सोलब्यासीया (१६८२) वर्षे कार्तिकशुक्लत्रयोदशीदिन श्री सांतलपुरम
नगरे उपाध्यायश्रीरत्नचंद्रगणिभिलिखितं चिरं जयतु श्री॥ . ,, -- (com. ) fol. 6t' इति षोडशो(s)धिकारः ।
श्रीशांतिचंद्रवरवाचकदुग्धसिंधु..
लब्धप्रतिष्ठवरवाचकरत्नचंद्रः । अध्यात्मकल्पफलदस्य चकार टीका
___ तन्ना(मा)धिकार इति षोडश एप सार्थः ११६ ।। छ इति नवमश्रीशांतिरसभावनाध्यात्मकल्पनुमो जयश्यकः श्री. मानिसंदरसूरिभिः समर्थितः । श्री'तपागच्छनायकपरमगुरुभट्टारकप्रभुश्रीसोमसुंदरमूरिप्रसादेन, विवृतश्च महोपाध्यायश्रीसकलचंद्रगणिशिष्योत्तम उपाध्यायधीशांतिचंद्रगणिशिष्यरत्नउपाध्यायभीरत्नचंद्रगाणमिः श्री 'तपागच्छनायकप्रवर्द्धमानसागरकुमतनिवारणजगदुपकारकतभट्टारकप्रभुयुगप्रधानसमानः(नोश्री ॥ श्रीविजयदेवमरिमारदेवाना(नां) प्रसादेन दीक्षागुरुविद्यागुरुश्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्रप्रमेयरत्नमंजूषारतिकारकमहोपाध्यायश्री. शांतिचंद्रगणिप्रसादेन च। 'अथ प्रशस्तिलिख्यतेश्रीवीरपट्टांबुजमास्करामः
श्रीमत्सुधर्मा गणभृद् बभूव ॥ अद्यापि वाणी प्रसरीसरीति
यस्य प्रभोः पंडितवक्त्रवासा ॥१॥
. 1 The complete colophon ( v. 1-17 + the passage in prose) is translated into Gujarati by M. D. Desai in his intro. ( pp. 33a-34a) to Adhyatmakalpadrumu.
Page #186
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
145
Metaphysics etc. : Svelambara works बभूव तत्पद्रुपरंपरायां
सूरिर्जगच्चंद्र इति प्रसिद्धः॥ .... लेभे 'तपागच्छ इति प्रसिद्धिं
यस्माद् गणो(s) प्रथितावदात() ॥२॥ परंपरायामपि तस्य जातः
'आनंदम(पू) (वों) विमता(ला)ग्रमारः।। साधुक्रियामार्गविकाशं (सभास्थान:
जगज्जना(नोदकरः प्रतीत(:)॥३॥ तस्यापि पट्टे विजयायदानः
सूरिबभूव प्रबलप्रताप(:) । राशिं गुणानां किल यस्य वारा
राशेः समानीकुरुते कवींद्रः ॥ ४ ॥ बभूव सूरी किल तस्य पट्टे
श्रीहीरपूर्वो विजयोजि(जि)तश्रीः॥ प्राप प्रतिष्ठामसमा(मां) स मूरि
नरेंद्रदेवेंद्रकृतामजनं ॥ ५॥ तस्यापि पट्टे (जनि मरिराज(जः)
'सेनोत्तरश्रीविजयो यशस्वी ॥ ; ततार जैनागमवारिराशि
न(ना)त्वा(वा) स्वबुद्ध्योत्तमभाग्यभाग यः ॥ ६ ॥ विजयते किल तत्पदवया .
सुलभरिपदः प्रणयी गुरौ । विजयदेवगुरुगरिमांबुधि....
'स्तप'गणे मगने कि चंद्रमा(:) १७ ॥ ७ ॥
.
1 आनन्दविमलमूरिः । 3 हीराविजयसूरिः। " J. L. P.I -
2 विजयदानसूरिः। 4 विजयसेनमूरिः।
Page #187
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
146
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1821
भीआनंदविमलगुरुशिष्याः श्रीसहजकुशलविबुधवरा(:)। 'लंपाक मतमपास्या(स्यां)गजमलमिव निर्मला जाता(:)॥ ८॥ तेषां शिष्या मुख्या वाचकवरसकलचंद्रनामान(:)। चंद्रा इव बचनसुधां धवृधुर्ये विबुधवरपेयां ॥ ९ ॥ श्रीशांतिचंद्रा परवाचकेंद्रा
स्तेषां च शिष्या बहुशिष्यमुख्याः॥ बसूरुद्दामगुणैरुपेताः . प्रभावकाः भीजिनशासनस्य ॥१०॥ भीमज्जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तेत्तिसूत्रणा(जे) चतुरा(:) येषां बुद्धिं सरगुरुरपीहते विश्वगेयशुभयशसां ॥११॥ गीत्या तेषां गुरु(रूणां गुणसागराणां
प्रसादलेशं समवाप्य चक्रे॥ अध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमवृत्तिमेनां
परोपकद वाचकरत्नचंद्र(ः) ॥ १२ ॥ भीविद्यमानगच्छाधिराजवरविजयदेवमूरि(री)णां । प्राप्यानुहां 'तपा'गणगगनांगणभास्करश्रीणां ॥१३।। युगमुनिरसशशिवर्षे (१६७४)मासा(सी)शे(पे) विजयदशमिकादिवसे। शुले(ध्यात्मसुरडुमतिश्चक्रे मया ललिता ।। १४ ।। (युग्मम्) अध्यात्मशास्त्रविकृति विवृण्वता
यदर्जितं पुण्यम(न)न्यचेतसा । साधुषु कल्याणपरम्परा परा
प्रवर्ततां तेन दिने दिने(७)धिका ॥१५॥ मात्सर्यमुत्सार्य कृतज्ञलोकः
संशोधनीया परिवाचनीया ।। धमोपदेशेन च लेखनीया
वृत्तिः किलैषा च प्रवर्तनीया ॥१६॥ अनुष्टुपां सहस्र द्वे तथोपरि चतुःशती।
र(ए)कोनषष्ठयभिधिका वर्घते वर्णयामलम् ।। १७ ।। ...२४५९ अक्षर २ ग्रंथानं ।
इति अध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमवृत्ति(ः) अध्यात्मकल्पलतानाम्नी संपूर्णा छ संवत् १६७४ वर्षे अश्विनमासे शुक्लदशम्यां श्री सूरतिबंदिरे उपाध्यायभीरत्नचंद्रगणिरध्यासात्म)कल्पलता विरचिता छ
Page #188
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
83.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 147
श्रीप्रद्युम्नचरित्र-श्रीसम्यक्त्वसप्तति-सम्यक्स्वरत्नप्रकाशनामबालावबोध २ श्रीसमवसरणस्तवबालावबोध ३ श्रीहितोपदेश ४ भ्रातृ [१] भिः सह श्रीभक्तामरस्त(व) १ श्रीकल्याणमीदरस्तव २ श्रीदेवा)प्रभोस्तव ३ श्रीमन्द)धर्मस्तव ४ श्रीऋषभवीरस्तव ५ श्रीकृपारसकोष ६ श्रीनैषधमहाकाव्य ७ श्रीरघुवंशमहाकाव्य ८ वृत्तिमागिनीमिः सह रममाणा श्रीअध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमवृत्तिरध्यात्मकल्पलतानाम्नी विबुध पाणिगृहतिा बहुसंतानपरंपरावती चिरं जयतु संवत् १६८३ वर्षे मागवावद ११
बुधे लक्ष। Reference. Both the text and Adhyatmakalpalată published. See
No. 78. See Annals of B.O. R. I. ( vol. XIII, pp.94-96) where Mr. P. K. Gode has assigned dates to Ratnacandra Gani's commentaries on Raghuvamsa and Naişadhiya, as“ between Samvat 1668 and 1683 " and " before or in Samvat 1668" respectively. In Jaina Granthavali (p. 159) Hitopadeśa is said to have been composed in Samvat 1677.
..
1000-
अध्यात्मकल्पाम
Adhyātmakalpadruma अध्यात्मकल्पलतासहित
with Adhyātmakalpalaţă No. 83 Size.- 10. in. by 44 in. Extent.- (text) 76 folios; I to 4 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line.
, - (com.), "; 12 to I4 , , , , 40, , , , Description.- Country paper tough and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; this is a gret Ms. the text written in a comparatively bigger hand-writing; legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and white paste used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 44 practically blank, for the title and the author's name etc, are mentioncd here ; foll. I and 76 partly torn ; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete; the former is divided into 16 adhikaras; the extent of each of them together with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under :
Page #189
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
148
..
Adhikara 1 with com, foll.
II
در
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
""
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
XV
XVI
""
22
""
Ends.-(text) fol. 75
در
رو
39
""
19
22.
د.
""
""
در
Age. Samvat 1795.
Begins (text) fol. 10
در
رو
""
ور
29
""
""
""
دو
39
39
ور
رز
""
33
27
""
""
""
رو
دو
अथायं श्रीमान शांतनामा | etc.
دو
""
وو
در
دو
""
""
در
Ib
12b
15°
16b
LAS + Iw w w - o
18b
212
236
29a
32a
37b
44a
472
Sob
65b
702
73b
UGTÒÌ RA: [1
to
ور
در
دو
دو
دو
"
دو
د.
33
ور
""
""
[83.
12b
Isb
166
186
21a
21828++ Y NO W
236 292
32
376 44*
472
Sob
650 70*
736
7766
Mode
( com. ) fol. 1॰ ए६० ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः ॥ प्रणतसुरासुर । etc.
3
गीत्यार्थी । इममिति etc. up to शिवश्रीः ॥ २७८ ॥
इति षोडशोऽधिकारः संपूर्णः ॥ तत्समाप्ती चाध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमनामा ग्रंथः संपूर्णः श्रीमुनिसुंदर सूरिभिर्विरचितः ॥ विरं जयतु । श्रीसंवत् १७९५वर्षे फाल्गुन ७ भौमें लि० श्री' सूरतिबंदिरे' शांति जिनप्रसादात् ।
(com.) fol. 75b
श्रीशांतिचंद्र । etc. as in No. 82. Then we have प्रशस्ति as in No. 82. The final ending is as follows:
Page #190
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
84.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetamhara works
(fol.76b) इति श्री अध्यात्म कल्पद्रुमवृत्तिः संपूर्णा अध्यात्मलतानाम्नी चिरं जयतु । संवत् १७९५ वर्षे फाल्गुनमासे शुद्धपक्षे नवम्यां ९ शनिवासरे श्री'सुरतिबंदिरे' लिषितं ॥ छ ॥ इदं वाच्यमानं आचंद्रार्क चिरं जीयात् । श्रीप्रद्युम्न - चरित्र | etc. practically up to रममाणा चिरं जयतु | Then we have :
श्री अध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमवृत्तिः
जाता । यतः ।
यादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्ट्वा । तादृशं लिपी (खि)तं मया ।
यदि शुद्ध (शु) द्धं वा । मम दोषो न दीयते ॥ १ ॥ १ ॥
श्री ' सूरतिबंदिरे ' श्री शांतिजिनप्रसादात् ॥ श्रीः ॥ श्रीः ॥ श्रीः ॥
अध्यात्मकल्पद्रुम अध्यात्मकल्पलतासहित
अध्यात्मकल्पलतानाम्नी संपूर्णा
149
Adhyatmakalpadruma with Adhyatmakalpalatā
1073..
1887-91.
No.84
Size.- ro in. by 4g in
Extent.- 77 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line.
Description.— Country paper tough and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional s; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used; yellow pigment profusely used; foll. numbered in both the margins as usual; fol. 1b blank ; so is the fol. 77b; edges of the first few foll slightly worn out; the last few foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent ; condition very fair; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; both complete ; the commentary here given is written by the commentator himself 3 years after the composition of the commentary ; the entire work is divided into 16 adhikāras; the extent of them along with the corresponding portion is as under :
Page #191
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
-150
[ 84.
to
jaina Literature and Philosophy Adhikara, I with com. foll. b
II
" " , tot III
" " , 1:° IV
, " V , , ,, VI VII VIII IX
10 120 130 16
186
21
214
२66
266
29
350
x
420
450
496
49 650
6
700 736
704
XI XII , " XII , " " . XIV
" " XV XVI
73°
774 Age.- Samvat 1677. Begins.-- (text) fol. 16 37871C SATT TIAATAT I etc. , -(com.) fol 1 || ए६।।। श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः॥ .
प्रणतसरासर | etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 750
इममिति | etc. up to शिवश्रीः। २००८ : - (com.) fol. 76• इति श्रीमहोपाध्यायश्रीरत्नचंद्रगणिभिः कृता वृत्तिः स्वये लिखिता ।। छ ।।।
सूर्यचंद्रमसौ यावत् यावत् सप्त (धरा)धराः ।
यावत् 'तपागणस्तावदयं जयतु पुस्तकः ।। श्रीरस्तु ॥ छ । अथ प्रशस्तिलिख्यते ॥ Then we have the colophon of 17 verses beginning with state and ending with धर्णयामलं ॥१७॥. This is followed by the lines as under:. इति श्रीः संवत् १६७४वर्षे आश्विन शुक्लविजयदशम्यां श्री सूरति. बंदिर' महोपाध्यायश्रीशांतिचंद्रगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीरत्नचंद्रगणिभिर्विरचिता ॥ छ । संवत् १६७७ वर्षे लिखिता च चिरं जीयात् ॥छ। उपाध्याय
श्रीमेघविजयगाणवाचनकते । शुभं भवतु छ । N. B.- For further particulars see No. 82.
Page #192
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
85.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambura works 151 अध्यात्मकल्पद्रुम
Adhyātmakalpadruma बालावबोध
bālāvabodha
1168. No. 85
1886-92. Size.- 104 in. by 45 in. Extent.-- 53 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.— Country paper thin, tough and greyish ; Jaina
Devanagari characters ; bold, legible, rather small, fairly uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; yellow pigment used while making corrections; red chalk does not seem to be at all used, not even for the puşpikās of the adhikāras; this Ms. contains verses of the text at times; condition very good ; complete ; the entire work is divided into 16
sections; the extent of each of them is as under :Section 1 with com, foll. 1 to 66
II
!
o i do
IV
.
11 (116):
12b
VI VII VIII
Irb 12b 166
166
186
IX
22b
X
b
Sb
284 306
. 306
452 486 1b
484
SID
5.34.
XI XII
34* XIII
34" XIV XV
XVI Age.- Samvat 1770. Author of bālāvabodha.- Muni Hamsaratna, pupil of Jñanaratna
. Gaội. This Hamsaražna has composed in Samvat 1782 ... Satruñjaya māhātmyollekha in Sanskrit in prose. 1 Some portion is again repeated.
Page #193
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
152
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 85.
Subject. Explanation in Sanskrit and Gujarati based upon Ratnacandra Gani's commentary on Adhyatmakalpadruma. The Gujarati portion elucidates the foregoing Sanskrit one. In SHJL ( p.663 ) it is stated that this bālāvabodha is composed before Samvat 1798. I may add that it is not later than Samvat 1770.
Begins.— fol. r©
॥ ६० ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
श्री शंखेश्वरं पार्श्व ( ) शं प्रणताभीष्टदायकं ॥ प्रणमामि परप्रेम्णां सर्वाभीप्सितसिद्धये ॥ १ ॥ सर्वज्ञं सर्वभाषाभिः सर्वसंसत्प्रबोधकं ॥ सर्वसत्त्वहितं वंदे वर्द्धमानजिनेश्वरं ॥ २ ॥ अध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमसंज्ञकस्य
शास्त्रस्य संविग्नहितावहस्य || (र्ता) भिरप्रौढमतिप्रतुष्टो (ष्ट्यै) बालावबोधं विदधे विवृत्तिं ॥ ३ ॥
तत्रोपन्यायसूत्रमिदं । तिहां प्रथम स्थापनानुं सूत्र कहि छि ॥ व्याख्या ॥
etc.
पूर्वे श्रीमुनिसुंदरे त्रिदशतरंगिणीनाम गुर्वावली कीधी तिवार पछी ए ग्रंथ किधो। etc.
Ends. fol. 52b इमामेति (मति ) मानवी (धी )न्य (त्य ) चित्ते रमयति । etc.
up to शिवश्रीः || ८ ॥
--
इत्याचार्य श्री मुनिसुंदर विरच (चितोऽध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमाभिधो ग्रंथः संपूर्णः संवत् १७७० वर्षे शाके १६३५ना मार्गांश (शी )र्ष सुदि १ दिने मु(०) ललितसागर लिपीचक्रे 'मांडल 'सुभस्थाने श्रीरस्तु ॥
यो मतिमान् इमं अध्यात्मकल्पद्रुमं अधीत्य चित्ते रमयति सोऽयं पुमान् भवात् द्रा विरमति चात एव अस्मिन् पुंसि भववैरिजयश्रिया सह शिवश्रीः रमेत श्म
ए अनंतरोक्त प्रकरि करी जे मतिवंत पुरुष ए अध्यात्न कल्पद्रुमनामा ग्रंथने भणीने चित्तनि विषि रमाडि रात्रि दिवस चीतवि ते पुरुष भवसंसार थकी थोडा काल मांहि विरभि चिरक्क थाई अनिं वली एहनों ज चिंतनधी ते पुरुषनि विषि संसाररूपीया शत्रूना जे जयलक्ष्मी तिथि सहित शिवश्री जे मोक्षलक्ष्मी ते रमि आश्रीनि रहिं एटलि संसारशत्रूनि जीपीने मोक्षलक्ष्मी पामि ए भावार्थ: ८
Page #194
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
85.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
153
ए श्रीअध्यात्मकल्पद्रमनु बालावबोधार्थ उप(पा)ध्याय श्रीरत्नचंद्रगणिकृत टीका जोईनि मि माहरी बुद्ध(द्धि)ने अनुसारि मुझ सरिषा स्वल्पबुद्धि प्राणीना उपगारनि आर्थि लेशमात्र लिष्यो छई ले मध्ये अनाभोगथी तथा अज्ञानथी तथा भ्रांतिथी जे कांह सूचना टीकाना अनुसारथी अधिक उछउ अयुक्त लिषाएं हुई अथवा किहांएक सुगमपणाने काजि किहांडक साहचर्यथी किहांइक रूढिथी जे कांइ विभक्त वचन लिंग काल कारक अन्वय प्रमुषनो विष(पर्यय कीधो हुई ते अपराध बहुभुत गीतार्थों पमबु तथा उपकारबुद्धि अशुद्ध टालीने शुद्ध करवू ।
अथ प्रशस्तिः। श्रीमतगणगगनांगणभासनतरुणतरणिनिमः। श्रीराजविजयसूरिर्बभूव भुषि भूरिविततयशाः॥१॥ यो(s)त्याक्षीद् विभवं धनं सुविहितानुष्टा(पा)नव(ब)छा(शा)दशे (रो)
लोकं कोकामिव प्रबोधमनयद् गोभिश्च गोस्वामिवत् ।। स्थि(छि)त्वा(वा) दिक्परदर्पमु(ज्)ज्वलपटा(टां)श्चक्रे विशेषोज्व(ज्य).
लाद(न) यो (वा) चालित'माल'वेश्वरसितच्छत्रप्रभावोज्व(ज्ज्व)लः ॥२॥ रत्नत्रयप्रथितयं(सं)यमभृत् तदीय
पट्टे(s)थ रत्नविजयाह्वयमूरिरासीत् ।। येन प्रसा(शां)तरजसा प्रशमार्णवे(वे)न ___रत्नाकरायितमनल्पगुणोरणौ)घरत्ने(लैः)॥३॥ तस्यान्वये निखिलभूतलगीति(त)कीर्तिः
श्रीहीररत्न इति सरिवरो विर(२)जे । स्वर्ग गतोऽप्यखिलभक्तसमीहितानि
यो(s)द्यापि पूरयति नव्य इवामरटुः॥४॥. तत्पट्टभूषणमणिर्जयरत्नमरिः . सर्वाग्रणीर्यणिषु भूरियणास(अ)यो(s)भून(द) । श्रीभावरत्न इति भावविदां वरेण्य[:]
___ स्तत्पदृभृजयति सम्प्रति सूरिराजः॥ ५॥ श्रीहीररत्नसरेर्मुख्याः शिष्याः सुनिर्मलामिक्षाः।
श्रीलब्धिरत्नविबुधाः शास्त्रार्णवपारदृश्वा(नः)॥६॥ 20 [J. L. P.)
Page #195
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
64
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [85. [नद ]श्रीसिद्धिस्तनाम्ना (रत्न)पाठकषर्यास्तदन्धये नदनु । श्रीहर्षि)र नवाचकवरा वरीयोगुणैर्वेथाः ॥७॥ लक्ष्मीरत्नगणीशा आसन दुर्वादिदनुजलक्ष्मीशाः । श्रीना(ज्ञानरत्नगणयन्तदाश्रवा सांप्रतं जयंतु चिरं ॥८॥ तञ्चरणकमलसेवा गस्तत्संगसमयततरंगः । सुविहितकल्याणविमलगणिवरविहितार्थमानुन्नः ॥ ९ ॥ बालावबोधबोधवार्तामध्यात्म सुरद्रमाख्यशास्त्रस्य । मुनिहंसरत्न एनामतनोत् तनुबुद्धिअ(सन्व(व)हितां ॥१०॥ शोध्यं सुतच(व)चि(वि)द्भिः ग्रंथो(s)यं धीधनैः । प्रषाच्यमानश्च सद्भावसंपदायरा चंद्रार्क(क) चिरं जयतात् ॥११॥
इति बालावबोध संपूर्णः॥ Reference.- Published along with the text in Prakaranaratnakara
op.9-96).
अध्यात्मगीत
Adhyātmagita No.86
609 (1).
1892-95. Extent.-- fol. Is to fol. 164. Description.- Complete; 9 verses in all. For other details see Sankhesvara-Parsvajinastavana No. 909 (4)
1892-95.. Author.- Kavi Kamalakirti. Subject. - A devotional poem in Vernacular. Begins.- fol. 156
ऋषभदेव करत कसिदा ग्यांनका में जिनगुण राची।
ईलम बांणी जैनकी परमारथ साची॥१॥ etc. Ends.-- fol. 160
कमलकीरति कवि यु कहें परमारथ यांनी।
जे ए सीर्षे भावस्युं सो तो उत्तम ध्यांनी ॥ ९॥ करत० ॥ इति अध्यात्मगीतं।
Page #196
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
87.]
अध्यात्मगीता [ आत्मगीता ]
No. 87
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
Adhyatmagitā [ Atmagita ]
542.
1895-98.
जिणें आत्मा शुद्धताये पिछाण्यो
तिणे लोक अलोकनो भाव जाण्यो ।
आत्मरमणी मुनि जग वदीता उपदीस्यूं तेण अध्यात्मगीता ॥ ३ ॥ etc.
iss
Size. 11 in. by 5 in.
Extent. -- 3 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper very thin and whitish ; Jaina Devanagari characters without gaars; bold, legible, uniform, good and big hand-writing; borders unruled; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; margins of every fol. damaged to a smaller or greater extent; a part of fol. 3a slightly worn out, and hence the missing letters untraceable; condition fair; complete.
Age. — Old.
Author. Devacandra, devotee of Dipacandra of the Kharatara gaccha.
Subject.— Spiritual sermon presented in 49 verses in Gujarati. The work can be also designated as आत्मंगीता. See the ending line of the work.
Begins. fol. 1
॥ अहँ ॥ ॥ ढाल गीतानि ॥
प्रणमीयें विश्वहित जैन वाणी महानंदतरु सिंचवा अमृतवाणी ।
महामोहपुर भेदवा बज्रपाणी गहनभवफंदच्छेदन कृपाणी ॥ १ ॥
द्रव्य अनंत प्रकाशक भासक तत्त्वस्वरूप आत्मतत्त्वविबोधक सच्चिद्रूप ॥
नय निक्षेप प्रमाणें जाणें वस्तु समस्त
त्रिकरण योगें प्रणमुं जैनागम सुप्रशस्त ॥ २ ॥
Page #197
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
156
jaina Literature and Philosophy [87. Ends.-fol. 3.
श्रतअभ्यासी चोमासीवासी 'लिंबडी ठाम शासनरागसोभागी श्रावकना बहु धाम ।। 'खरतरगच्छपाठक श्रीदीपचंद्रसपसाय देवचंद्रे निज हरष्य गायो आतमराय ॥ ४८॥ आत्मगुणरमण करवा अभ्यासै शुद्धसत्ता रसीतइं उल्हासै।
देवचंद्रे रची आत्मगीता आत्मरंगी मुनिसुप्रतीता ॥ ४९ ।।
इति श्रीअध्यात्मगीता समाप्ता॥ ॥ श्रेयसे स्तात् ।। . Reference.- For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. SI.
One of them is stated to be सचित्र स्वर्णाक्षरी. There are some Mss. in some of the bhandaras at Surat too.
-
अध्यात्मगीता
Adhyātmagītā [ आत्मगीता]
[ Atmagita ] No. 88
1571 (9).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 17* to fol. 19. Description.- Complete ; 49 verses in all. For other details see Virnsativiharamanajinastavana No. 1571 (I
__1891-95. Begins.-fol. 17* ॥ ढाल गीतानि ।
प्रणमीय विश्वहित जैन वाणी। महानंदतरु सीचिवा अमृतपाणी ॥ महामोहपुर भेदवा वज्रपाणी।
गहनभवफंदच्छेदन कृपाणी।१।etc. Ends.- fol. 19*
श्रुतअभ्यासी । etc. up to आतमराय as in No. 87. This is followed by the lines as under :
आत्मगुण रमण करवा अभ्यास शुद्ध सत्तारसीनई उल्हास।
देवचंद्रे रची आत्मगीता आत्मरंगी मुनिसुप्रतीता॥४९॥ इति श्रीअध्यात्मगीता समाप्ता च ।। N. B. - For additional information see No. 87.
Page #198
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
89.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
137
अध्यात्मतरशिणी
Adhyātm:tarangiņi टिप्पणकसहित
with tippaņaka
1035. No. 89
1884-87. Size.— 144 in. by 7} in. Extent.-- (text) 10 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. ___ , - (com.) ,, , 7 , , , , , 60 , ,, ,, , Description.- Country paper thick, tough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters ; this is a fait Ms., inasmuch as the tippaņaka is written mostly in space above and below the text; the text written in a very big hand-writing; the tippaņaka in a smaller one; legible and very good handwriting ; borders ruled in s ( 2 + 3 ) lines and edges in 3 (2 + 1 ), in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1a blank except that the title etc. written on it as अध्यात्मतरंगिणी सोमदेवकृत पत्र १० श्लोक १२०%3; fol. 10b blank; condition very good; yellow pigment used%3
complete. Age.- Samvat 1933. Author of the text.- Somadeva, a Digambara (2) writer.
,, ,, ,, tippanaka.- Not mentioned. Subject. -- Exposition of the spiritual doctrines in 140 verses in
Sanskrit together with notes in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. 10
॥६॥ ॐ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः॥ अथ अध्यात्मतरंगिणी लिख्यते ॥ मा स्माधस्ताद् धरित्री दिशतु स परमाः संपदो(s)स्यामवि(बि)प्रत् ।।
प्रोदा(?)स्तेयः पतत्स्म क्रम इति च कुतो निर्मरं सर्वदा यः॥ मा गुर्गोत्रक्षितिधाः क्षितिमिति मरुतः प्रक्षिपन सूक्ष्मवीक्षान् । मा(s) भूत् व्योम्ना प्रचार ॥ पवनपथसदां वो यतो
नूर्द्धवा(बाहुः॥१॥ पातालांता ब(बभूवुः खलजनजनिता बारूपथाः कर्णपूराः ॥
Page #199
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
158 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[89. ऋध्यच्चेषाश्च साक्षात् त्वयि मतिवशिनी भामुभासोर्चितांगे ॥ आशावामावशाने परव x x x 'शै पांशुभिः कुंतलालि
मुत्पाट्य मूलमेनोद्रुमगहनजटाजालवद्वीतमाहे ॥२॥ Begins.- (tippanaka) fol. 1° अधः पातालतले स देवः वो युष्मभ्यं सर्वदा सर्वकालं
संपदः विभूतिः ददातु । etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 9
दृष्टिनिं गुणोद्धाविह विनिगदिता बा(ss)त्मनि प्राप्ततत्त्वै
__स्तावेव प्राप्तवतौ विविधविधितयोत्कर्षभावाद()हुन्छ ।
वग्गों(?)तर्भावमत्र प्रकृतगुणयुगे याति कश्चि(द) भवर्गः . सौक्ष्मश्रद्धावगाहा गरुलघाणता वाचायवाद्यौ विरोधः॥ मुक्तो नापूर्वमाप्यं किमपि सुकृतिभिश्चतितामात्मरूप
प्राप्तिं प्राहुः प्रणीताखिलगमनया केवलज्ञानभाजः । सूक्ष्मा तेषां जिनेंद्रोदितमतमहितज्ञानसाम्राज्यसंपत् संपन्नाः सर्वसत्त्वोत्पलविप(पि)नमुदे सोमदेवाश्चै(श्च)
साक्षात् ॥ ४०॥ इति सोमदेवविरचितयोगामार्गे अध्यात्मतरंगिणीमूलसूत्राणि इति अध्यात्मतरंगिणी सोमदेवविरचित संपूर्ण ॥ ।
___ संवत १९३३का असाढमासे शुभे शुक्लपक्षे तिथौ ४ स(श)नी(नि)पासरे ॥ लिखितं दसकत जवाहरलाल पाटणी 'सवाईजैपुर मध्ये (मध्ये)।
॥ पत्रसंख्या॥१०॥ ,,-- (tippanaka) fol. I0° पुनः किंभूताः समस्तजीया एव कैरव कक्ष
__तस्य मुदे सोमदेवाश्चंद्रमसः ॥१॥ N. B.- While going through the proofs I find that in Jina
ratnakośa (p. s) there is mention of a Digamhara work of this name by Somadeva and that it is published in Manekchand Digambara Jaina Granthamālā as No. 13. Is this the same work?
1 Letters seem to be missing in the Ms.
Page #200
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
9.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
159
अध्यात्मद्वात्रिंशिका
Adhyātmadvātrimsikā (अध्यात्मवत्तीसी)
(Adhyatmabattisi) No. 90
1573 (14).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 229 to fol. 220. Description. - Complete ; 32 verses in all. For other details see Virnsativiharamanajinastavana No. 1573 (1)
- 1891-95.. Subject.- A poem in Gujarati dealing with six substances, func
tions of the body and the soul etc. Begins.-- fol. 224 दोहरा॥
शुद्ध वचन सदगुरु कहै । केवलभाषित अंग।
लोकपुरुष परवान सब । चौदह रज्जु उतंग ।।१॥ etc. Ends,- fol. 220
सुमति कर्म तिसि वसथे । और ऊपाक न कोई। शिवसरूपपरगाससौं । आवागमन न होई ॥३२॥ इति अध्यात्मबत्तिसी समाप्त।१॥
अध्यात्माद्वपश्चाशिका
Adhyātmadvipancāsikā. ( अध्यात्मबावनी)
(Adhyātmabāvani )
1572. No. 91
1891-95. Size.- 11 in. by 48 in. Extent. — 3 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper not quite white in colour; Jaina
Devanagari characters; bold, legible and big hand-writing%3B borders ruled in two lines in red ink; margins on the right and the left as well, of every. fol. more or less damaged; condition fair , red ink used to mark the numbers for the couplet (दुहा); foll. numbered in both the margins; in the left-hand margin the title is written as अध्यात्मबावनी complete.
Page #201
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
160
Age.— Sarvat 1903.
Subject.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
52 spiritual couplets in Gujarātī language, inter-mixed at times with Hindi. This work mainly deals with 1) बहिरात्म - लाञ्छन, ( 2 ) अन्तरात्म - लाञ्छन and ( 3 ) परमात्म
लाऊछन.
Begins. fol. 14 ॥ ६० ॥ दुहा ||
Ends.- fol. 3b
मायाजाल मुंक परी । सुत्तचारित्र विचार | भवजलतारण पोतसम । धर्म हयामां धार ॥ १ ॥ धर्म कि धन शेपजें । धर्मि सुषीया होई । धर्मे धन वर्षे घणो । धरम करें जग कोई ॥ २ ॥ etc.
अध्यात्मफाग
ग्यांन वृष्य सेवो भविक । चारित्र समकित मूल ।
अमर अगम फलपद लह्यो । जिनवरपद अनुकूल ।। ५२ ।। इणि रीतिं त्रण आत्मानु सरूप अध्यातमबावनीइं करी जांणबुं ।
अध्यात्मबावनी संपूर्ण ॥ श्री' पालीताणा' ति (ती) थे । लिपीकृत्य सं. १९०३
ज्येष्ठ वदि १२ दि(ने) ।
Reference. For a Ms. of Jinaranga's Adhyatmabavani see Limbdi Catalogue No. 55.
[ 91.
No. 92
Extent. fol. 23a to fol. 24b. Description. - Complete ; 17
Jñānapañcāśikā No.
Author.— Banarasī ( ? ). Subject.- A spiritual poem in Vernacular.
verses in all. For other details see 1612 (a). 1891-95.
Begins. – fol. 234 अथ अध्यातमफागु लिप्यते ।।
-
Adhyatmaphāga
1612 (g). 1891-95.
अध्यातम विनि क्यौं पाइये हौ मेरे ललन |
परम पुरुषको रूप घट घट अंतर मिलि रह्यो हौं महिमां अगम
अनुप ॥ १ ॥ अ ॥
Page #202
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
93.1
विषम विरष पूरी भयै हौ आयो सहज बसंत |
प्रगटी सुरचि सुगंधता है । मनमधुकर मयमंत ॥ २ ॥ अ ॥ etc.
Ends. fol. 24b
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
परम जोति परगट भइ हौ ॥ लगी होलिके आगि ।
आठ काठ सब जारि छुडे हौ
॥
गइ तताइ भागि ।। १६ ।। अ ।।
।
प्रकृति पचासी लग रही हौ भसमषे लहौ सोय । नाहि घोयड जल भए हौ || फिरि तहां पेलै न कोय ॥ १७ ॥ इति संपूर्ण ॥
Reference. - A list of 29 phagu' poems along with some details is given by me in my article "आपणां 'फागु' काव्यो" published in Jaina Satya Prakaśa ( Vol. XI, No. 6 ). For further particulars see JSP (Vol. XI, Nos. 7-12 & Vol. XII, Nos. 5-6 ) .
अध्यात्मफाग
No. 93
Extent. fol. 19b to fol. 201.
Description.- Complete ; 17 verses in all.
Vimśativiharamānajinastavana No.
Ends. fol. 201
Begins. fol. 195 अथ अध्यात्मफाग लिष्यते । अध्यातम fer क्यों पाइइ हो । अहो मेरे ललनां । परम पुरुषको रूप ||
161
"
N. B. - For other details see No. 92.
21 J. L. P.J
Adhyatmaphāga
1573 (11).
1891-95.
For other details see
1573 ( 1 ). 1891-95.
परम ज्योति | etc. up to तहां पेल न होय । as in No. 92. This is followed by the line as under :--
अ. १७ इति अध्यातमफाग संपूर्ण ॥ लि. ऋ (०) भवन ।
etc. as in No. 92.
Page #203
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
162
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
अध्यात्मबिन्दु ( प्रथम द्वात्रिंशिका ) स्वोपज्ञविवरणसहित
Adhyatmabindu (Dvātrimsikä I) with svopajña vivarana
1169 (a).
1886-92,
[94
No. 94
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Description.
Extent. 17 folios; 16 lines to a page; 53 letters to a line. Country paper thick, tough and greyish in colour; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, legible, uniform, not very small and elegant hand-writing; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1 blank; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well; both complete; this Ms. contains an additional work (though incomplete) viz. g of Rajasekhara Sūri beginning on fol. 17 and ending on fol. 17b; condition very good.
Age. Pretty old.
Author of the text.- Harṣavardhana.
The colophon however suggests altogether a new name for the author viz. Upădhyāya Hamsarāja. Other Mss. record only Harşavardhana.
Author of the commentary. Harṣavardhana.
Subject. A work in Sanskrit perhaps divided into thirty-two Dvätrimśikās, out of which this is the first consisting of 32 couplets, along with a commentary by the author.
Begins. (text) fol, 1b
ga: febAsylĉAAGWgÈ
स्मात् परं स्वं च विभिद्य सम्यक् । aggard fafager ma
नाभेयः केवलमाससाद | etc. (com) fol. rh ए६० ॥ ऐं नमः ॥ अनंत विज्ञानविभूतिशाली सत्प्रातिहार्याद्भुत भूतिमाली ॥ तीर्थान्तरीया नबबुद्धयोगा
गमार्थदेशी जयताज्जिनेंद्रः ॥ १ ॥
Page #204
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
24.1
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
163
अथातः शुद्वात्मानुभवरसिकानामनेकदागमार्थश्रवणकुष्पासनसंस्तवनादिक्रियाभासप्रक्रियापर्याप्तात्मतत्त्वविप्रतिपत्तीनां भव्यमत्वानामुपका. राय शुद्धात्मस्वरूपप्रतिपादनपटिष्टाध्यात्मबिंदुप्रथमद्वात्रिंशिकाविवरणं स्पष्ट
मुपक्रम्यते तस्य चेदमा पद्यं । Ends.- ( text ) fol. 160
इत्येवं संप्रधार्य द्रुततरमखिलं भेदसंविद्वलेन
जीवाजीवप्रपंचं विदलति किल यो मोहराजानुवृत्ति । ज्ञानानन्दस्वरूपे भगवति भजति स्वात्मनि स्थैर्यमाशु
प्रक्षिप्याज्ञानभावं स भवति न चिराच्छुद्धबुद्धस्वरूपः ॥३२॥ , - (com.) fol. IT'
इति स्वोपज्ञाध्यात्मबिंदुविवरणे सदुपाध्यायश्रीमद्धर्षवर्द्धनविरचिते प्रथमा द्वात्रिंशका समाप्ता॥१॥
श्रीहंसराजउपाध्यायविरचिता(s)ध्यात्मद्वात्रिंशिका समातेति
प्रथमा। Reference. — For Mss. see Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. 6).
•
अध्यात्मबिन्दु
Adhyātmabindu (प्रथम द्वात्रिंशिका)
(Dvātrimśikā I) स्वोपज्ञविवरणसहित
with svopajña vivarana
119. No. 95
1873-74. Size.- 104 in. by 4; in. Extent,- 23 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper grey and tough but not very thick :
Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, clear, uniform, sufficiently big and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, and edges, singly, in the same red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin 3; fol. I. blank ; red chalk used; corners of some of the foll. damaged; condition very fair; yellow pigment used; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well; both complete.
Page #205
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
164 - Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[-95. Age.- Samvat 1770. Begins.-- (text ) fol. 10 . A RETI I etc.
. » - (com. ) fol. 10 Utolla : 11
rarestia Il etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 23° gria I etc. up to gere: 38 as in No. 94. » - (com.) fol. 1 sfat Farragir(s)Etiafag i etc. up to FGTETIT
singdawafaa yaqitistar FataTI as in No.94. This is followed by the line as under :
संवत् १७७०वर्षे चैत्रशुदि शुक्रे॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 94. EE
अध्यात्मबिन्दु
Adhyātmabindu ( giámrat)
( Dvātrimsikā I) स्वोपज्ञविवरणसहित
with svopajšia vivarana
1220. No. 96
1891-95. Size.- 98 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 20 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin, tough and white, Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; small, legible and tolerably good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink ; yellow pigment used ; condition very good ; both the text and the commentary complete so far as the first dvātrimśikā is concerned ; foll. numbered in both the
margins. Age.- Saṁvat 1950. Begins.- (text) fol. 1b
A(A:) PRAVOTA I etc. „ – (com. ) fol. 1 BATTUTTIA TA:11
inferaftrafaretreftetc.
Page #206
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
97.] Metpahysics etc. : Šveramabara wwrks tos Ends.- (text) fol. 196
pada gurf , etc. up to *9(:) 38 as in No. 94. The number of this verse is wrongly written as 31, instead of 32.
(com.) fol. 200 sfat Fate(s)Ersată etc. up to #garegrutura farrera TA ETÕITET FATAT I as in No. 94. This is followed by the line as under :
संवत् १९५० सेरा द्वितीय असाड सुदी ७ गुरुवार।... N. B.- For other details see No. 94.
1221.
अध्यात्मविन्दु
Adhyātmabindu ( VYA gáistal)
(Dvātrimsika I) स्वोपशविवरणसहित
with svopajña vivarana No. 97
1891–95. Size.- 10 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 18 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
någari characters with very rare TTAETIS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; a strip of paper pasted to each of the foll. 14 and 186; condition good ; fol. 18b practically blank except that the title etc. written on it; both the text and the commentary
complete so far as the first dvātrimśikā is concerned. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.-- (text) fol. 1a
FA: ROASTRA I etc. „ - ( com. ) fol. 1' ap: 11
MÄNTEITA Tantra I etc.
Page #207
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
166
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
*97. Ends.- (text ) fol. 570
Ta gurf / etc. up to gar*: 1132. as in No. 94. „ - ( com.) fol. 18* xfat Far9FTIETIH I etc. up to PTTEDETTA
agafarraa raar gått FAINI as in No. 94. This is followed by the line as under :
11 AA: 11 ANS I N. B.- For further particulars see No. 94.
अध्यात्ममतपरीक्षा
Adhyātmamatapariksā (अझप्पमयपरिक्खा)
( Ajjbappamayaparikkha ) स्वोपशविवरणसहित
with svopajña vivarana
1074. No. 98
1887-91. Size.- 94 in. by 44 in. Extent. - 87 folios; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and greyish ; Jaina Deva nāgari
characters with occasional ASIS; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1blank except that the title etc. written on it; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the
whole good; both the text and the commentary complete. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the text.- Mahopädhyāya Nyayaviśārada Yasovijaya
Gaņi, pupil of Nayavijaya. For details see pp. 13, 15, 16,
33, 34 and 37-38 and Vol. XVII, pt. 5, p. 12. Author of the commentary, Yaśovijaya Gaņi (as above ). Subject. The text in Prakrit in verse challenges the views of the
Digambaras. It is explained in Sanskrit in prose.
Page #208
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
98. ]
Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1 ऐं नमः ॥
""
A
Metaphysics etc.: Švetämbara works
पणमिय पास जिणिदं बंदिय सिरविजयदेवतरिदं । अज्झष्पमयपरि (क) खं जहबोइ ( हमिमं ) करिस्सामि ॥ १ ॥
( com. ) fol. r ॥ ६० ॥
महोपाध्याय श्री श्रीकल्याणविजयगणिशिष्य मुख्य पंडित श्री श्रीलाभविनयगणिशिष्य श्री श्रीजेता विजयगणिपंडित नयविजयगणिगुरुभ्यो
नमो नमः ॥
""
ऐकारकलितरु (रू) पां स्मृत्वा वाग्देवतां विबुधयां ।
अध्यात्ममतपरीक्षां स्वोपज्ञामेष विवृणोमि ॥ १ ॥
तत्रेयं प्रथम गाथा. Then we have the first verse of the text above noted. This is followed by the lines as under :इह हि ग्रंथारंभे शिष्टाचारपरिपालनाय विघ्नध्वंसाय वा मंगलमवइय माचरणीयमिति मनसि कृत्य पूर्वार्द्ध (र्धे) न समू(मु) चितेष्टयोदे (दें) वगुर्योः प्रणतिलक्षणं मंगलमकारि उत्तरार्द्धेन च प्रेक्षावदवधानाय विषय निरूपणं प्रत्यज्ञायि । etc.
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 874
167
अज्झप्पमयपरी (रि) क्खा ऐसा जु(ख) तीहिं पूरिया जुत्ता । सोहंतु पसायपरा तं गीयत्था बिसेसविऊ |
( com. ) fol. 874 स्पष्टा ।
एतां वाचमुवाच वाचकवरो वाचं यमस्याग्रणी
रस्पा एव च भाष्यकृत्प्रभूतदो (यो) निष्कर्षमातेनिरे । एतामेव वहति चेतसि परब्रह्मार्थिनो योगिनो
रागद्वेषपरिक्षयाद् भवति यन्मुक्तिन (र्न) हेत्वंतरैः ॥ १ ॥ received यथा सुगदृशः कांतं बिना कामिनं
भैषज्यानुपज्ञांत भस्मकरज: सद्भक्ष ( क्ष्य) मोगो यथा ॥ अप्रक्षाल्य च पंकर्मकसिचये कस्तूरिकालेपनं
रागद्वेष कषायनिग्रहस्ते मोघप्रयासस्तथा ॥ २ ॥ आत्मध्यानकथार्थिनां तनुभृतामेता गिरः श्रीवो (ः)
श्रीममृतबुद्धिसमुद्धताः सुधाबिंदषः ॥ एता एव च नास्ति कस्व वित्तमामास्तिक्यजीवात
(g) संग्रचः पीडाकृतः कर्णयोः ॥ ३ ॥
Page #209
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
168
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[98.
आसा(शा) श्रीमदकब्बरक्षितिपतिश्चित्रं द्विषद्भामिमी
नेत्रांभोमालिनाश्वकार यशसा यस्ता सिता प्रत्यूत।। एका सैन्यतुरंगनिष्टुरखुरक्षुण्णां चकार क्षमा
मन्यस्तां हदये दधार तदपि प्रा(प्री)तिर्द्धईयोः शाश्वती॥४॥ स श्रीमत् 'तपगच्छभूषणमभूद् भूपालभालस्थल
व्यावल्गन्मणिकांतिकुंकुमपय प्रक्षालितांहिवय(:) षट्खंडक्षितिमंडलप(प्र)शु(सु)मराखंडप्रचंडोल्लसत्
पांडित्यद्ध(ध्व)नदेकडिंडिमभरः श्रीहीरसूरीश्वर(:)॥५॥ स्वैरं स्वेहीतसाधनी(:) प्रसूपरे स्वा(स्वी)यप्रताप(पा)नले
बाग्मंत्रोपहता विपक्षय (य)शशा(सा)माधाया(य) लाजाहुती॥ सो दुर्वादिकुवासमोपजनितं कष्टं निनाय क्षयं
स श्रीमा(न) विजयादिसेनसगुरुस्तत्पट्टरत्नं बभौ ॥ ६॥ घार(रा)वाह इवोन्नमय्य नितमा यो दक्षिणस्यामपि
स्वरं दिक्षु ववर्ष हर्षजननीविपदाख्या अपः ॥ तत्पट्टत्रिदशादि(द्रि)तुंगशिखरे शोभा समयां दधन(त)
म(स) श्रीमान् विजयादिदेवगुरुः प्रद्योतते सांप्रतं ॥७॥ यगांभीर्यविनिर्जितो जलधिरप्युल्लोलकल्लोलभृद्
राजे(ञ) सर्वमिदं निवेदयति किं व्याकर्णलंबालकः ॥ तत्पडोदयपर्वते(5)भ्युदयिनः पूष्णाति पुष्णास्तुला
स श्रीमान् विजयादिसिंहसगुरुः) सौभाग्यभाग्यकभूः॥८॥ गच्छे स्वच्छतरे तेषां परि(पा)यो(दयो)पतस्थुषां। कवीनामनुभावेन नवीनां कृतिमादधे ॥९॥ तथाहिसाहनमघवा द(ह)रश्व दशभिः श्रोत्र (विधिश्वाष्टभिः
येषां कीर्तिकथां सुधाधिकरसां पातुं प्रवृत्ता समं ॥ ते श्रीवाचकपुंगवास्त्रिजगतीविख्यातधामाया
कल्याणाद् विजयाह्वया कविकुलालंकारतां भेजिरे ॥१०॥ हैमव्याकरणे कोपल इवोहीतं परीक्षाकृतः
। पर्येक्षन निबदरेखमखिलं येषां सुवर्णे वचः ।। ते प्रोन्मादिकुवादिधारणघटानिर्भदपंचाननाः भीलाभादविजया(होया मुकृतिनः प्रौडाश्रयं शिप्रियुः ॥ ११ ॥
Page #210
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
98.] Metaphysics etc. : Śvetambara works
169 यत्कीर्तिश्रुतधूत(ध)जटिशिरोविश्रस्तासिद्धापमाः(गा)- ..
कल्लोलप्लुतपार्वतीकुचगलस्कस्तूरिकापंकिले ॥ चित्रं दिग्बलये तयैव धवले नो पंकवार्ता(s)प्यभूत्
प्रो(प्रो)ढिं ते विबुधेषु जीतविजयप्राज्ञाः परामेयरुः ॥१२॥ येषामत्युपकारसारविलसत्सारस्वतोपासना
वाचः स्फारतराः स्फुरंति मितमामस्मादृशामप्यहो। धीरश्लाघ्यपराक्रमास्त्रिजगतीचतश्चमत्कारिणः
सेव्यते हि मया नयादिविजयपाज्ञाः प्रमोदेन ते ॥१३॥ ... तेषां प्राप्य परोपकारजननीमाज्ञां प्रसादानुगां
तत्पादांबुजयुग्मसेवनि(न)विधौ गायितं बिभ्रती ॥ एतन्यायविशारदेन यतिना निःशेषविद्यावतां
प्रीत्यै किंचन तत्त्वमाप्तसमयानुद्धृत्य तेभ्यो(s)पितं ॥ १४॥ ययू(द्य)च्चैः किरणा स्फ(स्फुरति तरणेस्तत्किं तमःसंचयैः?
स्वीयत्ता यदि नाम तरव स्तब्धे(ग्धै)नुमैः किं ततः?॥ देवा एव भवंत चेनिजवशास्तत्किं प्रतीपैः परै(:)?
___ संतः संतु मयि प्रसम्ममनसोऽन्युच्छंखलैः किं खलैः ॥ १५॥ भिन्नस्वर्गिरिसानुभानुशशभृत्प्रत्यूच्छलत्कंदुक
क्रीडायां रसिको विधिविजयते यावत् च तंत्रेच्छया ।। या(ता)वत् भावविभावनैककुतुकीमिथ्यात्वदावानल (ल)
ध्वंसे वारिधरः स्फू(क)रत्वयमिह ग्रंथः सतां प्रीतिकृत् ॥ १६ ॥ इति श्रेयःपरंपरा शुभं भवतु ॥७॥ श्री॥
Then in a different hand we have :
॥ श्री पं. हीराचंदजीनी छे ।। डा ३५ पोथी १ परत Reference.-- Both the text and its Gujarāti translation are published
in the second volume (pp.273-344) of Prakaranaratnakara by Bhimsinh Manak, Bombay, in A. D. 1876. The text along with the author's own com. in Sanskrit are also published in D. L. J. P. Series as. No. 5 in A. D. 1911. Herein there is a Sanskrit rendering of Prakrit verses probably by the author, and at the end there is a bare text,
.22 1J,L. P.)
Page #211
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
179
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
अध्यात्माका
[ अध्यात्मसारमाला . ]
Begins. fol. 45* ॥ ६७ ॥
No. 99
Extent. fol. 45s to fol. 54. Description Complete. For other details see Vimśativiharamāna
jinastavana .No.
1573 (1). 1891-95.
Ends. - fol. 54b
Adhyatmamālā : [Adhyātmasāramala ]
Author:—— Nemidasa.
Subject. Distinguishing characteristics of the mundane soul and the liberated.soul specifically pointed out in verse in Veranacular in different metres; characteristics of antaratman, paramatman etc. mentioned; information about six dravyas etc. given.
1573 (31).
1891-95.
जिनवाणी नितु नमी कीजे आत्मशुद्धि |
चिदानंद पा मिटे अनादि अशुद्धि ॥ १ ॥
शुद्धतम दर्शन बिना कर्म न त्रुटे कोय ।।
तेह कारणा शुद्धतमा दरशन करी थीर होय ॥ २ ॥ etc.
गाथा पघडी ।
[99.
दर्शन ज्ञांन चारित्र तब चोराण 'जिन सी (सि) द्ध सुरी वायग कुनी ॥ सुणी पण पद एकीभावे माला विपड़ी सूत्र थकी सुविशाला ॥ ४ ॥
कलसएम. जिनमत आराधो काज साधो भविकनी खूणी भावता गुराष्ट्रांश क्रोधो सुणो/ साधु करो: मील मन बाजना । अध्यातम गुणी एह माला भविक जीव कंठे ठषो ।
जिम लही. मंगलमाला अचलं अनुभव अनुभवौ ॥ ५ ॥ इति श्रीमदासकृत, अध्यातमसाला संपूर्णः ॥ श्री ॥ श्री ॥
Page #212
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Too.]
Metapahysics etc.: Svetamabara works
17
अध्यात्ममाला
Adhyatmamäti [ अध्यातमसारमाला]
[ Adhyātmasāremāla.]
1475. No. 100
-1887-91. Size.- 10 in by 4t in.
. . Extent.-5 folios ; I4 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a linc. Description.-Country paper tough andrgreyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters"; small, clear and fair hand-writiog: borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; all the foll. except fol. 18b numbered in the right-hand margin; folk na blankir red chalk usedi; complete:
Age. - Samvar 1799. Begins.-fol. 10 ॥५६॥ ॥ श्रीसारदाय नमः ।।
दहा
जिनवाणी नितु नमी कीजइ आतम सुध।
चिदानंद सुपपामीई मिटइ अनादि असद्ध ॥ etc. Bl. 20
इम भावित शिवतस्वरस ते अध्यातमसार ।
ताको कालु गाणवरगनां उगता होई-सुपकारः॥ २१ ॥. etc.... :: Ends.-- fol. 56
इम जिनमत आराधउ काज साघउ भबिक निजी भावना गुणठीणई बांध मुण साधड कर नि जन्म पविना ।। अध्यात्मगुणनी एह माली भविक जिन कंठह उब(ज) जिम लहउं मंमललीलमाला अचल अनुमय अनुभवो.॥१॥
इति-अध्यात्मसारमाला संपूर्णः॥ संवत १७९९ वाजाही दिशादिने लिपित छ। N: B.- For further details see No. 99.
Page #213
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
172
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[101.
अध्यात्मसारप्रकरण
Adhyātmasāra prakarana No. 101
1076.
1887-91. Size.- log in. by 4; in. Extent.- 32 folios; 13 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina Deva
någari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1 blank ; red chalk used ; every fol. more or less worm-eaten ; a corner of fol. 300 worn out; condition fair; there is some space kept blank in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well ; it is so kept that it forms a design so to say; complete : seven prabandhas in all; the extent of each of them is as under :
Prabandha I foll. Ibo sa » II
Sa , 8a B . III , 8 , 11b
IV , 110 „ 166 (pariccheda ) , V , 165 , 256
VI » 216 „ 28*
VII , 282 , 205 Every prabandha is subdivided into adhikäras ; in all there
are 21 adhikāras ( 4+3+4+3+3+2+2 ). Age. Samvat 1714. Author.-- Yasovijaya Gaņi, pupil of Nayavijaya Gani, a colleagueot
Jitavijaya Gaņi of the 'Tapa' gaccha. For further details
see p. 166. Subject.-- This is a metrical composition in Sanskrit in 949 verses.
The 21 topics discussed here are as under :
अध्यात्मशास्त्रमाहात्म्य, अध्यात्मस्वरूप, दम्भत्याग, भवस्वरूपाचन्ता, वैराग्यसम्भव, वैराग्यभेद, वैराग्यविषय, ममतात्याग, समता, सदनुष्ठान, Higfe, Apareca, faerian, TUETTI, OTT, ETT, talet,
tramar, franarafat, 39 and Framarafato
Page #214
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
102. ]
Metaphysics etc.: Svelambara works
Begins. fol. 1७ ॥ ६० ॥ श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥ ऐंद्रश्रेणीनतः श्रीमानंदताम्नाभिनन्दनः उद्दधार युगादौ यो जगदज्ञानपङ्कतः १ etc. एतानन्यानपि जिनाम् नमस्कृत्यं (स्य) गुरूनपि अध्यात्मसारमधुना प्रकटीकर्तुमुत्सहे ६
Ends.- fol. 30b
चक्रे प्रकरणमेतत् स्य (तत्प) द सेवापरो यशोविजयः । अध्यात्मधृतरुचीनामिदमानंदावहं भवतु ॥ ४९ ॥
सज्जन स्तुत्याविकारः २१ इति महोपाध्यायश्री कल्याणविजयगणिशिष्य मुख्य पंडित श्रीला भविजयगणिशिष्य मुख्यपंडितश्रीजीत विजयगणिसतीर्थ्यमुख्यंपंडितश्रीनयविजयगणिचरणकमलचंचरीकेण पंडितश्रीपद्म विजयगणि सहोदरेण पंडितयशोविजयेन बिरचितोऽध्यात्मसारप्रकरणे
सप्तमः प्रबन्धः ॥
173
इति श्रीअध्यात्मसारप्रकरणं पण्डितजस (यशो) विजयगणिकृतं संपूर्ण समाप्त छ श्री छ संवत् १७१४ वर्षे वैशापवदि षष्ठि बुधे लषितेयं मिदं पुस्तकं || लेषकपाठकयो शुभं भवतु ॥ श्री छ । श्री छ । श्री छ ।
Reference.
The bare text is published in the work entitled as " न्यायाचार्य - श्री यशोविजयजीकृत ग्रन्थमाला on pp. 14 - 315 by Jaina-dharma-prasaraka Sabhā in Samvat 1965. The text along with Gujarati explanation (tabartha) of Viravijaya is published in Prakarana-ratnakara ( Vol. I, pp. 415-557 ) by Bhimsinh Manek, Bombay in A.D. 1903 and in Jaina Sastra kathāsathgraha (2nd ed.), Ahmedabad, 1884. See Guerinot, Bibliographie pp. 148 and 150. The text along with Gambhiravijaya's Sanskrit commentary composed in Vikrama Samvat 1952 is published by Narottamdas Bhanji. He has also published in A. D. 1916 the text together with its Gujarati translation and that of the Sanskrit commentary of Gambhiravijaya.
ני
For additional Mss. see Jaina granthāvali ( p. 103 ) and Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. 1, p. 6).
Page #215
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
174
"Juina Literature and Philosophy
[102
अध्यात्मसारप्रकरण
Kit Adhyātmasāraprakaraña (प्रबन्ध १-४) ::.. .. (Prabandhas I-IV )
1075. No. 102
1887-91. Size.-9F in. by 4g in. . Extent. - 10 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough andi white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; small, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. ra practically blank; red chalk used i; thịś Ms. ends abruptly; it justs stops at the commencement of the 4th prabandha; so the
work is incomplete; condition very good; the extent of Beacti' of the four prabaridhas is as under :
Prabandha I foll. 1b to 456
.
.. Hy, 7° .
. ..... IV. fol. 10'.. . Age.- Not modern. Begins.-- fol. 1° ॥ ६॥ श्रीपरमात्मने नमः॥
ऐरणीनतiveta Ehds.-.fol. 10° इति महोपाध्यायधी कल्याणजयग शिष्य(स्वीप-श्रीलाभ
विजयम शिमुख्यपं० श्रीजीतविजया सतीर्थ(योतिलकं पं श्रीनयविजयमवरणसविता 46)ीपबिजया सदरेण यशोविजयेन रचितऽध्यात्मसारप्रकरणे तृतीयः प्रबन्धः ॥३॥
मनःशुद्धिश्च सम्यक्त्वे सत्ये (त्ये)ब(घ) परमार्थतः । तहिनामोहगां सानत्वं(त्योपायमनुबंधिनी.॥१॥ सम्यवस्वसहिता एष सदा दानादिका) क्रिया)। तासां मोक्षफले प्रोक्ता यदस्थ सहकारिता॥२॥ कुपोनी(मि दिया ज्ञाति।
____ The Ms. ends thus: N. B.- For further particulars see No. rot.
Page #216
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
193.]
anquefa ( अणाइवीसिया )
Metaphysics etc. Suetambara works
Anādiviṁśikā -(Aṇāivisiyā) 2,19 (b).
1873-74.
No. 103
Extent. fol. 1 to fol. 2.
Description. Complete; 20 verses in all. This is the 'second Vimśika out of 20.2 For other details see Prathamadhikaravimśikā No. 219 (a).
1873-74.
175
Author. Haribhadra Suri well-known as Yakinīmahattarāsūnu. For his life etc. see No. I.
Ends. fol. 2a
Subject. This is a metrical composition in Prakrit. Herein.it is said that the world is beginningless, and it is not created by any superhuman agency.
Begins. fol. 1b
पंचत्थिकायमइओ | अणाइमं वट्टए इमो लोगो ।
परमपुरिसाइकओ | पमाणमित्थं च वयणं तु ॥ १ ॥ etc.
इह तत्तत्तिसिद्धो । अणाइमं एस हंदि लोग ति । इहरा इमरस भावो । पावइ परिचितयन्त्रमिणं ।। २० ।। इति अनादिविशतिका द्वि० ।
Reference. The bare text containing all the 20 vimsikäs is published along with several other works by Ṛşabhadevaji Kesarimalaji Śvetāmbara Samsthā, Rutlam, in A. D. 1927. Iu Prof. K. V. Abhayankar's edition there is a Sanskrit introduction along with a Sanskrit rendering, English notes etc. It is published in A. D. 1932. I have described the text in my introduction (pp. XXXV-XXXVIII) to Anekāntajayapatākā (Vol. II).
1 The-first is known as Adhikaraviméika. It is here wrongly named by me as Prathamadhikaravimśika. It should have been assigned a place just after No. 77.
2 All are collectively known as Vimśativimśika (P. Visavisiyā),
Page #217
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
176
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[10.
There is a Sanskrit commentary by Yaśovijaya Gani, probably on the 17th vimśikä only. Vide my article "वीसबीसियान विवरण" published in Jaina dharma prakasa ( Vol. LXV, No. 12).
A gamoddhāraka Anandasāgara Suri has composed in A. D. I916 an elaborate com. on the Ist vimsika and verses 1-6 of the 2nd and a portion of its v. 7'.
For Mss. see Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. 349 ).
अनित्यताकुलक
Anityatākulaka (अणिशयाकुलग)
( Aniccayakulaga) No. 104
1250 (38).
1884-87. Extent.- fol 106. Description.- Complete 3 Io verses in all; Jaina Devanagari chara
cters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs. For other details see Adinatha-mahāprabhāvakastavana No.1250(1)
- 1884-87Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- Exposition of transitoriness of worldly objects. The
whole subject is beautifully treated in Prākrit. Begins.— fol. 100
अह इमउ(2) गहिवासो परिहराणिजो(जो) विवेयवंताणं । बहुजीवविणासयरा आरंभा जत्थ कीरति ॥१॥
पावाइं दोगच्चनिबंधणाई
__ भोगस्थिणो जस्स कर कुणंति ।। अभिक्खुणं तं पि असार अं(? म)गं
रोगा विलं(लं)पंति घुण व्व कु? कौटुं॥२॥ etc.
1 For detailsive my introduction (pp.6-7) to प्रशमरति अने संबंधकारिका.
Page #218
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
177
. 105.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetämbara works Ends. - fol. 106
एगत्थ रुक्खे व कुडंबवासे
कालं कियंतं पिक्वग्गव बंधू ।। ठाऊण वच्चंति चउगईस
चउदिसासु व सकम्मवद्धा ॥९॥ एवं आणिच्चं सकलं पि वत्थु ।
बियाणमाणस्स दुहिक्कगेहे ।। गेहे पलित्ते व भवंमि मज्झ
जू(जु)त्तो पमाओ न क्खणं पि काउं ॥१०॥ इति त्यनि न्य]त्यताकुणं(लं) समत्तं ॥ छ ।
Reference.-- See Jaina Granthāvali (p. 195). There is another work
“Anityakulaka of 22 verses noted in Peterson's Report V. For a list of kulakas in Sanskrit and Prākrit see Agarchand Nahta's article "कुलकसंज्ञक जैन रचनाएँ" published in Jaina Dharma Prakasa (Vol. LXIV, Nos. 8, II & 12). For some particulars about kulakas see my book पाइय (प्राकृत) भाषा अने साहित्य (in press). .
अनित्यताकुलक
Anityatākulaka No. 105
803 (t).
1892-95. Extent.- fol s.. Description.- Complete ;j 10 verses in all. For other details see Yatisiksāparicatika No. 803 (a).
1892-95. Begins.-- fol. 5"
अहह इमो गिहवामो परिहरणिज्जो विवेगवंताणं ।
बहुजीपविणासयरा आरंभा जाय कौरंति ॥ १॥ etc. 8 [P.L. P.]
Page #219
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
[106.
• 178
laira Literature and Pbilosopby Ends.-- fol. 5a
एवं आणिच्चं. सगलं पि बj
बियाणमाणस दुद्धिकगेहे ।। गेहे पलित्ति व्ब भवंमि जीय
जुत्तो पमाओ न खणं पि काउ(उ)॥१०॥
इत्यनित्यताकुलं। N. B.- For other details see No. 104.
अनित्यताकुलक
Anityatākulaka ( अणिच्चयाकुलग)
( Aniccayākulaga) No.106
826 (k).
1892-95. Extent.- fol. 3350 to fol. 336. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. :
826 (a).
1892-95. Author.- Does not seem to be mentioned. Subiect.- This is a small work in Prakrit in 8 verses, and it explains
transitoriness of the worldly life. Every couplet except the
last begins with समए समए रे जीव. Begins.- fol. 3350 ॥६ ॥ ... समए समए रे जीव आउयं गलइ तुह नियंतस्स ।
सह वि हु धम्ममि मणं खणं पि नो देसि जिणभणिएः॥१॥. etc. Binds-fol: 3360
इय जाणिऊण रे जीव जिणादिहि देसियामगोग)। अज्झवसाणं काउं खणमवि मा काहिसि पमायं ॥८॥ अनित्यताकुलकं ॥ छ। छ।
Page #220
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
107 )
Metaphysics ac. : Sasetambara zorks HrueHYEEa-. . . Anyayoga vyavaccheches द्वात्रिंशिका
A dvătrirsikā
1375. No. 107
1991-95. Size.- 8 in. by 131 in. Extent.- 3 folios ; 22 lines to a page ; 20 letters to a line. Description.- Foreign paper with watermarks; Jaina Devanăgari
characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders not ruled; foll. numbered in the left-hand margin ; foll. 15 and 2a blank but nothing missing; complete ;
condition very good. Age.- Modern. Author.- Kalikālasarvajña Hemacandra Sūri, the well-known
polygrapher. For his life in German see G. Bühlers “ Ueber das leben des Jaina mönches Hemachandra ", Wien, 1889. For his works see p. 79 and No. 1327 of
Vol. XVII. Subject. This is a small poem consisting of thirty-two verses in
Sanskrit. It beautifully refutes the non-Jaina systems. It is styled as Vitarāgastuti and Anyayogavyavaccheda', too.
See Essai de Bibliographi Jaina ( p. 157 ). Begins.- fol. 10 11 & 0 il 372 H Haigrararaa FIPUTATE(A)
fosseret i
श्रीमदर्द्धमानाय नमः॥
arayanatarata i etc. as in No. 11o. Ends.- fol. 36
इदं तत्त्वातत्त्वव्यतिकर | etc. up to कृतधियः । as in No. 1os. This is followed by the line as under :
ETA HIghiquitiaeeratut gift format
1 See Sydvādamañjari ( com. on the 1st verse ).
% This is a weong nume; for, this is the title of the com. to this work. This mistake oucurs on the corner-pages of the Annals of B. O. R. I.
Page #221
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 107'
Reference. The text is published in Kavyamālā (pt. VII, pp. 102104) by Pandurang Jawaji, proprietor of the Nirnaya-Sagar Press, Bombay, in A. D. 1926. It is edited along with Syadvadamañjarī by Damodarlal Gosvami and published in the Chowkhamba Series, as No. 9, Benares, in A. D. 1900, and in the Yasovijaya Jaina Granthamālā Series, Bhavnagar as No. 30. It has been published with Gujarati translation by Hiralal Hamsaraj, Jamnagar in A. D. 1924. The text along with Syādvādamañjarī is published in the Arhatamataprabhakara Series by Motilal Lādhāji with a Sanskrit introduction, a list of quoted authorities etc. The text along with Syadvādamañjarī is published in the Bombay Sanskrit Series as No. LXXXIII in A. D. 1933. The text together with Syādvādamañjarī, Ayogavyavacchedadvatrimśikā, their translations in Hindi, foreword, introduction, eight appendices, 13 anukramaņikās etc. is published by the Paramaśrutaprabhāvakamandala, Bombay, in A. D. 1935 as No. 13 of its series styled as Śrī-Raicandra Jainaśastramālā. This is the 2nd edition; the 1st was published in A. D. 1910.
For Mss. see Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, pp. 11-12).
180
अन्ययोगव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रिंशिका
'स्याद्वादमञ्जरीसहित
No. 108
Anyayogavyavacchedadvātrimśikā
with Syadvadamañjarī
911 (b). 1892-95.
Extent. fol. 9a to fol. 786.
Description. This Ms. contains both the text and the commentary (vṛtti) designated as . The commentary begins abruptly as the previous folios are missing. This Ms. starts with the commentary of the fifth verse (see
1 This Syadvadamañjarī is different from one composed by Vimaladăsa and preserved in a bhandara at Idar.
Page #222
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
108.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
181
स्यावावमारी edited and published by Motilal Ladhaji. . page 20, line 19). Dissolution of syllables is indicated by vertical strokes. For other details see FETERISTEET
No.
911 ( a ).
1892-95.
Age.- Samvat 1793. Author of the text.— Kalikālasarvajña Hemacandra Súri. For
details see p. 179. , ,, commentary.-- Mallisena Suri, pupil of Udava
prabha Sûri of Nagendra gaccha. Subject.-- The text along with a learned commentary giving a
detailed refutation of the non-Jaina systems of philosophy. The latter is composed in Saka 1214 and here the help of Jina prabha Sûri of the Kharatara gaccha is taken. It is said : (i) there was Yasovijaya Gani's commentary on Syädvădamañjari, named as Syädvådamañjüşā,
and (ii) Vanarsi has commented upon this text. Begins.-- (text ) fol. 106
का(s)स्ति कश्विद् जगतः स चैकः
स सर्वगः स स्ववशः स नित्यः ।। इमाः कुहेवाकविडंबनाः स्यु
स्तेषां न येषामनुशासकत्व(स्त्व)म् ॥६॥ ,, - (com.) fol. 9 ते चेत् स तर्हि तैरुपकारो मिसो वा क्रियते इति
वाव्यं । अभेदे स एष क्रियते इति लाममिच्छतो मूलक्षितिरायाता। etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 772
इदं तत्त्वातत्वव्यतिकरकरालेऽवतमसे ।
जगन्मायाकारैरिव हतपरा विनिहितं ।। तदुत्तुं शक्तो नियतमविसंवादवचन
स्त्वमेवातस्त्रातस्त्वयि कृतसपर्याः कृतधियः ॥ ३२ ॥
1 He is a pupil of Vijayasena and the author of Dharmabarmabhyudaya composed in Samvat 1214 daring the life-time of Vastupala tiho died in 124 A. D.). Of. Peterson, Reports III, p. 31 ff. Appondix p. 16.
Page #223
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy..
[ 10
Enjam ( com. ) fol. 78 प्रादिकं बिना (3) प्यादिकर्मणो गम्यमानत्वात् । कृता 'कर्त्तमारब्धा सपर्या सेवाधिधियैस्ते (कृत सपर्या ) | आराध्यांतर परित्यागेन त्वय्येव सेवावाकितां परिशीलयंतीति । शिखरिणी (च) छंदोऽलंकृतकाव्यार्थः । पार्श्वः ३२ ।। इति ।
'नागेंद्र 'गच्छगोविंदवक्षोऽलंकार कौस्तुभाः ॥
ते विश्ववंद्या नंयासुरूदयप्रभसूरयः ॥ १ ॥
श्री मलिखे (षे) सूरिभिरकारि तत्पट्ट (द) गगनदिनमणिभिः ॥ वृत्तिरियं मनुरबिमित ( १२१४ ) शाकाब्दे दीपमहसि शनौ ॥ २ ॥ श्री जिनप्रभसूरीणां । साहाय्योद्भिन्नसौरभा ॥
श्रुतावुत्तं सतां । वृत्तिः स्याद्वादमंजरी ॥ ३ ॥ श्रेयो(s)स्तु पार्श्वख्य परमेश्वरप्रसादात् । इत्यनादिमियामतत्तावापोहचारुचिरस्याद्वाद सहकारतरुमंजरी संपूर्तिमंजुलता मध्यारोहत् । ध्वस्तात्यंतकुतर्क तंत्र तिमिराः स्वत्वात्रकाशत्विषा ।
ये जैनागमत लाभललिताः संसारपारेषिणः ॥ भूयासुर्भुवि हेमचंद्र गुरवस्ते द्वादशांगीद्विषां ।
पापोल्लापजुषामशेषम सतां मूकत्वजीवातवः ॥ १ ॥ दिशतु दयितधर्मध्यानसंतानशर्म ।
त्रिभुवनमुकुटाईत्पाद पूजावरीसं ।
समयनयगमार्थज्ञानगाथाभिरुच्चैः ।
कुमतमथनमल्लो मलिषेणो मुनींद्रः ॥ २ ॥
नानारूपविकल्पजल्पविपिन लोषानलः बेतलं ।
सम्यक्त्वामृतसागरोज्ज्वलकलाक्रल्लोलकोलाहलः ॥ साम्यानंद पदप्रवेशनपटुः सर्वत्र मः सर्वदा ।
भूषावृक्षय चंद्रवाचकपदां भोजप्रसादोदयः ॥ ३ ॥
श्रीरतिकल्याणात सं० २२६३ वत्सरे (विक्रमनृपतेः सं० १७९३) कार्त्तिकप्रथमपंचम्यां बुधे श्रीचितामणिपार्श्वदेवालयाविराजित' कृष्णदुर्गापुरे रत्वेन रत्नवयैषिणा दुःकर्मपरिक्षणार्थे लिखितेयं ।
Page #224
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
• 109.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
183
Reference. - Both the text and the commentray published: See
p. 10. This very Ms. is utilized in the Arhatamata prabhakara Series, No. 3 and it is there designated as घ. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A.S. vols. III-IV,432 and Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, pp. 12 & 457). For quotations see Peterson, Reports IV, p. 125 ff.
Some of the portions of Syādvādamañjari are referred to ( for the sake of comparison ) in notes to Candrakirti's commentary to Madhyamakarikās published as Bibliotheca Buddhica IV, St. Petersbourg, 1913. They are as under :(1) "कारणं सैवोच्यत इति वचनात् भवनं तेषां अपरोल्पत्तौ कारणमिति
चेत् ... " Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series p. 134 (2) एको भावः सर्वथा येन दृष्टः ,, , , pp. 4 & II2
18 p. ISI Sarvadarśanasangraha (Bibl. Indica 1858, note 188 )
Chow. S. S. p. 17 The corresponding portions in Candrakirti's commentary are as under:(1) p. 116 “अथ तन्त्रचिन्ता तदा कियावधर्ममात्रमपि नास्तीति
भवता()भ्युपगम्यतां।" (2) p. 128 “भावस्यैकस्य यो द्रष्टा द्रष्टा सर्वस्य स स्मतः ।
एकस्य शून्यता यैव सैव सर्वस्य शून्यता ॥ इति । (3) p. 325 “यदि ह्यकतं कर्म भवेत् तदाऽकृताभ्यागमभयं स्यात् । (4) p. 375 "तद्यथापि नाम देवपुत्र यञ्च मृभाजनस्याभ्यन्तरमाकाशं
यच्च रत्नभाजनस्याभ्यन्तरमाकाशं।"
(4)
अन्ययोगव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रिंशिका
स्याद्वादमञ्जरीसहित
Anyayogavyavacchedadvatrimsika
with Syādvādamañjari
413
No. 109
. 1880-81. Size.- 121 in. by 4g in. Extent.- 40-1=39 folios ; 18 lines to a page; 65 letters to a line.
Page #225
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
184
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 109. Description. Country paper rough, thin and grey ; Jaina Deva
någari characters with EAST ; bold, clear, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink, with some space kept between these pairs ; yellow pigment and red chalk used; foll, numbered in the right-hand margin ; the first fol. missing ; edges and corners of several foll. worn out; the roth fol. badly damaged at the corner; same is the case with the 12th and the 19th foll. ; small strips of paper pasted at the corner to the foll. 26 to 33; the 40th (the last ) fol. damaged slightly by white ants; condition tolerably good ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary in the same size of hand-writing ; both complete except that they are wanting in the portions covered up by the first missing fol. ; the commentary commences with explanation of the first verse; see p. 4 (line 8 ) of the printed edition (M. L.); dissolu.
tion of syllables denoted by vertical strokes. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins- ( text ) fol. 26
अयं जनो नाथ तब स्तवाय
guiatan enigdel विगाहतां किन्तु यथार्थवाद.
मेकं परीक्षाविधिदुर्विदग्धः ॥२॥ » (com. ) -- fol. 2" Par ll 918 Il teatteetaten i sin
विज्ञानमित्यतिरिच्यते। Ends.- ( text ) fol. 40
इदं तत्त्वात रख | etc. up to कृतिधियः ॥३२॥ as in No. 108. , - ( com. ) fol. 40° gear: 'Sanguf: NITTETIETO Oferanota I etc,
up to सास्त्यत्र सम्यग् यतः । as in No. .... This is followed by the line as below :
इति स्याद्वादमंजरीग्रंथः समाप्तः ॥ छ । छ॥ छ ।
1895-98.
1 Tbg portion que
otoseems to be missing in this Ms.
Page #226
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
110.)
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
Reference.-See No. 107. This very Ms. is utilized in the Arhata.
__mataprabhakara Series, No. 3, and it is there marked as क. N. B.- For further details see No. 108.
अन्ययोगव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रिंशिका Anyayogavyavacchedadvatrimsika स्याद्वादमञ्जरीसहित
with Syādvādamañjari No. 110
196.
1872-73. Size.- Iol in. by 4g in. Extent.— 43 folios ; 19 to 20 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, smooth and greyish;
___Jaina Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs%3 bold, small,
clear and tolerably good hand-writing; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 43° blank ; borders of the Ist 4 foll. ruled in three lines in black ink; those of the rest in four except those of the 15th of which the borders are ruled in three red lines ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; both complete; red chalk used; the 4oth fol. slightly damaged in the middle; the last ( 43rd ) fol. damaged at the corner and in the edges ; condition
very fair. Age.- Samvat 1496. Begins.- (text) fol. !'
अनंतविज्ञानमतीतदोष
___ मबाध्यसिद्धान्तममर्त्यपूज्यं । श्रीवर्द्धमानं जिनमाप्तमुख्यं
___ स्वयंभुवं स्तोतुमहं यतीध्ये ॥ १॥ etc.. , --(com.) fol. I' ॥एज0॥ अहे ॥
यस्य ज्ञानमनन्तवस्तुविषयं यः पूज्यते देवते. नित्यं यस्य बचो न दुर्णयकृतैः कोलाहले प्यते ॥ रागद्वेषमुखा(स्व)द्विषां च परिषत् क्षिप्ता क्षणाद् येन सा।
म भीधीरविभुर्विधूतकलुषां पुदि विभत्तां मम ॥१॥ etc.. [.L,P.)
Page #227
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
186
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[iro.
Ends.-- (text) fol. 426
इदं तत्त्वातत्त्वव्यतिकर | etc. as in No. 108. , - (com. ) fol. 42 प्रादिकं विनाऽप्यादिकर्मणो गम्यमानत्वात् । etc.
up to sदोडलंक्रतकाव्यार्थः। as in No. 108. This is followed by the lines as under:--- समाप्ता चे(चे)यमन्ययोगव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रिंशिकास्तवनटीकाः॥ येषामुज्ज्वलहेतुहेतिरुचिर(क) प्रामाणिकाध्वस्पृशां
हेमाचार्यसमुद्भधस्तवनभूरर्थः समर्थः सखा । तेषां दुर्नयदस्युसंभवभयास्पृष्टात्मनां संभव
___ त्यायासेन विना जिनागमपुरप्राप्तिः शिवश्री (श्री) पदा(दा)॥१॥ चातुर्विद्यमहोदधेभगवतः श्रीहेमसूरेगिरां ।
गंभीरार्थविलोकने यदभव(द) दृष्टिः प्रकृष्टा मम ॥ द्वापी(घी)या (यः) समयादराग्रहपराभूत[:] प्रभूतापमं ।
तखूनं गुरुपादरेणुकणिकासिद्धांजनस्योर्जितं ॥२॥ अन्यान्यशास्त्रतरुसंगतचित्तहारि
पुष्पोपमेयकतिचिनिचितप्रमेयैः। दृक्धां मयांतिमाजिनस्तुतिवृत्तिमेनां
मालामिक(वा)मलहृदो हृदये वहंतु ॥३॥ प्रमाणसिद्धांतविरुद्धमत्र
यत् किंचिदुक्तं मतिमांद्यदोषात् ।। मात्सर्यमुत्सार्य तदाचित्तां
प्रसादमाधाय विशोधयंतु ॥४॥ उामेष सुधाभुजां गुरुरिति त्रैलोक्यविस्तारिणौ(णो)
यत्रेयं प्रतिभामरादनुम(मि)तिनिर्दभमु(ज)जेंभते ॥ किं चामी विबुधाः सुधेति वचनोद्वारं यदीयं मुदा
शंसंतःप्रययंति तामतितमा संवदिमेदस्विनीं ॥५॥ न(ना)गेंद्रगच्छ । etc. up to वृत्तिः स्याद्वादमंजरी। This is followed by the lines as below :बिमाणे कालनिर्जयाजिनतुलां श्रीहेमचंद्रप्रभौं
___ तब्धस्तुतिवृत्तिनिर्मितिमिवाद भक्तिर्मया विस्तृता॥ मिणेत गुणदूषणे निजागरां तन्नार्थये सज्जनान्
1 Thoso yerses are marked hore as 6, 7 and 8.
Page #228
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
111.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
187
awımcangfa(fk)x1(4) agufa: arspæ(EOD) AHJUJİ
(सम्यग् यतः ) ।। ९ ।। १४९६ वर्षे पोस शुदि १३
श्री ॥ ग्रंथा ३००० छ । स्वस्ति संवत् शुक्रे रवि १३ योगे लखितमिति ॥ श्री ॥
यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं तादृशं लिं(लि) खितं मया । यदि शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीपि (य) तां ॥ -
22
श्री छ ।
Reference. See No. 107. This very Ms. is utilized in the Arhatamataprabhakara Series, No. 3 and it is there designated as .
N. B. For further particulars see No. 108.
अन्ययोगव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रिंशिका स्याद्वादमञ्जरीसहित
Anyayogavyavacchedadvātrimśikā with Syadvadamañjarī
No. 111
Size. 10 in. by 48 in.
Extent. 50-1=49 folios; 18 lines to a page; 59 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin, smooth and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; bold, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk and yellowish pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; foll. 7th missing; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; there are marginal notes at times; edges of the last (50th) fol. worn out; condition tolerably good.
Age.- - Samvat 1520.
Begins.
(text) fol. 1a
1382. 1886-92.
etc. as in No. 110.
—( com. )fol. 1o ॥ ९६० ॥ ॐ ॥ नमो सर्वज्ञायः ॥
በ
etc, as in No. 110.
Page #229
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
3788
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(ii. Ends.-- (text) fol. 496 To aparatasarapI etc. up to geraa: 11 32 11 as
in No. Ic8. „ - ( com. ) fol. soa quae fant(slanica fuit I etc. up to
FTSUST FFUH 91: 1 as in No. 114. This is followed by the lines as under :
इति श्रीस्याद्वादमंजरीग्रंथः समाप्तः।। छ॥ ॥ संवत् १५२०
ate afer 24 (?) garantia FITETTU safure'ngrat
[er for TomTTARIHETETIÙ aftexpres do E. Reference,- See No. 108. This very Ms. is utilized in the Arhata
mataprabhākara series, No. 3 and it is there noted as a N.B.-For further details see No. 108.
S
अन्ययोगव्यवच्छेवद्वात्रिंशिका . Anyayogavyavacchedadvatrimsika स्याद्वादमञ्जरीसहित
with Syādvādamañjari
363. No. 112
A. 1882–83. Size.— 10f in. by 48 in. Extent. — 60 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, smooth and grey ; Jaina Devai någari characters with TEATES; bold, legible, uniform and
elegant hand-writing ; yellow pigment and red chalk used ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; most of the unnumbered sides have, in the centre, a small disc in red colour; the numbered have over and above this, two more, one in each of the two margins; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; edges and corners of several foll. damaged; those of the roth and the following foll: so much worn out that even the written portion also gone ; condition unsatis
factory ; complete ; extent 3100 ślokas. Age.- Very old.
Page #230
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
II3.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
8 Begins. - ( text ).fol. 1*
अनंत विज्ञान | etc. as in No. Iro. ,, -( com.) ए६० ।। है नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥ यस्य ज्ञानमनंत । etc. as in No. 110.
. Ends. -- (text) fol. 590
इदं तत्त्वातत्त्व । etc. up to कृतधियः॥ ३२ ॥ as in No. INo. , , -(com.) fol. 60* प्रादिकं विना(s)प्यादिकर्मणो । etc. up to
सा(s)स्त्यत्र सम्यग यतः | as in No. II4. This is followed by the lines as under:
इति श्रीस्याद्वादमंजरीग्रंथः समाप्तः॥ ग्रंथानं ३१०० शुभं भवतु ।। मंगलमस्तु ।। मंगलं ।। श्रीः ॥
Then in a different hand we have the following lines :
श्रीविजयदानसूरीश्वरशिष्याः ख्यातचारुकीर्तिभराः । श्रीविमलहर्षवाचकमुख्या आसन् जगन्मान्याः॥१॥ तच्छिष्यनिरुपमगुणमाणिनिधिभिः सकलवाचकोत्तसैः ..
श्रीमुनिविमलमुनी ... ... ...' N. B.- For further particulars see No. 108.
अन्ययोगव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रिंशिका Anyayogavyavacchedadvatrimsika स्याद्वादमञ्जरीसहित
with Syādvādamañjari
195. Yo. 113
1872-73. Size.- 10% in. by 44 in. Extent.-46 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, clear, uniform.and fair hand-writing ; borders somewhat carelessly ruled in four lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. I blank ; small bits of paper pasted to the
1 Letters are made illegible.
Page #231
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
கதக
Age.- Samvat 1502.
Begins. — ( text ) fol. rb
::
??:
Ends.
Faina Literature and Philosophy
[113
first fol. ; its edges worn out; the 46th fol. too, has its edges damaged; condition very fair; yellow pigment used ; there is some space kept blank in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well; it is so kept that it forms a design; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; both complete.
"1
अनंतविज्ञान | etc. as in No. 110.
-- ( com. ) fol. rb ए६० ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय | (formerly सर्वज्ञाय ) यस्य ज्ञानमनंत | etc. as in No. 110.
( text ) fol. 454
इदं तत्त्वतत्त्व | etc. up to कृतधियः ॥ ३२ ॥ as in No. 108. • ( com.) fol. 464 प्रादिकं बिना ( 6 ) ध्यादिकर्मणो। etc. up to सा(3)स्त्यत्र सम्यम् यतः । as in No. 114. This is followed by the following lines :
इति श्रीस्याद्वादमंजरीग्रंथः संपूर्णः समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १५०२ वर्षे श्रावण वदि ६ दिने रवौ लिखि ।।
Then follow about six verses having no connection with this work and they appear to be written in a different hand. They are as under :
कर्मणा मनसा वाचा । यत्नाद् धर्म समाचरेत् ॥ reaf लोकविद्विष्टं । धर्ममप्याचरेन्न तु ॥ १ ॥ न धर्मे विहितमपि स्वशास्त्रे लोकामिशस्तिजननं । मधुपर्कगो ... दिकं नाचरेत् ।
यस्मादस्वये मनीषोमीयवत स्वर्गसांघनं भवति ॥ याज्ञवल्क्ये ॥
सर्वस्य प्रभवो विप्राः । श्रुताध्ययनशालिनः ॥ तेभ्यः क्रियापराः श्रेष्ठास्तेभ्योऽध्यात्मवित्तमः ॥ २ ॥
1 This is the 156th verse of स्नातधर्मप्रकरण of आचाराध्याय of याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति
2
" 17
199th "
97 ●" दानप्रकरण "
99
Page #232
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
rri.] Metapahysics etc. : Svetamabara works
'विधातपोभ्यां हीमेन । ननु ग्राह्यः प्रतिग्रहः ॥ ग्रहन प्रदातारमध्ययो । नयत्यान्मानमेव च ॥३॥ गत्वा यङ् दीयते दानं । तदनंतफलं स्मृतं ॥ सहस्रगुणमाहूय । याचिते तु तदर्द्धकं ॥४॥ 'श्रुताऽध्ययनसंपन्ना । धर्मज्ञाः सत्यवादिनः ॥
राज्ञा सभासदः कार्या । रिपौ मित्रे च ये समाः ॥ ५॥ याज्ञवल्क्ये॥
अज्ञानेन कृतं शुष्कं । ज्ञानमा प्रचक्षते ।
प्रायश्चित्तं भवेत् शुष्के । आ नैव च २ ॥ १ चतुर्वर्गचिंतामणौ ॥ .......संभाषमध्ये तु, मुलादिषु तथैव च ।।
भक्ष्यमाणं भवननं । मांसतुल्गं युधिष्ठिर! ॥१॥ इतिहासपुराणे॥
तिलं यंत्रं प्रकुर्वति। तिलं संख्यां नराधिप ! ॥
तावद् वर्षसहस्राणि । 'रौरवे परिपच्यते ॥२॥
शांतिपर्वणि ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No, I08.
अन्ययोगव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रशिका Anyayogavyavacchedikdvatrimsiks । स्वावादमबरीसहित
with Syadvadamañjari No. 114
.
.. .. _655.
.. .......... ... . 1895-98.. Size. — 102 in. by 48 in. Extent.- 66 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा ; bold, legible,
1 This is the 202th verse of दानप्रकरण of आचाराध्याय of याज्ञवल्क्य स्मृति.
,,, 2nd , साधारणव्यवहारमातृकाप्रकरण of व्यवहाराध्याय ॥ ३ 'नेवच'इत्यर्थः।
.
Page #233
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
192
Jaina Literature and Philosophy : [ 114. uniform and good hand-writing ; borders of all the foll. except the ist ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; the first fol. has its borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; almost double numbering of the foll.; foll, 1 and 666 blank; this Ms contains both the text and the commentary ; both complete except that the last two lines of the last verse are missing; condition very
good. . Age.- Not modern. Begins,- ( text ) fol. 1b
Biarna I etc. as in No. 110. , (com.) fol. 10 yeon Il a#: srENT TAH
TRT TAHİR I etc. as in No. 110. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 65a
gararaTaRTAT I etc. as in No. 108. » -( com. ) fol. 658 gties fêtar(s)arealul JETATARIT I etc. up to get
s t artet: I as in No. 11o. This is followed by the lines as under :
समाप्ता चेयमन्यथा(यो)गव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रिंशिकास्तवनटीकाग्रंथ
Then we have :' xtaTEPI etc. up to agafa: Fl(s)FT HEUT TH: 1 as in No. 110. This is followed by the line as under:
इति श्रीमल्लिषेणकृतस्याद्वादमंजरी संपूर्ण ॥ शुभमस्तु । N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 108.
Page #234
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
115.]
-अन्ययोगव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रिंशिका स्वाद्वादमञ्जरीसहित
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
Description.
No. 1151
Size.-- 121 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 43+1 44 folios; 15 lines to a page; 51 letters to
a line.
Age.-Samvat 1476
Begins. (text) fol. rb
Country paper à little bit thick and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with ITS; bold, clear, uniform and beautiful hand-writing; borders. ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink, with some space kept between these two pairs; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; foi. 1 blank; almost every side has marginal notes; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; both complete; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used; fol. 28th repeated; one of them deals with the 3rd verse; so it ought to be the 11th or so; it appears to be superfluous, or perhaps it belongs to some other Ms; this work is written (? or caused to be written) by a woman named Dharu, daughter of Rāņa; it is revised by Pandit Bhuvanasekhara Gani in Samvat 1714; so the marginal notes may have been added by him; edges of several foll. worn out; condition very fair.
etc. as in No. 110.
—-( com. ) fol. rb ॥ ६० ॥ ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञायः ॥
I etc. as in No. 110.
Ends. (text) fol. 43a
gara
- ( com. ) 43b प्रादिकं
under:
Anyayogavyavacchedadvātriṁśikā with Syadvadamañjarī
25 J. L. P.
493
286.
..1873-74,
etc. as in No. 108.
विना ( S) प्यादिकर्मणो। etc. up to सा ( S) यत्र as in No. 114. This is followed by the lines as
Page #235
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
194
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [115. इति श्रीस्याद्वादमंजरीग्रंथः समाप्तः ॥ छ । 'वृद्धनगरवासि श्रेराणा पुत्री श्रा० धारूलेखितं १४७६ वर्षे लि० संवत १७१४ वर्षे श्री अंचल गच्छेशश्रीकल्याणसागरसूरीश्वरविजयि राज्ये ॥ वाचनाचार्यश्रीभावशेखरगणीनां विनेयैः पंडितभुवनशेखरगाणभिरधीता संशोधिता ।। श्रेयः
wuru: ra. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 108,
अयोगव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रिंशिका Ayogavyavacchedadvatrimsika
612. No. 116
1892-95. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent. — I folio ; 16 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and whitish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with AETS ; small, legible and very fair handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used; complete ; edges slightly damaged ; condition on
the whole good; foll, numbered in the right-hand margin. Age.- Not modern. Author.- Kalikālasarvajña Hemacandra Sūri. For his works see
Vol. XVII, pz. IV, pp. 154-156 and pt. V, p. 19. Subject.- A small poem in 32 verses in Sanskrit establishing the
superiority of Jainism over other systems of philosophy. This dvātrimśikā is referred to by Mallişeņa in his Syadvādamañjari ( com. to v. 1, p. 11, edn. of 1935). There he styles it as Hut TEUTET, and says that this is easier to be followed than the other dvåtrimsikā viz. 37rqutusu .
Ayogavyavacchedadvātríśika is an eulogy of Lord Mahavira. Jagadisacandra has compared this poem with Siddhasena Divākara's Dvatrimśad-dvatrimśıka and Samantabhadra's "Yuktyanušāsana, Svayambhastotra and Aptamimarså as under:
Page #236
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
XII
116.] Metapahysics etc.: Śvetambara works 195
I-Yuki ]; Dva I, I-3. ___ II - Sva° 30 & Is; Dva° v, 31'. IV - Bhaktāmarastotra 27.
VI - Dva°I, 7. VIII - Dva° II, II.
– Yuko 6 & Apta6.
- Apta° 1-6.. XIII - Yuk's. XIV -Dva° I, 23 & Yuk° 37. XVI - Dva° I, 17; V, 27; V, 26.
xx -Dva° II, IS. xxVI - Dvai V, 23. XXIX - Dva° I, 4; Yuko 64, Sva S. .
XXX - Dva° II, I7. . Begins.- fol. I. ॥५ ॥
अगम्यमध्यात्मविदामवाच्यं
वचस्विनामक्षवतां परोक्षं। श्रीवर्धमानाभिधमात्मरूप
महं स्तुतेर्गोचरमानयामि ॥१॥ Ends.-- fol. 10
इदं श्रद्धामात्र वितथपरनिंदां म(म)दधियो।
विगाहंतां हंत प्रकृतिपरवादस्यसनिनः । अरक्तद्विष्टानां जिनवरपरीक्षाक्षमधिया।
मयं तत्त्वालोकस्तुतिमयमुपाधि विधुतवाम् ॥ ३२॥ .
श्रीहेमचंद्रसूरिविरचिताऽन्य(य)योगव्यवच्छेदद्वात्रिंशिका[:]॥७॥ Reference.- Published with Gujarāti translation in Sajjanasan
mitra (pp. 351-3653). The text is also published with the Hindi translation in Sri Rayacandra Jainaśāstramālā by Sri Paramaśrutaprabhāvakamandala, Bombay in A. D. 1935. It is edited by Jagadisacandra Jain. For the bare text see Kavyamala, (pt. 7, pp. I04-107) published by Panduranga Jāwaji Bombay, 1926.
1 Cf. Kalyānamandirastotra v. 3-6 and Bhaktāmarastotra v. 3-6, 2 Cf. Lokatattvanirnaya v. 32 & 33. ? Soe the first edition published in A. D. 1913,
Page #237
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1987 jdina Literdiare and Philosophy STTIMETagursrstar Ayogavyavacchedadvātrimsikā 31TTITAITOA
with avacūri No. 117
726.
1892–95. Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent (text ).— I folio ; 16 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line.
» (com. ).
23)
7
» » » Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Jaina Deva
någari characters with CEASTS; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; this is a raret Ms.; foll: numbered in the right-hand margin ; edges of the first and last foll. slightly damaged ; condition tolerably good ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; both the text and the avacūri complete ; then follows gitt-Tuf-8UTETIA most probably written in a different
hand. Age.- Fairly old. Author of the avacũri. – Not mentioned. Subject.– The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. 1a 11 & 011
SORTA EPTA etc. as.in No. 116. ... com. (fol.) 19 autoavati i serrataawaai! ESTÀI
. आत्मरूपः । etc. Ends:-( text :) fol. zb .
IAs I etc. up to faranara as in No. 116. This is followed by the lines as under:
___ इति श्रीहेमसूरिकता समाप्ता चैव अन्य(य)योगव्यवच्छेदिका नाम C a r att Ferata al ll. ll etc..
1-2 Those refer to a column.
Page #238
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
197
if8.]
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
Ends. — ( com. ) .fol. 1 ततः ( 1 ) अस्मदुक्तां श्रद्धामात्रं असारबुद्धयः । विचार पंतां । हंत इति खेदे । तत्स्वप्रकाशः सन् अयमस्मदुक्तस्तुतिविशेषः । नम || ३२ || इति अवचूरिः ॥
At the end there are 8 lines some of which are as under: -
नष्टांके गणभिद्भक्ते शेषसंख्यं गणं न्यसेत् ।
लब्धं सैकं राशिशेषे कृत्वा पुनरयं विधिः ॥ १ ॥
etc. इति नष्टश्लोकार्थः । etc. इत्युद्दिष्टार्याया व्याख्यानं ॥ छ ॥
N. B. - For further particulars see No. 116.
अवस्थाष्टक
No. 118
Extent. - fol, 27b to fol. 284.
Description.— Complete ; 8 verses in all.
Vimśativiharamāņajinastavana No.
Begins. fol. 27b
Author.- Not mentioned.
Subject. Different stages of evolution of the mind and soul dealt with in Vernacular.
For other details see
1573(1). 1891-95.
Ends. fol. 27b
Avasthāṣṭaka
1573 (19). 1891-95.
चेत न लछिन नियतने सबै जीव इकशार ।
मुंढ विचछन परम सौं त्रिविध रुप विबहार ॥ १ ॥
मूढ आतमा एकविध त्रिविध विचछन जांन ।
दुविध भाव परमातमा पटवीध जीव बषांन ॥ २ ॥ etc.
जो केवल पद आचरे चढि संजोगी गुणथांन । सो जंगम परमातमा भववासी भगवांन ॥ ७ ॥
जेह पदमे सब पद मगन जूं जलमे जलबूंद | सो अविचल परमातमा निराकार निरडुंद ॥ ८ ॥ इति अवस्थाष्टक समाप्त ॥
Page #239
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
198
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[119
'अष्टकप्रकरण
Asta kaprakarana No. 119
151.
1871-72. Size.- 94 in. by 44 in. Extent. 9 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; about 37 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick and yellowish in colour ; Jaina
Devanagari characters ; clear, legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; red chalk used to indicate numbers for the Aștakas when completed; the number for the 25th Așțaka is left out, so the remaining ones are incorrectly marked as 25, 26, etc. up to 31; all foll. are intact ; condition excellent; complete.
Age.- Not quite modern. Author:- Haribhadra Suri, well-known as Yakini-mahattara-sanu.
For his life and works see No. I.
Subject.- The work is divided into 32 Astakas, each consisting of
8 verses, except the last which has two additional verses. The ist sixteen Aşļakas are named as under :
(I) देवाष्टक, (2) स्नानाष्टक, (3) पूजाष्टक, (4) दीक्षाटक, (5) भिक्षाष्टक, (6) पिण्डाष्टक, (7) प्रच्छन्नभोजनाष्टक, (8) प्रत्याख्यानाष्टक, (9) ज्ञानाष्टक, (10) वैराग्याष्टक, (II) तपोऽष्टक, (12) वादाष्टक, (13) यमाष्टक, (14) आत्मनित्यबादाष्टक, (15) क्षणिकवादाष्टक and (16) नित्यानित्याष्टक.
The rest are unnamed. Begins.-- fol. 1a
॥५६॥ ॥ ऐं नमः श्रीज्ञानदायकाय । यस्य संक्लेशजननो रागो नास्त्येव सर्वथा। न च द्वेषो(s)पि सत्व (त्त्वे)शमैधनदवानलः॥
1 sīlānka Sūri has quoted from this work (XX), v. 7-8 in his commentary .. on Suyagada (L, 3, 4).
Page #240
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
120. ] Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works 199 Ends -- fol. 96
अष्टकारव्यं प्रकरणं कृत्वा यत् पुण्यमर्जितं । . विरहातू तेन पापस्य भवन्तु सुखिनो जनाः१०
इति श्री श्वेतांबराचार्यश्री श्रीहरिभद्रसूरीश्वरकृतिरियं संपूर्णा अष्टकाख्यप्रकरणा इति श्वोवसीयं (1) सज्जनानां श्रीरस्तु शुभं भवतु
कल्याणमस्तु श्री छ । Reference - Published along with a Gujarāti translation and sub
stance of the Sanskrit commentary, by Bhimsi Manak in A. D. 1900 and with Jineśvara Sūri's commentary and Sanskrit rendering of Prākrit portions by Sheth Mansukhbhai Bhagubhai, Ahmedabad in Samvat 1968. The text alone is published by the Jaina Dharma-prasaraka Sabhā in Samvat 1968. It is also published together with Yaśovijaya's Aştakas by the Agamodaya Samiti in A.D. 1918. Vādāștaka along with Gujarāti translation is given in the edition of Nyāyāvatāra with Gujarati translation published by Makanji Jootha, Bombay.
अष्ठकप्रकरण
Astakaprakarana No. 120
16 (&).
1877–78. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.– 6+68=74 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with grass; fairly big and legible hand-wriing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin in two sets as 440, 441 etc. and also as 1, 2, etc. up to 6 and then again as 1, 2 etc. up to 68; complete; fol. 446° blank; this Ms. contains over and above this work 314#T#Toral and Sanskrit rendering of Präkrit passages occurring in this commentary; they begin on fol.4466 and end on fol. 5170 ( see No. 122 ); complete ; extent of the text 266 ślokas ; edges of some of
Page #241
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
200
Jaina Literature and Philosophy.
[ 120.
the foll. slightly worn out; small bits of paper pasted to some foll. at times (vide fol. 446 ); condition on the
whole good. Age. --- Samvat 1494 (?). Begins.-- fol. 440* 18011
11 377 A: HERRETT se.....TRU FETAHTTI etc. as. in No.119. Ends. - fol. 4456
TOT etc. up to war: 1 as in No, 119. This is followed by the line ás below :
IlClI 3 TRUC EST FAIRIJI .... कृति(:) श्रीहरिभद्रसूरेधर्मतो जाकिनीमहत्तरासूनोरिति ॥ छ । ग्रंथ
N. B. - For additional information see No. 119.
अष्टकप्रकरण
Astakaprakarana वृत्तिसहित
with vịtti No. 121
545.
1895-98. Size.— 104 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 93 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; about 46 letters to a line. : Description.- Country, paper thin and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characiers without TATIS ; ' legible and bold hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in both the margins; the 34th fol. has as a border 9 lines on one side and only six lines on the other side; the 57th fol. also has less lines; hand-writing same but smaller from the 35th fol. ; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; both complete the commentary completed in Samvat 1080 ; very
incorrect; condition excellent. Age. - Samvat 1950. .
Page #242
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
121].
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
201
Author of the text.- Haribhadra Suri. See No. 1 20. „ „ „ com.— Jiñeśvara Sūri, pupil of Vardhamana Sûri
of the Candra kula. He is a brother of Buddhisāgara Súri. Subject.- The text along with its Sanskrit commentary. There
was a com, which was composed prior to the one given here. See Jineśvara's com. on Tapo'staka! and his own
colophon on it (p. 203 ). Begins.- ( text) fol. 1b .... यस्य
यस्य सल्लेशजननो । etc. as. in No. 119. .... - (com.) fol. 1 ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥.. ..
माधि:()कताशेषदार्थसार्था |
दोषानुषक्तं तिमिरं विधूय ॥ . गावः प्रथंते स्खलितपचारा
यस्येह तं वीररविं प्रणम्य ॥१॥ गुणेषु रागाद् धरिभद्रसूरे
स्तदुक्तमावर्तयितुं महाथै ॥ विबुधि(शिरप्यष्टकत्तिमच्च
विधातुमिच्छामि गतत्रपो(s)हं ॥२॥ युग्म Ends.-( text ) 922
अष्टकास्पं । etc. up to जना (.) | as in No. 119. ,, .. -- (com.) fol. 92* मूलटोकायां नास्ति चायं श्लोकः इह त स्पष्टत्वास
व्याख्यातः केवलं बिरहशब्देन हरिभवाचार्यकृतत्वं प्रकरणस्पादितं विरहा. क(क)वाद) हरिभद्रसूरेरिति समाना चेयमकवृत्तिरिति ॥ छ।
जिनेश्वरानुग्रहतोऽष्टकानां . विश्वविख्य) गंमि(मी)रमपि(पी)ममर्थ ।। अवाप्य सम्यक्त(क्त्व)मपेतर(२)के
सदैव लोकाबरणे यतध्वं ॥१॥
1 See p. 4 gb of the edition published by Jaina Grantha Prakasaka Samiti in A. D. :937. Here we have : "अन्ये विमष्टकमेवं व्याचक्षते". This edition contains the text, its commentary and Sanskrit rendering of Pr&ķeit verses etc. occurring in the com.
2 अष्टकाख्यं eto. 26 [.L.P.]
Page #243
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
202
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[106. सूरैषः(३ः) श्रीवर्धमानस्य नि(:)संबंधविहारी(रि)णः । हारिचारित्रपात्रस्य श्री चंद्र'कुलभूषिण() ॥२॥ पादाभोजहिरेफेण श्रीजिनेश्वरमूरिणा। अष्टकानां कृता वृत्तिः स्व(स)त्वा(त्त्वानुग्रहहेतवे ॥३॥ सा(स)मानामाधिके()शि(शी)त्या 'हंसस्ने विक्रमाद् गते ।
श्री जावालिपुरे रम्ये वृत्तिरेषा समापिता ॥ ४॥ etc. fol. 934 कोटी'गणमंड वज्र'साखाशृंगा(र)श्री चंद्रकुसलाभरणीनेमीचंद्रमरी
उद्योतनसूरीपट्टप्रादपसर्वातिशायिज्ञानगुणादिशयप्रबोधितमंत्रीश्वरविमलकारिता बुंदाचल शिरशेषरीभूत्त विमलवसति'नामकश्रीआदिनाथचैत्यप्रतिछापकभीवर्धमानमूरीपट्टा(बोतंसभीम दणाहलपत्तनाधिपदुर्लभराजमखोपलग्धश्री खरतर बिरुदश्रीअभयदेवसूरी-श्रीजिनवल्लभमरि-श्रीजिनदत्तसूरिपट्टानुक्रमसमागतसुगृहीतनामधेयश्रीजिनमाणिक्यसूरीपट्टप्रभास्कर भीऋषभदेवकतानेकवारचरणरत्नीतेश()श्री पुंडरीका'चलोपारिप्रदेशसमुल्लासितपरमासंस
[तरपरितः परिवहारप्रतिषेवदुर्ललितकोपविकारदुराचारतिपंथिमथनोद्भूतन(१)च्यतेत्यनिय्यात् न प्रभुतरमोत्साहसुखसागरावगाहसंतुष्टपुष्टसत्कर्माचारितश्री खरतर संघकारीतभीयुगादीविहारमुक्ताहारजस्वापकपदसंपदनुत्तरसुधामधु. रतरवचनरचनाऽवर्जितानर्जिताग्यविज्ञश्रीसलेमसरत्राणसवाचिर्णवितिर्णरचि
गुरुचारदुभिक्षारसञ्चारामारिपटहप्रकारप्रसादीलतोच्छ्रितोच्छ्रितनिरुपमपरिभाणश्रीपितृसुरन्नाणधर्मप्राग्भाररसदुपलेशोल्लासजगत्प्रकासजगाति' जजीया'. प्रभृतिकर :]मोचनकारीतदिग्वलयमलयजहासकाशयशोमरालबालपदप्रचारप्रामतिकृतस्फूरत्कांतकांतिस्फूटस्फूटीकविमलदलतद्भणितिघटितसुघट कली'कालप्रगटप्रतापदुरिकृतसंतांपव्यापपुरुषादेयश्रीवामेयबिंबप्रतिष्ठाविधायकश्री. 'खरतरगच्छनावकसविहितचक्रचूडामाणः युगप्रधानश्रीजिनचं(द्र)मूरिपुरंदरैः॥ इति संपूर्णः॥
संवत् ।। १९५० ॥ प्रथम आषाढ शुक्ल ५ शुभं भवतु ।। श्रीः ।। Reference.- Both the text and the commentary published. See
No.109. For an additional Ms. containing both the text ___and the commentary see Limbdi Catalogue No. 112.
1 It ought to be सहस्रे.
Page #244
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
122.1
अष्टकप्रकरणवृत्ति प्रतिसंस्कृतसहित
No. 122
Extent.— fol. 4464 to 517.
Description.— Complete. For other details see No. 120.
Author of the vrtti. - Jineśvara Suri. Sce No. 121.
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
Author of the pratisamskrta.
Abhayadeva Suri, pupil of 'Jine • śvara Süri. For his commentaries on agamas see D. C. J. M. (Vol. XVII, pt. 5, pp. 1-2). Is he the author of Agama. atthuttariya ( No. 128 ) ?
Begins.-— fol. 4465 ओं नम सर्व्वज्ञाय ||
Ends.- fol. 517b
Astakaprakaranavṛtti with pratisamskṛta
Subject. Elucidation of Astaka prakarana together with the Sanskrit rendering of Prakrit passages etc..
आविः कृताशेषपदार्थ । etc. as in No. 121.
203
16 (b ). 1877-78.
मूलटीकायां । up to वृत्तिरेषा समापिता । as in No. 121. This is followed by the lines as under :नास्त्यस्माकं बच्चनरचनाचातुरी नापि तादृग्
बोधः शास्त्रे न च विवरणं नास्ति पौराणमस्य । किंवभ्यासे (सो) भवतु भणितैः सूदितायाममुष्मात्
संकल्पrar featurविधावत्र जाता प्रवृत्तिः । ३ ।। इति श्रीजिनेश्वराचार्यकृता तच्छिष्य श्रीमदभयदेवसूरिप्रति संस्कृता अष्टकवृत्ति समाप्ता ॥ छ || ग्रंथ ३३७० ।।
प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्य गंथमानं विनिश्वितं ।
N. B. For other details see Nos. 119 & 120.
---
त्रयस्त्रिंशच्छतानि स्युः श्लोकानां सप्ततिस्तथा ॥
१४४९ परी० सोला भार्यया सुहागंदे श्रा० लखितं । 'खरतर'गच्छीयजय साग रोपाध्यायसात्कृतं च ।
1.
For a Hindi account of his life and works see Jinavijaya's introduction ( pp. 1-121) to " Kathākosaprakaraga" published in Singhi Jaina Series.
Page #245
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
204 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
| 123. अष्ठसहस्रीविवरण
Astasa hasrīvivarana
546. No. 123
1895-98. Size.-- 9f in. by 44 in. Extent.-157-5 +2=154 folios; 18 lines to a page ; about 42
letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick, tough and yellowish; Jaina
Devanagari characters ; indifferent hand-writing ; borders ruled carelessly; at times corrections made in the margin ; foll, numbered in both the margins; a piece of extremely thin paper pasted to foll. r' and 1576; condition on the whole good; yellow pigment used; red chalk too ; nos. of some of the foll. entered twice as usual ; but in most of these cases nos. written in the left-hand margin are wrong; foll. 78 to 82 lacking but it is difficult to say whether the continuity is disturbed or not ; the entire work is divided into io paricchedas; the extent of each of them is as under :Pariccheda
foll. 10 to 174" II III
» 1 296
»
1226
IV
х
VI: VII
1436 VIII
By 143, 1446 IX
» 1445, 1464
, 146, 1576. Age. Not quite modern. Author.--- Nyāyaviśärada Yaśovijaya Gaņi. For details see Nos.
98 and tor. Subject.- A commentary to Asfasahasri (divided into 10 pari
cchedas ). of Vidyananda, a com. to Akalanka's dşlašati
which is itself a com. on Samantabhadra's Aptamimamsa. 1 Published along with the text by R. N. Gandhi, Solapur, in A. D. 1915. This along with Aptamimāmsā and Akalanka's bhāşya (Astasati) is published in the edition named as stastiari o (see p. 205).
Page #246
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
124]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 205 Begins.- fol. 1 ||९६०॥
ऐंद्रमहः प्रणिधाय 'न्यायविशारद'यतिर्यशोविजयः।
विषमामष्टसहस्रीमष्टसहरूया विषेचयति ।। १॥ etc. Ends.- fol. 157* भिन्नलिंगतटादिशब्दवाच्यपर्यायो भिन्नशब्दवाच्यसदृश इति
शब्दसमभिरूढव्यंजनपर्याययोः सभिन्नक्रियाशब्दवाच्यसदृश इति शब्दैवं नूनं ॥
निश्चेतनस्ववचसा मतिविस्तरे(5)पि । ... विशुद्धिसंक्लेशजपुण्यपापे ।। . प्रतिक्रिया यंत्र नियम्यते नो।
ज्ञाने()न्यहेतुश्च निजप्रसादा ॥ १ ॥ इति श्रीमदकबरसरत्राणप्रदत्त जगद्गुरु विरुदधारकभट्टारकरीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यमुख्यमहोपाध्यायश्रीकल्याणविजयगणिशिष्यावतंसपंडितश्रीलाभविजयशिष्याग्रेसरपं० श्रीजीतविजयग | सतीर्थालंकारपंडित. श्रीनयविजयग । चंचरीकचरणकमलेन पं.श्रीपद्मविजयग सहोदरेण महोपाध्यायश्रीयशोविजयगणिना विरचिते अष्टसहस्रीविवरणे दशमः
परिच्छेदः । समाप्तो(७)यं अष्टसहस्रीटीकाग्रंथः । Reference.- Published by Jainagťantha-prakāśakia Sabha in A. D.
1937. It is here named as अष्टसहस्रीतात्पर्यविवरण. For extracts see Peterson, Reports VI, p. 38.
अहाशमीशनिशिका
Astādasamidvātrimsikā
32 (1). No. 124
1880-81. Extent.- leaf 80° to leaf 83°. Description.- Complete; 32 verses in all. For other details see Prathamadvatrimsiki. No. _32 (a)...
_1880-81.. Author.- Siddhhasena Divakara. For details see p. 39. Subject. - This metrical composition in Sanskrit seems to deal
with the Jaina discipline. It refers to the fundamental characteristics of a leader of the Jaina church.
Page #247
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
206
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 124. Begins.- leat. 80.
देशकालान्बयाचारवयःप्रकृतिमात्मनां ॥ सत्त्वसंवेगविज्ञानविशेषाच्यानुशासनं ॥१॥ गह्याध्यात्मशुचिसौम्यतेजस्वी करुणात्मकः॥ स्वपरान्धर्थविद् वाग्मी जिताध्यात्मश्वशासिता ॥२॥ etc. उत्पन्नोपाद्यसंदेहा न ग्रंथार्थोभयशक्तयः॥
भावनाप्रतिपत्तिभ्यामनेका शैक्ष्यभक्तयः॥३॥ etc. Ends.-- leaf. 83°
नातिकृन्तपःशक्ताः नमस्थागवदुम्सृजेत । कुशलान् वा विदग्धांश्च तीर्थतच्छेपपालनं ॥३१॥ यावदुखेजते दुस्खानिर्वाणं वा(अभिमन्यते ।
तावन्मोहमुखी सहो स्वयं यास्यंत्यतः परं ॥३२॥
अष्टादशमीद्वात्रिंशिका समाप्ता ॥ १८॥ Reference.- Published by Jainadharmaprasäraka Sabha in Samvat
1965. See "Anekānta" Vol. II; pp. 435-496. For further particulars see " Reference" of the Prathamadvatrimsika.
अष्टादशमीद्वात्रिंशिका
Astādasamidvātriṁsika
11896).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 24° to fol. 254.......... Description.- Complete ; 32 verses in all. For other details see
No. 125
No. _1189 (a).
No. 1891-95.. Begins.- fol. 24*
देशकालान्वया | etc. as in No. 124.. Ends.- fol. 24° .
नातिकृच्छतपः । etc. up to यास्यंत्यतः परं ॥ ३२ ॥ as in No. 124. This is followed by अष्टादशमीद्वाद्वंशिका समाता ॥ छ । N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 124.
Page #248
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
126.]
आगमसारोद्धार [आगमसार ]
No. 126
Size.— 92 in. by 42
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
Age.— Not old.
Author.
in.
Agamasaroddhāra [ Agamasāra ]
82. 1872-73.
Extent.- 79 folios; 11 lines to a page; 28 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thick, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; red chalk profusely used ; yellow pigment used while making corrections; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; sometimes some of the foll. are also numbered as 1, 2 in the left-hand margin; fol. 46b blank ; the last fol seems to be newly added ; complete; condition very good; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 766; fol. 462 has a diagram representing the Jaina
cosmos.
207
Muni Devacanda of Kharatara gaccha assisted by Durgadasa (see No. 127 ). For details see No. 8..
Subject. A composition in Vernacular called Prakṛta' by the author. It deals with salvation etc.
Begins. – fol. rb ॥ ९५० ॥ श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥
॥ अथ आगमसारग्रंथ लिख्यते ॥ श्री' अथ प्रथम भव्य जीवनें प्रतिबोधवा निमित्ते मोक्षमारगनी वचनिका कहें हैं तिहां प्रथम जीव अनादिकालनो मिथ्यात्वी हतो ते काल लबधी पामीने त्रिण करण करें छै । etc. Ends.- fol. 79a
ग्यांनवृक्ष सेवो भावक चारित समकित मूल । अमर अग़मपद फल लड़े जिनवरपद अनुकूल ॥ ४ ॥ आगमसारोद्धार यह प्राकृत संबंध रूप ।
ग्रंथ रच्यो देवचंद मुनि ग्यानअमृतरसकृप ॥ ५ ॥ इति श्री आगमसार संधु ( पूर्ण || कल्याणमस्तु
11
Page #249
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
208
Jaina Literature and Philosopby
[126.
Reference.-This work composed in Samvat 1776 is published by
Premchand Dalsukhbhai in Samvat :967 and also in Prakarana-ratnakara (Vol. I, pp. 139-178) by Bhimsinh Manek in A. D. 1876. For Mss. see Jinaratnakosa / Vol. I, p. 21). In the edition of 1876 the author's lineage and the date of this work are given.
आगमसारोद्धार
Agamasāroddhāra No. 127
547.
. 1895-98. Size.- 9 in. by 4g in. Extent. -81 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 33 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina . Devanāgari characters : big, quite clear, uniform and good
hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges, in one, in red ink; yellow pigment used while making corrections; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol..'
blank ; complete ; condition very good. Age:- Samvat 1898. Begins.-- ॥६०॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः॥ -
अथ यती पं० देवचंदजीकृत 'परत(र) गच्छे अथ आगमसार ग्रंथ
लिष्यते अथ प्रथम | etc. as in No. 126. Ends.-- fol. 810
- संविहित 'स्वरतरगच्छ सुथिर जुगवर जिनचंदमूरि(र)।
यप्रधान (प्रधान) गुण पाठक गुण(णे) पड़र॥६॥ तास मीस पाठक बुध सुज्ञतसागर गुणवंत ।। सकल शास्त्र ग्यायक गुणी साधुरंग जसवंत ॥७॥ तास सीस पाठकवर जिनमते परमत णांण ।। भाविककमल प्रतिबोधवा राजसागर गुरुभाण ॥८॥ ग्यानधरम पाठकपट्टर सम दम गुणे अगाह ।।
राजहंस गुरु गुरुसकति सहू जग करे सराह ॥९॥ तास सीस आगमसवी जैनधर्मको दास ॥ देवचंद आनंदमै कीनो ग्रंथप्रकास ॥१०॥
Page #250
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
136]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara tworks
आगमसारोद्वार बह पोल। reap romment etc. as in No. 126. This is foHowed by the lines # wider :
काहर)यौ इहां सहाय अति दुर्गदास शुमति॥ समझायन निज मित्रको कौनो ग्रंथ पवित्त ॥ १२॥ धर्ममित्र जिन(धर्म)रस(न) भविजन समाकतवंत ।। शुद्ध अमरपद ओलपमण ग्रंथ कीयो गुणवंत ॥१६॥ तत्वज्ञानमय ग्रंथ यह जो बालाबोध ॥ . निज पर सत्ता सब लषै श्रोता लहै भबोध ॥१४॥ ता कार(ण) देवचंद्र मुनि कीनी भाषाग्रंथ ॥ भणसी गुणसी जे भविक लहसी वे शिवपंथ ॥ १५॥ कथक शुद श्रोता रुचि मिलज्यो पसंयोग । तत्वाग्यान श्रद्धासहित बली काया नीरोग।१ परमागमस्यु राचयो लहस्यो परमानंद ॥ धर्मराम गुरुधर्मस्युं धरज्यो ए सपद १७॥ अंथ कीयो मनरंगस्युं सित पर फागुण मास ॥
भोमबार असतीज तिय सफल फली मनास ॥१८॥ इति श्रीआगमसारोद्धारग्रंथ देवचंदजीकृतः 'खरतर यो बाला... बोध कहा संपूर्णम् ॥ संवत् १८९८ वर्षे मीती आसाइबाद सेना
हवा शनिवारे। N. B.- For further particulars see No. 126.
।
आगमाहातरिका ..
.Agamastotralia. नाममअत्तरिया)
( Āgária-arkhutterstoty No. 128 Size.— qof in. by 44 in. Extent.-2 folios ; 21 lines to a page ; 45. letters to a line. ***
I This is named as Aguma-asfottant in Jiu 27 II.LP.I
p.0
.
Page #251
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
210*
*
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 128.
Description. Country paper extremely thin, greyish in colour
and somewhat brittle; Jaina Devanagari characters; . ..: legible, careful and uniform hand-writing, not very small;
borders ruled in three crimson lines, whereas edges in two such lines; corners worn out; condition very fair ;
complete ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin. Age.- Does not appear to be modern. Author.- Abhayadeva Sūri. For details see No. 122. Subject.- Importance of samyaktva (i. e. right faith ) etc. pointed
out in 114 verses in Prakrit. Begins.- fol. :0ए0॥
सविसाललोयणदलं विसरवंतं मुकेसरालीढं। 'अहरुट्टपत्तठषियं भषियभमरालिसजिग्धं ॥१॥ जसपरिमलपल्लवियं मुघोहियं नाणमाकिरणेहिं ।।
मह दिसउ वंछियत्थं मुहपउमं वद्धमाणस्स ॥२॥ Ends.- fol... .
आगमअत्तरिया रइया सिरिअभयदेवसूरीहिं ॥
आ
पडिआ हरेइ पावं गणिया अप्पेइ बोहिफळं ॥ १४॥ ....इति श्रीआगमअष्टोत्तरीग्रंथः समाप्तिमियाय । लिखितः भीम
Reference.-Published by Balubhai Khushalbhai, Ahmedabad. There
is a Ms. in a Bhandara at Broach, It gives the text and its Sanskrit rendering as well.
आममिकवस्तुविचार
सारप्रकरण (आगमियवत्थुवियार
सारपगरण) पडशीति] (छासीह) No.129... ... .. ...... Extent.- fol. 2' to fol. 6.
avastuvicarasāraprakarana (Agamiyavatthuviyara
sarapagarana) [ Sadasiti] (Chasi).
768 (b). ____1892-95..
,
Page #252
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
129.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara uorks Description.- Yellow pigment. used complete. For further details .. see Uttaradhyayanasātra (ch.XXVIII ) Vol..XVII, pt. 3,
No.651. Author.- Jinavallabha. He died in A. D. IIII. See C. M. Duf's
“The Chronology of India” (p. 138). The life of this author is given in Sanskrit in the bhumika. pp..I-37) of Apabramśakāvyatrayi published in the Gaekwad's Oriental Series, No. XXXVII, in A. D. 1927. On p: 8 this work आगमिकवस्तुविचारसार also known as षडशीतिक is referred to. For Jinavallabha's works etc. see DCJM Vol.XVII. pt. 5, p. s. J. Klatt's “ extracts from the historical records of the Jainas” published in the Indian Antiquary Vo
may be consulted. Subject.-- Exposition of the doctrine of karman and that of the
the soul regarding its grade of existence, sense-organs etc. in verse in Prakrit. For some remarks about this reaffi
see G.O. Series (Vol.XXI, p.34). ... Begins.-- fol. 22
निच्छिक(स)मोहपास पसरियविमलोहकेवलपयासा(सं)॥
पणयजणपूरिआस(सं) पे(प)ण(प)ो पणमितु जिणपासं॥१॥ Enda.- tol. 6.
.. सुहुमो छ पंच उइरह पंच उवसंत पंच दो खीणे ॥ :...
जोगीओ नामगोए अजोगि अणुदीरगो भगवं ।। ९१॥ .. उपसंतजिणा थोवा संखिजगुणा उ खीणमोहजिणा ।। मुहमनियट्टिअनियट्टी तिमि वि तुल्ला विसेसहिया ॥ ९२ ॥ जोगिअपमत्तइयरे संखगुणा देससासणा मिस्सा ३॥ मषिरय ४ अजोगि १ मिच्छा २ असंख चउरो दुवे(s)णता ॥ ९४ ।। जिणवल्लहोवणीय जिणवयणामयसमुहबिंदुमिमं ।। हियकंखिणो बुहजणा निसुणंतु गुणंतु जाणंतु ॥ ९४॥
छइत्यागमिकवस्तुविचारप्रकरणं समाप्नं ॥ छ । Reference. This work is looked upon as an older Karmagrantha
out of 4. It is published along with Malayagiri Sari's Sk. commentary by Jaina Atmananda Sabha in Samvat 1972.
Page #253
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
奏感
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[
Her additional Mas, and commentaries see Jinártnakoś (Volal, pp: 21-22). Here a paper Ms. dated Samvat 1246 is noted. It is said to be "oldest".
SUPPOSEN BY BE
NEW!
wafiife]!
NA 130.
Age. Samvat 15:34.
Begins. fol. 1 litòli
tok in: by 48 in.
Extent.- 4 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with frequent gas; big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; numbers. for verses written in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin as 1, 2, etc. and in the left-hand one as 172, 173 etc.; the title for this work is written as fifa in the left-hand margin at the top; complete; 87 verses in all; edges of the foll. slightly gone; condition on the whole good; there is some space kept in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well; it is so kept that a design is formed.
Agamikavastuvicărasaraprakarana [Saḍasiti]
fair etc. as in No. 129.
Ends.-- fol. 4b
346. A.1882-83.
N: B For other details see No. 129.
बहुमो छ पंखुइयरे। etc. up to जाणंतु ॥ as in No. 129. This is followed by the lines as under :
८० इति षडशीतिप्रकरणं समाप्तं ।। छ । सं० १५३४ वर्षे कार्त्तिक
सदि १५ गुरुवारे | श्री मंडपदुर्गे' मह आका लि
More
Page #254
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
ize]
Metaphysics etc.... Suetaonlinear a sworks
आगमिकवस्तुविचार
सारप्रकरण
Begins — fol. 9a
No. 131
Extent. fol. 9° to fol. 136.
Description. - Complete ; 96 verses in all For other details see
Sükṣmärthavicara No.
652 (a). 1895-98.
निच्छिण्णमोहपासं । etc. as in No. 129.:
Ends. fol. 13b
Agamika vastuvicarr saraprakarana
052 (b).
1895-98.
200
जोगि अपमन्त । etc. up to गुणंतु जाणंतु । as in No..rag This is followed by the lines as under :
'आगमिकवस्तुविचार
सारप्रकरण
९६ इत्यागमिविचारसारप्रकरणं समाप्तं छ कतिजिनवल्लभा गणिभिरिति ।
N. B. For other details see. No. 129..
Agamika vastuvicarasaraprakarana
1220 (66). 51884467.
No. 132
Extent.- fol. 229b to fol. 2324.
Description.- Complete 86 verses in all For other details see Pratyākhyānaniryukti Vol: XVH, pt. 3, No. 1072:
Begins. -- fol. 2296
मोहपा पसरियविमलोक केबलपयासं ॥ पण जण पूरियास पयओ पणमिड जिनपासं ॥ १ ॥ छामि जीवाणुक ओगजोगलेसाई ॥ किंचित्रणासं ए ओ सिं ॥ १२ ॥ १.
Page #255
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
314
Ends.fol. 231b
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
जोगि अपमत्त इयरे संखगुणा देससासनम्मिस्सा ॥ अविश्य अजोगिमिच्छा असंख चउरो दुबे (S) ता ॥ ८५ ॥ जिवलहोषणीयं जिणवयणमयसमुह बिंदुमिमं ॥ fruesfaqon gestor fagdig goig mig || 28 ||| इत्यागमिकवस्तुविचारसारप्रकरणं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥
N. B, For additional information see No. 129.
-
आगमिकवस्तुविचार
सारमकरण
[ 132.
Agamika vastuvicăra saraprakarana
77 (1). 1880-81.
No. 133
Size. 10 in. by 1 in.
Extent. 189-2-187 leaves; 3 to 6 lines to a leaf; 45 to so letters to a line.
Description. Palm-leaf very thin, durable and greyish; Devanägari characters with gears; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; the Ms. presents an appearance of the work being divided into two separate columns; but, really it is not so; for, the lines of the first column are continued to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 1, 2, etc., and in the left-hand one as aft, 2, 3, 5, etc.;
?
leaf 1 blank; an additional leaf numbered as 1 and having one side blank precedes it; but it does not seem to belong to this work; this leaf is preceded by two extra blank leaves; this work ends on leaf 10b; complete; 86 verses in all; some of the leaves slightly worm-eaten; condition tolerably good; leaves 62 and 63 missing; leaves 75 and 76" less legible as ink is spread out; so are leaves 83, 84, 157 and 158; one extra blank leaf at the end; this Ms. contains in addition the following works:
Page #256
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
133. ) Metapbysics etc.: Svetambara works
IS Name
. * Lang. Vol. No.: Extent (I) आवश्यकसप्ततिका (?) (J. M.) :
10-17
172-26 (3) कर्मादिविचारसार (J. M.)
26-43" (4) पिण्डविशुद्धि (J. M.) XVII 41 (5) जीवगुणस्थान (?मार्गणास्थान) (J. M.)
556-6 (6) कालविचार (J.N)
64-76° (7) रत्नत्रयकुलक (J. M.)
77-80(8) जीवसप्तति (J. M.)
&0--87(9) जिनस्तुति (?) (J. M.)
87--89 (10) स्तोत्र (?) (J. M.)
890-91. (II) भावप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र (J. M.) XVII 920 91-960 (12) पश्चसूत्र
(A. M.): (a) पापप्रतिघातगुणबीजापानसत्र
96--100 . (b) साधुधर्मपरिभाषणासूत्र
1012-106 (c) प्रव्रज्याग्रहणविधिसत्र ......
1064-110 (d) प्रव्रज्यापरिपालनासूत्र
'110 -15 (e) प्रव्रज्याफलसूत्र
15-120 (13) नमुत्थु णं (शक्रस्तव) (A. M.) XVII 757 1200-1210 (14) अरिहंतचेहआणं करेमि...(A. M.) XVII 819 1210 (15) कायोत्सर्गसूत्र
(A.M.) XVII 80s 121-1220 (16) डोगस्स
(A. M.) XVII 818 1226-123 (17) एक्सरवर
(A.M.) XVII 830 12 (18) श्रुतस्य भगवतः . (A. M.) ।
XVII 903
1230 (19) चैत्यस्तवप्रतीक (A. M.) XVII 827 1230 (20) सिद्धाणं सुद्धाणं (A. M.) XVII 839 123-124 (21) यावच्चगरसत्त . (A. M.) XVII 907 124 (22) कायोत्सर्गसूत्रप्रतीक (A. M.) XVII 809 14 (23) इरियावही
(A. M.) XVII 794 1-24
-
1 This stands for language'.
This means Jaipa Marahatthi (Jaina Maharastri). ३ Thia means Addha-Maga Ardha-Magadhi). ..
.
Page #257
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
216
Name:
( 24 ) तस्स उत्तरी
: ( 25 ) सज्झाय सम्मतीए ( ? ) (२.) नेमिपश्चाशिका
(29) स्तोत्र (3)
(28) मुनिसुव्रत स्वामिस्तोत्र
₹ 29 ) स्तोत्र
: ( 30 ) उपदेश ( ? )
.: Jaina Estoratiire and Phrilasapby..
Lang.
Vol. No.
. (A.M. )
XVII 795
(J. M.)
XVII 1334
(31)
(?)
""
( 32 ) कर्मोपदेश ( ? ) (( 33 ) विषयविनिग्रहोपदेश
(34) सुबाहुचरित्र
(( 35 ) चतुः शरण
(36) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान (37 ) स्तोत्र ( ? )
Age.- Oid. Begins.
Ends.feaf ros
SA
SA
734144
14
.(A.M. ) (A. M.)
Of these 37 works, 17 are dealt with in Vol. XVII. * Their numbers are noted here...
[138
Extent
124
1254 - 1274
327"-132"
1322-138*
1380-140b
1400-142
142b-145*
145-147b
147b-150
17. 150b-1532 153b-175*
XVII 1210 175-178"
XVII 370 178-182"
1822-189b
leaf. 1 ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
निनि मोहवासं परिय विमलोरु (रु) केवलपयासं । पायजणप (पू.) रियासं । पयाड पणमित्तं जिणपासं ॥ १ ॥ वोच्छामि जीवमज्झणगुणट्टर व ओगजोगलेसा ( इ ) । किंचि गुर(रु) वएसा सन्नाण उज्झाणहेउ ति ॥ २ ॥ etc
N. B. For further particulars see No. 129.
जोगि अप्रमत्तइयरे संखगुणा देस १ सासण २ मिस्सा ३ अबिरय ४ अजोगि ? मिच्छा २ अवि य ४ संखचउरो दुवेऽणता ८५ fron लहोषणीयं । जिणवपणामयसमुहविंदुममं ।
किंखिणो बुहजणा मिसृणंति गुणं (तु) जाणंतु ॥ ८६ ॥ इत्यागमिकवस्तुविचारसारपगरणं समाप्तं
1 This commentary is perhaps the oldest: The Prākrit commentary of Ramadeva Gani, Jinavallabba's pupil is dated Samvat 1173. C
Page #258
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
.
.
134.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 17 आगमिकवस्तुविचार- .. .... . Agamikavastuvicāraसारप्रकरण
sāraprakaraņa विवृतिसहित
with vivrti . . ..... ... No.134
.... . 775(c). Extent.- fol. 584 to fol. 76°. Description.- Both the text and the commentary. complete. For other details see Şaţsthānaka No. 775 (a):
nanara NO. 1875-76.. Author of the commentary.- Haricandra ( Haribhadra ) Suri, pupil
of Jinadeva. Subject. The text along with its Sanskrit explanation composed
in Samvat 1172, Begins.- (text) fol. 58
निच्छिन्नमोहपासं । etc. as in No. 129. , - ( com. ) tol. 54 ॥ ६॥ ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।।
नत्वा जिनं विधास्ये विवृति जिनवल्लभप्रणीतस्य ।
आगमिकवस्तुविस्तरविचारसारप्रकरणस्य ॥१॥
इह हि जिनवल्लभनामा सूत्रकारो गणधरदेवाधिनिबद्धातिगंभीरशास्त्रार्थावगाहनासमर्थाविशिष्टसंहननायुर्मेधादिविकलानां 'कलि'कालोत्पन्नमानवानामनुग्रहाय सूक्ष्मार्थसार(रा)र्थप्रकाशनार्थ प्रस्तुतप्रकरणं चिकीर्घमंगलादिप्रतिपादकमिदमादी गाथाद्वितीयमाह ॥ . . . .
This is followed by the first two verses of the text and after that we have :- .
व्याख्या ॥ तत्र विघ्नविनायकोपशांतये शिष्यजनप्रवर्तनाय वा शिष्टसमय
परिपालनार्थ चेष्टदेवतानमस्काररूपं भावमंगलमुपादेयं | etc. Ends.- ( text) fol. 76.
, जिणवल्लहोवणीयं | etc. up to जाणंतु as in No. 129. .., - (com.) fol. 76* जिना रागादिवैरिवारजेतारस्तेषां वचनमागमस्तदेवा. ... मृतं विदशाहारस्तस्य समुद्रः सिंधुस्तस्य बिंदुरिव बिंदुस्तमिमं प्रस्तुतप्रकरण:
रूपं । हितकांक्षिणो मोक्षाभिलाषिणो बुधमना(:) पंडितलोका निऋण्वस्वाकर्ण
यंतु गुणयंतु परावर्नयंतु जानंतु बुध्यतामिति गाथार्थः ।। ८६ ॥ 8 [J,L. P.]
Page #259
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
8
jarna Literature and Philosophy
[134.
इत्याममिकवस्तुविचारसारप्रकरणवृत्तिः समाता॥७॥ प्रायो(s)न्यशाम्र(ट): सर्वो(s)प्यर्थो मया(s) संरचितः ॥ म पुनः स्वमनीषिकया तथापि यत् किंचिदिह वितथं ॥१॥ सूत्रमतिलंध्य लिखितं तच्छोध्यं मय्यनुग्रहं कृत्वा ।। परकीयदोषणयोस्त्यागोपादानविधिकुशलैः ॥२॥ छमस्थस्य हि बुद्धिः स्वलति न कस्येह कर्मवशगस्य ।। सइदिविरहितानां विशेषतो मछिधासमतां ॥३॥ कृत्वा यवृत्तिमिमां पुण्यं समुपार्जितं मया तेन ॥ मुक्तिमचिरेण लभतां क्षपितरजाः सर्वभव्यजनः ॥ ४ ॥
मध्यस्थभावादचलप्रतिष्ठः
__ सुवर्णरूपः सुमनोनिवासः । . आम्मन् महा मेरु 'रिवास्ति लोके
श्रीमान 'बृहद्गच्छ इति प्रसिद्धः ॥ ५ ॥ तस्मिलभूदां(दा)यतबाहुशाखः
___ कल्पद्रुमाभः प्रभुमानदेवः। यदीयवाचो विबुधैः सुबोधाः
कणे कृता नूतनमंजरीवत् ॥ ६॥ तस्मादुपाध्याय इहाजनिष्ट
श्रीमान् मनस्वी जिनदेवनामा । गुरुक्रमाराधयिताल्पबुद्धि
स्तस्यास्ति शिष्यो हरिचं भद्रसूरिः ।। २० ।। 'अणहिल्लपाटक'पुरे । श्रीमज्जयसिंहदेवनृपराज्ये । आसापूरवसत्यां वृत्तिस्तेनेयमारचिता ॥ ८ ॥ एकेकाक्षरगणनादस्य वृत्तेरनुष्टुभां मानं । अष्टौ शतानि जातं पंचाशत्समधिकानीति ॥ ९ ॥ वर्षशतैकादशके वासप्तत्यधिक नभोभासे ।
सितपंचम्यां सूर्ये समर्थिता वृत्तिकेयमिति ॥ ... T॥ श्रीः ॥ संवत् १५२७ वर्षे ज्येष्ठबादि १२ शनौ अयेह श्री पत्तने . .. डासियातिमलीलिखत् ॥ छ ।।। श्रीः ॥१॥.. Reference:- Both the text and the commentary published. For ....... Mss. of this commentary see Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, p.21).
Page #260
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
135.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetämbara works
219 आगमिकवस्तुविचार
nikavastuvicăra सारप्रकरण
sāraprakarana वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti No. 135... ... ...
_148(e).. ..
. . .. 1881-84... Extent.- fol. 3rd to fol. 58. Description.- Both the text and the commentary complete ; the
former has 86 verses. For additional details see Karma. vipäka No 148 (a).
vipaka No. 181-82..
Author of the commentary.- Malayagiri Suri. For his other works
___ see Vol. XVII, pt. V, p. Io. Subject.- The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. 31b .. . निछिनमोहपास पसरियविमलोककेवलपयासं ।।
पणयजणपूरियासं पयओ पणमित्तु जिणवास॥१॥ etc. ,, - ( com. fol. 31b
प्रणम्य सिद्धिशास्तारं कर्मवैचित्र्यवेदिनं ।। जिनेशं विदधे वृत्तिं षडसी(शी)तेर्यथागमं ॥ १॥
इह शिष्टाः क्वचिदिष्टे वस्तुनि प्रवर्तमानाः संत इष्टदेवतास्तवाभिधान.
पुरःसरमेव प्रवर्तते । etc. Ends. - ( text ) fol. 582
जिणवल्लहोवणीयं जिणवणामयसमुहबिंदुमिमं ॥
हियकंखिणो बुहजणा निमुणंत गुणंतु जागंतु ॥ ८६ ॥ ,, - ( com. ) fol. 582
इत्येतत्प्रकरणश्रवणादि क्रियासु वर्तमानानां जीवानामेकांतेन हितसं. प्राप्तित्प्रेक्षमाण आचार्यों निजान्वर्थनामोत्कीर्तनपूर्वकं जिनकासनमारव.
ख्यापनपूर्वकं च परेषामुपदेशमाह ॥ ७॥ This is followed by the text above & then we have :
सुगम।
Page #261
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
220 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[135. :
TE TEAA TAaat fangafochelarang !! . Pag guma: EATOTT ASETETT 13.11
बदर्थमल्पशब्द प्रकरणमेतद् विवृण्वता कुशलं ॥
. यदवापि मलयगिरिणा सिद्धिते(स्ते)नाश्नुतां लोकः ॥ ७॥ .. Reference.- Both the text and the commentary published. See
No. 129.
आचारप्रदीप
Ācārapradīpa No. 136
682.
1899-1915. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 109 folios ; 54 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional hats; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; there is some space kept blank in the case of the numbered and unnumbered sides as well so that it forms a design; over and above this, from fol. 99 to fol. 105* we have space kept blank on each side of this design so that on each side it gives an appearance of a letter ; on fol. 105b there is a svastika on each side, instead of a letter; fol. 1 blank; red chalk used ; corners of the first two foll. slightly worn out; some foll. more or less worm-eaten ; condition fair; fol. 104 repeated ; a portion of the fol. 104" (repeated ) blank; the continuity does not seem to be maintained ; otherwise complete ; extent 4500 ślokas ; composed in Samvat 1516; the entire work is divided into five prakāśas; the extent of each of them is as under :
Prakāśa I foll. Ib to 346 ... II . 346
616 L
., III , 616 in 945 IV , 940 , 1054
105*
» 1096. Age. - Samvat 1685;
Page #262
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
136.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
Author.— 'Ratnaśekhara Suri, pupil of Caritrasundara Suri.
Subject. This work deals with the five acaras of a Jaina Acārya such as jñānācāra etc.; there is a separate chapter (prakāśa for each of them ; incidentatly, there are given a few arithmetical problems in this work; I have written in this connection an article entitled as under:
"A Note on Four Problems given by Śri Ratnasekhara Suri in his work ācārapradipa ”.
This is published in "Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute " (Vol. XVIII, pt. 4, PP. 399-401).
Begins. - fol. r ॥ ९६० ॥
॥ श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
221
श्रीवर्द्धमानमनुपम विज्ञाननिधानमान (तु) माम मुदा ॥ श्रीसिद्धार्थप्रभवं श्रुतवाग्विभवं गुरुगरिष्ठं ॥ १ ॥
श्रीवीर १ सिद्धांत २ गुरुणां ३ युगपन्नमस्काररूयर्थः । सम्यग्ज्ञान १ सुदर्शन २ चरण ३ तपो ४ वीर्य ५ गोचरं किंचित । आचारपञ्चकमहं श्रुतानुसारेण विवृणोमि ॥ २ ॥
Ends. fol. 109a
वीर्याचारविचारचारिमचणः संवेगरगोल्बण
प्राणिश्रोत्रसुधाभिर्व (व) र्षनिपुणः पुण्यक्रियोत्सर्पणः । श्रीसूरीश्वररत्नशेखरगुरूत्तंसैः प्रकाशीकृते
शास्त्रेऽस्मिन्निति पंचमः समजनि श्रीमान् प्रकाशः स्फुटः ॥ १ ॥
इति श्री' तपा 'गच्छनायक श्री सोमसुंदरसूरि श्रीमुनिसुंदर वरिषट्टप्रतिष्ठित श्री रत्नशेखर मूरिविरचिते श्रीआचारप्रदीपे पंचमः प्रकाशः
समाप्तः ॥ ५ ॥
विख्यात 'तपे त्याख्या जगति जगच्चंद्रसूरयोऽभूवन् ॥ श्रीदेवसुंदरगुरूत्तमाश्व तदनुक्रमाद् विदिताः ॥ १ ॥ पंच च तेषां शिष्यास्तेष्वाया ज्ञानसागरा गुरवः ॥ • विविधावचूर्णिलहरि प्रकटनतः सान्वयाह्वानाः ॥ २ ॥
1 He should not be confounded with his namesake, the author of Sirivālakahā (vide my Gujarati introduction to Navapadamāhātmya).
Page #263
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
222
Jaina Literature and Philosopby [136. श्रुतगतषिविधालापकसमुवृतः समभवंश्च सूरींद्राः ।। कुलमंडन(ना) द्वितीयाः श्रीगुणरत्नास्तृतीयाश्च ॥३॥ षड्दर्शनवृत्ति-कियारत्नसमुच्चयविचारनिचयसृजः॥ श्रीभुवनसुंदरादिषु झुर्विद्यागुरुत्वं ये ॥५॥ श्रीसोमसुंदरगुरुमवरास्तुर्या अहार्यमहिमानः ॥ (यें)भ्यः सेततिरुच्चैर्मवति वेधा सुधर्मभ्यः ।।५।। यतिजीतकल्पवितति(त)श्च पश्चमाः साधुरस्नमरिषराः॥ यैर्मादृशो(s)प्य कृशि(व्य)त करप्रयोगेण भवरूपात ।।६।।. श्रीदेवसुंदरगुरोः पट्टे श्रीसोमसुंदरगणेंद्राः॥ युगवरपदवी प्राप्तास्तेषां शिष्याश्च पश्चते ॥७॥ मारीत्यऽवमनिराकृतिसहस्रनामस्मृतिप्रभृतिकृत्यैः ॥ . श्रीमुनिसुंदरगुरवश्चिरंतनाचार्यमहिमभृतः ॥ ८॥ श्रीजयचंद्रगणेद्रा निस्तंद्राः संधगच्छकार्येषु ॥ श्रीभुवनसुंदरवरा दूरविहारैर्गणोपकृतः।। ९॥ विषममहाविद्या-तद्विडंबनाब्धौ तरीव वृत्तियः । विदधे यद् (ज)ज्ञाननिधि मदादिशिष्या उपाजीवम् ॥१०॥ एकांगा अप्येकां(का)दशांगिनश्च जिनसुंदराचार्याः॥ निर्ग्रथा ग्रंथकृतः श्रीमजिनकीर्तिगुरषश्च ॥ ११ ॥ एषां श्रीगुरूणां प्रसादतः षट्कुतिथिमिसे १५१६ वर्षे ।। जग्रन्थ ग्रंथमिमं सुगमं श्रीरत्नशेखर:) सूरिः॥१२॥ अत्र गुणसत्रविज्ञावतंसजिनहंसगणिवरप्रमुखैः॥ शोधनलिखनादिविधौ व्यधायि सांनिध्ययुक्तैः ॥१३॥ प्रत्यक्षरं निरीक्ष्यास्य ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं ॥ पञ्चशताधिकानुष्टुप्सहस्राणां चतुष्टयी ॥१४॥ सतू शोधयंतु सुधियो यन्मातमांचादवद्यमुदितमिह ॥ ग्रंथोऽयं चिरसमयं जयताजयदायकश्व विदां ॥ १५ ॥ इत्याचारप्रदीपग्रंथः संपूर्णः ।।
संवत् १६८५ वर्षे अ(आ)श्विनसितद्वितीयातिथौ भौमवासरे विजयराज्ये भट्टारकश्रीविजयदेवसूरीश्वरतत्पदाहिसेवितपंडितश्रीसिंगविजयगणि मा(ड)लेखि तम्रात्रा गणिशिवविजयपठनार्थ भी रानेरबन्दिरे'।
Page #264
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
137. ) Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
UTCA ora uraa FA TETT: 11
यावत् 'तपा'गणस्तावदयं जयतु पुस्तकः ॥ १॥ Reference... Published along with an introduction in Sanskrit and
an alpabetical index of quotations in the D.L.P.F. Series, as No. 71 in A. D. 1927. For extracts see Peterson, Reports VI, pp. 39-40. For the life .period (Samvat 1415-1517 ) of Ratnasekhara Suri see J. Klatt's “Extracts from the historical records of the Jainas” published in the “Indian Antiquary” (Vol. XI). In Essai de Bibliographie Jaina (p. 376) it is stated in this connection that the sect known as Lurkā or Lumpāka originated in Samvat 1508.
आचारप्रदीप
Acārapradipa No. 137
575.
1884-86. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 73 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with rais; small, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; white paste, too ( see fol. 13); edges of the first fol. slightly worn out ; fol. 71 partly damaged in the body ; fol. 73 somewhat torn ; a few foll. worm-eaten; condition fair ; complete ; the entire work is divided into five prakāśas; the extent of each of them is as under :Prakāśa
folli ja to. 23•
» 23a, 41°
» 41° , 63b IV
» 636
w
70». 730. Age. - Pretty old. Begins.- fol. 1.180115!!
ATATH I etc. as in No. 136.
22
1),
70
Page #265
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
224
Ends.- fol. 73*
छ ॥
atर्याचारविचार | etc. up to दायकश्व विदां ॥ १५ ॥ as in No. 136. This is followed by the lines as under :
इति श्री'तपा’गच्छगगनांगणन भोमणि श्री सोमसुंदर सूरिश्रीमुनि सुंदरसूरिपट्टप्रतिष्ठितश्रीरत्नशेखरसूरिकृत आचारप्रदीपनामा ग्रंथ: संपूर्णः ||
etc.
N. B. For other details see No. 136.
19
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
आचारप्रदीप
No. 138
Size. 9 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 114-2=112 folios; 13 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line. Description. Country paper somewhat thick, tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; sufficiently big, quite legibie, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink: space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; the 1st two foll. missing; so the work begins abruptly; on fol. 4a we have ; edges of some of the foll. slightly gone; condition on the whole good; there is some blank space kept in the centre of the numbered and unnumbered sides as well; on fol. 114, in the left-hand margin, the title is mentioned as refta ; extent 4065 slokas; the text is divided into 5 prakāsas as under
Prakāśa
ور
39
""
I
II
III
IV
V
foll.
""
ار
د.
"
[137
36b
3a to 36b 66b
66b
99b. 99b 109
"2
109 »
114b.
..
در
Acarapradipa
127. 1873-74.
Page #266
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
139.] Begins. fol. 3a
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
ता हस्तिनेव विध्वस्ता ॥ दत्तैकेन मदाज्ञार्गला बलान्मच्चरसमक्षं ॥ ७ ॥ उद्घोप्य (य) दोषमेवं कृत्रिमकोपं प्रकाशयन्नुच्चैः ॥ चौरमिव चारके तं ससुतं प्राचिक्षिपत् क्षितिपः ॥ ८ ॥ विश्वस्तचरांश्च चरान् व्यमुचत् प्रच्छन्नतद्वचः श्रुत्यै ॥ प्राचीकटच्च कपटाद् गाढतमग्लानिमात्मतनी ॥ ९ ॥ etc.
Ends. fol. 114*
...
steferraचार ( चारिम ) चणः । etc. up to इत्याचार प्रदीपः संपूर्ण: 1 as in No. 136. This is followed by the line as under:
(प्र) शस्तिसहित ग्रंथाग्रं० ॥ ४०६५ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ etc.
225
Reference. Prakasa I along with Sanskrit rendering of Prakrit verses and Gujarati translation by Ramchandra Dinanath is published by Somachand Panachand, Ahmedabad, in Samvat 1958.
N. B. — For other details see No. 136.
No. 139
आचारप्रदीप
Size.-- rog in. by 4g in.
548.
1895-98.
Acarapradipa
Extent. 56 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description.— Country paper rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible and good hand-writing ; bordeis ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; fol. rt blank; the first fol. seems to be of a later origin as its paper etc. differ; this work begins abruptly; otherwise complete; condition very
29 J. L. P.J
Page #267
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
226
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[:39.
good; extent 4065 slokas; the entire work is divided into five prakāśas; the extent of each of them is as under :
Prakāśa I. fol. 16 (2)
. II foll. . 1 to 21b __ , III , 21 , 450 ,, IV
45b
5 20 ,,
, 526 56. Age.- Samvat 1655. Begins.-- fol. 10 . ॥श्रीवीतरागाय नमः। - -
. .
प्रणम्य पाश्वनाथस्य पत्कर्ज सर्वसौख्यदम ॥ . . समस्तमंगलश्रेणीलताप्रबलतावृतम् ॥ १॥
एवं व्याख्याताः षष्टसप्तमाष्टमा व्यंजनार्थतदुभयाचार: ८ एवमष्टविष्टो....... (धो) ज्ञानाचारः सम्यगाराधनीयः । अथ ज्ञानदर्शनाचारो व्याख्यायते तत्र
दर्शनं सम्यक्त्वं ॥ etc.. .. Ends.-- fol. 56
वीर्याचारविचार । etc. practically up to दायकश्च विदां ॥१॥ as in No. 136. This is followed by the lines as under :
इत्याचारप्रदीपग्रंथः संख्या ४०६५ संपूर्णा ।। छ । श्रीरस्तु संवत्१६५५वर्षे वैशाषदि १४ रवी अोह श्री पत्तने' जोसी भीमजी
लिखितं ।। श्री ।। etc. ___N. B.- For further particulars see No. 136. ..............
.. 1884-87.
आचारोपदेश . ... ... ................... ....... - Acaropadesa
____1165.. . Nor 140............................... - Size.- 9. in. by 4. in. Extent.- 8 folios; I}; lines to a page'; 46 letters to a line: Description.- Country paper ; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold
and legible hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk frequently used to mark the numbers
Page #268
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
227
140.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works .. . for verses; complete; condition good; the entire work is
divided into six vargas as under:
Varga I foll... 11to20
....
... ..
Varga
.
.
हो
.
_III ,,
,, 6° ,, IV , 60, 70
8 ... ,, ,, ,, ४० The first varga ends with इति श्रीरत्नसिंहसरिशिष्यश्रीचारित्रमः न्दरगणिविराचते आचारोपदेशे ग्रंथमहरवर्गः ॥२॥, others ending as इति द्वितीयो वर्गः, इति तृतीयो वर्गः, इति चतुर्थो वर्गः, इति श्राद्धाचारस्य
पंचमो वर्गः and the last as noted below.. . Author.- Caritrasundara Gani, pupil of Ratnasimha Suri. He has
composed Sila-duta in Samvat 1484(7). His other works are Mahipālacarita and Kumārapālacarita. In the latter work he has referred to Jayakirti Pathaka as his vidyā.
guru. Subject.- The six vargas respectively containing 62, 65, 53, 28,
33 and 22 verses deal with-acāra or conduct-discipline, . Age.- Pretty old. Begins.- fol. 1° ॥ १५०।। अहे नमः ।। .. ... ..........
चिदानंदस्वरूपाय रूपातीताय तायिने ।। .. परमज्योतिषे तस्मै नमः श्रीपरमात्मने ।।१॥ .. सबुद्धिरुपदेशेन । ततो(5)पि च गुणोदयः ।।
इत्याचारोपदेशाख्यो ग्रंथः प्रारभ्यते मितः (2)॥५॥ Ends:-- fol. 86
वपन सप्तसु क्षेत्रेषु न्यायोपात्तं निजं धनं ।।
साफल्यं कुरुते श्राद्धो निजयोधनजन्मयोः ॥२८॥ इति श्रीरत्नसिंहमूरिशिष्यश्रीचारित्रसुदरगणिविचित आचारोपदेशे षष्ठो वर्गः समाप्तः पं० श्री५श्रींवरसिंगर्षिगणिशिष्यपं. श्रीतेजविजय... गणिना(कोलेखि ॥...............
Page #269
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
228 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 140 Reference.- Published in Laghuprakaraṇa-samgraha (2nd. ed.)
edited by Bhimsimha Manak, Bombay, 1887. See Guerinot Bibliographie p. 150. Here the author is named as Sundara Gaņi. For additional published editions and manuscripts see Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. 25 ).
आश्चलिकमतनिरास
Añcalikamatanirāsa
1392 (77). No. 141
1891-95. Extent.- leaf 976 to leaf 1036. Description.- Complete. For other details see sTEOTTATA
No. 1392 (1).
1891-95. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- Refutation of the views of the Añcalikas, the followers
of Añcala gaccha, one of the sub-sects of the Svetām baras. Foi comparison see Añcalamatadala naprakaraņa (No. 76)
and Ancalamatanirākaraṇa ( No. 77 ). Begins.- leaf 976 51 Tatar atlad FISTITáar 3°C UFAQ
ITÀ U 391#F# etc. Ends.- leaf 1032 Parcaragig af 34tqagar ar 3769737edig er i Prah
वा जाव विहारभूमि वा । निक्खमित्तए वा पविसित्तए वा । कल्पग्रंथे "gll Size RATTATIE: 11 EP
आत्मज्ञानप्रकाशस्तवन
Ātmajñānaprakāsastavana No. 142
1573 ( 26 ).
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 35to fol. 416. Description.- Complete; composed in Samvat 1776. For other
details see Vissativiharamāņajinastavana No. 1573 (1).
Page #270
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
143.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
229
Author.- Vinayavijaya, pupil of Kirtivijaya Vācaka. For his
other works etc. see p. 17. Subject. - Importance of samată ( equanimity of mind ) etc. narrat
ed while addressing Dharmanātha, in verse in Vernacular. Begins.- fol. 35.
॥ ६॥ श्रीगुणपतै नमः॥ दूहा--
चिदानंद चित चितवू नि(तीर्थकर चोवीस ॥ जगउपगारी जगगुरु ज्योतिरूप जगदीस ॥१॥
आप आप विचारतां लहिइं आप सरूप ॥
प्रगटे समता तृण छपे समता अमृतकु(क)प ॥२॥ etc. Ends.- fol. 410
धर्मनाथ अवधारीई । सेवकनी अरदास ॥ दया करीने दीजीह । मुगति महोदय वास ॥ ३५॥ etc. सतरस्ये सोलोत्तरे । 'सुरति' रही चोमास ॥
कवन रच्यु में अल्पमति । आत्मग्यानप्रकास ॥ ३७ ॥ श्रीविजयदेवसुंदरपाटे | श्रीविजयप्रभसूरीसरो॥ श्रीकीर्तिविजय वाचकतणो । वीनयविजय रसपूरो ॥ ३८॥
इति श्रीधर्मनाथग्यांनप्रकाशस्तवनं संपूर्ण ॥ ल ॥ ऋषिश्री ५भवांन शुभं भवतु ॥ १॥ श्री ॥ श्री ।।
आत्मबोध
Atmabodha [ आत्मप्रबोध]
[Atmaprabodha]
550. No. 143
1895-98. Size.- 95 in. by 4. in. Extent.- 169 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; foll, numbered in the right-hand margin
Page #271
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
230
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 143.
i only; fol. 1 blank; so is the fol. 1696; an extra blank
fol. precedes the first fol.; complete; composed in Samvat 1833 (see No. 145): the entire work is divided 'into 4 prakāsas: the extent of each of them is as under:--- Prakāśa I foll. 10 to 632
II , 63* ,, I2r - , III , 121 , 154*
, IV , 154 , 169*.. Age.- Samvat 1939. Author.--- Jinalabha Suri, pupil of Jinabhakti Suri, pupil of
Jinasaukhya Sûri of the Kharatara gaccha. Subject.- Spiritual advice in Sanskrit. For details see the bijaka
(table of contents) given in No. 145. Of course the main points discussed here refer to samyaktva ( right faith ), -desavirati ( partial cessation from sinful activities), sarvavirati ( monkhood ) and paramātmasvarāpa. ( nature of
supreme being), and for each of them there is one prakāśa. Begins.-- fol. 10 .. ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ श्रीसद्गुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः ॥
अनंत विज्ञानविशुद्धरूपं | etc. as in No. 145.- : Ends.- lol. 168
इत्थं स्वरूपं । etc. up to निर्विघ्नमिति श्रेयः ॥ as in No. 145. This is followed by the lines as under:
(fol. 169) इत्यनेन । . आत्मप्रबोधग्रंथे चतुर्थ() प्रकाशः नामतो परमात्मतावर्णनो अधि
कार समाप्तं तत्समाप्तौ समाप्त(s)यं संपूर्णव्याख्या। नंदाग्निग्रहाश्चंद्रसंवत्सरे .... १९३९ मासोत्तममासे फाल्गुनमासे शुक्लपक्षे द्वितीयायां तिथौ मंदवासरे
श्रीमत'तपागणे भट्टारक १००८ श्रीलक्ष्मीसागरसूरिशाखायां श(स)कलविद्वानशिरोमणि पं। प्र। कल्याणसागरजी तच्छिष्य पं। प्रा देवेंद्रसागरजी तच्छिष्य पं । प्रा कपूरसागरजी तच्छिष्य पंा प्रा प्रधानसागरजी तच्छी: (च्छि)ध्य पं। प्रा श्रीजगरूपसागरजी । तच्छो(च्छिष्य पं। लक्ष्म्यन्धिना()लेखि श्री फलवद्धिं'नयरे शांतिजिनप्रशा(सा)दात् ।
Page #272
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
231
144.)
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works Reference.- Published along with Gujarāti translation by Jainā
Atmānanda Sabha, Rhavnagar, in Samvat 1998, and the text by Hiralal Hamsaraj, Jamnagar, in A. D. 1909.
This work has been noticed by Rajendralal Mitra in his “ Notices of Sanskrit Mss. published under orders of the Government of Bengal ” ( Vol. IX, pp. 6-8). There it is styled as Atmaprabodha. P. Peterson however designates it as Atmabodha as is done here by me. See his Report III.
For an additional Ms. of this work see Limbdi Cataa logue No. 178. Here it is styled as Ātmaprabodha. For other manuscripts and vịtti see Jinaratnakośa Vol, I, p. 26).
आत्मबोध
Atmabodha
549. No. 144. . . . .
.
1895-98. Size. - 10 in. by 4.3 in. Extent. - 193-3= 190 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Jaina Deva
någari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink : foll. numbered in both the margins ; fol. 1 blank; so is the fol. 1936; foll. 70, 72 and 132 missing; fol. 157 also numbered as 158; really speaking fol. 158 appears to be missing; this Ms. contains at the end a table of contents ; condition very good; the enrire work is divided into 4
prakaśas ; the extent of each of them is as under :,
Prakasa I 10 to 676 , IL 676
1356 ... ja III 1356 : 1726
IV · 1726 !, 193* . Age.- Modern.
Page #273
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
232
Begins. fol. tb
Ends. fol. 189*
॥ ६० ॥ श्रीगण (णेशाय नमः || श्रीमड्य (ज्ज्ञा) नदातृगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ I etc. as in No. 145..
आत्मबोध almanca
No. 145
( इत्थं स्वरूपं ) परमात्मभूमं (? रूपं ) निधाय चित्ते । etc. up to (fol. 1934 ) चतुर्थप्रकासो ( शो ) क्तार्थसंग्रहः ॥ ४ ॥ as in No. 145. This is followed by the line as under:
इति श्री आत्मप्रबोधग्रंथ समाप्तं ॥ श्री ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 143.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
در
33
Size. 10 in. by 4g in.
Extent, 108 folios; 17 lines to a page; 50 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; small, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. mostly numbered in both the margins; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 2b; condition on the whole good; this Ms. contains the text as well as its commentary; both complete ; the text composed in Samvat 1833; there is a bijaka at the end; the first copy was prepared by Kṣamakalyāṇa; the entire work is divided into four prakāśas as under :Prakāśa I foll. Ib 10 39a
II
III IV
""
15
دو
رز
39
752
966
:)
ور
[144.
29
75*
966
Iosa.
Atmabodha with tikā
128. 1873-74.
Age.- Old.
Author of the commentary. Seems to be same as the author of the text.
Subject. Spiritual awakening. The contents have been given on foll. 106 to 108a. Prakrit portions are explained in Sanskrit, by way of a commentary, a gloss.
Page #274
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
:45.] Metaphysics etc. : Svelambara works
233 Begins.- ( text ) fol. Ib
॥ ॐ ह्रीं नमः॥ अनंतविज्ञानविशुद्धरूपं
निरस्तमोहादिपरश्च(स्व)रूपं ॥ नरामरेंद्रः कृतचारुभक्ति
नमामि तीर्थेशमनंतशक्तिं ॥१॥ अनादिसंबद्धसमस्तकर्म
मलीमस्व(स)त्वं निजकं निरस्य ।। उपात्तशुद्धात्मगुणाय सद्यो . नमोऽस्तु देवार्यमहेश्वराय ॥२॥ जगत्त्रयाधीशमुखोद्भवायाः ..
वाग्देवतायाः स्मरणं विधाय ॥ विभाव्यते(s)सौ स्वपरोपकृत्यै
विशुद्धहेतुः शुचिरात्मबोधः॥३॥ अथ तावत् ग्रंथादौ संक्षिप्तरुचिनाऽपि प्रायः शिष्टसमयसमाचर-- णाय समाप्तिप्रतिबंधकीभूतप्रभूतप्रत्यूहव्यपोहाय चात्यंताव्यभिचारसमुचितेष्टदेवस्तवादिस्वरूपभावमंगलमवश्यं कर्त्तव्यमिति विभाव्यहापि शाखादौ समस्ततीर्थेशप्रणतिपूर्वकासन्नोपकारकशासनाधीश्वरश्रीवीरपरमेश्वरनमस्कार.
करत्नवाग्देवतास्मरणस्वरूपं मंगलमाश्रीयते । etc. fol. 1b , प्रकाशमायं ब(व)रदर्शनस्य
ततश्व देशाद् विरतेधि(ईि)तीयः(यम)॥ तृतीयमस्मिन् समनिव्रतानां
वक्षे(क्ष्ये) चतुर्थे परमात्मतायाः ॥४॥
वरदर्शनस्येति सम्यदर्शनस्येत्यर्थः । etc. ( com.) fol. I0
नाणं च १ दंशणं २ चेव अव्वावाहं ३ तहेव सम्मत्तं ४
अक्खर्यवई ५ अरूवं अगुरुलहुवीरियं ८ हवई २६ ( com.) व्याख्या सुगमा इदमत्र तात्पर्य | etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. IOS
इत्थं स्वरूपं परमात्मरूपं
निधाय चित्ते निरवद्यवृत्ते(:)॥ ३० [J. L. P.]
Page #275
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
234.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[145. सध्यानरंगात् कृतशुद्धिसंगा
भजंतु सिद्धिं सुधियः समृद्धिं ॥१॥ भगवत्समयोक्तीना(ना)मनुसारेणैष वर्णितो(s)स्ति मया । परमात्मत्वविचारः शुद्धः स्वपरप्रयोधकृते ॥२॥
इति श्रीजिनभक्तिसूरींद्रचरणारविंदसमाराधकैः श्रीजिनलामसूरिभिः संगृहीते आत्मप्रबोधग्रंथे परमात्मतावर्णनो नाम चतुर्थ(:) प्रकाशः ॥ ४॥
नरेंद्रदेवेंद्रसुखानि सर्वा___. ण्यपि (fol. I05' ) प्रकामं सुलभानि लोके ॥ परं चिदानंदपरै(दै)कहेतुः
सुदुर्लभस्तात्त्विक आत्मबोधः ॥१॥ ततो निरस्याखिलदुष्टकर्म
व्रजं सुधीभिः सततं स्वधर्मः॥ समग्रसांसारिकदुःखरोधः
समर्जनीयः शुचिरात्मबोधः॥२॥ इहात्मबोधकजिनवाग्माहात्म्यं यथा
न ते नरा दुर्गतिमाप्नुवंति ॥ न मूकतां नैव जडस्वभावम् ॥
म चांधतां बुद्धिविहीनतां नो
ये धारयंतीह जिनेंद्रवाणीं ॥३॥ जे(ये) जिनवचने रक्ताः श्रीजिनवचनं अये(य/ति भावेन । अमलागतसंक्लेशा भवंति ते स्वल्पसंसाराः॥ (४॥) इति संपन्न समग्रो(5)प्यात्मप्रबोधग्रंथः। यदुक्तमादौ स्वपरोपकृत्यै
सम्यक्त्वधर्मादिचतुःप्रकाशः॥ विभाव्यते(5)सौ शुचिरात्मबोधः
समर्थितं तद्भगवत्प्रसादात् ॥१॥ प्रमादबाहुल्यबशादबुद्ध्या
यत्किंचिदातोक्तिविरुद्धमत्र ॥ प्रोक्तं भवेत् तज्जनितं समस्तं
मिथ्या(s)स्तु मे दुष्कृतमात्मशुद्ध्या ॥२॥ श्रीमदवारजिनेंद्रतीर्थतिलकः सद्भुतसंपन्निधिः ।
संय(ज)ज्ञे सुगुरुः सुधर्मगणभृत् तस्यान्वये सर्वतः ॥
Page #276
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
145.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
235 पुण्ये 'चांद्र'कुलेऽभवत् एविहिते पक्षे सदाचारवान्
सेव्यः शोभनधीमतां सुमतिमानु(द्द्योतनः मूरिराद ॥३॥ आसीत् स(त)त्पदपंकजैकमधुकृत् श्रीवर्द्धमानाभिधः
मरिस्तस्य जिनेश्वराख्यगणभृज्जातो विनेयोत्तमः ॥ यः प्रापत् शिषसिद्धिपंक्ति१०८०शरदि श्री पत्तने' वादिनो
जित्वा सद्विरुद(दं) कृती 'खरतरे न्या(त्या)ख्यं नृपादेर्सखात्४ तच्छिष्यो जिनचंद्रसरिगणभृजज्ञे गुणांभानिधिः
मंविनोऽभयदेवमूरिमुनिपस्तस्यानुजो(s) भूत् ततः ॥ येनोत्तुंगनवांगवृत्तिरचनां कृत्वा(s)हतः शासने __साहाय्यं विदधे महतश्रुतिपरिज्ञानार्थिनां धीमतां ॥५॥ तस्पट्टे जिनवल्लभो गणधरः सन्मार्गसेवापरः
संजातस्तदनु प्रभूतमहिमा सद्भव्यबोधप्रदः॥ अंबादत्त युगप्रधान पदभृन्मिथ्यात्वविध्वंसकृत
नेता श्रीजिनदत्तमरिरभवद् खंदारकाचितः ॥ ६॥ तदनु श्रीजिनचंद्रः सूरिवरो(s)भूत् स्वधर्मनिस्तंद्रः । सन्मणिमंडितमालः प्रणताखिलशिष्टभूपालः ॥७॥ तद्वंशे गुणनिधयः सम्यग्विधयो मुनीश्वराः शुचयः । श्रीजिनकुशलमुनींद्र-श्रीजिनभद्रादयो()भूवन ॥ ८॥ जज्ञे मुनींद्रस्तदनुक्रमेण
श्रीजैनचंद्रो मुनिमार्गसेवी । प्रबोधितो येन दयापरेण
अकबराख्यः पतिसाहिमुख्यः ॥ ९॥ तदन्वभूत् श्रीजिनसिंहमूरिः
स्वपाटवाह्लादितसर्वसूरिः॥ ततस्वधीनिर्जितदेवसूरिः
स्फुरत्प्रतापो जिनराजसरिः ॥१०॥ तच्छिष्यो जिनरत्नमरिसगुरुः श्रीजनचंद्रस्ततः
गच्छेशो गणवरो गुणगणांभोधिजगद्दिश्रुतः ॥
Page #277
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [145 तत्पद्रोदयशैलमूनि सुतरां भास्वत्प्रतापोद्धरः
पूज्यश्रीजिनसौख्यमूरिरभवत् सत्कीर्तिविद्याधरः ॥११॥ तत्पादांबुजसेविनो युगवरः सत्यप्रतिज्ञाधराः । . श्रीमंतो जिनभक्तिमरिगुरुवा(s)भूवन् गणाधीश्वराः ॥
.. बरुद्दामगुणैः स्वधर्मनिपुणैनिःशेषतेजस्विनां .... (fol. 106 ) तस्थे मौलिपदे प्रकामसुभगे(:) पुष्पैरिव प्रत्यहम् ॥ १२ ॥
तेषां बिनेयो निरवद्यवृत्तिः ___ प्रमोदतः श्रीजिनलाभमूरिः ।। इमं महाग्रंथपयोधिमध्यात् ।
समग्रहीद रत्नमिवात्मबोधम् ॥ १३ ॥ हुताशम(सं)ध्यावसुचंद्र१८३३वत्सरे
समुज्ज्वले कार्तिकपंचमीदिने । मनोरमे श्री मनरा ख्याबिंदरे
गमनिबंधः परिपूर्णतामयम् ॥ १४ ॥ यत्किचिदुत्सूत्रमपप्रयोग
निरर्थकं चात्र मया निबद्धम् ।। प्रसह्य तच्छोध्यमलं सुधीभिः।
परोपकारो हि सतां स्वधर्मः ॥१५॥ इहादौ भ्रांत्यादिनेति शेष । ..... . यावन्महीमंडलमध्यदेशे
विराजते शैलपतिः 'सुमेरुः'। . तावन्मुनींद्ररभिवाच्यमानः
जीयादसौ ग्रंथवरात्मबोधः॥१६॥ प्रथमादर्श(s)लेखि 'क्षमादिकल्याणसाघुना श्रीमान् | संशोधितो(७)पि सो(s)यं ग्रंथः सद्बोधभक्तिभृता ॥१७॥ इति श्रीमदात्मप्रबोधग्रंथ संपूर्णो निर्विघ्नमिति श्रेयम् ॥ ॥
श्रीः॥ ॥
अथास्मिन् ग्रंथे प्रकाशचतुष्टये यावतो(र्धाः) संगृहीतास्ते सुखप्रतिपत्त्यर्थ बीजकरूपेण दश्यते॥
॥तत्र आयप्रकाशे यथा।। १ भन्याऽभव्यादिविचारः २ बहिरास्मादि. विचार:३ आत्मबोधमाहात्म्यम् ४ सम्यक्तोत्पत्तिरीतिः ५ तदंतर्गत एव चाऽम
1 This means Ksamakalyana.
Page #278
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
145.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetämbára works 27 व्यादेद्र(ई)व्यसाधुत्वादिप्राप्तिविचारः ६ पुंजनयसंक्रमादिविचारः ७ एकविधद्विविधत्रिविधचतुर्विधपंचविधसम्यक्तस्वरूपं ८ सम्यकत्वपंचकत्वकालनियमः ९कतिमत्सम्यक्त्व कतिवारं प्राप्यते १० कस्मिन् गुणस्थाने किं सम्यक्त्वं ११ एकजीवस्यैकभवे कियंत आकर्षाः१२ तस्यैव सर्वभवेषु कियंता आकर्षाः १३ दशविधसम्यक्तस्वरूपम् १४ तत्रैव दशरुचिव्याख्याने आज्ञारुचौ माषतुषवृत्तांतः १ १५ सूत्ररुचौ लेशतो गोविंदवाचक ०२ १६ सम्यक्त्वभूते भूमिशुद्धिविधौ प्रभासचित्रकरोपनयः ३ १७ नाममात्रेण सम्यक्त्वस्य सप्तषष्टि ६७ भेदाः १८ तेषामेव व्याख्याने दशविधिनयाधिकारे पंचविधचैत्यस्वरूपं १९ तत्रैव साधर्मिकचैत्योपरि वारत्तत)कमुनिवृत्तांतः ४ २० त्रैलोक्पस्थशास्वतजिनचैत्यसंख्याप्रमाणादिविचारः २१ अशाश्वतचैत्यगुणदोषविचारः २२ ग्रहपूज्यप्रतिमास्वरूपम २३ द्विविधत्रिविधपूजास्वरूपं २४ तत्रैव पुप्फ(प)पूजायां धनसारश्रेष्टी(ष्ठि)कथानकम् ५ २५ आभरणपूजायां दमयंतीप्राग्भववृत्तांतः ६ २६ दीपपूजाधिकारे देवसेनजननीदृष्टांतः ७ २७ नाट्यपूजायां लेशतो लंकेशवत्तांतः ८ २८ पंचविधभक्त्यधिकारे देवद्रव्यभक्षणरक्षणयोः सागरश्रेष्ठिदृष्टांतः ९ २९ तीर्थोन्नतिविधी धनश्रेष्ठिवृत्तांतः १० ३० अष्टसप्तदशैकविंशतिविधपूजास्वरूपं ३१ दोषपंचकाधिकारे शंकायां वणिग्यवृत्तांतः ११ ३२ कांक्षायां देवीद्वयाराधकविप्रद्वयदृष्टांत(:) १२ ३३ कुदृष्टिसंसर्गे नंदमणिकारदृष्टांत(:) १३ ३४ तदंतर्गतानि षोडशरोगनामानि ३५ अष्टप्रभावकाधिकारे प्रवचनित्वे देवद्धिगणिदृष्टांत() १४ ३६ आक्षेपण्यादिकथाचतुष्टयलक्षणं ३७ धर्मकथित्वे नंदिषेणदृष्टांत(क) १५ ३८ सिद्धिमत्त्वे आर्यसमितिसरिदृष्टांतः १६ ३९ कवित्वे सिद्धि(द्ध)सेनदृष्टांतः १७४० भूषणपंचकाधिकारेऽईदर्शनकौशल्ये कमलप्रतिबोधकसूरिह(०) १८ ४१ स्थैर्यभूषणे सुलसादृष्टांतः १९ ४२ भक्तौ लेशतो बाहुसुबाहुह २० ४३ लक्षणपंचकाधिकारे उपशमे दमसारर्षिकथानकम् ॥ संवेगनिदयोर्दृढप्रहारिकथा २२ ४५ अनुकंपायां सुधर्मपूपकथा २३ ४६ आस्तिक्ये पद्मशेखरकथा २४ ४७ षड्विधयतनायां धनपालकह० २५ ४८ षडाकाराधिकारे राजाभियोगे कोशावेश्यादृष्टांतः २६ ४९ गजाभियोगे विष्णुकुमार० २७ ५० सम्यक्त्वभेदांते पंचसमवायनाम [२८] इति सम्यक्त्वप्रकाशोक्तार्थसंग्रहः ॥१॥
Page #279
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
238
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 145.
अथ देशविरतिद्वितीयप्रकाशे यथा ॥ ५१ देशविरतिप्राप्तिविचारः ५२ देशविरतेः कालनियमः ५३ एकविंशतिः श्रावकगुणाः ५४ देशविरतियोग्यस्वरूपम् ५५ त्रिविधश्रावकस्वरूपम् ५६ द्वादशव्रतनामानि ।। ५७ तेषु प्रथमतयाख्याने श्राद्धा (ना) श्रित्य सपादवि (विं) शोपकाऽहिंसास्वरूपम् । ५८ तथा अन्वयेन सुलसदृष्टांतः २८ ५९ द्वितीयव्रतव्याख्याने दश दिव्यनामानि ॥ ६० तथा व्यतिरेकेण वसुनृपदृष्टांत : २९ ६१ तृतीयव्रताराधने नागदत्तदृष्टांत ३० ६२ चतुर्थव्रताधिकारे वेश्यागमनव्यसने श्रीषेणनृपपुत्रद्वयदृष्टांत ३१ ६३ शीलव्रतमाहात्म्ये सुभद्रादृष्टांत ३२ ६४ पंचमत्रताधिकारे नवविधपरिग्रहस्वरूपम् ६५ तत्रैव विवेकोपरि धनवणिक दृष्टांत ः ३३ ६६ षष्ठव्रताधिकारे व्यतिरेकेण कूणिकदृ ३४ ६७ सप्तमव्रताधिकारे द्वाविंशत्यभक्ष (क्ष्य ) स्वरूपम् ६८ तथा मांसादिनियमे वंकचूलदृष्टतिः ३५ ६९ पंचदशकमदानस्वरूपम् ७० अष्टमव्रताधिकारे चतुर्विधानर्थदंडस्वरूपं ७१ तदंतर्गतमार्त्तरौद्रध्यानस्वरूपम् ७२ तथा सप्त७गलननव चंद्रोदयस्वरूपम् ७३ चुल्हकोपरि चंद्रोदयधारणे मृगासुंदरीदृष्टांत ः ३६ ७४ नवमव्रताधिकारे साधुश्राद्वयोर्भेदविचार (रः) ७५ सामायिकोचितस्थानस्वरूपः(पं) ७६ सामायिकवर्जिद्वात्रिंशद्दोषनामानि ७७ तथैतदूव्रते दमदंतरराजर्षिदृष्टांतः ३७ ७८ दशमव्रते चंडकौशिकदृष्टांतः ३८ ७९ एकादशवतव्याख्याने पर्वतिथि ८० द्वादशव्रताधिकारे साधुदानविधिः ८१ तथा सुपात्रकुपात्रदानविचारः ८२ येन विधिना साधुभ्यो न देयं तद्विचारः ८३. दानसंबंधी (धि ) पंचदूषणनामानि ८४ तथा पंचभूषणनामानि ८५ धृतदानप्रस्ताव परिणामारोहपतनये | पं( चं) च ( प ) कश्रेष्ठिवृत्तांत : ३९ ८६ दानक्रियायां शुद्धभावे जीर्णश्रेष्टिदृष्टांतः ४० ८७ तीर्थकरदानविधिः ८८ तद्दानसमयोद्भवाः षडतिशयाः ८९ तद्दानमाहात्म्यविचारः ९० तथाऽभव्यैर्ये ये भावा न स्पृश्यते तद्विचारः ९९ एकविंशतिभंगकस्वरूपम् ९२ द्वादशव्रता(न्या) श्रित्य भेदसंख्या : ९३ द्वादशसु यावत्कथिकेत्वरादिनिर्णयः ९४ सम्मुदिद्वादशवताराधने आनंदादिदशश्रावकदृष्टांता (:) सर्वे ५० जाता १०५ एकादशोपासक प्रतिमास्वरूपं १०६ तत्रैव निशाभोजनत्यागेऽन्वयव्यतिरेकाभ्यां हंस - केशवयोर्दृष्टांत: ५१ १०७ तदंतर्गतो रात्रिभोजनदोषविचार: १०८ तथा सर्पदष्टस्य जीवनमरणविचारः १०९ श्राद्धनिवासयोग्यस्थानस्वरूपम् ११० तथा यत्प्रातिवेश्मकता त्याज्या तत्स्वरूपं ९९९ 'अम्मापि
Page #280
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
145.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
239 पिउसमाणे' इत्यादि चतुर्दा श्रार्द्ध(द्ध)स्व० ११२ श्राद्धस्याहोरात्रकृत्यानि ११३ माद्धस्य चतस्रो विश्रामभूमयः ११४ प्रतिपक्षवचोनिराकरणे मद्दकावर ५२ ११५ प्रमादोपरि दरिद्रविप्रोपनयः ५३ ११६ कुद्रष्टिवचनविश्वासे स्वर्णकंकणनिर्मापकनरोपनयः ५४ इति द्वितीयप्रकाशोक्तार्थसंग्रहः॥२॥
॥ अथ सर्वविरतितृतीयप्रकाशे यथा ११७ सर्वविरतिप्राप्तिस्वरूपम् ।। ११८ सर्वविरतेः कालनियमः ११९ सर्वविरतिप्रतिपत्तौ पुंस्त्रीनपुंसकानां योग्यायोग्यत्वस्वरूपम् १२० तदंतर्गतो बालदीक्षणेऽतिमुक्तकदृष्टांतः ५५ १२१ योग्येष्वपि पुर(रु)पादिषु ये धर्म प्रतिपद्यते तेषां स्वरूपम् १२२ दशविघयतिधर्मस्वरूपम् १२३ तदंतर्गतयो मायाविधायिमुनिवृ० ५६ १२४ तथा द्वादशविधतपोऽधिकारे इत्वरायनशनभेदस्वरूपम् १२५ दशविधप्रायश्चित्त. स्वरूपम् १२६ सप्तविधिविनयविचारः १२७ वाचनादिभेदात् सप्तधा स्वाध्यायः १२८ तत्रैवं नाममात्रेण द्वादशांगस्वरूपम् १२९ दीक्षाग्रहणानंतरं यावद्भिर्वर्षे (:) सूत्रवाचना ग्राह्या तत्स्वरूपम् १३० व्याविद्धत्वायतीचारस्वरूपम् १३१ तत्रैव हीनाक्षरत्वदोषे विद्याधरदृष्टांतः ५७ १३२ षोडशवचनविचारः १३३ चतुर्विधध्यानस्वरूपम् १३४ तथा सप्तदशविधसंयमाधिकारे चतुर्विघसृषावादस्वरूपम् १३५ जीवादत्तादिचतुर्विधादत्तस्वरूपं १३६ अष्टादशविधमैथुनस्वरूपम् १३७ अधिकौपग्रहिकोपधिस्वरूपम् १३८ रात्रिभोजनचतुर्भगी १३९ पंचेंद्रियशुभाशुभविषयस्वरूपम् १४० तदधिकारे कर्मछय. दृष्टांतः ५८ १४१ कषायचतुष्टयभेदादिविचारः १४२ वाग्यप्तिव्याख्याने मुनीनां यादृग् वचनं वक्तुमुचितं तत्स्वरूपम् १४३ तत्रैव कालिकाचार्यदृष्टांतः ५९ १४४ प्रमादाधिकारे सुमंगलाचार्यदृष्टांत(:)६० १४५ द्वादशभावनास्वरूपम् १४६ तत्र संसारभावनायां कुबेरदत्तदृ ० ६१ १४७ अशुचित्वभावनायां गर्भाधानादारभ्य शरीरोत्पत्ति-मवास्थिति-कायस्थित्यादिवि० १४८ गर्भोत्पत्तौ स्त्रीपुरुषयोर्योग्यायोग्यत्वस्व ० १४९ शरीरे यानि त्रीणि २ मातापित्रोरंगानि तत्स्व० १५० तथा शरीरस्य पृष्ठकरंडांत्रपार्श्वसंधिमर्मनाडीरोमकूपजिह्वाद्यवयवानां मलमूत्रादीनां कर्णादित्राणां च संख्याप्रमाणादिस्वरूपसू १५१ संसारस्थसर्वरोगसंख्या १५२ दशम्यां भावना लोकसंस्थानषद्रयादिस्वरूपम् १५३ द्वादश्वां भावनायां जिनवाणीमाहात्म्ये
Page #281
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
240
Jaina Literature and Philosophy (145. रोहिणेयदृष्टांतः६२ १५४ द्वादशसाधुपतिमास्वरूपम् १५५ तदंतर्गतानि तुलनापंचकनामानि १५६ साधोरहोरात्रिकत्यानि ॥१५७ तेष्वेव भोजनसमयवयंपंचदोषनामानि १५८ साधुटणवर्णनम् १५९ धर्मरत्नप्राप्तौ पशुपाल-जयदेवयोरुपनयः ६३ इति श्रीतृतीयप्रकाशोक्तार्थसंग्रहः ॥३॥
अथ परमात्मता चतुर्थप्रकाशे यथा॥ १६० द्विविधपरमात्मतास्वरूपम् १६१ तस्या एव कालनियमः १६२ नामादिनिक्षेपैश्वतुर्दा जिनाः १६३ तत्रैव स्थापनाधिकारे निह्नवोक्तयुक्तिप्रतिघातसमर्थज्ञाताधर्मकथांग-राजप्रश्नीयोपांग - जीयाभिगम-प्रश्न व्याकरण-सूत्रकृत-भगवत्यंगोपपातिकोपांगोपासकदशा-जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति-महानिशीथ-व्यवहारसूत्रादिसिद्धांतोतषिचारः १६४ केवलिनामाहारविषयो विशेषतः १६५ सिद्धशिलास्वरूपम् ॥ १६६ सिद्धपरमात्मस्वरूपाधिकारः १६७ तत्रैव सिद्धानां स्थानमानविचारः १६८ सिद्धिसुखविचारः १६९ तत्रैवारण्यकदृष्टांतः ६४ १७० सिद्धानामेकत्रिंशद् गुणाः १७१ तथा अष्टकर्मापगमोद्भवा अष्टौ गुणाः । इति चतुर्थप्रकाशोक्तार्थ संग्रहः॥ ४॥ श्रीः तदंतर्गतः सिद्धिस्थानगमनविचारः तदंतर्गतो जंघाचारण-विद्याचारणगतिविषयविचारः इत्यात्मप्रबोधबीजकम् ॥ श्रीः ॥
कियद्भिः प्राक्तनैः पद्यार्यादिभिः शिष्टसम्मतैः॥ नवीनैश्च कियद्भिस्तैरयं ग्रंथो विनिर्मितः ॥१॥
शुभं भवतु लेखकपाठकयोः॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 143.'
1 In all there are 65 stories,
Page #282
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
:46.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svelambara works
241
आत्मशिक्षा
Ātmasiksā (अप्पसिक्खा)
(Appasikkha)
1178. No. 146
1891-95. Size.- 104 in. by 3; in. Extent.- 4 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters%3 small, clear, good and uniform hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; numbers for verses written in red ink ; condition very good,
complete. Age.- Old. Author.- Sakalacandra, pupil of Vijayadana Suri. Subject. A small poem in Prākrit in 161 verses dealing with
spiritual advice concerning the soul. Begins.- fol. 1 ॥६॥ ५ ॥
सिद्धत्थसुअं सिद्धं बुद्धं नमिऊण वीरमरहंतं ॥ देमि नियअप्पसिक्खं । विविहसुतस्सायसुहजणयं ॥१॥ अप्पसरूवपरिणा | सुअधरगुरुसेवणा | सुअवसणं ।। सम्मत्तसद्धिकरणं । मिच्छत्तावत्तपरिहरणं ॥ २॥ पुवकयपुण्णसरणं । गुणधरणं सव्वजंतुसहकरणं ॥
परमप्पमाणजणणं । जगजंतुविचित्तयासरणं ॥ ३॥ etc. Ends.-- fol. 4° द्वारं ।
सन्नाणदंसणचरित्ततवोमयाई।
एयाय(इं) काममणुसिट्टिपयाई तित्थं ।। चित्ते निहाणमिव जे सययं धरति ।
ते पा[पाणिणो विजयदानपय(यं) लहंति ॥ (१५९ ) निस्सा पयाई मुणिणो इय पंच काया ॥१५९ ॥ ]
गच्छो सरीरममलं मुगिहीस राया। 31 [J. L. P.]
Page #283
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
242
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [146: वुद्ध ति जेहिं जिणधम्मसुर दुपाया
तेहिं बुहा सकलचंदमुहा य जाया ॥१६०॥ समजिणसुररक्खं | अप्पणो बोहदुक्खं । . दुहदुरिअविपक्खं धम्मचिंतासुभिक्खं ॥ सहसकुसलसक्खं जो सहाणं समक्खं । ___सुणिअ धरइ दिक्खं । सो सुहं जाइ मुक्वं ।। १६१॥
॥छ। ॥ ॥ ॥छ । शुभं भवतु ।। छ ।। Reference.- In the index of Jaina authors and works (p.495) to
B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, a work called Atmaśikṣā is noted. Its serial No. there mentioned as 1878 seems to be wrong; for No. 1878 is Sangrahaniratna of Sricandra. In Jinaratnakosa (p. 26) it is said that Srutasvāda is another name for this work.
आत्महितकुलक
Ātmahitakulaka (अप्पहियकुलय)
(Appahiyakulaya) [आत्महितोपदेशकुलक]
[Atmahitopadesakulaka ]
803 (g). No. 147
1892-95. Extent.--.fol. 5. to fol. 6. Description.- Complete ; 32 verses in all. This work is styled as Atinahitopadeśakulaka probably by the scribe. For
803 (a). other details see Yatisiksāpañcāśikā No.
* 1892-95.. . Author.- Ratna Suri, pupil of Dharma Suri. Subject.— Beneficial advice to soul treated in Prākrit, Begins.-- fol. Sa
नियगरुपायपसाया संसारविलसियविवाग।
सम्म विरत्तचित्तो अप्पहिअंकिंपि चिंतेमि॥१॥ etc. Ends. - fol. sb
सिरिधम्ममरिपहुणो निम्मलकित्तीइ भरिअ भुवणस्स । सीसलवेहिं कुलयं रइ सिरिरयणसूरीहिं ॥३२॥
इत्यात्महितोपदेशकुलं।
Page #284
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Metaphysics etc. : Svetāmbara works
243
The work Atmahitakulaka of Ratnasimha Suri which consists of 30 verses is mentioned in Limbdi Catalogue as No. 185. Is it the same as one noted here?
148. ]
Reference.
आत्मानुशासन
No. 148
Atmānusāsana
1179. 1891-95.
Size.- 1og in. by 44 in.
Extent.- 2 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, clear and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin: small bits of paper pasted to foll. 1a and 2a ; edges of both the foll. I and 2 slightly damaged; condition on the whole good ; complete ; composed in Samvat ro42,
Age. — Samvat 1552.
Author.— Parśvanaga
Subject.— Advice given to the soul in 77 verses in Sanskrit. Begins.--fol. 1© ॥ ए६० ॥
सकलत्रिभुवनतिलकं प्रथमं देवं प्रणम्य सर्वज्ञं ॥ आत्मानुशासनमहं स्वपरहिताय प्रवि (व) क्ष्यामि ॥ १ ॥ etc.
Ends.-- fol. 20
इति पार्श्वनागविरचितमनुशासनमात्मनो विभावयतां ॥ सम्यग्भावेन नृणां न भवति दुःखं कथंचिदपि ॥ ७६ ॥ वर्गलचत्वारिंशत्समधिकवत्सरसहस्र (१०४२) संख्यायां ॥ भाद्रपद पूर्णिमायां बुधोत्तराभाद्रपदिकायां ॥ ७७ ॥ आत्मानुशासनं समाप्तम् || संवत् १५५२ वर्षे[ : ] ॥ छः ॥
Page #285
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
244
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 148.
Reference.- The text is published at Ahmedabad in A. D. 1928.
It is also published with a Hindi translation by Setabchand Nahar, Calcutra, in Samvat 1931. The 'text with a Gujarāti translation is published by Jaina Pustaka Pracăraka, Surat, in A. D. 1950, as an appendage to Acārängasūtra (Gujarāti lectures on ch. IV). For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 187. Out of the three Mss. noted here one contains 78 verses whereas each of che other two, 47 verses. For other Mss. see Jinaratnakośa (p. 27). For another work having the same title viz. Atmānušāsana and composed by Guņabhadra, a Digambara, see. B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 403 and Essai de Bibliographie Jaina.
आत्मानुशासन
Ātmānusāsana
127 ( 25 ). No. 149
1872-73. Extent.- fol. 24a to fol. 258. Description.- Complete. For other details see Upadeśaratna
mālā No. 127 ( 1 ).
1872-73. Begins.— fol. 24° 116011
**êyaaaTĖ I etc. as, in No. 148. Ends.- fol. 254
grat qiaaritātigla i ctc. up to giùATTHETIÇAraill as in No. 148. This is followed by the line as under : -
4?0)9 11 FOTAIZITTED HAT 1 3 11 N.B.-- For additional information see No. 148.
•
a
t
. So
1 Here in v. 77 the year of composition is noted as it means 1052 and not 1042.
Page #286
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
ISI.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetanbara works
245 आत्मानुशासन
Atmānusāsana No. 150
648.
1884-86.. Extent. - fol. 30 to fol. 4. . Description.- Complete; the last verse is numbered as 77.
For other details see Atmanusāsana No. 153. Though
there is one Ms., two collection-numbers are given. Begins.- fol 3 ||६० ॥
____ सकलत्रिभुवनतिलकं । etc. as in No. 148. Ends. fol. 46
इति पार्श्वनागविरचित । etc. up to भाद्रपदिकायां ।। ७७ ।। as in No. 148. This is followed by the line as under :
___ इति आत्मानुशासनं समाप्तं ॥ छ ।। श्री ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 148.
आत्मानुशासन
Atmānusāsana
365 (). No. 151
1880-81.. Extent. - fol. 2a to fol. 26. Description. This work begins abruptly with an ending word
of the 41st verse; the last verse is numbered here as 77. For other details see धर्मलक्षण No.30
365 (a).
1880-81.. Begins.- fol. 20
टकं ॥४१॥ पैश(शु)न्यं मात्सर्य निघृणां(णतां) कुटिलतामसंतोष ॥
कपटं साहंकारं ममत्वभावं च विजहीहि ॥ ४२ ॥ Ends.- fol. 26
धर्गलचत्वारिंशत्समधिक । etc. up to भाद्रपदिकायां । as in No. 148. This is followed by the lines as under :
इति पार्श्वनागविरचिता(त)मनुशासनमात्मनो विभावयतां ॥ सम्यग्भ(भा)वेन नृणां न भवति दुःखं कथंचिदपि ॥ ७७ ।।
इति आत्मानुशासनं संपूर्ण(ण) ॥ छ । शुभं भूयात् ॥ श्रीः ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 148.
Page #287
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
246
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Begins & Ends.- fol. 82
आत्मानुशासन
No. 152
Extent. - fol. 84.
Description.— Incomplete. For other details see Adināthamahā
prabhavakastavana No.
1250 ( 1 ). 1884-87.
यत्र न जरा मरणं भयं न च भवो न संक्लेशः ॥
योगक्रियया ज्ञानाद् व्या ( ध्या) नात् साध्यते मुक्ति (ः) ॥ ७४ ॥ मत्वैवं नि ( : ) सारं संसारमनित्यतां च जगतो ( 5 ) स्य ॥ ज्ञानयुतं ध्यानं कुरु लभसे जे ( ये ) नाक्षयं मोक्षं ॥ ७५ ॥ इति श्रीपार्श्वनागविरचितमनुशासनमात्मनो विभावयतां ॥ सम्यग्भावेन नृणां न भवति दु(:) क्खं (खं) कथंचिदपि ॥ ७६ ॥ serieचत्वारिंशत्समधिकवत्सरसहस्रसंख्यायां ॥
भाद्रपदपूर्णमास्यां बुधोत्तराभद्रपदिकायां ॥ ७७ ॥ इत्यात्मानुशासन (नं) समाप्तमिति ।
N.B.— For further details see No. 148.
आत्मानुशासन ( अप्पाणुसासण )
No. 153
[152.
Atmānusāsana
1250 (33).
1884-87.
Atmānusasana
( Appānusāsana )
647. 1884-86.
Size.- rog in. by 44 in.
Extent.— 4 folios; 19 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs ; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; the first three foll. do not seem to have been numbered; edges of all the 4 foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good ; 161 verses ; complete; the additional work named as Atmānuśāsana begins on fol. 3b and ends on fol. 4° (see No. 150),
Page #288
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
154.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
247
Age.- Fairly old. Author.- Nemicandra Bhandarika. Subject.- Advice to the soul in Prakrit. Begins.-- fol. 1
॥ ६॥ नमो वीतरागाय ॥ अरिहं देवो सुगुरु मुद्धं धम्मं च पंचनवकारो॥
धन्नाण कयत्थणं निरंतरं वसइ हिययंमि॥१॥ etc. Ends.-- fol. 30
परिभाविऊण एवं तह सुगुरुकरिज्ज अम्हसामित्तं ॥ एदुसामग्गिजोगे जह सहलं होई मणुअत्तं ॥ (१)६० ॥
एवं भंडारियनेमिचंदरइयाउ कइ वि गाहाओ॥ . विहिसगरे या भव्वा पदंतु जाणंतु जंतु सिवं ॥११॥ . ॥छ ॥ इति सार्द्ध ॥ छ ।।
आत्मावबोधकुलक
Ātmāvabodhakulaka (अप्पावबोहकुलय)
(Appāvabohakulaya ) No. 154
803 (b).
1892-95. Extent.- fol. 24 to fol. 2'. Description.- Complete. For other details see Yatiśikṣāpañcāśikā
No. 583_a । Author.- Jayasehkara, pupil of Mahendraprabha Suri.' Some of
his other works are as under:(1) अजितशान्तिस्तव (in Sanskrit, 17 verses ) (2) उपदेशचिन्तामणि (Vikrama Sainvat I436) (3) उपदेशचिन्तामण्यवचूरि ( , , , ) (4) उपदेशमालावरि (5) क्रियायप्तस्तोत्र
1 For details see the Gujarati introduction to Jaina-Kumāra-Sambhavamahākávya ( D. L. J. P. Series No. 93).
Page #289
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
248
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[154
(6) गिरनारगिरिद्वात्रिंशिका (7) छन्दशेखर (8) जैनकुमारसम्भवमहाकाव्य (9) त्रिभुवनदीपकप्रबन्ध (प्रबोधचिन्तामणिचउपाइ) (10) धम्मिल्लचारत्र
( Vikrama Samvat 1462) (II) धर्मसर्वस्वाधिकार । (12) नवतत्त्वकुलक (13) 'लेमिनाथफागु
(58 stanzas) (14) पुष्पमालावर (Vikrama Samvat I462) (15) प्रबोध चिन्तामणि ( Vikrama Samvat 1464) (16) महावीरजिनद्वात्रिंशिका
(17) शत्रुञ्जयद्वात्रिंशिका
. (18) सम्बोधसप्ततिका' Subject. - An appeal to the spiritual power in 43 verses in Präkrit. Begins.- fol. 2
॥ ५० ॥ ॐ [म] नमः॥ धम्मप्पहरमणिज्जो पणमित्तु जिणे महिंदनमणिज्जे ॥
अप्पावबोहकुलयं वुच्छं भवदुक्खकयपलयं ॥ १॥ etc. Ends.- fol. 20
इय जाणिऊण तत्तं गुरूवइ; परं कुण पयत्तं ।।
लहिऊण केवलसिरिं जेणं जयसेहरो होसि ॥ ४३॥
इःयात्मावबोधकुलकं संपूर्णम् ॥ छ । Reference.--In Jinaratnakośa, this work is tamed as Atmabodha
kulaka, and its Mss. are noted.
1 See my article "आपणां 'फागु' काव्यो" published in Jaina Satya Prakasa (Vol.X1, No. 6, pp. 173-174.).
2 For details see the introduction noted op p. 247. According to Hiralal Hansaraj सुखावबोध, a com. on कल्पसूत्र, नलदमयन्तीचम्पू and न्यायमअरी are additional works.
Page #290
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Coment.- II Tolles v paper some very big, qe ruled in turses and
155.]
___Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works __ आदीश्वरविज्ञप्ति
Adiśvaravijñapti [ आदीश्वरजीनी विनति]
[ Adisvarajini vinati]
687. No. 155
1899-1915. Size.-- Iol in. by 4, in. Extent.- 11 folios; 10 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper somewhat thick, tough and white 3
Jaina Devanāgari characters ; very big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; numbers for the verses and their daņdas written in red ink ; foll. numbered in both the margins%3; fol. I blank; condition verygood; complete%B
composed in Samvat 1662 at Ambavati. Age.-Samvat 1924. Author.- Sāgaracanda (?), devotee of Vijayasena Súri. Subject.-- This is a work in Gujarati in different dhalas, and it
deals with confession of sins, repentance for them and a
prayer to Lord Rşabha for condonement. Begins.- fol. 1 ॥१६॥
श्रीकुशलसूरी(रि)गुरुभ्यों(भ्यो) नमः ।। सकलसिद्धिदायक सदा । चोविसे जिनराय ॥ सहें गुरुस्वामिनी सरस्वति(ती) प्रेमें प्रणमूं पाय ॥१॥ त्रिभूवनपति त्रिसला तणो । नंदन गुणगंभीर ।। शासननायक जगजयो । वर्द्धमान जगदीश ॥२॥ एक दीन वीर जिणंदने । चरणे करी प्रणाम ।।
भविक जीवना हीत भणी । पू. गौतमस्वामी ॥३॥ etc. Ends.- fol. II
राय परदेशीने केम तार्यो । धन केशी जगजीवो रे ॥ तु, तीर्थकर प्रभू पहिलो । त्रिण भूवननो दि(दी)वो रे ॥३॥ त्रीसलानंदन वीर मनोहर। चंडकोसीओ तार्यो रे ।।
शांतिनाथ धणी जगजीवो। पारेवो उगार्यो रे ॥ ४ त्रि०॥ 32 1J L. P.
Page #291
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
* Jaina Literature and Philosophy [15 - हसरणे आव्यो प्रभूजी हं सरणे । तो ते करवो सार रे॥
सकल पाप त्त(त)णो भय टाली । उतार्यों भवपार रे॥५त्रि०॥ .. ' विनती करतां करुणा आवी । तु ठाकर छे माहरो रे॥ सकल पाप तणुं व्य(क्ष)य कियां । तुं मोरो जगतारो रे ।। ६ वि०॥ पूरव पुन्य तणे अंकुरे । प्रगट थया मूझ आजोरे॥ ‘शखंजय 'स्वामि नयणे नीहाली। तो सरिया मुझ काजो रे ॥७त्रि०॥ संवत् सोल वा(बा)सठा बरसें । श्रावणशुदि दिन बीज रे ॥ 'अंबावती मांहि जिनवरसा । पाप[पषा पाप]। पषाली रीझें रे।।
Sr...... कलसा॥
तूं तरणतारण दूषनिवारण। स्वामि आदि जिणंद ए॥ प्रभू नाभिनंदण नयणे निरषत । हूओ अति आणंद ए॥ तप छ ठाकुर वचनसाकर । श्रीविजयसेनसूरि तणा।। सागण(र?) तणो सूरीप बोलें। पाप लोउं आलोउं आपणुं ।।
इति श्रीआदीश्वरजीविनति समा[]प्त समंत १९२४ना मिति मागसर वद १२ वार शनीय लषीत पं० सागरचंद 'सुरत'बिंदरमध्ये श्रीवास(सु)पूज्यजीप्रसादात् पं० सागरचंद लषीतं स्वे अरथे ॥ श्रीकल्याण मस्तु । श्रीशुभं भवतु ।। श्रीरस्तुं ॥ श्री ॥ ॥ श्री ॥ ( 13 times भी). . ..
आधर्हद्धर्मदेशना
-
Adyarhaddharmadesanā
Aayaraaaandal [युगादिजिनदेशना]
[Yugadijinadesana ]
1259 (8). No. 156
1884-87. Size.- 10. in. by 4g in. . . Extent.---30 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white ; Jaina Devanagari
characters ; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1 blank; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; complete so far as the first ullăsa goes; it appears that the entire work must be consisting of more than one ultāsa ; this Ms. contains an
Page #292
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
157.]
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
251
additional work viz. धर्मरत्नप्रकरण along with its vrtti which commences on fol. ir and goes up to fol. 30
Age.— Not quite modern.
Author.
Not mentioned.
Subject. A sermon preached by Adinatha to his sons. Begins. fol. rb
॥ ए ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
श्रीमानादिजिनः प्रेषो विश्राणयतु भाविनां । युगादौ युग्मिन शास्ता धर्मकर्मव्यवस्थितेः । १ ॥ यस्याः श्रवणमात्रेण जन्मकोटिकृतान्यपि । नदत्यनांसि जंतूनां सैषा पुत्रप्रबोधिनी ॥ २ ॥ श्रीमदायार्हतो धर्मदेशना किंचिदुष्यते ।
स्वान्ययोः पुण्यपोषाय मया मोषाय चांहसं (सां) || ३ || युग्मं ॥ etc.
Ends. -- fol. II
serenerate विपाकं विरसं विदन् ।
द्रा कषाय कुटुंबेऽग्र श्रयेत् कश्वतुरोऽपि तान् ॥ ४०३ ॥ निर्मल्यभूत् कुमाराणां कषायोपशमान्मनः ।
उपदेशात् प्रमोरेवं पयोऽगस्त्योदयादिव ॥ ४०४ ॥ - इति श्रीयुगादिजिनदेशनायां प्रथम उल्लासः ॥ १ ॥
Reference. Is this the work of Somamandana (pupil of Munisundara Suri) composed in 5 ulläsas?
आनन्दघनपदसङ्ग्रह. [ रागमाला ]
Anandaghanapadasamgralia [ Rāgamāla ]
No. 157
Extent. fol. 2a to fol. 152.
Description.— Complete ; 69 padas in all.
Sankheśvara-Parśvajinastavana No.
609 (c). 1892-95.00!
For other details see 609 (a).
1892-9501
Page #293
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
252
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[157.
Author.- Anandaghana. Some say that his real name is
Lābhānanda. His other work is Covisi comprising stavanas of 22 Tirthankaras ( Rsabha to Nemi).
Subject. - Spiritual and devotional poems in Vernacular. The entire
work is known as Bahotteri ( 72 padas in all ). Begins.-- fol. 2a
अथ आणंदघनकृत स्तवन लिख्यते । राग बेलाउल ॥ क्या सोचे उठि जागि वावरे अंजली जल ज्यु आयु घटत हैं।
देत पोरिया घरिय धाव रे ॥१॥ क्या० ॥ etc. Ends.- fol. IS
इतके न उत्तके शिवके न जिउके उरझि रहे दोऊ ठांम। संत सयान कोई बतावो आनंदघनएनधाम ॥ ३॥ हमारी॥ इति गीतं ।। ६९॥
___ इति श्रीरागमाला संपूर्णमिदं ॥ Reference. -- Published along with Gujaráti explanation of Buddhi
sāgara Sūri by Adhyātmajñānaprasāraka Mandala in Vikrama Samvat 1969. It is styled as आनन्दघनपदसंग्रह. The text is also published with Gujarāti meanings, translation and explanation by Jaina Dharma Prasāraka Sabhā as part I in A.D. 1914; the 2nd part has not been published up till now.' It is named as आनन्दघनपद्यरत्नावली. In the Gujarati introduction to Part I (which contains so padas ) there is a detailed account of the life and works of Anandaghana.
आभाव्यानाभाव्यविचार
Abhāvyānābhāvyavicāra (आभव्वाणाभव्ववियार)
( Abhavvāņābhavvaviyāra ) No. 158
1392 (67). .
1891-95. Extent.- leaf 83* to leaf 84'. Description.— Complete so far as it goes. For further details see .. अरिहणास्तोत्र No. 1392 ( 1 )..
- 1891-95.
1 July 1950. Is the idea of publishing Part II dropped ?
Page #294
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
159.]
Metaphysics elc. : Svetambara works
253
Author.- Not mentioned.
Subject.- Exposition of abhavya and anabhāvya. By 'abhāvya'
is meant what is acceptable to a Jaina monk. This pertains to location, accessories, papil and the like.
Begins.-- leaf 838
खेत्ताण अणुनवणा ज(जे)हा(टा)मूलस्य मुद्धपढिवए । अहिगरणो माणो वा मणसंतावा न हो होति ॥१॥ चिवखल्लपाणथंडिलवसही गोरसजणाउले विज्जा।
उसहाणव(च याहिवई पासंडा भिक्खसज्झाए ॥२॥ etc. ... .. Ends.- leaf 84*
गच्छे सवालतु(बु) ट्रेड) अणागयं आउनायकुसलेणं। पुव्वगणाहिवइणा सुहसीलगवेसणं कुज्जा ॥ १६ ॥ समानमणुल्ने वा अदेंतणा भव्वगिण्हमाणा वा। संभोगवीसकरणं इयरअलंमं न पेल्लंति ॥१७॥
इतरान पार्श्वस्थादीन् । इति आभाध्यानाभाव्यविचारः ॥ छ॥
आभाव्यानाभाव्यविचार
Abhāvyānābhāvyavicāra ( आभव्वाणाभववियार)
( Ābliavvāņābhavvaviyāra ) No. 159
1392 (69).
1891-95. Extent.- leaf 87* to leaf 884. Description. Complete so far as it goes. For further details see
अरिहणास्तोत्र No. 1392 ( 1 ).
1891-95. Author.- Not mentioned. . Subject.- Exposition of abhavya and anabhavya. See No. 158. Begins.-leaf 87* दो मासा पोसपुतिमाए पूरति । जत्थ वासं ठिया । तत्थ उस्सरणेण
माहवकुलपडिवयाए बत्थग्महणं कायव्वं । etc. ...
1 This verse occurs as v. 71 in the Bhasa on Vavahara (x), p. 12b. 2 This vorso ocours as v, 69 in the Bhāsa on Vavahāra ( X), p. 12a;
Page #295
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
254
Ends. leaf 88"
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Har ago fa niaaniana zangt afka | दीयाणवि असमत्तगीए वि ॥
पढमंमि समोसरणे वत्थं पत्तं य जे उ गिण्हति ।
से आणाअणवत्थं मिच्छत्थविराहणं पावे ॥ ' इति पुनराभाव्याना भाव्यविचारः ॥ छ ॥
आरम्मसिद्धि [ व्यवहारचर्या ]
No. 160
40
Size. 10 in. by 49
95
در
in.
در
Extent. 9 folios; 17 lines to a page; 62 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; condition tolerably good; complete; composed during the ministership of Vastupala ; the entire work is divided into five sections known as vimarśas; the extent of each of them is as under :
Vimarśa
Age. Appears to be old.
I
II
HI
IV
V
foll.
""
1a
2b
6a
ga
Arambhasiddhi [Vyavahāracarya]
to 2b
・4°
6a
8a
ار
[ 159.
33
""
874.
1886-92.
- Udayaprabhadeva Sūri, pupil of Vijayasena.
Author. Subject. It deals more or less with astrology, and as such it ought to have been assigned a place in Vol. XIX.
1 This verse slightly differs from v. 3210 of the Bhasa on Nisiha (X
Page #296
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
160.
Metaphysics tica: Svetambara tworks Begins.- fol. 1. ॥ ५६० ॥
ॐ नमः सकलारंभसिदिनिविप्रवेधसे ॥ अर्हणामहंते साक्षादुपलंभाय शंभवे ॥१॥.. दैवज्ञदीपकालिकां व्यवहारचर्या-...
मारंभसिद्धिमुदयप्रभदेव एतां । शास्ति क्रमेण तिथि १ वार २ भ ३ योग ४ राशि ५
गोचर्य ६ कार्य ७ गम ८ वास्तु बिलग्न १० मिः ११ ॥२॥ etc. fol. 20 इत्यारंभसिद्धौ तिथिचतुष्कपरीक्षाप्रथमो विमर्शः ॥ ७॥
fol. गोचरपरीक्षा द्वितीयो विमर्शः॥५॥ __ fol. 6 इत्या कार्यपरीक्षाविमर्शः तृतीयः ॥ ५॥
fol. 8. इत्या प्रस्थानवास्तुनिवेशपरीक्षाविमर्शश्चतुर्थः ॥ ५॥ Ends.- fol. 9 .. . ....... . ... .,
___ इत्युक्तखेटबलशालिनि दोषमुक्ते
लग्ने शुभैश्च शकुनैः शशिनः प्रबाहे॥ . कार्याणि भूमिजलतत्वगतौ कृतानि ::
निर्देभमाभ्युदयिकी प्रथयंति लक्ष्मीं ॥ ८५ ॥ इत्यारंमसिद्धौ संवत्सर-मास-दिवस-नक्षत्र-शुद्धसहितदीक्षाविवाह
प्रतिष्ठाविवाह-लग्नपरीक्षाविमर्शः पंचमः ॥ भी॥ ॥शुभं भवतु ।। Reference.- Pablished with Hemahamśa's commentary by the
Jaina Sasana Press, Bhavnagar. The text along with this commentary is also published in Labdhişuriśvara - Jaina Granthamala (Sport) in A, D. 1942. In this edition there are four appendices. The first is an alphabetical index of the verses of the text; and, in the second, there is a list of works and authors mentioned in this.kommentary. For Mss. see Weber I, No. 1741, and Bendall, Catalogue of the Sanskrit Mss. in the British Museum, London, 1902.
Page #297
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
256 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[161. आरम्भसिद्धि
Ārambhasiddhi No. 161
1354.
1891-95. Size.— 104 in. by 4. in. Extent.- 8 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white ; Jaina Deva
nägari characters with occasional ass; small, clear and good hand-writing ; ink faded ; at times letters cannot be deciphered as some portions seem to be spoiled by an ignorant person who tried to separate the foll. stuck together probably due to the presence of gum in the ink used; red chalk used; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red ; foll. not numbered; some foll. seem to be missing; perhaps one on which the 4th vimarśa is written, is also missing; the right-hand margin of the second fol. worn out ; stripes of paper pasted to toll. 2- and 3" ; complete ; the entire work is divided into five vimarsas; the extent of each of them is as under :
Vimarśa I foll. 1 to 2*
III IV
(?)
, „
40 5a
„ »
Age.- Saṁvat 1500. Begins.- fol. 1*11.co
. . A: FEITH I etc. as in No. 160. Ends.-- fol. 86
इत्युक्तखेटबलशालिनि । etc. up to परीक्षा as in No. 160. This is followed by the lines as under :- पञ्चमो विमर्शः संपूर्णः ॥ संवत् १५०० वर्षे पौषशुदिदशम्यां । मंगलवारे । 'अहम्मदाबाद'नगरे । परमगुरुश्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिशेष्यमहोपा
ध्यायश्रीविशालराजशिष्येण लिखितं ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. Ilo.
Page #298
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
162. ] Metaphysics elco : Śvetambara works
257 आरम्भसिद्धि
Arambhasiddhi सुधीशृङ्गारसहित
with Sudbiórngāra No. 162
769.
1895-1902. Size. — 10 in. by 41 in. Extent.— 138 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thick and grey ; Jaina Devanagari
characters with ATSIS; bold, clear, big and good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to foll. 1a and 1389; foll. 66 to 70 and 126 to 138 worm-eaten; especially the last two very badly damaged ; condition on the whole good ; contents of the Ms. are noted on fol. 1389; some of the results tabulated on foll. 7', 8“, 96, 10 etc., and explanatory diagrams on foll. 66, 99 and 64'; both the text and the commentary (vārtika) complete ; the latter is styled as Sudhiśțngāra; the commentary is composed in Samvat 1514; the entire work is divided into five vimarśas; the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under :Vimarśa I with com. foll. b
II » » » 24" » 436 , III
„ 436 „ 624 » IV „
„ 62 » 916 » V „ „ iso 916 1382. Age. - Samvat 1651. Author of the vārtika. - Hemahamsa Gani; pupil of Ratnasekhara
Sūri. Subject. The text along with its commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. 2a
FA: F TCH | as in No. 160. - (com. ) fol. 2
SATUTÁRATU AFTTI I etc. as in No. 166. [J.L.P.)
33
Page #299
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
258
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 62 Ends.- (text ) fol. 134* इत्युक्तखेटबलशालिनि । etc. up to प्रधयंति लक्ष्मी ॥८६॥
as in No. 160. .,, - ( com. ) fol. 136° एवं कृतानि कार्याणि सर्वांगीणमभ्युदयं प्रथयंति ।
इति श्रीमति आरंभसिंधिवार्तिका(के) विलनशमिश्रद्वार२परीक्षात्मकः पंचमो विमर्शः॥ श्रीसूरीश्वरसोमसुंदररोनि(:)शेषशिष्याग्रणी
गच्छेद्रः प्रभुरत्नशेखरगुरुर्देदीप्यते सांप्रतम् । तच्छिष्याश्रवहमहंसरचितस्यारंभसिद्धेः सुधी(:)
शृंगाराभिधवार्तिकस्य बुधभाः ५संख्यो विमों(s)भवत् ॥१॥ .. विमर्शः पंचभिः प्रेष्ठविषयैरिव संभृतं ॥
न कस्याहाददायीदं सुद्धा(धी)शृंगारवातिकं ॥१॥ बहुज्योति शास्त्रात्मकमाणिसुवर्णापणगणा(a) ___ मया सारं सारं द्युतिमयमुपादाय किमपि ॥ सुधीशृंगारो(s)यं व्यरचि रुचिरः सैष मुधियां
करे कंठे कर्णे हृदि च सुषमा पल्लवयतु ॥ २॥ (अथ प्रशस्तिः )
श्रीम'च्याद्र'कुले पुरा(s)जनि जगच्चंद्रो गुरुर्य'स्तथा(पा)
(ss)चार्यख्यातिमवाप तीव्रतपसा तस्यान्वये(s)जायत । प्रौढः श्रीवरदेवसुंदरगुरुस्तत्पट्टपूर्वागिरेः
शृंगे श्रीप्रभुसोमसुंदरगुरुर्भानुनधीनो(5)भवत् ॥ ३॥
यतः
भानोर्भानुशतानि षोडश लसंत्येकत्र मास्याश्चिने
यच्छिष्या(:)सु(स्तु) ततो(धिका अभिमहीमु(द द्योतयंते सदा ।। तस्याहं चरणावुपासिपि चिरं श्रीमत् तपागच्छप
क्षोणीविश्रुतसोमसुंदरगुरोश्चारित्रचूडामणेः ॥ ४ ॥
किंच
मारिन निवारिता सुरकृता संसूत्र्य शांतिस्तवं
मूरि(:) श्रीमुनिसुंदराभिधगुरुदी(दी)क्षागुरुः सैष मे ॥ यस्या 'स्या(इया)म(स)रस्वती'ति बिरुदं विख्यातमुर्वीतले
गुर्वी श्रीजयचंद्रसरिगुरुरप्याधात् प्रसक्तिं स मे ॥ ५॥
Page #300
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
162.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetämbara works
259 सांप्रतं तु जयंति श्रीरत्नशेष(ख)रसूरयः । नानाग्रंथकृतस्ते(s)पि पूर्वाचार्यानुकारिणः ॥ ६॥ एतानाचार्य(हर्य)क्षान प्रत्यक्षानिव गौतमान् ।
वीतमा(य) स्तुवे स्फीतः श्री'तपागच्छनायकान् ।। ७ ॥ अपि च ।
एको(5)पि(प्य नेकशिष्याणां यश्चित्ताजन्यबोधयत् । तं श्रीचारित्ररत्नं भो नभोरत्नसमं स्तुमः ॥ ८॥ चिन्मयानां मया(s)मीपासृषीणां सुप्रसादतः । हेमहंसाभिधानेन पाचनाचार्यतायुजा ॥ ९ ॥ भीमविक्रमवत्सरे मनु(वि)धौ १५१४ शुक्लवितीयातिथौ
नक्षत्रे गुरुदेवते गुरुदिने मासे शुचौ संदरे॥ 'आशापल्लि पुरे पुरः प्रतिनिधे श्रीमधुगादिप्रमो.
ग्रंथः सैष समर्थितः प्रथयतादायं पुमर्थ सतां ॥ १० ॥ सुर्धाशृंगाराख्यं श्रीआरंभसिद्धिवार्तिकं सर्वथा (सा)वयवचनविरतः. मुविहिताचार्यधर्वाच्यमानं चिरं नंदतात् ।। छ ।।
अथ ग्रंथकृत्स्वा[ममि(प्रा)यं प्रकाशयति । तथाहि
विद्यारंभतपरिक्रयाप्रभृतिकप्रारंभषय समे
प्यारंभा अशुभाः शुभाश्व नियताः सावद्यतादूषिताः ॥ सरिंभविधेश्च सिद्धिकरणादारंभसिध्यायो
ग्रंथो(s)यं तत एव चाप्रकटनायोग्यो विशूकात्मस ॥१॥ .
ततश्व
येन श्रीप्रभुसोमसुंदरगुरोः काले कलौ जंगम
श्रीमतीर्थकरस्य चारु सुचिरं सेवा कता तस्य मे ॥ एतज्ज्योतिषवात्तिकप्रणयनं नो युज्यते सर्वथा 'ग्रेथो(यं तदपीह येन विधिना जातस्तदा(s)
कर्ण(य)तां ॥२॥ केचिद केचिदपि क्वचित् क्वचिदपि ग्रंथे विशेषा मया
दृष्टा ज्योतिषगोचराः किल समुच्चेतुं च (ते) चिंतिताः।। प्रक्रांतश्च समुच्चयो रचयितुं संवर्द्धमानः पुनः
सो(s)थैरेव शनैः शनैः समभवत् ग्रंथानुरूपा कृतिः॥३॥
Page #301
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
260
1
यथाहि
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
प्राप्तः सो (S) यमचिंतितामपि यदा ग्रंथस्य रीतिं तदा
चित्ते ( चि) ति मया धिया निपुणया सम्यग् विचार्ययति ॥ निःशूकैर्यतिभिस्तथा गृहिभिरप्यादास्यते (S) सौ यदा
सावद्यप्रथितेर्बताधिकरणं संपश्य (त्स्य) तेऽलं तदा ॥ ४ ॥ तस्य जलावमज्जनविधिथस्य निर्माप्यते
नोत्सयत्यधिकधिकाधिकर (ण) स्फातिर्यथा स्यादिति ॥ तत् कर्ते तु न शक्यते स (स्म) विविधग्रंथो (S) थ वृत्त्या वृ (? हृ) ता गच्छे(s) स्थितिमावहंतु कथमप्येते विशेषा इति ॥ ५ ॥ एतस्मादभिसंधितः परिवृ (ह) तांभोमज्जन (:) सज्जनाः
सोऽयं ग्रंथ उपागमत् करतलं युष्माकमायुष्मतां ॥ सत्याप्यो ( s) तथा कथंचन यथारंभप्रभाकारणं
अत्रोच्यते
धर्म्याणामपि कर्मणां प्रणयने जान्थे (त्वे ) ष नो जायते ।। ६ ।।
खङ्गः खंडनहेतवे खलजनस्यादीयते धीयते
नो सम्यक यदि सो(s) पि सौबधनिको च्छेदाय तज्जायते ॥ 'वेलोतो (S) पि विधेयतामपि गतो यत्रापि तत्रापि चेत्
संयोज्येत यथा तथा ननु तदा स्वं साधकं बाधते ॥ ७ ॥ एवं ज्योतिषशास्त्रमेतदखिलं सावयसज्जात्मनां
चियादेरपि चेन्मुहूर्त कथने व्यापार्यते साधुभि: ॥ . तत् तेषामनवयभाषणमयं याति व्रतं सर्वथा
लिप्यंते (S) पि च पातकेन महता ते शास्त्रकर्त्रा समं ॥ ८ ॥ नन्वेवं यदि जैन चैत्यरचनाश्रीतीर्थयात्रादिनः
पुण्यस्यापि मुहूर्तमात्र सृषिभिनों देयमित्युच्यते ॥ तत्पुण्योपचयः कथं नु भविता गार्हस्थ्यभाजां (नृणां) (11811)
2...
चैत्यादिनिर्मापणे
मौहूर्त्ताः पुनरर्पयति गृहिणासानादाविव ॥ चैन्ये (S) पिमुहूर्तमद्भुततरं संवादमेषां पुन
[ 162,
'बेतालोऽपि ' इति स्यात् ।
This gap may be filled as under :
" नानाग्रामनिवासिनामथ यतेः स्यात् पुण्यलाभः कथं ॥ ९ ॥
ज्योतिर्ज्ञा यतयो दिशंत्यखिलमप्येवं सुयुक्तं भवेत् ॥ १० ॥
• पुण्यं स्यादनुमोदनैव यतीनां "
Page #302
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
162.]
Metaphysics etcs : Svetambara works
261 एवं सत्यपि कर्मगौरववशात् य(:) पातकाभीलुकाः
___ शास्त्रस्यास्य बलेन वक्ष्यति जने मूढो मुहूर्तादिकं ॥ तस्यैवैतवघं पतिष्यति शिरस्यारंभसंभारजं
नैतद्वंथविधायिनस्तु मम तत्संबंधलेशोऽपि हि ॥ ११ ॥ तस्मात् तत्त्वमिदं वदामि तदिदं शास्त्रं रहो भण्यतां
शिष्याणामपि भण्यतामवगतास्ते चेदघाद भीरवः ॥ पर्यायान् परिवर्द्धयंत च बुधाः सर्वेऽपि बोधस्य ते
यस्मात् केबलमेतदेव हि फलं मेऽभीष्टमेतत्कृते ॥१२॥
ततश्व
ज्ञानांशोपचयैकपेशलफलप्रस्फूर्तये वार्तिकं
कुर्वाणेन मया शुभाशयवशात् यत् पुण्यकमार्जितं ।। दिष्टया तेन मवे भवे भवतु मे सज्ज्ञानलाभोदयो
यस्मादद्भुतधामशाश्वतषि(चि)दा(नंद) पदं प्राप्यते ॥१३॥ इत्येतानि ग्रंथकर्तुरभिप्रायसूचकानि काव्यानि वाचयित्वा यथोपदिष्टः मार्गानुष्ठानाय यतनीयं तत्त्वज्ञैः।।
ग्रंथाग्रं सकलग्रंथपरिमाणं श्लोकाः संख्या ५०००.
संवत् १६५१ वर्षे शाके १५१६ प्रवेत्त ... दक्ष(क्षिणायनगते श्रीसूर्ये सरदरतैः माहामांगल्यप्रदे आश्विनमासे शुक्लपक्षे नवम्यां । पोण्याताथ । गुरुवासरे । लषितं । पठितः चिरायुमस्तु । श्रीरस्तु
यादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्ट्वा तादृशं लषितं मया। यदि शुद्धमसूधं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥१॥
This is followed in a different hand by the lines as under: -
- श्रीशांतिचंद्रवाचकवरांतिपत्तेजचंद्रविबुधेन । गणिहेमचंद्रसज्ञ(१)वा
चित्कोशे(s)सौ प्रतिर्ममुचे ॥१॥ Reference.- Both the text and the commentary published. See
No. 160.
Page #303
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
262
Jaina Literalure and Philosophy : [163. आरम्भासिद्धि
Arambhasiddhi सुधीगृङ्गारसहित
with Sudhisțngāra
770. No. 163
1895–1902. Size.— 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.- (text) '91 folios; 1 to 4 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line.
» (com.) „ „ 14 , 18 , »» » ; 56 » » » » Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgarī
characters with ears ; bold, big, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; this is a
Teh Ms. ; it contains both the text and the vārtika; the latter written as usual in a smaller hand ; foll, numbered in the right-hand margin; the first fol. lacking ; some of the results tabulated on foll. 35, 4, 5, 66, 72, 85, 126 and so on ; illustrative diagrams on foll. 396, 406, 596, 160, 1656, etc. ; foll. 43, 44 etc., not quite legible ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 926 ; condition on the whole good ; fol. 926 blank; both the text and the vārtika complete except that the vārtika begins abruptly; the entire work is divided into five vimarśas ; the extent of each of them together with the corresponding portion of the vārtika is as under :Vimarśal with com. soll. 1* (?) to 176 „ II
„ 176 » 308 in III »
» 30% , 42a
421
",
6b
66
V „ „
615 Age.- Not modern. Begins.-( text ) fol. 2a
TA: Ura etc. as in No. 160. , -( com. ) fol. 2a
इति । अपि च ॥ श्रीजिनशासनप्रभावनादिविशेषफललाभापेक्षया क्वचिदपवादपदेन सावधकर्मप्ररूपणाया अपिआगमेऽनुज्ञातत्वात् समयविशेष सावद्य
Faraggi Te foratori etc.
1 92-1.
Page #304
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
164.) Metaphysics etc. : Švelambara works 263 Ends.- (text) fol. 89. इत्युक्तखेटबलशालिनि | etc. up to पंचमो विमर्शः। .
as in No. 160. ,, -(com.) fol. 91 इति एवं कृतानि कार्याणि सर्वांगीणमत्यु(भ्यु?)दयं
प्रथयंति | etc. up to पुमर्थ सतां | as in No. 162 (v. 10 p. 259). This is followed by the lines as under :
इति श्री तपागच्छपुरंदरश्रीसोमसुंदरमूरिश्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिश्रीजयचंद्रसूरिप्रमुखश्रीगुरुसंप्रतिषिजयमानश्रीगच्छनायकश्रीरत्नशेखरमरिचरणसे. विना महोपाध्यायश्रीचारित्ररत्नगणिप्रसादप्राप्तविधानवेन वाचनाचार्यहेमहंसगणिना स्वपरोपकाराय संवत् १५१४ वर्षे आषाढशुदि द्वितीयायां निर्मितमिदं । सुधीशंगाराख्य | etc. up to हितं यतनीय तत्वज्ञैः as in No. 162 (p. 261). This is followed by the lines as under :इति श्रीमत् यथार्थाभिधानश्रीआरंभसिद्धिवार्तिकं संपूर्णम् ॥ छ । etc.
श्रीरस्तु ॥ कल्याणं भु(भूयात् ॥ लेषकपाठकयोः शुभं भवतु ॥ etc. N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 162.
आरम्भसिद्धि सुधीशृङ्गारसहित
Arambhasiddhi with Sudhīsțngāra
399.
No. 164
1871-72. Size.- Io in. by 48 in. Extent.- 70+1=71 folios ; 21 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari chara
cters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, clear and fair handwriting; ink faded ; borders ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. 1-5, 17-34, and 44-70 wormeaten ; condition on the whole good ; results given in tabular form on foll. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 14° etc.; illustrative diagrams on foll. 35', 410 etc. ; fol. 46 repeated ; fol. 70° practically blank ; complete.
Page #305
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
[164.
264
Jaina Literature and Philosophy Age.- Not modern. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 16
FA: FATHERE I etc. » - (com.) fol. 12
6011a: s FTT 11
SVATORTAFOT I etc. as in No. 166. - (com.) fol. 1* last line Ángrat pgiza ca quarantaiTAIG
1 ' Il soft: 118 il soft: Ti Hall 11 7 11 Ends.- (text) fol. 68.
Tot i etc. up to seafar xaff II & Il as in No. 160. , - (com. ) fol. 696 gå barat tupia I etc. up to att: 11
as in No. 162. This is followed by the line'as under :श्री स्तात् ॥ छ । ग्रंथानं सकल ग्रंथ परिमाणं श्लोकः ॥ छ ।
आरम्भसिद्धि
Arambhasiddhi सुधीशृङ्गारसहित
with Sudhīšțngāra
1338. No. 165
1884–87. Size:-- 10 in. by 4in. Extent. -98 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.— Country paper thin and grey ; Devanagari chara
cters with WATIS ; bold, sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; this is a fagie Ms. ; it contains both the text and the commentary; the latter written comparatively in a smaller hand; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1* blank; yellow pigment and red chalk used ; illustrative diagrams on foll. s', 60, 156, 37, 435 etc. ; results arranged in a tabular form on foll. 56, 7°, 7, 9, 12, 13, 146 etc.;
1-2 This portion seems to have been written with a view to avoiding the line remaining inoomplete and to begin the text on fol. 1b.
Page #306
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
•165.]
"
Metaphysics etc. Svelambara works
265
both the text and the commentary complete except that the introductory portion occurring in the printed edition of Sudhiśṛngāra and the colophon are wanting; condition tolerably good; the entire work is divided into vimarśas; the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under :Vimarśa I with com. foll I to
five
II
17
III
326
IV
V
99
""
"
""
Age.-- Old.
Begins. — ( text ) fol. rb
""
93
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 98b
,,
33
""
""
22
"
39
'विश्वलनगरे ' मुदा ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
""
33
"
ॐ नमः सकलारंभ। etc. as in No. 160.
"
416
672
"
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 162.
"
دو
"
—( com. ) fol. rb ६० ॥ श्रीअर्हते नमः ॥
तत्र शास्त्रस्यादौ मंगलार्थे समुचितेष्टदेवतानमस्कारमाह । ॐ नमः [1]. 'स०(1) शं सुखाय भवतीत्येवंशीलः शं स स्वयं विप्राड ( द ) भुवो डुरित्यनेन डुप्रत्ययेन शंभुः तस्मै शंभवे जिनाय नमो ( 5 ) स्तु | ग्रंथस्य सर्वपार्षदत्यार्थे श्लिष्ट शब्दप्रयोगो ( )यं । * etc.
17a
32b
41b
67a 986.
इत्युक्तखेटबलशालिनि । etc. up to विमर्श: । as in No. 160. This is followed by the line as under :
पंचमां भी आरंभसिद्धिः समाप्तानिः ॥ शुभं भवतुः । etc.
—( com.) fol. 986 इति एवं कृतानि कार्याणि । etc. up to प्रथयति । as in No. 163. This is followed by the line as under :
इति श्रीमज्या (त्या) रंभसिद्धिवार्तिक (के) विलग्न १ मिश्र २ द्वारपभी(री)क्षात्मका: पंचमो विमर्शः संपूर्णः ॥ छ ॥
श्री विजय दानमूरिक्रमकमलरज (:) शुचिकृतवरांग इह धर्मसागरगणि
1-2 These lines tally with those in Sudhisrigāra ( p. 3). So I take this oom to be same as Sudhiśrigāra. All the same, the entire ms should be studied for final decision.
34 J. L. P.]
Page #307
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
266 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[166. सुधीशृङ्गार
Sudhisrngāra [आरम्भसिद्धिवार्तिक]
[Ărambhasiddhivārtika ] No. 166
716 (8).
1899-1915. Size.- Iot in. by 4t in. Extent.- 31 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper somewhat thick, rough and greyish;
Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा ; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; foll. 14 and 310 blank ; an illustrative diagram on fol. 15; red chalk used ; incomplete. ____Foll. 2 etc. do not belong to this work' ; for, we find (1) Guņasthānakramāroha and its commentary on foll. 2 to 29", (2) पश्चंबन्धविवरण on foll. 290 to 300 and (3) सप्तसमुद्घातविवरण on foll. 30° to 3133; condition very
good. Age.- Samvat 1672. Author.- Udayaprabhadeva Súri, pupil of Vijayasena. Subject.- Explanation of Arambhasiddhi in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( com.) fol. I'
॥५६॥ श्री ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।। श्रीधर्मना(न्या)यसम्यग्व्यवहृतियुवतेजी(जी)बलोकेन भर्ना | श्रेष्ठ तादृग्मुहूर्ते परिणयनमिहाचीकरा(रो)द यो युगादौ ॥ लीलाया(ये)ते यधौ(2ीतो सततमवियुतो(तौ) सत्फलाख्यो(ब्यो)स दत्ता। वसु(स्तं) ना(नः?) सिद्धिसौधे सुसम(यमृ)षमा(भ)स्वामिदेवज्ञराजः आदर्शेषु पुरा(5)पि संति कतिचिद् व्याख्यालवा(:) के(s)पि च |
प्राप्ताः श्रीवरसोमसुंदरगुरोः पादाप्रा(प्र)सादान्नां(न्न)वाः ॥ उक्तानुक्तदुरुक्त मर्थमथ तैरारंभतिद्धरहं ।
व्याकर्तुं स्वपरोपकारविधये तहो(वा)र्तिकं प्रा(प्रस्तुवे ॥२॥
1 Even the fact that the hand-writings differ lead us to the same conclusion.
Page #308
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
इहा (ह) किल सकलत्रिवर्ग (र्ग) येषां कामार्जन गर्जता श्रीगोजरजनपदमहीमहेद्रश्रीवीरधवल नरेंद्राप्रादात्ते सर्वव्यापाराधिकारेण श्रीशत्रुंजयोज्जयंतार्बुदादिमहातीर्थेष्वाद्रर्बदांबुजखवादि संखखवित्तविनियोगतः etc. संघापतिश्री वस्तुपालमंत्री श्वरेण निम (र्मा ) पिताचाया (र्य) पदप्रातिष्ठाः श्री' नागेंद्र - ' गच्छगरिष्ठा । सदानक्रियागुणभूरयः श्रीमंत उदया (य) प्राभा (भ) देवसूरयो etc. अस्माभिरपि च धर्म्मषु कर्मेषु काम्येषु कर्मस्वोकांताल्या (?)दयमेव कैबालामिच्छभि स्तन्माहात्तेषु तल्लेनिषु च बहुज्योतिविद्विवादापन्नागुणादोषनिर्णयं स्फुटीकर्तु बहुबहु ज्योतिषाभिप्रायोपादानपूर्वमेतः । (ends abruptly)
Reference. See No. 160.
167. ]
आराधनास्वरूपटीका
267
Aradhanasvarupaṭikā
924.
1892-95.
No. 167
Size— ro‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.— 57 + 1 = 58 folios ; II lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick, rough and white, Devanagari characters; big, legible and very fair hand-writing ; borders unruled; foll. mostly numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. ra black; so is an extra fol. at the beginning; this Ms. contains the pratikas of the text and its commentary; only the first verse is completely given ; for others pratikas seem to be giver instead of complete verses; the commentary incomplete as it ends abruptly. Age.— Pretty old.
Author. - Not mentioned.
Subject.-A Sanskrit commentary explaining the nature of 'aradhanā pertaining to jñāna, darśana, cāritra and tapas. The present work hardly deals with tapas. The text is in Prakrit. Begins.- ( text ) fol. rb
सिद्धे जयप्पसिद्धे चतुविहाराणाफलं पत्ते ।
वंदिता अरहंते वोच्छे आराहणं कम्मसो ॥ छ ॥
1 It consists in firm and successful accomplishment of saintly ideals.
Page #309
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
268
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[167.. Begins- ( com. ) fol. 1 9 नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
दर्शनज्ञानचारित्रतपसामाराधनायाः स्वरूपं प्रतिपादये(यि)तुमुद्यतस्यास्य शास्त्रस्य शो(श्रोतणां च प्रत्यूहनिराकृतौ प(?)क्ष(थ)मं मंगलं तदुपायभूतेयमाराधनादौ सिद्ध इत्यादि गाथा तथा चोक्तं ।
आदौ मध्येऽवसाने च मंगलं भाषितं बुधैः।
तजिनेंद्रगुणस्तोत्रं तदविघ्नप्रसिद्धये ।। छ। - Then we have the verse of the text above (p. 267) referred to. It is followed by the line as under :
सिद्धान् जगत्प्रसिद्धान् चतुर्विधाराधनाफलं प्राप्तान् | etc. Ends.- ( com. ) fol. 570
आएसं एजंतं प्राघूर्णकमायांतं अब्भुट्टे त्ति सहसा ह दट्ट(ड)ण दृष्ट्वा शीघ्रमभ्युत्थानं यतयः कुइँति आणासंगहचलल्लदाए अब्भुट्टेया सवणा इति जिनाज्ञासंपादनार्थ आगच्छंत संग्रहीतुं वत्सलतया च चरणं चणादुज्जे चरित्रं सामाचारक्रमं च ज्ञातुं(तु)मभ्युत्थानं कुर्वति चरणोयणामे दु इति केषांचित पाठः त एवं वर्णयंति चारित्रावगमनार्थे चेति ४०६ आगंतुर्ग वच्छठवा आगंतुको वास्तव्याश्च पडिलेहाहिंतु परीक्षाभिः अन्नमनाहिं अन्योन्यं अनोनकरणाचरणं अन्योन्यस्य करणमावस्यकादिचरणं त्रयोदशविधं चारित्रं जाणणहेतुं । (ends abruptly )
आर्यागाथा
Aryāgātha [सुभाषितावली १]
[ Subhāṣitāvali ? ] No. 168
1339.
1884-87. Size.- Iog in. by 4g in. Extent. -- 2 folios ; 22 lines to a page ; 71 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters; small, quite legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin%3
Page #310
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1681]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 269 an edge of each of the two foll, gone; so some letters are also gone ; condition on the whole good ; complete ; .
140 verses. Age.- Not modern. Author:- Not mentioned. Subject.- This is a small work in Sanskrit in verse, Almost all:
the verses are in Aryā metre, and that seems to be the reason why this work is here named as Arya-gātha. The work seems to be mostly dealing with subhāṣitas - laukika
and lokottara ethics. Begins.-fol. 1 ॥६ ॥
यद्यपि कृतमुकृतभरः प्रवेशति गिरिकंदरोदरेषु नरः । ।
करकलितदीपकालिका तथापि लक्ष्मीस्तमनुसरति ॥ १॥ - यद्यपि चंदनविटपी विधिना फलकुसमवर्जितो विहितः ।
निजवपुषेव परेषां तथापि संतापमुपहरति ॥ २॥ etc. Ends.- fol. 20
दुर्जनजनसतप्तो यः साधुः साधुरेव सविशेषात् । अपि पावकसंतप्तः खंड(:) स्याच्छर्करा मधुरा ॥ ३८॥
पवनवलयमध्ये संसृतोऽत्यंतगाढं
__ स्थितिजननविनाशा(शै)लिंगितर्वस्तुजातः ॥ .. स्वयमिह परिपूण्णों(s)नादिसिद्धः पुराणः ।
कृतविलयविहीनः स्म तामेष लोकः (१) ॥ ३९ ।। कौशैश्च भृत्यश्च निबद्धमूलं
पुत्रैश्च मित्रैश्च विवृद्धशाख । .. ..... उत्पाडयं(व्य) नंदं परिवर्तयामि
महानुमं वायुरिषोप्रवेमः ॥ १४० ।। ........ इति आर्यागाथा संपूर्णामिति ॥
पुस्तकलिखनपरिश्रम :वत्ता विद्वज्जनो नाम्य()। साय(ग)रलंघनपरिषेखे)दं हनुमान का पसे बेति ॥ १ ॥
Page #311
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
270 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[169. आलोचनाविंशिका
Alocenāvimsikā (आलोयणावीसिया)
( Aloyaņāvisiyā No. 169
219 (p).
1873-74 Extent.- fol. 7° to fol 8. Description.- Complete ; 20 verses in all. For other details see Prathamadhikāravimsika No. 219(a).
" 1873-74. Author.- Haribhadra Suri well-known as Yakinimahattarāsānu.
For his life etc. see pp. 2 & 175.
Subject.- A metrical composition in Prākrit dealing with alocană
(confession of faults.) in 20 verses. This is one of the '20 sections of Visavisiya, and so it ought not to have been assigned a separate place. It is the Isth Vimsika. For अनादि
पिंशिका see p. 175. It is the 2nd विंशिका. Begins.- fol. 7b
भिक्खाइसु जत्तवओ एयमवि य मायदोसओ आओ।
हुं तइया राते पुण सोहइ आलोयणाइ जई ।। १॥ etc. Ends.- fol. 8.
जंजारिसेण भावेण सेवियं किं पि इत्थ तुरुचरियं । तं तत्तो अहिगेणं संवेगेणं तहा लोए ॥ २० ॥
इति आलोयणविंशिका ॥१५॥ Reference.-Published. See p. I75. For other details see "Reference'
of Prathamād hikäravimśika No. 2
1 All of them are described by me in my intro. ( pp.xxxv-xxxVIII) to AJP (Vol. II).
Page #312
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
271
170.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works आवश्यकस्वरूप
Avasyakasvarūpa (31EAYFEET)
(Āvassayassarūva ) L'arazt alat ]
[ Avakya kasaptati )
77 (2). No. 170
1880-81. Extent.-- leaf uo to leaf 176. Description.- Complete. For further details see Agamikavastu
vicārasāraprakaraña. No. 133. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Municandra Sūri. For his life and works see SHJL
(pp. 242-24.3 ) and my introduction (pp. XXIX-XXXI+ ) to Anekāntajaya patäkā ( Vol. I ).
As stated here Municandra Suri had two disciples : Vādin Deva Súri, the celebrated author of 'Pramāņanayatartvaloka and Ajitadeva Súri. The former has composed two hymns viz, 8Municandacariyathuï and Guruvirahavilava, which throw soine light on the life of this Municandra Sūri.
Our author Municandra Suri was born in Darbhanagari. He became a disciple of Yaśobhadra Súri. In a way he was a disciple of "Vinayacandra, too. He was
1 See my "Bhumikā" (p. 67) of Upadeśaratnākara. 2 See p. 5. 3 Short History of Jaina Literature.
4 Rasāula should be dropped as it is said to be same as Gathakosa, and Vanaspati saptatițīka should be added after Vanaspatisaptati,
5 See p. 50. 6 See No. 26 of this Volume.
7 His pupil Hemaoandra Sūri is the author of Nabheya-Nemi, & dvisan. dhāna' poem. For such other poems see my article " 37TH- TEUT" published in JSP (Vol. 15, No. 12 ).
8-9 These are printed in Prakarana-samuccaya (pp. 44-46 and pp. 46-49 respectively ) published by Rşabhadevaji Kesarimalji Samstha, Rutlam, in A. D. 1923.
10 This Upadhyāya belongs to Bhad gacobą,
Page #313
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
272
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 170.
made acarya by Nemicandra Süri, the author of Sukhabodha. He died in Vikrama Samvat 1178.
Municandra Suri had given diksa, training and acaryapadavi to Ananda Suri, his brother-disciple. He had another brother-disiple in 'Candraprabha Sūri. As regards his works I may tentatively note the following: :---
'अङ्गुलसत्तारै (अङ्गुलसप्ततिका) 7o verses.
'अणुसासणंकुसकुलय (अनुशासनांङ्कुशकुलक ) 25 gāthās. Also called Symìagaġadhia
' अनेकान्तजयपताको द्योतीिपिकावृत्तिटिप्पणक No. 3 of Vol. XVII. आवस्सयसत्तरि (आवश्यकसप्तति ) No. 170 of Vol. XVIII.
उपदेशपञ्चाशिका
8( com. on Uvaesapaya ) composed in Samvat 1174 and named as gift.
उपदेशामृत कुलक (?)
उवसामय कुलय ( उपदेशासृतकुलक) 32 gāthās.
''उवएलामयपञ्चवीसिया ( उपदेशासृतपञ्चविंशिका ) 25 verses.
"कर्मप्रकृतिटिप्पणक ( gloss on Kammapayadi )
कालसयंग ( कालशतक )
" गाहाकोस ( गाथाकोश ). Same as Rasāula.
"जीवोaraपंचासिया ( जीवोपदेशपञ्चाशिका ) 5o gathas.
1 See No. 653 of Vol. XVII (DCJM).
2 He propounded Paurnika-mata in Vikrama Samvat 1159.
3 Published. See my work पाइय ( प्राकृत ) भाषाओं अने साहित्य (p. 168 ).
4 See Patan Catalogue (pt. I, p. 131 ).
5 Published Prakaranasamuccaya, (pp. 30-31).
Published.
6
7 See Jaina Granthavali (p. 205).
8 Published. See my intro. ( p. XXIV) to AJP (Vol. II).
9 Published in Prakarnasamuccaya ( pp. 38-40).
•
10 Published in Prakaraṇasamuccya (pp. 28-30).
11 See Jaina Granthavali (p. 115).
.12. Ibid., p. 208.
13 See Jinaratnakośa (pt. I, p. 104 )..
14 Published in Prakaranasamuccaya ( 22-25).
Page #314
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
17.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 373 'तित्थमालाथव (तीर्थमालास्तव ) same as प्रतिमास्तुति. III or II2
verses. 'द्वादशवर्ग. देवेन्द्रनरकेन्द्रप्रकरणटीका (com. on Devinda-narakenda-payarana)
( composed in Samvat II68 ). 'धर्मविन्दुटीका ( com. on Dharmabindu). धम्मोवएस कलय (धर्मोपदेशकुलक ) 25 gathas.
(शोकबारणधोपदेश) 33 āryās. १, 10 verses. Also called उपदंशकुलक. प्रश्नावली प्राभातिकजिनस्तुति. Also called प्रातःकालिकजिनेन्द्रस्तुति and प्रभात
समयस्तुति. 9 verses. मोक्षोपदेशपश्चाशिका मोक्षोपदेशपश्चाशत् ) SI verses. योगबिन्दुटीका ( com. on Yogabindu ).
रयणत्तयकुलय (रत्नत्रयकुलक) 31 gathās." .. "ललितविस्तरापञ्जिका ( gloss on Lalitavistarā ) No. 8.45 of
Vol. XVII. बणस्सइसत्तरि (वनस्पतिसप्ततिका) 70 verses. वनस्पतिसप्ततिकावृत्ति ( com: on Vanassaisattari ). ...
विसयनिंदाकुलय (विषयनिन्दाकुलक) 25 gāthās. "शोकहरोपदेशकुलक. Is this same as शाकवारणधर्मोपदेश? "सम्मनुपायविहि( सम्यक्त्वोत्पादविधि ) 29 gathas.16
__ 1 See Jinaratnakosa (pt. I. p. 160).
2 Ibid, p. 184.
3 Published along with the text by Jaina Atmānanda Sabha, Bhavnagar in A. D. 1922.
4 Published. See my intro.(p.XXVI) to AJP (Vol II).
5-9 Published in Prakaranasa muccaya on pp. 33-34, 36-38, 40-41, 49 and 19-22 respectively.
10 For quotations see Patan Catalogue (pt. I, p. 132 ). 11 Published in Prakaranasamuccaya (pp. 41-43). 12 See pp. 229-230 of DCJM Vol. XVIL, pt.3). 13 See Limbdi Catalogue. .
14 See Jains Granthāvali (p. 205 ). * 15 See Jinaratnakosa (pt. I, p. 427 ).
16 Published in Prakaranasamuccaya (pp. 34-36 ). 35 [J. L. P.)
Page #315
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[170.
'सामण्णगुणोषएसकुलय (सामान्यगुणोपदेशकुलक) 25 gathas. सार्धशतकचूर्णि (com. on Sardhasataka also called Suksmartha
vicārasāra ). पहिओवएसकुलय (हितोपदेशकुलक) same as Hitopadesamala, 25
gāthas,
'हिओवएसकुलय (हितोपदेशकुलक) 25 gathas.s Subject.- A Prākrit work in verse based upon Mahānisītha, Kalpa,
Vyavahara etc. dealing with avasyaka-kriya. This work is also known as Avasyaka-saptati and Paksika-saptati. This work should not be confounded with its name-sake,
an anonymons work, containing 317 verses in Präkrit, Begins.- leaf H ॥ ०॥
देविंदवंदियपयपउमं वंदिउं जिणं वीरं ।
आवसस्सयस्सरूयं(वं)॥ समासउ किं पि जैपेमि ॥ १॥ etc. Ends.- leaf 17€
मुणिचंदररिणा सुमरम(ण)मत्यमियमथ(प)को य(4)वयणाओ।
उद्धरियं जुत्तिजयं परेसि संबोहणत्थं च ॥७० ।। Reference.- For Mss. see Jinaratnakosa ( pt. I, p. 241).
-
आवश्यकस्वरूप
Avaśyakasvarūpa वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti No. 11
1200.
1884-87. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.— 15 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 70 letters to a line.
1 Published in Prakaranasamuccaya (pp.31-33).
In Patan Catalogue this work is named as उपदेशकलक. 3-4 Published in Prakaranasamuccaya (pp. 25-37 and 27-28 respectively).
3 For additional particulars eto. see my artiolo "मुनिचन्द्रनामक मुनिषरो" to be published as the 3rd part of "समाननामक मनिबरो " in "Jaina satya Prakass".
6 Varsos 1 and 317 are given in Patan Catalogue (pt. I, pp. 101-103 ).
Page #316
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
171.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
275
Description. -Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; this Ms. contains the text
as well as its commentary ; the former is at least complete. Author of the commentary.- Mahesvara Suri, pupil of Vadin
Deva Suri and grand-pupil of Municandra Suri. Subject..-- The text along with Sanskrit commentary. The latter
is composed with the help of Vajrasena. Begins.- ( text ) fol. !"
देविंदविंदवंदियपयपउमं बंदिउं जिणं वीरं ।
आवस्सयस्सरुवं । समासउ किं (पि) जंपिमि ।। १ ।। etc. , - ( com. ) fol. I ॥ ६॥ ॥ श्रीगुरुम्यो नमः ।।
श्रीमते वर्द्धमानाय । जिनेंद्राय जगद्विदे । मुरासुरनमस्याय । वागीशाय नमो नमः ॥१॥ अनन्यसाधारणशीलसंपदे । विनम्रविजनमुद्रितापदे । दिगंबरादंबरभंगसूरये । प्रणम्य तस्मै गुरुदेवसूरये ॥२॥ स्व(स्व.)गुरु(रूणामपि श्रीमद(द)गुरु(रूणामनघा गिरः । सिद्धांतगर्भसंदर्भाः क्वचिद् विवृण्महे ॥३॥ इह किल 'कलिकालबलप्रबलकुतर्कतर्कशप्रादुर्मवकुग्रहग्रहावेशवशीकृतांत:करणाः केचित् तपस्विनः कष्टानुष्टानेनात्मानमायासयंतः संतो(s)न्यानपि मुग्ध बुद्धीन व्यामोहयंति । ततःतानेवंविधानवलोक्य अपारकरुणासारसधारसेकपारा. बाराः अनेकांतजयपताकाचारुसामाचारीसंचारचतुरनर्तकीनर्तनसूत्रधाराः 'दुःखमा'समयसमुल्लासितप्रमादपातालतलावमज्जानि'कलंकानुष्ठाननिष्टाधरणी. सहदारणादिवराहरूपाः । संसारकांतांरांत परिमांतनितांतांतजंतुजातसंतापनिर्धापकरुदेशनामृतकूपाः कर्मप्रकृत्यायखिलखिग्रंथाग्रंथमिदरस्वशेसखी(पी)विमुखीकृताखर्वगसपर्वसूरयः पु(पू)ज्याः श्रीमुनिचंद्रसरयः सूर्या इव मूलान्मूलिततमःसंभारेण स्वगोप्रस्तारेण तेषां सन्मार्गप्रबोपमुत्पादयितुं । तविप्रतार्यमाणान्यजंतुजातमवबोधयितुमात्मस्मृति विधातुंच सिदांतोदारसारभूतं प्रमाणनिःपसनामकमावश्यकसप्तत्यास्यं प्रकरणमारंभमाणाः प्रत्याहा
Page #317
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
276
[171.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
पोहाय स्वाभिमतं प्रत्यासन्नोपकारित्वात् चरमतीर्थाधिपतिं यथार्थाभिधानं । श्रीमन्महावीरमभिष्टुतः । साक्षादभिधेयप्रयोजनाभिधायिकामिमादावेव गाथां प्राहुः ।
Then we have the first verse of the text noted on p. 275. fol. 15
"
उद्धरियसव्वसल्लो पुवुत्तविसेसतवसमाउनो !
तल्लेसो तच्छित्तो य भावउ कुणइ सम्वमिणं ॥ १ ॥
Ends. — ( text ) fol. rya
मुनि (णि) चंद्र (द) सूरिणा समरणत्थमिणमप्पणी पवयणाउ | उद्धरिडं जुत्तिजुषं परेसि संबोहणत्थं च ॥ १ ॥
- ( com. ) fol. 15
अवस्सय अवसिकरणिज्ज धुत्रनिग्गहो बिसोही य । अज्झणक्कवयो नाउ आराहणामग्गो ॥ १ ॥ तथा स्मरज्वरजरामन्युदोषो भवतु छात्रये । सर्वथा तेन संत्येव यत्र तत् परमं पदं ॥ २ ॥
इति स्वयमेवं पूज्यपादोपदर्शितप्रकरेण प्रत्यासन्निमात्रप्रकटीकृतमधुरत्वात किंपाप्रतिमैर्विषमे (:) विषयैः तथा सद्य एव जनितनितांत संतापतांपतांनिर्जन्मजराशोकाविदुरंतः दुःखैर्दोषरूपैरवोषितशतनिरवद्यं यत् कृत्स्नकर्म क्षयलक्षणे मोक्षे सिद्धानां तस्य परमाह्लादरूपसंसारोत्तमानुत्तरसुर सौख्यादप्यनतानंतगुणं तत् प्राप्नुवंति इति ॥ छ ॥ संप्रति प्रस्तुतप्रकरणस्यावस्यक - सप्तत्याख्यस्य पाक्षिकसप्तत्य परनामधेयस्य प्रयोजनं प्रकटयंतः स्वप्रज्ञामात्रपरिकल्प (ल्पि) तित्वं च । परिहरतः ॥ ५ ॥ प्राहु: । ( Then we have a verse from the text noted above).
मुनिचंद्रसूरिणा इत्यौद्धत्यपरिहारार्थमेकवचनं आत्मनः स्मरणार्थ - मित्यनेन प्रधानप्रयोजनमुक्त स्मरणं च प्रक्रमादावश्यस्वरूपस्यैव इदमावश्यसप्तत्याख्यं प्रकरणं प्रवचनात महानिशीथ - कल्प-व्यवहार- दशाश्रुतस्कंधी (घाss )वश (श्य) क चूर्पिणप्रमुखात् चतुर्दश पूर्व क्षीरार्णवसुधारसरूपादुद्धृत न पुनः स्वमतिमात्र परिकल्पितम(त) एवं युक्तियुक्तं पूर्वोक्तप्रकारेण पूर्वापराविरुद्धयुक्तिजलकल्पितं परेषां विप्रतिपन्नानां तद्विप्रतार्यमाणान्यजंतूनां च संबोधनार्थे च सम्यग् यथावस्थितत्त्वप्रदर्शनेन बोधनार्थे न च केवलमात्मस्मरणार्थे चैत्यानुषंगिक प्रयोजनस सुद्धयः इति ॥
Page #318
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
172.]
Metaphysics etc : Svetambara warhus 277 .... श्रीदेवसूरिसुगुरोः स्फुटनाममंत्र ।
नित्यस्मृति[]स्तदुपदेशवशेन वृत्ति ॥ श्रीमन्मींद्रमुनिचंद्रकृताधमुष्याः ।
सूरिमहेश्वर इति प्रकटांचकार ।। १ ।। सिद्धांततर्कसाहित्यलक्षणेषु विचक्षणः । वज्रसेनसुधीरस्यात् साहाय्यं कृतवानिह ।। २॥
मूलग्रंथनिरीक्ष Reference.- See Jinaratnakosa (pt. I, p. 241 ). Here the com
__mentary is named as सुखप्रबोधिनी.
आशाम्बरहितशिक्षा
Āsāmbara bitaśiksā
1293 (b). No. 172
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 4. Description.. -- Complete. For details sec Nihnavagatha with
vyākhya No. 1243 of Vol. XVII. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- Advice to the Digambaras in 25 verses in Sanskrit,
regarding the question of nudity. Begins.-- fol. 4.
मठवासश्छद्मस्थव्याख्या दीक्षे प्रभूतजनसंगः । तैलाभ्यंगकमंडलु वन्याधाकर्मतणपन्नः ॥१॥ जिनवंदाचरितान्यप्येता नियंति निजबुध्या ।
कथयति च तत्कल्पं । कुर्मो बयमहह पृष्टत्वं ॥ २॥ etc. ' Euds.-- fol. 4a
एवं श्रीजिनकल्पं येऽस्तव्यस्तं समाचरंतीह। सोऽपीहम् भूयादिति तस्मिन्नपि लाघवं दधति ॥ २४ ॥ ये मनसा मिस्संगास्तेषां धनं न मोक्षबाधाये। .
गृहीत तदिह वनं । क्षपणा लजापरित्यक्ताः ॥२५॥ इति आशांवरहितशिक्षा 10 ॥ छ ।।
Page #319
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
378
Jasna Literature and Philosophy
1 173
भाश्चर्ययोगमाला
Aścturyayogamåla (TTTTTTHIOT]
[ Yogaratnamala ) विवृतिसहित
with vivrti
765. No. 173
1895-1902. Size.- log in. by 5 in. Extent.-- 7 folios ; 21 to 24 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; small, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; both the text and the commentary complete ; the latter composed in Samvat 1296; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ;
condition very good. Age. - Not quite modern. Author of the text.- Nagarjuna Acarya, pupil of Bhaskara. Is he
same Nāgārjuna who flourished in the sth century ? » of the commentary.-- Acărya Guņākara. Subject. -- Both the text in 140 verses in Aryā and its commentary
in Sanskrit. The former deals with various yogas such as
TATOT, HITEHA, FFHAT,Fulfasta etc.' The latter is based upon some old commentary. The text is named as योगरत्नमाला and योगरत्नावली, too.
In Catalogus Catalogorum Aufrecht refers to this work under Yogaratnamālā. See part I, p. 478. He refers to it
again in pt. III, p. 102. Begins.- (text ) fol. 19
Parasafarescutaterar APIE TAFTA: 1 सकलभुवनेनैकदि(दी)पा जयंति गुरू(रु)भास्करा भुवने ॥१॥ स्पष्टाक्षरपदस(सू) गुरुमतरत्नाकरराश्यामुदत्य अरचि स्फुरंती निगपते योगरत्नमालेयं ।। २ ॥
1 Such boing the case, the proper place for this No. 173 is Vol. XIX.
Page #320
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
-279
173.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works Begins.- (com.) fol. !'
ॐ नमोऽनंतशक्तये ।। मुरुचरणकमलममलां । प्रणम्य नागार्जू(जुनप्रणीतायाः । बिति सुखावबोधां वक्ष्ये(s)ह योगमालायाः॥१॥ इह शास्त्रारंभे आचार्यश्रीनागार्ज जु/नपादाः शिष्टसमयपरी(रि)पालमार्थ शास्त्रस्थादेयतां च दर्शयितुं गुरुपादानां नमस्कारं कुर्वन्तः प्रथमार्यामाहुः छ।
This is followed by the first verse noted on p. 278 and then we have:
व्याख्या विमला चासौ मतिश्च विमलमतिः । etc.
Ends..- (text) fol. 70
आश्चर्ययोगमाला नागार्जुनविरदि(चिमा(ता)ऽनुभवसिद्धा
सकलजनदयदायता समर्थिता सूत्रतो जयति ॥ ४०॥ ,, - (com. ) fol. 7°
आत्मस्मरणार्थ मया विवृता नागार्जुनप्रणीतेयमाश्चर्ययोगमाला अग्रेतनवृद्धटीकाता(तः) ॥४१॥ ददशुध(?) मिहानिरूपितमार्यास्तत् क्षम्यतां प्रशा(सा)देन । कपा(पा) पिशोध्य । को न सख(ख)लति प्रमादनी(नि)वह(हे)न ॥ ४२ श्रीनृपविक्रमसमयात् हादशभिर्नवतिषडधिका पौषे । रचिता गुणाकरेण श्वेतांबरभिक्षुणा जयति ॥ ४३॥ इति श्वेतांब( ब )रा(चार्यगुणाकरविरचिता अ(आ)श्व(श)य- .
(1)योगमालालघुनि(:) समाना । यथा[:] ॥ Reference.- See Peterson, Reports III, p. 313where the opening
and concluding lines of the text and the commentary as well are given. For other details see the same Report p. 17. A copy of the text is in the Bodleian collection. It is described by Aufrecht in his Catalogus Catalogorum as under :
Page #321
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
180
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[194.
"This tract containing 140 verses Arya verses, and giving an account of various magic arts, and of poisons compounded of plants, bones and other substances, seems to be an epitome of a much larger work, which tradition assigns to the same Nagarjuna. Compare Weber, Catal., p. 270. The author, whoever he was, acknowledges in the beginning and at the end of his book his obligations to Bhaskara guru".
आहारोपधिशय्याविचार
(आहारोव हिसेज्जावियार )
No. 174
Extent. leaf 144" to leaf 144.
Description. Complete so far as it goes.
अरिहणास्तोत्र No.
1392 (I). 1891-95.
Author. Not mentioned.
Subject.
Begins. leaf 144"
Aharopadhisayyavicāra (Aharovahisejjāviyāra )
1392 (105). 1891-95.
Exposition about food, accessories and bedding of the Jaina clergy.
Ends. leaf 144a
For further details see
आहार उबहिसिज्जा एयस्स दिट्ठों उग्गमो इति यंतडहिडामणाह तियं ॥' etc.
आहारे उगरणे व २७ सेज्जाए वि २९ सत्ये ८१ भंगाः ॥ बायालीस आहारदोसे एएहिं भंगेहिं साहू परिहरs ||
आहारोपधिशय्या विचारः ॥ भावाधिकरणं च ॥ छ ॥
Page #322
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
176.]
इतरसमुद्धात (?)
No. 175
Extent.
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
leaf 126b to leaf 127b.
Description. Complete so far as it goes. For other details see
1392 (1).
अरिहणास्तोत्र No.
1891-95.
Ends. leaf 127b
Author. Not mentioned.
Subject. Samudghata (explosion) of karmika particles.
Begins. leaf 1266
नारकानां दशधनुर्मानमुत्तरवक्रियं । इति इतरसमुद्घातः ॥
Itarasamudhgāta (?)
1392 (12).
1891-95.
केवलकसायमरणे वेयणा चउबिहे य आहारे । सत्तविहसमुग्धाओ पनतो बीयरागेहिं ॥ etc.
इन्द्रियपराजयशतक ( इंदियपराजयसयग )
36 [J. L. P.]
281
Indriyaparajayasataka (Indiyaparajayasayaga)
1093.
1887-91,
No. 176
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 7 folios; 9 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; very big, bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; unnumbered sides as well as the numbered ones decorated with three small discs, in red colour, one in the centre, and two in the margins; complete; condition very good ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; in the left-hand margin the title is mostly written as a but on the last
work is copied for a
fol. it is written as afar ra; this woman named Bahināṁ.
Page #323
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
282
A
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Age.— Not modern.
'Author. - Not mentioned.
Ends.- fol. 7
Subject. Advice to control the senses. This small metrical work in Prākrit consists of 102 ( ? ) verses, It is commented upon by Gunavinaya in Samvat 1664. See No. 189. Begins. - fol, 14
1150 11
सुचि सूरो सो चैव पंडिओ । तं पसंसिमो नियं (च) । इंदिवरेहि सया । न छुट्टिउं जस (स्स) चरणघणं ॥ १ ॥
[ 176.
etc.
किं बहुना जइ बंछसि जीव तुमं सासय (पं) सह अरुयं ।
पिय (सु) विसय (वि) मो (मु) हो संवेगरसायणं निच्चं ॥ १०० ॥ पंज्जलि उविसय अगी । चरित्तसरंड हिज्नकसिणं पि ।
सम्मत्त पि विराहिय । अनंतसंसारियं हुज्जा ॥ १०२ (१०१ १) ॥ इति श्रीइंद्रिसत्तक परिकरणं संपूर्ण । समाप्तः ॥
बाइबहिनांपठनार्थे । लिषितं मुनिजोगा । परोपकाराय | शुभं भवतुः ] ॥
इंद्रियपराजयशतकं ।।
Reference. Published along with Gujarati exposition in Prakaranaratnākara ( Vol. IV, pp. 1-21 ) by Bhimsi Manek, Bombay, in A. D. 1912.
1 He cannot be later than Samvat 1599. See p. 286.
For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. Vols. III-IV (p. 403 ). In the Limbdi Catalogue probably this very work is recorded as Nos. 260, 261 and 262. Out of them the last two Nos. contain Mss. having tippana and tabba respectively, over and above the text. For a Ms. of the text along with Gujarātī bālāvabodha see Keith's Catalogue No. 7603. For other Mss. of the text see Jinaratnakośa ( pt. I, p. 40 ).
Page #324
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
178. ] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 283 इन्द्रियपराजयशतक
Indriyaparājayasataka
632. No. 177
1892-95. Size.— 10 in by 45 in. Extent. — 4 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white ; Jaina Devanagari
characters with qalars; bold, big, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; complete condition very good; foll, numbers in the right-hand
margin; the last verse is numbered as 99.' Age.-- Old. Begins.- fol. 14 &&011
T37 ETT FT Gifth I etc. as in No. 176. Ends.- fol. 46
किं बहुणा अइ बंछसि । etc. up to निच्चं ॥ as in No. 176. This is followed by :
९९ ॥ इति श्रीइंद्रियपराजयशतकं समाप्तं ॥ छ । श्री ॥ सहसवीर
radigu wag!! N. B.- For further particulars see No. 176.
इन्द्रियपराजयशतक
Indriyaparājayakataka
689. No. 178
1899-1915. Size.- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.- s folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Jaina Deva
någari characters with occasional qyASS; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; dandas written in red ink; complete ; condition very good ; 100 verses in all ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin.
Page #325
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
284
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 178. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.— fol. 1. toll
great at I etc, as in No. 176. Ends.— fol. sb
f aguri etc, up to sell as in No. 176. This is followed by the line as under :
१०० ॥ इति इंद्रियपराजयशतकं संपूर्ण ॥ छ । Then we have the following line in a different hand :
श्रीदादाबसे तसच वीरमाता पूनी पुत्री (2) हसाही भंणना रषभ तीरथा
1834 11 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 176.
इन्द्रियपराजयशतक
Indriyaparājayasataka बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha No. 179
269.
1871-72. Size.— 108 in. by 4; in. Extent.— (text) 11 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line.
„ - ( com.) „ „ ;» » » » » ; 45 » » » » Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanāgari
characters with occasional Fr; this Ms. contains the text as well as its interlinear explanation in Gujarati ; both complete ; condition very good ; foll. numbered in both
the margins ; fol. 1a blank ; 102 verses in all. Age.-- Pretty old. Author of the bālāvabodha.- Not mentioned. Subject.— The text together with its explanation in Gujarāti written
above the corresponding lines of the text.
Page #326
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
180. ]
Begins.-- ( text) fol. 1 ६० ॥ श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
सुचि सूरो। etc. as in No. 176.
-
( com. ) fol. 1 तेह ज सूर तेह ज पंडित तेहनि प्रसंस्यु नित्य प्रति । etc.
""
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
Ends. — (text ) fol. arb
कि बहुणा । etc. up to निचं ॥ २ ॥ ( १०२ ) as in No. 176. This is followed by the lines as under :
इति श्रीइंद्रियशतकं संपूर्ण । संभु (शुभं भवतं । कलाणमस्तु ॥ आरजा मंगाइनी सखिणी पकु लषेतं पठनार्थे ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥ etc.
""
- ( com. ) fol. 11 अरे जीव विषय थिकी ऊफराटो थयु निरंतर संवेगरूपीओ रसायण सेवानि १०२ ।। इति इंद्रियसतक संपूर्ण ग्रंथ २७५ निमा जनि लषितं काक्ष (षि ?) जादच मूलीगर पठनार्थे 'आ मंगाई आ कपू.
Reference.- This Ms. is noted in Keith's Catalogue Vol. II, pt. II, p. 1331.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 176.
इन्द्रियपराजयशतक बालावबोधसहित
285
No. 180
Size— rog in. by 44 in.
Extent.— ( text ) 6 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line.
-
· ( com. ),, ; 6 Description.
""
"
,, ; 45 ""
Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, clear and good hand - writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; space between the pairs coloured crimson; this is at Ms;
1 This stands for arya.
Indriyaparajayasataka with bālāvabodha
1235. 1891-95.
" "
" " "
Page #327
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
..286
Jaina Literature and Philosophy 181 it contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarāti, in a small hand-writing; red chalk vere rarely used ; numbers of the verses written in red ink; complete ; 100 verses in all; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 6° blank except that आठमी पाटी टीप is given
there ; condition very good. Age.- Samvat 1599. . Author of the balavabodha.- Not mentioned. Subject. - The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.-- (text ) fol. I' || ए ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
सच्चिय सूरो etc. as in No. 176. , - ( com.) fol. I' तेह ज सूर तेह जि पंडिता । तेहनि प्रसंस नित्य ।
इंद्रियचोरे सदा । न लूटिउ जेहनु चारित्ररूपी धन १ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 6.
कि बहणा जइ बंछसि । etc. up toनिचं as in No. 176. This is followed by the lines as under:
॥१०० ॥ इन्द्रियपराजयशतकाय शुभं भवतु ॥ श्रीः etc.
संवत् १५९९ वर्षे भाद्रवा शुदि ५ भोमे लक्षितं वीरापठनार्थ ॥ ,,-( balas) fol. 6" जीव विषय थकी उपसमइ । संवेग पामि । मोक्षिना सप पामह स ज णाण। Then on fol. 6° we have :
आठमि पाषीनी टीप लषीइ छह । etc. N. B.-- For additional information see No. 176.
46.
इन्द्रियपराजयशतक
Indriyaparājayaśataka बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha No. 181
_____1870-71. Size. - 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.-( text) 9 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
, - (bālai ), , , , , , , 58 , ,,,
Page #328
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1827
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
287 Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Jaina Deva
någari characters with occasional EASTS ; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarāti ; complete ; 102 verses in all ; condition very good ; foll.
numbered in the right-hand margin. Age- Pretty old. Author of the bālāvabodha.— Not mentioned. Begins.- (text ) fol. 1 ॥ ॥ नमो धीतरागाय ॥
सुचिअ सूरो। etc. as in No. 176. ,, - ( balan ) fol. 1 ॥ ५० ॥ नमों श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
तेह जि सूर तेह जि पंडित तेहनई प्रसंसे नित्य इंद्रियचौरे सदा न
लूटिउं तेहनूं चारित्रधना ॥ १॥ etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 9b
..कि बहुणा' etc. up to निश्च ॥ २॥ (१०२) as in No. 176.
This is followed by इंद्रियपराजयशतकं ॥ छ । etc. ,, - (balan ) fol. 9' जीव विषय थकी ऊपराठउ संवेगमय रसायन नित्यं
इति इंद्रिय जीपवानई आर्थि शतक सउ गाथा ॥ छ । छ । Reference.-This Ms. is referred to in Keith's Catalogue Vol. II,
____pt. II, p. 1331. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 176.
इन्द्रियपराजयशतक
Indriyaparājayasataka टब्बासहित
with tabbá
1170. Vo. 182
1884-87. Size.- 94 in. by 44 in. Extent.- i text) 8 folios ; 6 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line.
"-(rabba ),, ,, ; 6 to 8,, ,, , , ,44. , ,, ,
Page #329
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
288
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 182. Description.-- Country paper tough and white ; Jaina Devanāgarī
characters with AES at times ; this Ms. contains the text as well as its tabbā ; the former written in a bigger hand-writing ; legible and very fair hand-writing ; borders neatly ruled in two lines and edges in one, in black ink; foll. numbered in both the margins, complete ; for verses
in all; condition very good. Age.- Old. Author of the tabbă.- Anonymous. Subject.- A small work pointing out the importance of subduing
the senses along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. 1 11 6 0 11 347 ( ) AA:
5fa37 XTI I etc. as in No. 176. , - (com. ) fol. r' det g69 g agt at việa apne
##3 HET I etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 86
fe agarri etc. up to faroei as in No. 176. Then we have :- 11808 il qut II „ – (com.) fol. 86 A3 VİET yg fra Å Frant aT ITT TIỆN ÆTQ
सुष तउ पिवजे विषय थकी उपराषठा छता संवेगरूपीउ रसायण सदा
ग्रंथांक १०००॥ N. B.- For additional information see No. 176.
fuigheathare 1 Tryāpathikāvicārasattrimsikā (afterarguranta HTIÊUT) (Iriyāvahiyaviyārachattīsiyā) स्वोपज्ञ विवरणसहित
with svopajña vivarana
811. No. 183
1899-1915. Size.- 94 in. by 44 in. Extent.--(text) 12 folios ; 1 to 3 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line.
„- (com.) „ » ; 18 , „„. „ ; 58 » » » »
1 This should not be confounded with its namesake oziqiaarteitaart composed by Jayasoma in Samvat 1640 (? 1644 ).
Page #330
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
183.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
289
Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with occasional Taars; this is a gre Ms. ; the text written in the centre ; its place is practically reserved ; the text in a bigger hand ; quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders unruled ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; almost every fol. more or less worm-eaten ; condition fair ;. both the text and the commentary complete ; the text composed in Sarvat 1629
and the commentary thereafter ; fol, ra blank. Age. - Samvat 1733. Author of the text.- Upadhyāya Dharmasagara Gaņi, pupil of
Anandavimala Suri as he gave him dikşå some time before
Samvat 21596. . Author of the commentary.- Same as that of the text.
Dharmasāgara was born in Lādol. He was enlightened by Jivarsi Gani and was given religious training by Vijayadana Sūri. He attained the status of gani some time before Sarhvat 1606. He has composed works in Sanskrit and Präkrit and have explained some of them by means of an auto-commentary. A tentative list of his works may be given as under :Name Language
3Date *इरियावहियवियारछत्तीसिया Prākrit
1629 for free froTTU Sanskrit
(?) उट्टियमयउम्सुत्त
Prakrit
1617 (?) औष्टिकमतोत्सूत्रदीपिका
Sanskrit
1617 'कल्पकिरणावली
1628 'गुरुतत्त्वदीपक
1 He should be distinguished from his namesake Dharmasāgara, pupil of Isvara Suri of Sandera gaccha, and author of Ārāmanandana-copal composed in Samvat 1587.
2 In SHJL (p.561) this is given as his birth-date but it is wrong as in this very book (p. 582 ) Dharmasāgara is referred to as one who copied Uņādiganasütroddhāra in Vikrama Samvat 1604.
3 By date 'I mean the Vikrama year of composition. 4-5 See this very No. 183. 6 Is this a commentary on Utthiyamaya-ussutta?
7 See Vol. XVII, pt. 2, pp. 102-113. On its p. 105 it is said that Dharma. sāgara is a pupil of Hiravijaya Syri, Same is the case on D. 223 of pt. 2.
37 [JL. P.)
Page #331
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1615
290
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ty. Name Language
Date गुरुतत्त्वप्रदीपदीपिका
Sanskrit गुरुतत्त्वप्रदीपदीपिकावृत्ति 'गुरुतत्त्वप्रदीपिका गुरुपरिपाटीटीका
Sanskrit गुरुपरिवाडी
Prākrit
c. 1648 जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिटीका
Sanskrit
1631 तत्ततरंगिणी
Prākrit तत्त्वतराङ्गिणीवृत्ति
Sanskrit नयचक्र . नयचक्रवृत्ति
Sanskrit 'पज्जुसणससयंग
Prākrit पर्युपणादशशतकवृत्ति
Sanskrit पवयणपरिकखा
Prākrit
c. 1629 प्रवचनपरीक्षावृत्ति
Sanskrit महावीरविज्ञप्तिद्वात्रिंशिका महावीरविज्ञप्तिद्वात्रिंशिकावृत्ति Sanskrit
1669 सर्वज्ञशतक सर्वज्ञशतकवृत्ति
Sanskrit In some of these sworks Dharmasagara refers to himself as pupil of Hiravijaya Sûri as he has composed these works during his spiritual reign, and in this sense Hiravijaya is his enišrå-guru.
c. 1628
Subject.- This is a Prakrit work in 36 verses dealing with the
ritualisum as to when 'Iriyāvahiya'sūtra should be recited. This entire work is explained by the author himself in Sanskrit.
1 This is known as Sodaśiki, too. 2-3 See Vol. XVII, Pt. 2, pp. 222-223. 4 See p. 289, fn.7.
5 For other names eto. of these works see my article " महोपाध्याय धर्मसागरगणिनी जीवनरेखा " to be published in “Jaina Dharma Prakasa" (Vol. 60, No.5)
6 Anandavimala Sūri is bis dikşā-guru and Vijayadāna Suri hin vidyāguru. Jivarsi, too, is his guru as he enlightened him spiritually.
Page #332
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
isj.j
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 291 Begins.- ( text ) fol. 10
पणमिअ जिणबरवीरं जुगपवरं हीरविजयसूरिवरं । हरिआवहिअविआरं भणामि किरिआण सुद्धिकरं ॥ १॥ पडम इरिआ किरिआमित्ति मुणिआ महानिसीहाओ ।
पासायपायरोवणमाइम्मि मणोहराममयं ।। २ ।। etc. ,, - ( com. ) fol. rb
प्रणम्यात्मावदं वीरं रागद्वेषाद्विषद्विषं ।। भक्तिव्यक्तीकृतानंददेवेंद्रप्रणतक्रमं ॥१॥ जैनागमानुसारेण परोपकृतिहेतवे ।। पत्रिंशिकामिहेर्यायाः स्वोपज्ञां विणोम्यहं ॥२॥
इह हि तावदभिमतप्रकरणसिद्धये सप्रयोजनमंगलाभिधायिकां गाथामाह पणि(ण)मिअ० व्याख्या देवत्वेन बीरं श्रीवीर(र)जिनेंद्र(द्र) गुरुत्वेन युगप्रवरं ।
etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. II
नवरकर२रसरयणा(जी)सरमिअवच्छरि १६२९ धम्मसायरप्पभवा।
धम्मुचारनिमित्तं सच्छयछ? ब)तीसिआ रयणा ।। ३५॥ ,, - fol. 12* एवं इरिआपुत्वं जे सामइअंकुणंति सुद्धमणा ॥
तेसिं बेसि? चे)व पसत्ता सिरिहीरविजयजुगप्पवरा ।। ३६ ।।
इति इ(ई)र्यापथिकाषट्त्रिंशिकासूत्रं समाप्तं ॥ ,, -(com.) fol. 12° सर्वबाप्प(प्य)स्खलितप्रचारात् तथा च श्रीमहानिशीथादि
ग्रंथाछे(छि)लपरंपरादियिलोप एव स्वगलपाशं किंच मुखपत्रिकाप्रतिलेखनादिकं विनैव सामायिकदंडकोच्चारोयुक्तः प्रसज्येत तवाभिप्रायेण तावत्कालविलंबस्याप्यु(प)युक्तम्वात् चूण्यादी कृत्वा च यदि मुखवात्रिकाप्रतिलेखनादिकं नियतं तर्हि तबदार्यापथिका(s)पि नियते(ति) वि कदाग्रहं विमुच्य सम्यगालोच व्यंधः(?) छ ।
इति श्रीमद तपा'गणनमोनभोमणिश्री'हीरविजयसरिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगणिविरचितस्वोपज्ञेर्यापथिकाषट्त्रिंशिकावृत्तिः संपूर्णा 'ग्रंथाग्रंथ संवत् १७३३ वर्षे मागशिर वदि ११ दिने लिपीकृतं श्री ॥
Then we have the following lines probably written in a different hand :
1 For consistenoy of this statement see my remark made on p. 290. % This is not noted.
Page #333
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
292
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[183.
सर्वत्र गमनस्यांते । त्यागे च मलमूत्रयोः । का(?)पादो क्रमणांते च । चैत्यमध्यप्रवेशने ॥१॥ स्थिरवस्त्रप्रयोगे च । वंदनावश्यकादिषु । । । शक्रस्तवस्य पाठे च । भोजनाद्यंतकर्मणि ॥२॥ चारित्रस्यावग्रहणे । प्रत्याख्याने स्वधीतिषु । षड्जीवकायसंस्पर्श । संघट्टादिपरिग्रहे ॥ ३ ॥ कालग्रहे च स्वाध्याये ! जलपाने क्रियाविधौ । सर्वत्र साधुसाध्वीनां । सदैर्यापथिकी मिता ॥ ४ ॥
साधुसाध्वीभिः सदैवेर्यापथिकी प्रतिक्रमणशील व्यं । तेषां हि सर्व विरतिसामायिकं । जन्मप्रतिपन्नं । नेर्यापथिकी बिना शुद्धिमेति ॥ आ. दि.
९९ प. Reference. Both the text and the commentary published in the
Agamodaya Samiti Series in A. D 1927. For Mss. of the text and its auto-commentary see Jinaratnakośa (pt. I, p. 40).
ईर्यापथिकाविचारत्रिंशिका Iryāpathikā vicārasattriņsikā स्वोपज्ञ विवरणसहित
with svopajña vivarana
368. No. 184
1880-81. Size.— 10f in, by 4; in. Extent.-( text ) 15 folios ; 1 to 2 lines to a page ; 39 letters to a line.
, -( com.), , , 15 , , , , ; 54 , ,,,, Description.- Country paper rough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; it is a त्रिपाटी Ms. ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1a blank ; condition very good; both the text and the commentary
complete. Ager-Old.
Page #334
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
184.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 293 Begins.- ( text ) fol. 10 ए ६ 0 श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
पणमिअ जिणवरवीरं जुगपवर हीरविजयसूरिवरं ।
इरिआवहिअविचा(या)रं भणामि किरिआण सुद्धिकरं ॥१॥ etc. ,, - (com. ) fol. 1° ए ६0 ॥ ॐ नमः ।।
प्रणम्यात्मविव(द) वीरं रागद्वेष(द्विष)द्विषं । भक्तिव्यक्तीकृतानंददेवेंद्रप्रणतक्रमं ॥१॥ जैनागमानुसारेण परोपकतिहेतवे । षत्रिंशिकामिनीहयां(? र्या)याः स्वोपज्ञां विवृणोम्यहं ॥ २ ॥ युग्मं ।
इह हि तावदि(द)भिमतप्रकरणसिद्धये etc. Ends.- (text ) fol 130
नव९कर२रस६ etc. up to रयणा ३५ as in No. 183, and then we have:
एवं इरिआपुव्वं जे सामाइअ(अं) कुणंति सुद्धमणा । तेसिं चेव पसत्ता सिरिहीरविजयजुगप्पवरा ॥ ३६ ॥
fol. Is" इति श्रीईर्यापथिकाळिशिकासूत्रं समाप्तं ।। छ ।। - ( com.) fol. IS• यदि मुखवत्रिकाप्रतिलेखनादिकं नियतं तर्हि तबदी
पथिका(ड)पि नियतैवेति छ कदाग्रहं विमुच्य सम्यगालोच्यं धर्मधियेति छ । इति श्रीमत् तपा'गणनभानभोमणिश्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्योपाध्यायभीधर्मसागरगाणविरचितस्वोपज्ञेयापाथकाषदात्रीशकावृत्ति समाप्तः
॥छ | etc. N. B.- For additional information see No. 183,
Page #335
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
294
ईर्यापथिकाविचारषट्त्रिंशिका स्वोपज्ञ विवरणसहित
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 185
Size. 10 in by 41 in.
Extent.
در
- رو
(text) 10+ 20 30 folios; 1 to 3 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line.
-(com.) 30 folios; 14 to 18 lines to a page; 50 to 56 letters to a line.
Age. Not modern.
Begins.
Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with frequent पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms.; the text written in big, quite legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing; same is the case with the commentary except that it is written in smaller hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1 blank; space for the text not always reserved; in the case of foll. 2", 5", 9a, 18, 26, 26, 27a, 27, 29a and 29b some space is kept blank in the centre; both the text and the commentary incomplete; condition very good; for, only edges of a few foll. are gone.
Iryapathikavicaraṣattrimśikā with svopajña vivaraṇa
(text) fol. 1 quia famarai
Though foliation is continuous it appears that toll. II to 30 belonging to some other Ms. and probably written by the same scribe are placed here; fol. 10b ends with the 31st verse and fol. 11 begins with the 38th verse of पर्युषणादशशतक ; this latter work along with the commentary thus beginning abruptly goes to the end. For its description see D CJ M (Vol. XVII, pt. II, pp. 222-223, No. 567).
( com. ) fol. 1
[ 185
to 1 (ft) : etc. as in No. 183.
166 (a).
1873-74.
ए ६० ॥ ॐ नमः ॥
one aft
etc. as in No. 183.
Page #336
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
186.] Metaphysits etc. : Svetambara works
395 Ends.- ( text ) fol. Io
जं सुंदरबुद्धीए नबीणकरणं नि(अ)यकिरिआम तं चेव तस्स तित्था बाहिरमा पभासेइ (३०) जइ अण्णं अच्छिण्णं तित्थं हुज्ज(s)ण्णहा तु तं चेव [त] ते(ति)त्थं अहवा तिन्धुत्थे(कछे )ज(ओ) णेउ(ओ) अ निउणेहि ३१
The text ends here. , - (com.) fol. 10° जं सुंदर० जइ अण्ण व्याख्या यत् सुंदरबुद्ध्यां इदं
विचार्यमाणं सुंदरं दृश्यते इत्यादि निजबुद्धिविकल्पनया सुंदरमपि नवीनकरणं तीर्थानभिमतविधानं क्व नियतक्रियासु सामायिकपोषधप्रतिक्रमणपर्युषणादिलक्षणास न पुनरनियततपःप्रभृतिष्वपि चेव एवकारार्थे तदेव तस्य नवीनमतप्रवतकस्य तीर्थाद् बाह्यभावं तीर्थबाह्मत्वं प्रभाषते प्रकर्षण जनानां पुरस्तादुघोषपति प्रभासयति वा प्र.
This com. ends here thus. N. B.-- For other details see No. 183.
ईश्वरवादनिराकरण
Isvaravādanirākarana No. 186
291 (d).
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. II to fol. II'.
291(a). Description.- Complete. For other details see No.
NO.A. 1882-83.. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- Refutation of God as the Creator. Begins.- fol. II इह हि न्यायमतविततवासानावासितांतःकरणयायिकादिभिः
समस्तबस्तुविस्तारनिर्माणनिपुणत्वमि(मी)श्वरस्याभ्युपगम्यते । तन्निराकरणार्थ
बौद्धराद्धान्तनिबद्धविशुद्धबुद्धिभिः सौगतैः प्रमाणमभिधीयते || etc.. Ends.- fol. II तदेवं नास्य हेतोरसिद्धविरुद्धानकातिकदोषोद्भवनं कर्तुर्गम्यतेतरा.
मिति स्थितं ।
ई(श्वोरवादनिराकरणं ॥ छ ।
Page #337
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
296 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[187 'उत्सूत्रोदनकुलकखण्डन Utsutrodghattanakulakakhandana
136. No. 187
1873-74. Size.— 101 in. by 41 in. Extent. - 29-1-28 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 50 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional TASS; small, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1 blank; fol. 19 also numbered as 20 ; the subsequent ones hence numbered as 21, etc; several works quoted; most of them marked with red chalk; complete; in the left-hand margin the title is written as gint ; composed in Samvat 1665 at Nava
nagara on being advised by Jinasimha Sûri. Age.- Samvat 166 (?). . Author.-- Vācanācärya Guņavinaya, pupil of Jayasoma Mahopa
dhyâya. In G. 0. Series (Vol. XXI, intro., p. 29 ) his works are noted under two heads : dated and undated. I however mention all of them here by arranging them in an alphabetical order :-- Work
Language
2Samvat अजितशान्तिस्तववृत्ति
Sanskrit अञ्जनासुन्दरीसम्बन्ध
Gujarati
1662 'इन्द्रियपराजयशतकवृत्ति
Sanskrit
1664 'उत्सूत्रोद्घनकुलकखण्डन
1665 कर्मचन्द्रमन्त्रिवंशप्रबन्ध
Gujarāti खण्डप्रशस्तिकाव्यवृत्ति
Sanskrit
1641
*: 1655
1 In "Catalogue of Manuscripts at Jesalmere" (p. 58 ) this work is named as "a 147( 3raicae ) ".
2 Tbis relates to the Vikrama era.
3 This is a commentary on Jinavallabha Suri's hymn faringe also known as H 917.
4 For the text see No. 176. 5 This is the very No. 187.
6 The original work is non-Jaina. Dharmasekhara Sūri, too, has commented upon this work in Samvat 1501.
Page #338
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
187.)
Metaphysics etc. : Svelambara works
297
31659
Work
Language
Saṁvat गुणसुन्दरीचतुष्पदिका
Gujarati
1665 'नलचम्प्रवृत्ति
Sanskrit
1646 'मितभाषिणीवृत्ति रघुवंशटीका
1646 लघुशान्तिस्तवटीका लुम्पकमततमोदिनकरचतुष्पदिका Gujarāti
1665 ITUSTAFSIÊT
Sanskrit
1647 सम्बोधसप्ततिकावृत्ति
1651 "सव्वस्थ शब्दार्थसमुच्चय
Gunavinaya was present at the time Jinaraja Sûri installed an idol in Palitana in Vikrama Samvat 1675. Vide Epigraphira Indica ( II, 62-63 ). Jayasoma's Vicararainasangraha was put together in a book-form and committed to writing
by Guņavinaya.' Subject.-- Refutation of 8 Utsūtrodghattanakulaka composed by
Dharmasagara Gaņi. For details see "ends". Begins.--- fol. 10 o satisfaithint : 11
1 The text named as Nalacampt or Damayantikatha is by Trivikrama Bhatta, a non-Jaina. It is published with Caņdapala's commentary (Visamapadaprakāśa by game) by the Nirnayasagar Press, Bombay, in A. D. 1903. Candapāla bad quoted aphorisms from a Jaina grammar but they are here replaced by those from Astadhyāyt. See the Sanskrit Preface (p. 2).
2 In Jiparatnakosa ( Vol. I, p. 309 ) there is a work named as A uguftJaragra. Its author is mentioned as Gunavinaye, pupil of Sumadivijaya of Tapăgaooha.
3 In Jiparatoakosa ( Vol. I, p. 336 ) the date is given as 1658. 4 The original text is in Prakrit.
5 It is published along with the text by Jain Atmānand Sabbã in Vikrama Saivat 1972.
6 See Anekārtharatnamanjūşā (pp. 91-98). It is edited by me and published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 81 in A. D. 1933.
7 Seo Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, p. 351 ).
8 Is this same as Utthiya-maya-ursutta containing 18 verses and published as Austrikamatotsūtrodghātanakulaka along with an auto-commeptary, by Agamodaya Samiti in A, D, 1927, as one of the works for its series No. 49 ?
38 (JL. P.)
Page #339
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
298
[197.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy प्रणम्य रम्पशाणां कारकं विघ्नवारकं । श्रीवामादारकं पाव भुवनेश्वर्यधारकं । १ । etc. नास्माकं तदुपस्ति कोपः को(s)पीह लेशतः।
हषयामो यदुचेतस्तमागमोक्तेमुनि छुवं etc. Ends.--fol. 29* कृष्णा विविध्यते परमियत्याप्युत्तरवचनरचनया प्रतिहतो बहुसग्धजन
ध्यांध्यमुत्पादयनुच्छंखलप्रवृत्तिको निखिलखलशेखरो भवान् पूर्ववम्मा भषस्विति व्यवसितमथोपरम्यते तदीयवाक्यावस्तरान(त्) ।।।
विक्रमतः शररसरसशशि(१६६५ )वर्षे लन्धसंपदुत्कर्षे । विजयिनि याममहीलाजि नीतिपथानीतपुष्टदुष्टजने १ प्रघरे भी नव नगरे श्रीजिनकुशलप्रभावलाश्मिधरे । श्रीमत् खरतरगच्छे विष्णुपदीसलिलवत् स्वच्छे २ श्रीमत्साहिनरेंद्रचंद्ररचितश्रीपादपद्माईणा___ संभारे विजयिन्युदारचरिते मुग्धैर्षिदग्धैनरैः । स्वाख्याते च 'युगप्रधान'पदीं विनत्प्रदारैर्गुणैः
भीमच्छ्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिसवितर्युद्यत्प्रतापोधुरे । ३ । भीजिनसिंहगुरूणामादेशमवाप्य को(s)प्यनिंगफला । उत्सुत्रकालकूटे 'धर्मापसरस्वदुद्भूते । ४ । आगमविषापहारिप्रवरमहामंधसंस्मृतेः प्रसभं । निवर्यिता वितेने यथा न मोहस्ततो भवति । ५। श्रीजयसोमगुरूणां कल्पतरूणां जयोरुफलदानान(त)। .चारुविचारप्रसवप्रसवारच ( विचार्य ) किल शिष्यैः ।। पाचकघरगुणविनयर्षिशोध्यमथ मथितसंशयैरेतत् । खंडनमथवा तेषामेषा विज्ञप्तिरिह मौढ्यात् ॥७॥ केन मंदाकिनी मंदं पाबनायोपदिश्यते?। अंधकारच्छिदे भानुः केन धा प्रार्थ्यते(5)न्वहं? ॥८॥ स्वत एव तयोवृत्तिरुपकारधिया यथा । तथैव शोधने तेषां प्रवृत्तिन नियोगजा।॥ ९॥ कदाग्रहगृहीतानां वितथोक्तौ गिरी गति(तिः)। अवारिता महादोषपोषायाप्पित्तवत् भवेत् ॥ १०॥ . नानाशास्त्राणि सुगुरोर्जाननेघप्रदायिनः ।
वीक्ष्यास्माभिः समारब्धा हेलया युक्तिकेलयः ।। ११ । । धर्मसागर.
Page #340
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
187.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
299
श्रीजिनदत्तगुरूणां श्रीमज्जिनकुशलसूरिराजानां । प्रसरत्प्रसादयशतो(अ)भवदत्तदय(य) संपत्कर्षः ॥ १२॥
इति 'तपा'धर्मसागरोपाध्यायाधिहितोत्सूत्राघहनकुलकखंडनं विरचयांचके श्रीमज्जिनसिंहमूरिवरोपदेशाच्छ्रीजयसोममहोपाध्यायशिव्यपाचमाचार्यश्रीगुणविनय श्री नव्य'नगरे । श्रीरस्त कल्याणमस्तु । श्री श्री छ संवत् १६६ (?) वर्षे ग्रंथानं १२५० ।। Then follows a table of contents :
१ स्त्रीपूजानिष(पे)धाधिकारः।२ जिनभवने नर्तकीवृत्यांनषे०१३ मासं. कल्पनि० । ४ चतुष्पर्षी विना पौषधनि० । ५ प्रथमदिने षष्ठादितपउच्चारणप्रतिषेधाधिकारः । गृहिणः पानकाकारोचारणप्रतिः । ७ श्रावकस्य प्रतिमावहनप्रतिः । ८ आचामाम्लमध्ये द्रव्यद्वयाधिः । ९ पौषधमध्येऽशनप्रति १० पौषधमध्ये त्रिकालचैत्यवंदनप्रति०।११ आचार्य मुक्त्वा न प्रतिष्ठत्यधिक १२ मालारोपणाधि०।१३ पटलग्रहणमिषे । १४ पौषधिकस्य रानिपश्चिमभागे सामायिकग्रहणाधि । १५-१६ सामायिकग्रहणे पौषधग्रहणे च सामायिकदंडकपोषधदंडकनमस्कारत्रयोद्धारणाधि०।१७ यतेहिण इबोपधानवाहनाधिक। १८. पाक्षिकचतुर्मासादो जलच्छटाक्षेपनिषे० ।१९ सामायिक कृत्वेर्याप थिकाप्रतिक्रमणाधि० २० । पाक्षिकपाते पूर्णिमायां पाक्षिकप्रतिक्रमणा ॥२१ दृशौ च प्रथमतिथिः पाक्षिकं । २२ श्रावणवृद्धौ भाषणमास एव पर्युषणाधिक। २३ भाद्रपदवृद्धौ प्रथमभाद्रपदे पर्युषणा०।२४ गर्भापहारस्थ कल्याणकरवाधि। २५ इहलोकार्थ जिनवरमाननं लोकोत्तरमिथ्यात्वं नेत्यधि० । २६ चामुंडासधनपंचनदसाधने न दोष इत्यधि०।२७ पर्युषितद्विदलग्रहणाधि० । २८ पर्युषितपूपिकाग्रह । २० साधुसाध्वीसहविहारनिषे० । ३० संगरखुम्बुलादीमां
द्विदलत्याधि०॥ Reference.- There is a Ms. ar jesalmer. For other Mss. etc., see
Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. 46).
Page #341
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
.300
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
उपकरण विचार
( उवगरणवियार )
No. 188
Extent. leaf 218a to leaf 225.
Description. Complete so far as it goes. For further details see
1392 (1). 1891-95.
अरिहणास्तोत्र No. -
उपदेश
Upakaranavicara (Uvagaranaviyāra)
188.
Author. Not mentioned.
Subject. Exposition of accessories of the Jaina clergy.
Begins. leaf 218*
उबगरणंमि घरेज्जा न रागस्स होइ उप्पत्ती ।
लोगंमि य परिवाओ विडिणा य पमाणजुत्तं तु ॥
1392 ( 154 ).
1891-95.
Ends.-leaf 225° पृथुत्वेन दुहतेत्यादिना भाणता दीहत्तणेण कप्पमाणा व उत्था वा ! अमचूरः । इत्युपकरणविश्वारः ॥ ४ ॥
Upadesa
1113. 1887-91.
No. 189
Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. 6-15 folios; 15 lines to a page; 53 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, tough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; there is some space kept blank in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well; edges of a few foll. slightly gone; condition on the whole good; incomplete; for the fifth fol. is missing though somebody has numbered the sixth fol. as 5.
Age. Pretty old.
Author. Not mentioned.
Page #342
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
189. ] ___Metaphysics etc. : Svel ambara cuorks
301 Subject.- Out of the various topics इन्द्रियाश्वदमन is one of them.
The first ninety-nine verses are in Sanskrit ; the rest in Prākrit.
Begins -- fol. . । ५0॥
धर्माजन्म कुले शरीरपटुता सौभाग्यमायुर्बलं । ..
धर्मेणैव भवंति निर्मलयशो विद्यार्थसंपत्तयः ॥ कांतारा(रो)छ(त्य)महाभयाच्च सततं धर्मः परित्रायते ।
धर्मः सम्यगुपासिते(तो) भवति हि स्वर्गापवर्गप्रदः ॥ १ ॥ धर्मसिद्धौ ध्रुवं सिद्धि(:) झुम्नप्रद्युम्नयोरपि । दुग्धोपलंमे मुलभा संपत्ति धिसर्पिषो(:)॥२॥ धर्मों महामंगलमंगभाजां।
धमों जनन्युदलिताखिलार्तिः ॥ धर्मः पिता पूरितवांछितार्थो ।
धर्मः सुहृदवाचितमित्यहर्षः ।। ३ ॥ etc. . fol. 36 कच्छ(स्थ) वि कुलं न सीलं । कच्छ (त्थ) बि सीलं न निम्मलो धम् ॥
कुलसीलधम्मसहिया ते पुरिसा तुच्छ संसारे ॥१०० ॥ etc. Ends.-- fol. 66 मबलपुण्यो(3)पि रावण इंद्रियलोलतया विनष्टः । अतः ॥
नारय तिरिवा य भवे । इंदियवसगाण जाई दुख्खाई।। मने मुणिज्ज नाणी । भणि पुण सो वि न समत्थो ॥ १४ ॥ तथा । अजिइंदिएहि ॥ १५॥ एकादशद्वारनिबद्ध उपदेशः ॥
अवंतिसुकुमाल १ सागरचंद्र २ आषाढभूतिसूरि ३ सुसला ४ संबु(१)कुमार ५ पुष्फचूला ६ वसुमती ७ अच्चंकारीभट्टा ८ क्षुल्ल ९ आषाढ १० जिनदास ११ रावण १२ ॥
एते दृष्टांता अनोपदेशे मंतव्या(:) ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु । श्रीश्रीश्रमणसंघस्य ।। छ। छ ।। श्रीरस्त ॥ ॥
*
This seems to be 916.
*
Page #343
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
302
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
19. उपदेशकन्दलीप्रकरण
Upadesakandaliprakarana ( उपएसकंदलीपगरण)
( Uvaésakandalipagarstha ) No. 190
1220 (d).
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 6. to fol. 8.' Description.- Complete ; 125 verses in all. For other details see
__ 1220(a). Śikṣāśataka No.
1887-91..
Author.- Asada, son of Katukaraja (of the Bhillamala family).
Analadevi was his mother and Jaitrasimha, his son.
Åsada composed Vivekamanjari after the death of his son Rajada (known as Bala-sarasvati). Asada has commented
upon Meghadata and composed several Jaina hymns. Subject.- A metrical composition in Prakrit giving spiritual advice. Begins.-fol.6 ||50॥
तिहुयणमंगलानिलयं । कयदुज्जयभाववेग्भिवाविलयं ।। केवलसिरिकुलनिलयं । रिसह पणमामि मुणिवसहं ॥ १॥ अवहरियभुवणमोहं । देवासुरमणुयसंथुयगुणोहं ॥ नमह सिरिवीरनाहं भवदुहदवदाहजलवाहं ॥२॥ etc. बेरग्मरंगियमणो । मंदमई अप्पणो हियट्टाए ।
ललियपयबंधकलियं । बु(बु)/(च्छं) उवएसकंदलिय ॥५॥ Ends.- fol. 8.
रहयं पगरणमेयं जिणपषयणसारसंगहेण मए ॥ संमं संमत्तषियासडंबरं दिसष्ठ भरियाणं ॥ (१२४ )। सिरि मिल्लवाल निम्मलकुलसंभवका(जु)यराय(त)णपण ॥ इय आसडेण रहयं । गुरुवएसाणसारेण ॥ १२५ ॥ इति श्रीउपदेशकंदली ॥७॥
1 He is Abhaya devs Suri (Kalikals-Gautama.), uogonsor of Bhadro. svara Suri, vuooonsor of Devendra Suri of the Candrs gaccha,
Page #344
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
191. ]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 393 arinai aygerati sa TUPTAFR* ||
HAVATATANI na haar 11 811
इति भद्रं भवतु । श्रीश्रमणसंघ ।। Reference. For extracts from the end see Peterson, Reports V,
p. 44. These extracts are given from a palm-leaf Ms. containing the text and Balacandra's 'commentary, and preserved at Anhilwad Patan. For an additional Ms. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue No. 305. For other Mss. of the text see Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. 47).
6.
उपदेशकम्बली
Upadesakandali विवरणसहित
with vivarana No. 191
1880-81. Size. - 10g in. by 14 in. Extent.-- about 250° leaves ; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf ; 54 letters to
a line. Description.— Palm-leaf thick and white ; Jaina Devanāgari cha
racters with frequent YASIS ; small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; red chalk used; several leaves are in fragments ; left-hand portions gone ; condition unsatisfactory; in the right-hand margin leaves are numbered in an ordinary way; letter-numerals are not
to be found. Age. - Fairly old.
1 One of its Mss. is dated Sathvat 1996 ? 8. Klelhorn's Roport for 1880–81, p. 3.
Page #345
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
304
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 191.
Author of the commentary -- Balacandra Suri', pupil and successor
of Haribhadra Suri, successor of Abhayadeva Suri ( Kalikala -- Gautama ). This Balacandra Suri is the author of * Karunavajrayudha-nataka ( c. Samvat 1277 ) and Vasanlavilása. He has commented upon Vivekamañjari in
Sanevat 124(27)8. Subject. -- The text together with its commentary in Sanskrit.
____ The work is divided into I3 visrāmas. . Begins.--- leaf 586
सयनामग्गहणे वेमाणे कलेसमन्व्हसि । ता कुणसि कीण निग्षिणपाणिवहं पयडनरयपहं ॥१९॥
रुहज्झाणनिबंधणपाणिव etc. ,, - (com.) अधुना हिंसाफलमुपदर्शयन्नाह ॥ ७॥ This is followed by
रुहज्झाण । eK. Ends.- leaf 225 अथ मानं ज्ञापयन्नाह ॥७॥
___ खंडियअणबहुमाणो अट्टमयहाणबद्ध etc. , -- (com.) fol. leaf 2220 श्रुत्वा तद्देशनां क्षीराश्रवलब्धातिबंधु ।
पापंडिधारिणः॥ शस्त्राणि गोपयवोर्या संति त्वां तुमुद्यताः॥२२॥ सज्जना कृतयः कुर्युर्दुर्जना जनयातनां ।
हारदंष्ट्रांकुराः कि...दृष्टवा च भुवि शस्त्राणि । - कुष्प(? प्योति स्माविचारकः ॥२५॥ ऊचे च पालकं साधु साधु ज्ञातमिदं त्वया। अतः परं त्वमेमेतान निगृहाण यथारुचि ।
.. पर्य[छाताराधनां व्यधात् ॥२८॥ ___ अथैकं क्षुल्लकं दृष्ट्वा पर्वताराधनाद्यतं ।
जगाद स्कंदकोचार्यः शिष्यवात्सल्य मोहितः ॥२९॥ 1 He should be distinguished from his namesake, a pupil of Hemacandra Sūri.
2 This is published by Jain Ātmānand Sabha in A. D. 1916. Its Gujarāti translation was published in Abmedabad.in A. D. 1886. .
3 This is published in the Gaekwad's Oriental Series 39 No. ?.ia A D, 1917,
Page #346
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
19.]
Metaphysics etcs: Svetambara. tworks
30
बाल ... ... ... ... ...मपीलयत् ॥३१॥ यतीमा पील्यमानानां कपालैः साकमधुटत् । .. कर्माणि सर्वथा शुद्धभावनामावितात्मनां ॥३२॥ संप्राप्य के... .
... . ... Begins.-( Peterson, Report V, p. 42 )
यन्नाभीनासिकाभ्रदृगलिकमुखहत्तालमौलिश्रवस्तु ।
ध्यानस्थानेषु रु(द)ध्वा निरवधि मरुतः पंच पश्यंत किंचित् । तस्माद् दृष्यत्यदंतः किमपि गुरुगिरा लक्ष्यते लक्ष्यरूपं ...... .. यत्तेजः सर्वतेजोमदकदनमहं प्रत्यहं तन्महेहम् ॥१॥: .. वसमशेवे मूर्ध्नि प्रतिदिशमुदस्ताखिलतमाः
क्षपायां तम्बानो रुचिमपचितां शैत्यनिचिताम्। . . कलाशाली कामं कुवलयसमुल्लासरसिको ... मुगांकः श्रीशांविर्भवतु भवतांतिप्रशमनः ॥२॥ धर्मे निर्मलभासि दासितसितामी प्रभासंपदि .. ....
क्षीरक्षालननिस्तुपा विजगतीनेत्रभ्रमं बिभ्रति । यस्तारातुलना महोत्पलमहःसंदोहसंदेहरुद्
देहश्रीरभजन विभुः स भवतु भीपाश्वनाथः श्रिये ।।३।। कंदाद् विनिर्गत्य सृणालमूर्ति
र्या ब्रह्मरंधाबुरुहे निलीना ।। सा योगिनां कुंडलिनीति नाम __ शक्तिः प्रमूले कवितामधूनि ॥४॥ आत्महितहेतवे(5)हं सोदर्यायां विवेकमंजर्याः ॥
वक्ष्ये श्रुतवनेमल्लयां विवरणमुपदेशकन्दल्याम् ॥५॥ etc. Ends.- ( Pet. Rep. V, p. 50) इत्याचार्यश्रीबालचंद्रविरचितायामुपदेश:
कंदलीवृत्तौ चतुःकषायविरतिविवरणं त्रयोदशो विश्रामः समाप्तः॥
शिवमस्तु सर्वजगतः परहितनिरता भवतु भूतगणाः ।।
__दोषाः प्रयांतु नाशं सर्वत्र सुखी भवतु लोकः ॥ etc. ३७ [J. L. P.)
Page #347
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
306
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[191.
Reference. For extracts from the commentary see Peterson, Report V, pp. 42 to 5o. These extracts are given from a palm-leaf Ms. preserved at Anhilwad Patan. There are several Mss. both of the text and the commentary. See Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 47 ). Here it is said that this commentary was composed at the request of Jaitrasimha, Asada's son. Pradyumna, pupil of Kanakaprabha and Padmacandra of the Bṛhad gaccha assisted him in this composition.
उपदेश कुलक
( उवपसकुलय )
No. 192
Extent. leaf 1454 to leaf 1478.
Description. - Complete; 25 verses in all. For further particulars see Agamikavastuvicārasāraprakarana No. 133. Author. - Not mentioned. Is he Municandra Suri ? Subject. Spiritual advice composed in Prakrit. Begins. – leaf 145 * ॥ ६७ ॥
नितुखणं परिरंभिऊण । भव्वा मणं समाहिंमि । उवएसलेसमणबज्ज कज्जमेयं भ[नि ] (णि)ज्जंतं ॥
लहं ता मणुयते पत्ते खेत्तारियत्तमेत्तो य । निम्मलकुलजाई समग्गर व (रू)पारोग्यसामग्गी | etc.
Ends. - leaf 147b
Upadesakulaka (Uvaësakulaya)
77 (32).
1880-81.
तेणं अलद्धं (लजुं) लद्धं परिपालिउं इमं नुते । परिपालियं च परमं । तुड्डी नेउं पयतेज्जा | धना भवदुक्खाणं तिक्खाणामसंख लक्खमंक्खाणं ।
एयं विरेणो सहत्रएसं केइ पावेंति || २ (५१) ॥ छ ॥
Reference. Published as Hitopadeśakulaka in Prakaraṇasamuccaya
on pp. 25-27.
1 See p. 274.
2
संखाणं (?) ।
Page #348
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
193.1
'उपदेशकुलक ( उवएसकुलय)
No. 193
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
Extent. fol. 6a to fol. 6.
Description.-- Complete; 26 verses in all. The title of this work mentioned as Ātmānuśāstikulaka probably by the scribe deserves to be examined.
Subject.
Begins. fol. 6a
803 (a).
For details see Yatiśikṣāpañcāśikā No. 1892-95.
Author. Ratnasimha. There are several saints of this name. See SHJL (p. 866 ).
Spiritual advice in Prakrit.
Ends. fol. 6b
Reference.
Upadesakulaka (Uvaësakulaya)
803 (h).
1892-95.
307
चित उपायमेयं संसारे गुरुअमोहनियलाओ ।। चिरकालसेविआओ रे मुञ्चासे इह कहं जीव ॥ १ ॥ etc.
ए उवएसकुलं जो पढइ सुनेह अहब सदाए ॥
सो उवास (? मि)ज्जड तेए दुहए (जे)णे (ण) रयणसिंहेणं ।। २६ ।। इत्यात्मानुशास्तिकुलं ।
Published in Prakaranasamuccaya (pp. 109-111). For an additional Ms. most probably of this work see Limbdi Catalogue No. 303. From p. 12 of this Catalogue we learn that Ratnasimha has composed Atmanusasti which contains 25 verses and which is styled as Samvegamṛtabhavana, too.
1 In Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, p. 47) this work is said to be same as Atmahitopadeśatattva composed in Samvat 1296 by Ratnasimha Suri (p. 27). Further, as regards its Ms., No. 955 of Limbdi Catalogue is noted.
2 Can he be the guru of Caritrasundara Gani (p. 227 ) ?
Page #349
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
508
उपदेशकुलक
( उवएसकुलय )
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 194
Extent. fol. 9a to fol. 10a.
Description. Complete; 33
Ends. fol. 10a
[194.
Upadesakulaka (Uvaësakulaya)
verses in all. For other details see
Yatiśikṣapañcasika No.
803 (a). 1892-95.
Author. Municandra Suri. See pp. 271-274.
A
Subject. A metrical composition in Prakrit dealing with a spiritual sermon.
सहभाषणावसाभ सोयपिसाओ सुद्देण अस्स तथा ।।
¤aganaì ó (8) aîtìi seinituin far Ħ93 ? etc.
803 ( o ).
1892-95.
मुणिचंदारिया उबरसाणं सुहासरिरुहाणं ।
• एयारिसा पण बिरला के वि परं मायण हुति ॥ ३३ ॥ इति उपदेशकुलं ।
'उपदेश चिन्तामणि
( उवएस चिंतामणि )
No. 195
Reference. Published as Dharmopadeśakulaka in Prakaraṇasamuccaya (pp. 36-38 ). For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 301.
Upadesacintamani (Uvaësacintamani)
645. 1892-95.
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 18 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line." Description. Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with gas, big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black
1 This should be distinguished from a Prakrit work bearing this Sanskrit name and composed in Samvat 1277,
Page #350
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
195.)
Metaphysics etc.: Śvetambara works
309
ink; space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small design in yellow and blue colours in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too ; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good ; complete; some say that this work is composed in Samvat 1436 ; no doubt this is the date for its auto-commentary. The entire work is divided into four adhikaras; the extent of each of them is as under :Adhikära I foll. I to 2a 26 verses
, II , 2*, 4* 41, , III, 4*11b 190 »
, IV „ II, 186 158 ;; Age. - Pretty old. Author.-Jayasekhara ( Jayasehara) Súri, pupil of Mahendraprabha
Súri of Añcala gaccha. His spiritual descent is as under:
___ आर्यरक्षितजयसिंह-धर्मघोष महेन्द्रसिंह-सिंहप्रभ-अजितसिंह-देवेन्द्रसिंह-धर्मप्रभ-सिंहfa -
A 94. The last had three pupils viz. asiat, जयशेखर and मेरुतुङ्ग. See No. 97.
For Jayasekhara Sūri's other works see No. 154. Jayasekbara's date is recorded as A. D, 1379 in C. M. Duff's work "The Chronology of India” (p. 229 ),
Westminster, 1899. Subject.-- A metrical composition in 2385 verses in Prakrit
dealing with the following topics:
(1) Eulogy of dharma, ( 2 ) means of practising dharma, ( 3 ) dešavirati and ( 4 ) sarvavirati.
1 This name is indireotly suggested by the author in the 157th verse of the last section. We are to take the middle letter of each of the words BHT, 227, C, 3116, ##, Thor and Tih. In this connection see my article " Methods adopted by Jaina writers for recording their own names and thoge of their gurus in the works composed by them " ( Annals of B. O. R. I. Vol. XVII, pt. I ),
2 In Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, p. 47.) the no. of gātās is mentioned as 540.
Page #351
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
z to
faina Literature and Philosophy [195. Begins.- fol. ' ए ६४॥
तित्थयरे भयवंते परमगुरू गुरुयअइसयसमिद्धे । धम्मपहपवरसिरिमहिंदवदियगणे वदे ॥१॥ पुत्ववहा पुण्णपया तिमग्गगा सायरे ठिया धम्मे । अवणेउ पावकं जिणवाणी मिति)यससरिय व ॥२॥ चिंतियसहयं मुहयं जणाण सुरसत्थसंगयं वोच्छं ।
गुरुवयणेणं चितामणिं च उवएससारमहं ॥३॥ fol. 2* इति धर्मप्रशंसाधिकारः प्रथमः । छ ॥१॥ fol. 4' इति धर्मसामग्रीमणनाधिकारो द्वितीयः ।। च्छ ॥ १ (२)।
fol. In' इति देशविरत्यधिकारस्तृतीयः समाप्त च्छ । Ends.- fol. 18
एसा उबएसाली साली विष विबुहहिय(य)ठाणेस । मुभभावसलिलसित्ता फलेउ मणवंछियफलेण ।। ५६ ।। कुंजरनयरविसेसा()हक्सरसपसूणवरिसमज्झाण ॥ सरिसक्खरनामेणं रइयमिणं सपरबोहत्थं ॥ ५७ ॥ जाब सिरिवीरतित्थं ताव इमा पंडियाण हियमि ।
मह रयणा'रयणावलिसरिसा 'स(सि)रिसाहणी होउ ।। ५८ (१५८)। इति श्रीधम्मोपदेशचिंतामणिप्रकरण ॥2॥
॥ ॥ ॥श्री.॥ Reference. -Published with the suopajña commentary and Gujarati
translation of both of them by Hiralal Hamsaraj, Jamnagar, in 4 parts in Samvat 1977, 1979, 1980 and 1980 respectively, one part having one adhikāra. For extracts from the beginning and the end see Peterson, Reports, V, pp. 201-202. For a resume of the pattavali of the Añcala gaccha see R. G. Bhandarkar's “Report on the Search for Sanskrit Mss in the Bombay Presidency during the year 1883-84. - Bombay, 1887." For Mss. and other particulars see No. 197.
1-2 In tho Ms. instead of the words to and Hitat figure 2 is written,
Page #352
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
196.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 311 उपदेशचिन्तामणि
Upadeśacintamani (उवएसचिंतामणि)
Uvaësacintamani ) No. 196
_1099 (b).
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 2* to fol. 160 Description. Complete ; fol. 166 blank. The entire work is
divided into four adhikaras; the extent of each of them is as under :Adhikāra I foll. 24 to 26
,, ,, 20, 40 ,, III ,, 4° ,, Iof , IV , 10 , 16.
1099 (). other details see Yogasastra No. 1887-91. Begins.- fol. 2.
तत्थो(त्थे)गो॥७॥ एगस्स कामिय सहं बहुं समाणे वि भा(भो)गे(ग)संजोगो
इयरस्स न तारिसयं को इह हेऊ विणा धणं ॥ ८॥ etc. Ends.-fol. 16.
कुंजरनयरविसेसा(s)हवसरसपय(म)णवरिसमज्माण । सरिसक्खरनामेणं रहामणं सपरबोहत्था ॥४७॥
जाव सिरिवीरतित्थं ताव इमा पंडियाण हिययम्मि । etc. up to साहिणी होउ ॥१५८॥ as in No. 195. This is followed by the line as under:
इति श्रीजयशेखरसूरिकता(त) उपदेशचितामणिप्रकरणं ॥५॥ ॥ ० ५००॥ छ। N. B.- For additional information see No. 195.
Page #353
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
312
उपदेश चिन्तामणि स्वोपज्ञ - 'टीकासहित
No. 197
[197.
Upadeśacintamani with svopajňa tikā
262.
1883-84.
Size.-9 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 344-1-1-1 = 341 folios; 15 lines to a page; 37 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; fol. ra blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; the former in Prakrit gāthās and the latter in prose, in Sanskrit ; right-hand margins decorated with different diagrams (vide fol. 30b); paper changed for foll. 98 to 172; it is very brittle and grey; edges of the 97th fol. slightly worn out; the 98th and 166th foll. a little bit torn; strips of paper pasted to foll. 99b, 102b, 103b etc.; foll. 101 and 125 badly damaged in the body; fol. 108 torn in two pieces; half the part of the 109th fol. missing; the 110th, 186th and 324th foll. awfully damaged in the body; foll. 112, 127, 185 and 193 about to be divided into two parts; foll. 113 and 114 slightly torn ; a quarter of the portion of fol. 120 lacking as it is torn; several other foll. more or less torn; condition rather poor; illustrative diagrams on fol. 218b; some of the foll. doubly numbered in the right-hand margin, too; sets of numbers vary; fol. 287 is lacking; so are the foll. 312 and 329; foll. 305 to 307 less legible, for it seems that while separating the foll. proper care was not taken; both the text and the commentary practically complete; the latter composed in Samvat 1436 in the city called 'Nṛsamudra'.
The entire work is divided into four adhikaras; the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under:
1 This is also styled as vrtti by the commentator himself.
Page #354
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
197.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
313 Adhikara I with com. foll. 1 to 49. " II , , , 49° , 97'
III , , , 97, 7
,, ,, ,, 271* ,, 344°. The first specimen-copy (adarša ) was written by
Mánatunga Gani ; 'extent of the commentary 12064 ślokas. Age.- Samvat 1739. Author of the commentary.- Jayasekhara Suri. For his other
works see Nos. 154 and 195. Subject. - The text along with its commentary in Sanskrit; . Begins.-- (text) fol. 26
तित्थयरे भयवंते परमगुरू गुरुपअइसयसमिद्धे ॥
धम्मपहपत्तवरसिरिमहिंदवंदियगुणे वंदे ॥१॥ etc. , - (com.) fol. xb
॥ ६० ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः श्रीगोडिपार्श्वनाथ नमो नमः ॥ प्राचीमेको पुनानामिह सुरसरितं वीक्ष्य कारुण्यधाम्ना
धृत्वा मर्ताश्चतस्रः परमहिमवता येन गंगाचतुष्क । : आविश्चक्रे चतुर्दिकसहदितजनताशुद्धये शुद्धवर्ण
व्याख्यावाणीविलासैस विशत कुशलं श्रीयुगादीशदेवः ॥ १ ॥ Ends.- (text ) fol. 343b.: : . : :
जाब सिरिवीरतित्थं ताव इमा पंडियाण हिययम्मि । मह(ह) रज(य)णा य(र)र(य)णावि(ब)लिसरिसा सिरिसाहणी होई
, - (coms) fol. 343 सौभाग्यशोभां साधयतीति ।।
समाता चेयं श्रीउपदेशचितामणिटीका ।।
अथ प्रशस्ति । . . बंशे वीरबिभोरभूदिति बहन वीरत्वमपूजितं ..
मिथ्यात्वादिविपक्षवारणविसे धर्मोचमे चोत्तमे। ..
जात पूर्वमिहाधरक्षितगुरुश्चक्रेश्वरीदेवतां
साक्षात्कृत्य तपोभिरंचल गणं विस्तारयन भूतलें ॥१॥ 40 [J. L. P.]
Page #355
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
314 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[197. मौलि धुनाति स्थ(स्म) विलोक्य यस्य .
नि:संगतां विस्मितचित्तवृत्तिः । भीसिद्धराजस्वसमाजमध्ये
सोऽभूत् ततः श्रीजयसिंहरिः ॥२॥ तस्पटुपंकेरुहराजहंसा(सः)
सदा सदाचारकृतप्रशंसः। - गुरुर्निरस्ताम्यमतप्रघोषः
श्रीधर्मघोषः स्वगु(ग)णं पुपोष ॥३॥ पेनाज्ञानतमोप्रवाक्यकिरणरागतश्रावक.
स्व(स्वां)तांभोरुहतवतुमिरधिकाशीतिः सुबडा अपि रोलंबा इव दूरिताः प्रथमका लोकेऽप्यही संशयाः
श्रीमानेष महेंद्रसिंहसुगुरुभैजे ततो भानुवत् ॥ ४॥ .... सिंहप्रभो गुरुरथ प्रथितस्ततो(ोपि
रेजे जगत्यजितसिंहयरुर्गुणाधिः । पापद्विपक्षपणसिंहसमानशक्ति
देवेंद्रसिंहगुरुरभ्युदयाय तस्मात) ॥५॥ भावारिनिष्कृष(प)तप करवालशाली
धर्मप्रभः सुगुरुराज इतो रराज । .. पीयूषबिंदुसदृशाक्षरवाग्विलासः
'श्रीसूरिसिंहतिलकश्च ततः प्रतीतः ॥ ६ ॥ तत्पट्टनंदनवनकल्पद्रुमसमश्रियः। जयति सांप्रतं श्रीमन्महेंद्रप्रभसूरयः ॥७॥ पत्पाणिमाः कृतिनः श्रियश्च
गिरि(र)श्च मैत्रीघटनैकतीर्थे । • संपर्क तस्तस्य जनः प्रणंता
श्रीमांश्च धीमांश्च किम[म]न्यथा स्यात् ॥ ८॥ येषां कीर्तिमरे भरेण धवलीक ] ज(ज)मत प्रोद्यते भो(ना)मृत् को()पि स यो दद(वा)त(ति) तमसम्रस्त(स्य)
शश्वत्पदं भग्नाशस्य च तस्य निर्मितचर९दिदैः स्फुरत्- . ..
। कारुण्यरिव वासमिरचला स्वीये मुखे दीयत ।।९।। 1 He in different from one who has commented upon Sripati's Ganitatilaka. In the introduction (p. 76 ) to this work I have given an extraot from the auto-oommentary of this Uvadsacintamani,
Page #356
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
197.]
Metaphysics.etc. : Svetambara works is तेषां शिम्याः श्रीमन्मुनिशेषरसूरयो मयोपेवाः। श्रीजयशेषरसार श्रीमरिमेंरुतुंगध ॥१०॥ एतेषु शिष्यः खलु मध्यमो(5)
मोहं कुबोधप्रमवं विहाय । गुरूपदेशादुपदेशचिंता
मणिश्रुतं 'सूत्रतया व्यगुंफ ॥ ११॥ व्यधाय तस्य स्वयमव्यलीका
टीका कथासारविचारहृद्यां। ... दंडायुधांभोनिधिचंद्र१४३६संख्ये
वर्षे पुरे भी समुद्र'नाम्नि ॥१२॥ अनुमश्चाणतीर्थश्चास्माकं टीकामिमां मुदा ।.. लिलेख प्रथमादर्श मानतुंगगणिर्गुणी ॥१३॥ ..... प्रत्यक्षरं नितम्यास्यां अंथमानं विनिश्रितं । सहस्सा हा श्लोका चतुःषष्टबाधिका इति ॥ १४ ॥ कालोऽसो 'कलिं'स(रु) कटः किल पदुपशोगि(झिं तो() अनः
श्रेयःकार्यमवार्यविनाविवशं विद्वरसभा दुर्लभा । एवं सत्यपि सिध्यति स्म यदयं गुंफप्रयासो मम
श्रीमदेवगुरुप्रसादमहिमा मन्ये तदत्यद्भुतः॥१५॥ . धनु: कोड)पि विशेष एप यदिमा जैनागमस्योक्तयः , ...
श्रूयते बहुशः श्रुता अपि जनेरुकैरपूर्वा इव । गोधमा(:) स्खलु ते तदेव च पतं सैवेह खंडावली
संस्कर्तुः कलयानतोऽभिमवतां किंचिञ्च धत्ते रसः १५८ ॥ १६ ॥ अपार्थमुत्सूत्रमपप्रयोगं
मया प्रदा मूत्रितमत्र किंचित् । परोपकारेकरसैरखिो
स्तम्छोध्यमेवाशु बुधैः प्रसश्च ॥ १६(७)। .. उम्मीलबीलचूल प्रबरकरलउत्कंठिकः स्वर्णकांतिः . .
नानारत्नोपमानोडुगणकदिगुणः प्रोल्लसत्कवरास्यः।
-:
............
.
.
Thiadoes not mean apheriomaaningrammar...
सती_श्रा• इति पाठान्तरम्.
Page #357
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
316
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [1970 याव'ग्मेस कुमारो वसति बहमतीमातुरंके सलीलं
सायद वत्तिः शुभेयं जगति विजयतां वाच्यना(मा)ना मुनीद्रेः ॥ १८ ॥ इति । श्रीजयशेखरसूरिविरचिता स्वोपज्ञउपेदशचिंतामणिटाका । संवत् १७३९ वर्षे वैशाफ्शुदि चौथि शुक्रवारे श्रीमदंचलं गच्छे सकलभट्टारकशिरोरलभट्टारकश्रीअमरसागरसूरिविजयिराज्ये तदाऽज्ञाकारी. व पालीताणीवनासाना.)श्री श्रीमुनिशीलजीत(त)शिष्यक्रमकिंकरमुनिजयशीलेन लिपीकृतं स्वस्य पठनार्थ श्रीमत् पट्टनमध्ये ॥ श्रीरस्तु लेखक. पाठकयोःशुभमस्तु कल्याणमस्तु ।।
Then in a different hand we have :श्रीमद् लघुपोशाल्ल'गच्छे पं.)भीतत्त्वहंसांनी परत च्छे शुभं भवतु ।।
saft II etc. Reference. Both the text and its auto-commentary' are published.
See No. 195.
For an extract of the commentary see A. V. Kathavate's "Report on the Search for Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay Presidency during the years 1891-92, 1892-93, 1893-94 and 1894-95.- Bombay, 1901."
For additional Mss. having the text and the autocommentary see B. B. R. A. S. Vols. III-IV, p. 404, Limbdi Catalogue No. 308 and Jinaratnakośa Vol. I, Pp. 47-48.
उपदेशचिन्तामणि
Upa desacintā maņi स्वोपन टीकासहित
with svopajña tikā
1236. No. 198
1891-95. Size.- 121 in. by 43 in.. Extent.- 212 folios ; 17 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line.
1 According to Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 48 ) there is an avacūri by the author himself composed in Samvat 1436, a commentary by Morutunga and an anonymous avachri, No. 199 of this catalogue of mine ) contains an avacttri,
Page #358
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
317
198.]
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
Description. Country paper very thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; foll. 1a and 212b blank; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; foll. 130 to 132 wrongly numbered as 230 etc; a picture of a peacock drawn on fol. 9b; both the text (in Prakrit) and the commentary (in Sanskrit) complete; condition very good; the text is divided into four adhikaras; the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the commentary is as under :
Adhikara I with com.
II
III
IV
".
99
39
Age. Samvat 1840.
Begins. (text) fol. 2a
ar
""
Ends. (text) fol. 211b
79
""
""
دو
33
2
foll. 1 to 35*
» .76*
..
169
212.
faɛvot noâà acu etc. as in No. 195.
(com.) fol. Ib
» .35*
"" 76a
در
९६० ॥ ऋषभदेवाय नमः ॥
graftàsi garanfag graft after I etc. as in No. 197.
12
169,,
जाव सिरिवीरतिरथं ताब इमा। etc. up to साहणी होड ५८ (१५८)
as in No. 195
( como) fol. ar15 सौभाग्यशोमां साधयतीति छ ।
समाप्ता वेयं भी उपदेशचिंतामणिटीका डः ।
से (शे) वीर विभोर भूदिति बहन | etc, up to सुमः । १८ as in No. 197. This is followed by the lines as under
इति प्रशस्तिः ।
Page #359
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
318
Lugo
-
Jaine Literature and Philosophy [.198. - इति श्रीउपदेशचिंतामणिसूत्रटीका समाता श्री संबद १८४०.
tare e software HET II : 1: 2 Then in a slightly different hand we have :- : s so ghatara ghaTATT" N, B.-- For further particulars see Nos. 195 and 197.
i *
उपसचिन्तामणि . ..
Upadesucintamani
.. Sparta
with avacūri No. 199
. 285.
A. 1883–84. Size.— 91 in, bas 44 in. « - - Extent.-- 80 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description - Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with ; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; foll. numbered as usual'; fol. r' blank ; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly damaged; condition on the whole good ; this Ms. contains the text as well as its avacúri ; both complete extent 3540 ślokas; the text is divided into four adhikaras ; the extent of cach of them along with the corresponding portion of the avacůri is as under :
Adhikara 1 with com. foll. 10 to 61 » II ,
6*23 „ III
23662 :> IV-5
., 62» 80%. Author of the avacūri.--- Nor mentioned. :) Subject. Spiritual advice given in verse in Präkrit together with
its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins:-( text :) fol. ib .
. forrere anuai etc. as in No. 195.
Page #360
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
2001 Metaphysics etc. : Svetambard works
369 Begins.- (com. ) fol. 1 ॥ ५६ ॥ . . . .
श्रीमत्पाजिन(न) प्रणम्य सकललेशापहं सर्वदा
सूरिमीजयशेखरमभुकृतग्रंथस्य विस्तारिणः । संक्षेपात् क्रियते(s)वचरिसदृशं किंचिन्मया गुंफितं
यह बाला अवबुध्य बुद्धिपटवस्तस्थावबोधे क्षमाः॥१॥
तब ग्रंथ सूत्रटीकाभ्यां शादशसहस्रप्रमाणे श्रीउपदेशचिंतामणी । etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 8ob ....... .......
जाव सिरीवार | etc. up to होई as in No. 195 , - (com. ) fol. 80° रचना संहतत्वन सदुणत्वेन निर्मलवेन च स्वावधि
सहशा रत्नावलीहि हदये क्षसि पता जिपं सोभाप कोमा नपत्तीति ॥ ७॥
समामा चेयं भीउपदेशचितामणेरवचूरि: छ.ग्रंथ १(१)॥॥
श्रीः॥ ग्रंथानं ३५४०॥श्री। Reference.- For a Ms. having the text and its avacāri see Limbdi
Catalogue No. 307. For other details see Nos. 195 and - 197.
'उपपेशतररागिणी
Upadesatarangiņi
- 1101. No. 200
1887-91." Size.- 10 in. by 43 in. Extent. - 88 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional TAHTS; big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders neatly ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; some of the foll. more or less worm-eaten ; condition on the whole good ; foll, numbered in both the margins ; fol. 1 blank except that the title of the work and the author's name are mentioned
here3; fol. 88° practically blank; completej.extent 3915. ....... Slokas; composed at least earlier than Samvat ISI9, pers
... naps in e. 1517; the entire work is divided into five
tarangas; the extent of each of them is as under :-';: Some name this work as salah statigroft.
P
Page #361
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
320
Jaina Literature and Philosophy : [ 200 Taranga I foll. 10 to 31*
II , 31* „ 52 » III , 5.2" x 756
IV » 756 „ 798
V „ 799 , 884. Age.- Samvat 1666. Author.- Ratnamandira Gaņi, pupil of 'Nandiratna Gaņi, pupil of
Ratnasekhara Sūri, pupil of Somasundara Suri of the Tapå gaccha. His other work Bhojaprabandha also called
Prabandharaja is composed in Samyat 1517. Subject. Spiritual advice in mixed prose and verse in Sanskrit,
in five chapters called tarangas.
The first taranga deals with donation, conduct, penance and reflections. It comprises 15 sermons. In the beginning there is eulogy of holy places.
The second taranga consisting of 12 sermons, treats of seven 3 kşetras viz. Jaina temples, idols, scriptures, monks, nuns, laymen and laywomen.
The third taranga having 53 sermons, throws light on worship and the fourth having 11 sermons, on pilgrimage.
The last taranga is known as “ Jinadharmopadeśa'. It consistis of 12 upadeśas.
In this last taranga (dharmopadeśa'7, p. 268 of the printed edition there is mention of Vasantavilasa, and a verse is quoted from it.
In this work we come across lives of Hemacandra Śūri, Kumārapāla, Pethada, Siddhasena Divākara and
others. For other details see" ends". 1 He had another pupil namely Ratnamaņdana Gani, author of Sukstasågarakávya, Mugdhamedhākarălankára, Jalpakalpalatā, Samvadasındara, Nariniräsaphāga, Nemināthanavarasaphaga (also called Rangasāgara-Nemiphāga ) etc.
2 In the printed edition (p. 6) there is mention of several tirthas (holy places) such as श्रीपुर where there is an idol of अन्तरिक्षपार्श्वनाथ. . . . . 3 For details see my Gujarāti introduction (pp. 30-32 ) to Upadeśarainākara.
4 His pupil Râmacandra Suri was given the title of 1972 by Siddharāja Jayasitha. See p. 63 of the printed edition.
5 In Taranga I (p. 49 of the printed edition ) he is referred to as 'kalikālaSarvajña'.
Page #362
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
200.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
321 Begins.- fol. 1 | श्रीवीतराग ॥
श्रीनाभेयः स वो देयादमेयाः परमा रमाः। यन्नामध्यानतः सर्वसिद्ध्यः स्युः स्वयंवराः॥१॥ स श्रीपार्श्वप्रभु याद् भक्तानां भूरिभूतये । यस्य प्रभावविसरैः शेषोऽभूत् भोगिपुंगवः ॥२॥ श्रीसोमसुंदरयशःपूर पूरितभूतलं । श्रीवर्द्धमानमानौमि शिवश्रीरत्नशेखरा (रं)॥ ३ ॥ भारती सा रतिं रात सतां यस्याः प्रसादतः । जडो(5)पि जगतीपूज्यो जायते वृद्धवादिवत् ॥ ४ ॥ श्रीयाचिरं सुधा(देश्य)देशनारसपेशला। माननीया मुनीशानामुपदेशतरंगिणी ॥ ५॥ श्रीमंदिरत्नशिष्येण रत्नमंदिरसाधुना। .
धर्मोपदेशमधुना प्रीण्यंते प्राणिनो(s)धुना ॥६॥ तद् यथा ।
वसुधाभरणं पुरुषः पुरुषाभरणं प्रधानतरलक्ष्मी
लक्ष्म्य(क्ष्म्या)भरणं दान(न) दानाभरणं सुपात्रं च ॥ ९ (७) | etc. fol. 31 इति । etc. up to तरंगिण्यां । tollowed by :
दानशीलतपोभावभेदचतुर्विधजिनधर्मप्रकाशकः पंचदशोपदेशपेशल: प्रथमस्तरंगः १ fol. 52a gra I etc, up to affituti , followed by :
श्रीजिनभवनादिसप्तक्षेत्रवित्तवितरणविवेकप्रकाशको द्विचत्वारिंशदुपदेशमा(म)नोहरो द्वितीयस्तरंगः छ fol. 750 इति । etc. up to तरंगिण्यां । followed by :
पूजापंचाशिखा(का)नामा तृतीय[ : स्तरंग(:) समाप्त छ। fol. 79" इति । etc. up to तरंगिण्यां । followed by :--
चतुर्थस्तीर्थयात्रोपदेश[:]स्तरंगः Ends.-fol. 87 ग्रामाधिपत्यं दत्तं इति विविधपुण्यकार्यप्रारभारैः श्रीधर्माराधितः
सकलऋद्धि(द्धि)समृद्धिपरमपदपदवीप्रदायको भवति छ इति धर्मोपदशो द्वादशः छ १२
उपदेशतरंगिण्य(ण्याः) पंचमो()भूत् तरंगकः
'धर्मोपदेश'नामो(s)यं रत्नमंदिरनिर्मितं(तः) ॥१४॥ 11 [J. L. P.]
Page #363
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
322 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[200. इति श्री'तपा'गन्छनायकत्रीसोमसंदरसूरिभीरत्नशेखरमरिपं०नंदिरत्नगाणिशिष्यपं.रत्नमंदिरगुंफितायामुपदेशतरंगिण्यां द्वादशोपदेशका.. श्रीजिनधर्मोपदेशाभिधः पंचमस्तंरंगः छ
प्रथमतरंगे दानशीलतपोभावनाप्युपदेशाः १५। द्वितीयतरंगे जिनमा(भ)बनादिसप्तक्षेत्रवित्तवितरणोपदेशाः १२ छ । तृतीयतरंगे जिनेवपूजोपदेशाः ५३ । चतुर्थतरंगे तीर्थयात्राकरणोपदेशाः ११ । पंचमतरंगे जिनधर्मोपदेशाः । १२ । एवं सर्वोपदेशाः (१०३) छ।
संवत१६६६वर्षे चैत्रमासे शुक्लपक्षे) चतुर्थीती(ति)यौ गुरू(रु)वासरे लिखितं महं०काहाजीसतगोवर्धनेन । शुभं भवतु | etc. Then in a different hand we have :---
प्रथमानं ३९१५. Reference.- Published by Yasovijaya Jaina Granthamala, Benares,
in Vira Samvat 2437 i. e, in A. D. 1910.'
For additional Mss. see Nos. 201-203. Of these at least Ms. No. 201 has been utilized for the printed edition mentioned above.
In Jinaratnakosa ( Vol. I, p. 48) several other Mss. are noted.
1100.
उपदेशतरङ्गिणी
Upadesatarangiņi No. 201
1887-91. Size.- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 52 folios ; 17 lines to a page, 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs%3 big, legible and good handwriting: borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk
1 In this edition there is at the end an alphabetical index of verses occurring in this work. .
In the Sanskrit Preface there is a reference to its Gujarati translation by Pt. Hiralal. Here it is said that this translation is faulty in many a way, and the translator is consequently severely criticized.
Page #364
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
20.j
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
323
used ; yellow pigment, too; foll, numbered in the righthand margin ; complete ; the first fol, has an edge slightly damaged; otherwise condition very good ; extent 3500 ślokas ; the entire work is divided into five Tarangas; the extent of each of them is as under :Taranga I foll. !" to 19°
II , 19, 31 III ,, 31 ,440 IV , 44° ,, 460
V , 460 ,, 52. Age.- Samvat 1519. Begins.- fol. 1" ए६० ॥
श्रीनामेयः सबो etc. Ends.- fol. 52' प्रामाधिपत्यं च दत्तं ॥ छ।
इति धर्मोपदेशः ॥१२॥ छ । इति 'तपाश्रीसोमसंवरसरिशिष्यश्रीरत्नशेखरवरिपं नंदिरस्मगणिपं रत्नमंदिरगणिगुंफितायामुपदेशतरंगिण्यां पंचमस्तरंगः समाप्तः ॥
लिखितः सं. १५१९वर्षे चै००२ दिने ॥ छ ।.३५०० ॥ N. B.- For additional information see No. 200.
उपदेशतरत्रिणी
Upadesatarangiņi No. 202
691.
1899-1915. Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extens- 35 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs, small, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used ; almost every fol, has some part worn out; condition on the whole unsatis
factory; foll. do not seem to be numbered ; complete. Age.- Samvat 1527.
Page #365
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
324
Jaina Lileralure and Philosophy
[ 202.
Begins.- fol. 1 ६ ॥
श्रीनाभेयो स वो ctc. Ends.-- fol. 35 ग्रामाधिपत्यं दत्तं ॥
इति 'तपागच्छनाय कश्रीसोमसुंदरपट्टप्रभाकरश्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरित पट्टालंकरणश्रीरत्नशेषरसूरितपट्टसहस्रकरसमानसंप्रतिविजयमानसकलमुरिश्रोणिनिःसमान'तपागच्छनायककामितार्थदायकपरमगुरु'...गच्छाधिराजश्रीश्रीश्रीलक्ष्मीसागरमरिराज्ये पं.उदयसोममणिशिष्यसत्यसागरगणिलिखितायां पं.नंदिरत्नगणिशिष्यरत्नमंदिरगुंफितायामुपदेशतरंगण्यां 'धर्मोपदेश'त_रंगः । सं. १५२७वर्षे चैत्र वदि० दिने श्री स्तंभतीर्थनगरे संपूर्णा ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 200.
उपदेशतरङ्गिणी
Upadeśatarazigiņi No. 203
1291.
1884-87. Size -114 in. by 4; in. Extent.--- 38+1=39 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 57 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, thin, rough and wihitish; Jaina
Devanāgari characters with frequent TEATTIS; small, quite legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk profusely used ; foll. numbered with the word og in the right-hand margin and the title written as arifstort in the same margin , fol. 1 blank except that the following lines are written on it as under:
|| धर्मोपदेशतरंगिणी ।।
रत्नमंदिरकविकता This fol. seems to be last but one. This fol. begins abruptly; this Ms. ends abruptly; so this work is in
complete; the last topic completed is जिनाञ्चोपदेश. Age.-- Pretty old.
1. Letters are missing, since the corresponding portion of the fol. is worn out.
Page #366
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
204.] Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works 325 Begins.- fol. 1" ५५ ॥ अहे ...
'जीयाचिरं etc. as in No. 200, Ends.- fol. 380
इति जिन(ना)च्चोपदेशः॥ वरपूजया जिनानां धर्मश्रवणेन सुगुरुसेवनया। शासनभासनयोगैः मृजति सफलं निजं जन्म ॥१॥ जिनपूजाऽभावे राज्यायपि निःफलं ॥ यतः ।। कि राज्येन धनेन धान्यनिचयैदेहस्य समूषणैः
पांडित्येन भुजाबलेन महतां वाचां पटुबन च । जात्या(5)प्युत्तमया कुलेन शुचिना शुभैर्गुणानां गणै.
ये(ये)ऽहंश्चैत्यपवित्रबिंवकरणे । तत्पूजने(s) वा क्षमाः ॥२॥ --fol. last but one
इ सम्बा कहा धम्मकहा जिणाह। सव्वा कला धम्मकला जिणाइ । सव्वं महं, मुत्तिमहं जिणाहि ॥ ४ ॥
बावत्तरिकलकु० ॥ ५॥ तथा धर्मः पिता(तोपत सर्वप्रकारहितक(का)रकः स्यात् । यथा । श्रेणिकस्य जनकापमानितस्य 'बेमात' धर्मप्रसादात्
प्रा(पाणिग्रहणराजमान्यतायनेकमनोवांछितानि आतानि etc.:. N. B.--- For additional details see No. 200.
उपदेशपद
P : Upadeśapada (उवएसपय)
(Uvaösapaya ) .
: 786 (a). No. 204
4:1875-76. Size.- 11 in. by sm in... Extent.-48 folios ; II lines to a page ; 38 Jetters to a linc.
1 Seo p. 321, v.5..
2 This verse along with the subsequent lines occur on p. 276 of the printed edition noted on p. 322.
3 This verse 00ours in नाणाचित्तपयरण printed in Payarapasandoba :
Page #367
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
326
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 204.
Description. Country paper thick, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; tolerably big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; numbers for foll. entered in the right-hand margin; one of the foll. is numbered as 17 in both the margins; white pigment used at times; foll. 1, 18 and 48 blank; condition very good; complete; extent 1150 slokas; this Ms. contains two foll. of some other work probably Vikramacaritra. It is written on rough paper, and its borders are unruled.
Age. Not modern.
Author. Haribhadra Súri known as Yakinimahattaräsūnu. For details see Nos. 1, 103, 119 & 169.
Subject. Spiritual advice in Prakrit in 1041 verses.
Upadesapada is the title of one of the books ascribed to the great Haribhadra Süri in the passage quoted by Weber from a commentary on Gaṇadharasardhaśataka.2 Haribhadra has used viraha' as a test word (anka) as is the case with several Indian writers. Udayaprabha Suri has similarly used the word 'lakṣmi' as a distinguishing mark for his poem Dharmabhyudayakāvya.
Begins fol. 1 ॥ ए ५० ॥ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः
afas agrari etc. as in No. 205.
Ends. fol. 48"
जाइनिमहत्व ( स ) रियाए etc. up to इच्छमाणेणं as in No. 205. This is followed by the lines as under :
४१ हरिभद्रवरिकृति | छ । गाथानां ग्रंथाग्रं १९५० ।। शुभं भवतु ।। कल्याणमस्तुः ॥ छ ॥
Reference. Published up to v. 27 along with Sukhasambodhanā and Gujarati translation by "Jainavidyāprasārakavarga",
1 For a detailed exposition of his life and works see my book ". : of " to be published in "Shree Sayaji Sahitya-mälä,"
2 Se. Indische Studien Vol. XVI, p. 457, note.
3 8ee Peterson Reports III, p. 34.
4 It goes up to the end of
4. See p. 935 of M. K. J. M. Series.
Page #368
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
205.]
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
327
Palitana, in A. D. 1909. The text along with 7' other works is published by R. K. Śvetambara Samstha under the title are in A. D. 1928, and its alphabetical index by this very Samstha in A. D. 1929. The text together with Sukhasambodhani(a) is published in "Muktikamala-jaina-mohana-mala" in two parts in A. D. 1923 & 1925 respectively.
6
For an additional Ms. of the text see G. O. Series Vol. XXI, p. 20 and Jinaratnakośa Vol. I, p. 48. For other particulars see Peterson, Report I, appendix p. 34 and Report III appendix p. 46. On this p. 46 an extract pertaining to the text only is given from a palm-leaf Ms. containing the text only and belonging to the temple of Santinätha, Cambay.
In "Index of Books" (p. iv) given in Report III, Peterson has remarked that in I, 17 the author's name is wrongly given as Yaśobhadra Süri.
उपदेशपद
सुखसंबोधना 'वृद्धिसहित
No. 205
Size. 10 in. by 41 in. Extent.
268 folios; 17 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional Is; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink;
Upadesapada
with Sukhasambodhanā vṛtti
1188. 1886-92.
1 They are : ( 1 ) पञ्चाशक, ( 2 ) धर्मसंग्रहणी, ( 3 ) उपदेशमाला, ( 4 ) जीवसमास, (5) कर्म प्रकृति, ( 6 ) पंचसंग्रह & ज्योतिष्करण्डक.
2 Along with this, there is an alphabetical index of the following works:
(1) पञ्चाशक, (2) पञ्चावस्तु (3) धर्मसङ्ग्रहणी, (4) कर्मप्रकृति, (5) पह (6) जीवसमास, (7) ज्योतिष्करणक, (8) उपदेशमाला and (9) प्रवचनसार,
Page #369
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[205.
numbers for foll. entered twice as usnal; fol. 14 blank ; fol. 268b is also practically so; size of the hand - writing varying ; both the text and the commentary ( vivarana ) complete; extent 14500 slokas; condition very good. Age.- Samvat 1740
Author of the text. - Haribhadra Suri ( Yākinimahattarāsūnu ). See No. 204.
328
در
"
commentary-- Municandra Suri. See No. 2, p. 5, and No. 170, PP. 271-274.
Subject. A metrical work in Prakrit containing spiritual advice along with its commentary in Sanskrit composed in Samvat, 1174.
Begins.~~ ( text ) fol. 1b
Ends. -
नामऊण महाभागं तिलोअनाहं जिणं महावीरं ।
लोआलोअमियंक सिद्धं सिद्धोवसत्थं १
छंउवएस [पस ]पढ़े कइइ अहं तदुवएसउ (ओ) सद्दमे । भावत्थसारजुत्तं मंदमईविबोहणट्टाए ॥ २ ॥ etc.
(com.) fol. rb
बस्योपदेशपदसंपदमापदंत
संपादिका सपदि संघटितश्रियं च । आसाय संति भविन ( : ) कृतिनः प्रयत्नात्
तं वीरमीरितरजस्तमसं प्रणम्य ॥ १ ॥ तवामृतोदधीनामानंदितसकलविबुधहृदयानां । 'उप(पं) देवापदीतामहमुपक्रमे विवरणं किंचित् ॥ २ ॥ etc. ( text ) fol. 267b
जाइणिमहतरिआए रहती (ता) एते उ धम्मपुत्रेण । हरिभद्दारिणं भवविरहं इच्छमाणेणं ।। १०४० ॥
( com. ) fol. 2684 तदवगमाय महसरोपदेशात् श्रीजिनभद्राचार्य(नंत जिनबिंबावलोकनसमुत्पन्नानुत्पन्नपूर्वबलप्रमोदवशात् ममुच्चरितं ' वपुषि तथाचष्टे 'त्यादिश्लोक (:) सूरिसमीपोपगताषदात
1 The correct ronding is उपदेशपदानामह ०.
Page #370
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
206.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
329
प्रव्रज्यो ज्यायसी(सी) स्वसमयपरसमयकुशलतामवाप्य महत्प्रवचनवात्सल्यमवलंबमानश्चतुर्दशप्रकरणशतानि चकार । तेन हरिभद्रनाम्ना(ss)चार्येण कीदृशेनेत्याह भवधिरहं संसारोपरममिच्छताऽभिलषिता इति ।
समाते(ता) चेयं सुखसंबोधनानामोपदेशपदवृत्ति । ग्रंथानं १४५००।
संवत् १७४०वर्षे माघशुदि १३ शनौ लिखितं । Reference.- Both the text and its commentary published. See No. 204.
सुखसम्बोधना
Sukhasambodhanā (उपदेशपदवृत्तिा )
(Upadesapadavrtti) No.206
142.
1881-82. Size.- 12 in. by 4g in. Extent.— 209 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; only the States of the text are generally given; the commentary complete; composed in Samvat 1174; extent of the text along with that of the commentary 14000 ślokas; composition of this commentary was commenced in Nagapur and completed in Patan; strips of paper pasted to fol. 2096;
condition tolerably good: Age.- Samvat IS4I. . Begins.-- ( text ) fol. I. Mostly प्रतीकs of the text are given नमिऊण
इत्यादि । वोच्छमित्यादि । ,, - ( com.) fol. 1 ए६०॥
यस्योपदेशपदसंपद etc. as in No. 205.
1 This is also named as 'vivpti' by the commentator himself. See p. 330, 42 [J.L.P.]
Page #371
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
330 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 206. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 209*
जाइणिमय etc. up to इच्छमाणेणं ॥ १०४० । as in No. 205. -(com.) fol. 209 तदवगमाय etc. up to नामोपदेशत्तिः ॥ छ । as in No. 205. This is followed by the lines as under :क्षमालीनो()त्यतं गगनतलतुंगेकमहिमा ।
दधानः शैली च स्थितिप(म)तिशुचिं साधुरुचितां । 'बृहद् गच्छोऽतुच्छोच्छलितशुभसत्त्वः समभवत् ।
सुवंशच्छायाद्यः स्फुट'मुदयनामा नग इव । १॥ तत्रोदियाय तमसामवसायहेतु
__निस्तारकयुतिभरो भुवनप्रकाशः। श्रीसर्वदेव इति साधुपतिनमस्य
पादो नवाळ इव सन्नतमीनकेतुः । २॥ ततश्च श्रीयशोभद्र-नेमिचंद्रादयोऽभवन् ।
अष्टावाशागजाकाराः सूरयस्तुंगचेष्टिताः । ३ ॥ तथा। अजनि विनयचंद्राध्यापको ध्यानयोगात
विधुतविविधबाधाधायिधांध्यप्रधानः। मुनिराणमाणवाचिःशुद्धशिष्योपलब्धिः ____ सततसमयचर्यावर्जितार्याशयश्च ॥ ४॥ प्रायस्तत्सर्वसतानभक्तिमान् मुनिनायकः। अभूत् श्रीमुनिचंद्राख्यस्तेनैषा विवृतिः कृता । ५॥ प्रकृता भी नागपुरे' समर्थिता'ऽणहिलपाटके नगरे। अब्धिमुनिरुद्र(११७४)संख्ये वहमाने विक्रमे वर्षे । ६ ॥ 'दृब्धा शक्तया सनिपुणतथारूपबंधो दृते षा
यव्वा(चा)भोगाभवनवस(श)तो हीनमात्राधिकं वा । किंचित् कस्मिंश्चदपि च पदे दृग्धमुत्तार्य धीर
स्तन्मे धर्म घटयितुमनाः शोधपच्छासमेतत् । ७ ॥ साहाय्यमत्र परमं कृतं विनेयेण रामचंद्रेण । गणिना लेखनसंशोधनादिना शेषशिष्यैश्च ॥ ८॥
1 In the printed edition, the reading is as under:___" दृष्ट्वा शक्त्या निपुणतथारूपयोधाहते वा"
Page #372
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
विप्रेण केशवेनैषा प्रागादर्शे निवेदि (१ शिता । अत्यंतमुपयुक्तेन शुद्ध्यशुद्धी विजानता ।। ९ ॥ सूत्रसंयुक्तवृत्तिश्लोकसंख्याग्रंथाग्रं १४००० । व्यासकाहनालिषितं । सं. १५४१ आषाढसदि ७ बुधे लिषितं ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
साहाश्रीवछाडतसाहा सहस्रक (र) णेन स्वद्रव्येण पुस्तकमिदं सतसा • श्रीवर्द्धमानशांतिदास परिपालनार्थम् ।
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 205.
207.]
उपदेशप्रकरण
No. 207
Age.— Pretty old.
Author. - Not mentioned.
331
Upadesaprakarana
1173.
1884-87.
Size.- rog in. by 44 in.
Extent.– 22 folios; 15 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; tolerably big, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used, foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; white paste used; complete so far as it goes; extent 10oo slokas; on fol. 22b in the left-hand margin the title is written as उपदेशप्रकरण.
Subject. A metrical composition embodying instruction and information in various directions as can be seen from some of its topics such as धर्माधिकार, पूजाधिकार, दानाधिकार, सज्जनाधिकार, वैराग्याधिकार, सूक्ताधिकार, महाभारते दयाधिकार ( fol. 17 ) and महाभारते जलाधिकार ( fol. 18 ).
Begins. fol. rt
जन्म कुले कलंकषिकले जातिः सुधर्मात् परा धर्मादायुरखंडितं गुरु बलं धर्माश्च नीरोगता । धर्मा वित्तमनंदितं निरुपमा[:] भोगाः कीर्तिः सुधीध (र्ध) देव च देहिनां प्रभवति स्वर्गापवर्गः सुखं ॥ १ ॥
Page #373
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
332
Jaina, Literature and Philosophy : ( 207.. लक्ष्मीश्मनि भारती च वदने सूर्य च दोष्णोर्युमे ।
स्त्या(त्या)गः पाणितले सुधी च हृदये सौभाग्यशोभा तनौ । कीर्तिर्दिक्षु सुपक्षता एपिजि(ज)ने यस्या(स्मा)द् भवेदंगिनां।
सो(s)यं वांछितमंगलावलिकते धर्मः समासेव्यतां ॥२॥ etc. Ends.- fol. 220
पंगुरूपं नृणां भाग्यं । व्यवसायो [अं()धसन्निभः । यथा सिद्धिस्तयोोंगे यथा ज्ञानचरित्रयो(:) ७। . यदि शत्रुजये वांछा । तदात्मानं विनिर्जयः] । अयमात्मा यतो येन । तेन सर्वे द्विषा जिताः । (८) यथैवांछिदिता वृक्षं । गृह्यते तस्य सत्फलं । ध्यवहारमनुल्लं । ध्यातव्यो निश्चयस्तथा । ८ (९) यत्रास्ति व्यसनी लोको दाने लुब्धो यशोजने अकृत्यकरणे भीरु[संतुष्टो गुणग्रह(:) ९ (१०) परस्वपहरणे पंगुः परस्त्रीदर्शनेंधकः मूकश्च परदोषोक्तावज्ञश्च परजा(या)चने ॥१० (११)। ग्रंथांक १०००
उपदेशप्रासाद
Upadesaprāsāda (स्तम्भ १-२)
(Stambhas I-II) स्वोपज्ञ वृत्ति सहित
with svopajña vrtti
168. No. 208
. 1871-72. Size.- Iog in. by 4g in. Extent.- 109 + 1-1=109 folios ; 7 lines to a page; 35 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; big, clear and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1 blank; sol. 76* closely written perhaps in a different hand; fol. 83 repeated; a corner of the 84th fol. damaged; condition tolerably good; fol. 88 seems to be missing ; this Ms. ends abruptly; so incompleta ; this Ms. contains the first two
Page #374
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
228.} Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
333 stambhas out of which the second is incomplete; the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the vștti is as under:
Stambha l with vștti foll. 10 to 76*
„ II „ „ „ 762 , 1096.
The entire work along with its auto-commentary was
completed in Vikrama Samvat 1843. Agt:-- Pretty old. Author of the text.- Vijayalakṣmi Sūri, pupil of Vijayasaubhāgya
Sūri, successor of Vijayānanda Súri. Vijayalakṣmi Cùri has composed the following works in Gujarati : Work
Vikrama-year tra-faca-half वीरस्तवन
1817 षट्(छ)-अट्टाइ-स्तवना
1834 i-F719-91-979 चोवीसी Tatatawa ...
earlier than 1860 17TR-FM ... भगवती-सज्झाय सृगापुत्र-सज्झाय
रोहिणी-सज्झाय Author of the commentary.- Vijayalakşmi Sūri. Same as above. Subject.-- Spiritual advice, in 3 sections, in 24 stambhas (pillars),
in 361 lectures. This entire work mainly deals with right faith and partial cessation from sinful activities.
In stambha II, lecture 23 there is a 'verse which shows how poison can be detected, when mixed with food. Hemavijaya Gaņi in his work Katharatnakara dated Samvat 1657 has given s verses in this connection. Yasastılalacampa (1, 3, 338-9) by Somadeva Süri and Samaraïccacariya (IV, p. 306 ), too, deal with this subject.
1845
1-2 See my introduction (p. 42) of Sodaśaku-prakaraña.
Page #375
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
334
Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1 ॥ ६० ॥
-
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
-
ऐंद्रश्रेणिनतं शान्तिनाथ मतिशयान्वितं ॥ नत्वोपदेशसद्माख्यग्रन्थं वक्ष्ये प्रबोधनं ॥ १ ॥
( com.) fol, rb
स्वस्तिश्रीदो नाभिभूर्विश्वबंधुः । गीर्वाणार्थी वस्तुतस्तवसिंधुः ।
भास्वदीप्त्या निर्जितादित्यचंद्रः ।
वानव्यादादिमः सो जिनेंद्रः ॥ १ ॥ etc.
क्षीरार्णवेभ्योऽल्पजलं गृहीत्वा ।
कश्विज्जहाति तृषितः पिपासां ।
संगृह्य तद्वद्र बहुशास्त्रतोऽत्र ।
व्याख्यां लिखिष्येऽहमतो न गर्ह्य (:) ॥ १३ ॥ एकैकश्लोकमध्ये (s) र (ए) के कज्ञातमाहितं । अब्दहर्मितजाता तत्संख्या गयेन गभिता ॥ १४ ॥
[ 2081
( com. ) fol. 1° अथात्र ग्रंथस्यादौ नमस्कारात्मक वस्तुनिर्देशात्मकं । चाशीर्वादात्मकं च निर्विघ्नं शिष्टसमयपरिपालनार्थे वाच्यं ॥ etc.
( com. ) fol. 124 इत्यन्ददिनपरिमितोपदेश संग्रहाख्यायां उपदेशप्र(प्रा)शा (सा) ग्रंथस्य वृत्ती जिननमस्कार करणातिशयवर्णनरूपमांगल्यां (ल्य) चा (मा) ख्यानं प्रथमाहितं ॥
fol. 764 ईत्युदिन प्राशादग्रंथस्य वृत्तौ १५ उपदेशैरादिमः स्थंभो लिखितः श्रीमद्वीजय सौभाग्य रिप्रसादतस्तुतं ।
अब्दाहर्मिततो तेन्हें तत्पंचदमंबरं ॥ १ ॥
सतीर्थ प्रेमविजयार्थमनुयोग कृते रामादिसुरिणा ।
पंचदभिरश्री भीरादिमः स्थंभो (S)स्य निर्मितः ।। २ ।। इति श्रेयः । Ends. -- ( text ) fol. rogb
नास्तिकोऽपि कमल ( : ) कृतविज्ञः सा (शा) स्त्रयुक्तिकथनेन मुनि (नी) है। ईदृशा सुं ( ? )रुवराः भविकानां जाड्यनानश (शन) कृतिप्रभवः स्यु (ः) ॥ १ ॥ ( com.) fol. rogb इत्यन्द दिनपरिमितोपदेश संग्रहाख्यायामुपदेशप्रासादग्रंथस्य वृत्तौ नास्तिकप्रबोधक सर्वज्ञ सूरिस (सं)बंध : पंचविंशतितमः ॥२५॥ अथोपदेश लन्धिगुणमान नंदिषेण मुनिप्रबंधः द्वितीयः लिख्यते क्वापि संनिवेशे कोsपि ब्राह्मणो धनोधैर्धनदस्य | This ends abruptly at the commencement of the 26th vyākhyāna ( lecture ).
Page #376
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
209. ] Metaphysics etc. : Svelambara works
335 Reference. The text together with the svopajña commentary is
published by the Jaina Dharmaprasāraka Sabha in four parts in A. D. 1914, 1919, 1921 and 1923 respectively. The first contains stambhas I to VI, the second, stambhas VII-XII, the third, stambhas XIII-XVIII and the 'fourth stambhas XIX to XXIV. Furthermore, the same sabha has published the Gujarāti translation of this entire work into five parts : 'stambhas I-IV in Samvat 1988 ( 3rd edn. ), V-IX in 1992 (? 3rd edn. ), X-XIV in 1995 ( 3rd edn.), XV-XXIX in 1981 (2nd edn. ), and XX-XXIV in 1981 (2nd edn. ) respectively.
The first part containing 4 stambhas along with the Gujarati translation was published by Chimanlal Sakalchanda Marphatia in A. D. 1902.
For additional Mss. of the text and those of its autocommentary see Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. 48).
उपदेशप्रासाद
Upadeśaprāsāda (igala FAFH )
( Stambha II) स्वोपन बृत्ति तथा टब्बा सहित with svopajña vrtti & tabbā No. 209
1189.
1886-92. Size.-!of in. by 4} in. Extent.- (text ) 64 folios ; s lines to a page ; 37 letters to a line.
»-( tabbā ) „ , ; 10 » » » »; 39 to 45 » »» » Description.- Country paper tough and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; numbers for foll. entered in the right-hand margin as , R, , etc.; and in the left-hand one as 803, 2R, etc.; of course foll. 2 to 20 numbered doubly as usual ; fol. 1* blank; yellow pigment used; white paste, too; on fol. 646 we
1 In this part there is a list of narrations ( in Sanskrit ) for all the four parts and that of lectures pertaining to parvans (holy day.). In the Sanskrit introduction a summary of all the four parts is given,
Page #377
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
336
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [209. find contents of the second stambha; the text and the Gujaräti explanation complete so far as this stambha is
concerned ; condition very good. Age.- Not modern. Author of the text.- Vijayalaksmi Suri. For details see No. 208. " " "
___com. - Same as above.
tabba-- Not mentioned. Subject.-- Spiritual advicel tendered in Sanskrit and explained in
___Gujarati. Stambhas I-IV deal with right faith. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1b
मनःशुद्धिर्मबिभ्राणं ये तपस्यति मुक्तये।। हित्या नावं भू(भुजाभ्यां ते । तितीति महार्णधं ॥१॥ तदवश्यं मनःशुद्धिः कर्तव्या सिद्धिमिच्छता।
बह्वाम्मेऽपि शुद्धेन मनसा मोक्षमाप्नुते ॥२॥ etc. . ,, ~~ com. ) fol. 1 ॥ ६० । श्रीजिनाय न्म(नमः)
पुनः मनःशुद्धिरेव वर्ण्यते । ,, ( tabba ) fol. 1 पुनरपि मननी शुद्धि तेह ज वर्णव(?न) करीइं छै मननी शुद्धिने
अणधरता जे तप करें , मुक्तिने अर्थे etc. ,, -( com. ) पद्य स्पष्टौ अबाथें आनंदश्रमणोपासकप्रबंधो ज्ञेयः । etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 64
भद्रबाहुगुरुणांणा...' मितो(तः) (शुभनिमित्तबलेन । शासनोन्नतिकृते गुणवद्भिः । सूद्यमः सपदि तेषु विधेयः ॥
इत्युपदेशप्रा ... त्तमं । ३०। , - ( com.) fol. 64* तत् स्तोत्रमयापि स्मृतं विघ्नान्युपशामयति ततः पंचमश्रुतकेवलिली) बहुजीवान प्रबोध्य स्वर्ग गतो।
श्रीमद्विजयसौभाग्यसरिप्रसादतः स्तुतं । अब्दाहमितज्ञातेष्वेतत् त्रिंशत्तम वरं ।। सती• • ... तोगकृते रमादिसुरिणां
- 1 See No.208. 2-4 A few letters seem to be missing in the Ms. In the 1st case they are:
गुरुणा नृपबोधोनि.
Page #378
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
210. D.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
पंचदभिरश्राभिः द्वितीयः स्तंभोऽस्य निर्मितः ॥ २ ॥ इति श्रेयं भवतु ॥ इति रहस्यं ॥
This is followed, in a different hand, by a table of contents indicating names of stories along with numbers for foll. where they begin and end.
Ends.— ( tabba ) fol. 642 शासननी शोभानें अर्थे गुणवंत पुरुषे रुडो उद्यम से लें तत्काल तें निमित्तादिक कहेंबामां करवो.
Reference. The text together with its auto-commentary is published. See No. 208.
43 [J. L. P.]
उपदेशप्रासाद ( स्तम्भ ३-४ )
स्वोपज्ञ वृत्तिसहित
No. 210
Size. 9 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 82 folios; 12 lines to a page; 32 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders unruled; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 42b blank but the continuity of the work does not seem to suffer on that account; foll. 51 to 82 wrongly numbered in the right-hand margin; so these are renumbered correctly in the left-hand margin; an edge of fol. 66 slightly damaged; fol. 82 slightly torn at the top; condition tolerably good; complete so far as the 3rd and the 4th stambhas are concerned; the extent of each of them along with the corresponding portion of the com. is as under :--
Stambha III with vṛtti foll.
IV
""
"2
337
""
2,
Upadesaprāsāda (Stambhas III-IV) with svopajña vṛtti
1262. 1884-87.
1a to 34b 34"> 82b
Page #379
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
338
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[210. Age.- Old. Author of the text.- Vijayalaksmi Suri. For details see No. 208. -- , , ,, com. - Same as above. Subject.-- Spiritual advice'. This work commences with the
description of the fifth prabhävaka out of 8. Begins. - ( text ) fol. !"
विविधाभिस्तपस्याभिजैनधर्मप्रकाशकः ।
विज्ञेयः पंचमो भव्यैः स तपस्विप्रभावकः ॥ १॥ ,,-(com. ) fol. 1* ॥ ६॥ ॥ श्रीदेवगुरुभ्यो नमः ।
अथ पंचमं तपःप्रभावकं प्रोच्यते । etc. , (com. ) कंठ्यः अत्रार्थे काष्ठमुनेतिमिदं 'राजगृहे' काष्ठनामा इभ्यस्तस्य . कुलटा वज्राभार्या सुतो देवप्रियो etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 82a
दर्शनं सकलबुद्धिनिधानं सप्रबंधलिखितं बहुभेदैः ।
सर्वमोक्षशुभहेतुषु मुख्यं पाठकैस्तदनुयोग उपास्यः ॥ १॥ ,, ( com..) fol. 82* इत्यब्ददिनपरिमितोपदेशसंग्रहाख्यायां वृत्तो ज्ञातं ६१
इत्युपदेशप्रासादवृत्ती व्याख्यान - ... वितोश्चकषष्टितमः सुदृष्टिवः ॥१॥ श्रीचितामणिपावंश ... श्रीमद्विजयउपसाभौग्यसूरिप्रसादतस्तथा । सत्तीयप्रेमविजयार्थः मनुयोगकते लक्ष्मीमूरिणा । मषोडशभिरमाभिः तुरीयस्तंभोऽस्प निर्मितः ॥३॥
इति श्रीउपदेशप्रासादवृत्ती चतुर्थः स्तंभः संपूर्णः श्रीसाध्यसाधनपदे
स्थितिरूपं दर्शनं स्यु लि.॥ Reference.-The text along with its auto-commentary is published.
See No. 208.
1 See Nos. 208 and 209. % Since this folio is worn out, some letters are gone.
Page #380
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
211.1 Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
339 उपदेशप्रासाद
• Upa desaprāsādas ( aqui para )
. (Stambha IV) स्वोपन वृत्ति तथा दब्बा सहित with svopajña vrtti & tabbá No. 211
1190.
1886-92. Size.-- 10g in. by 4 in. · Extent.-- ( text ) 83 folios ; s lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line.
„ – (tabba ), » ; 8 to 10,, „ is » ; 39 , jo » » Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters ; big, clear and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; numbers for foll. entered at the top in the right-hand margin as %, R, etc.; and in the left-hand one as R32, R33 etc.; the first fol. is preceded by two foll: on which the table of contents for this 4th stambha is written ; red chalk and white paste used; strips of paper pasted to fol. 1; on fol. 736 and the following cnly the text is written ; there is no corresponding tabbā ; fol. 836 blank; the last fol. ends abruptly; so
incomplete ; condition very good. Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the text-- Vijayalakşmi Sūri. For details see No. 208.
„ „ „ com.- Same as above.
» » » ţabbā. -- Not mentioned. Subject.-- Spiritual advice' with Gujarati explanation. The work
starts with an exposition of the first yatana. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1
अन्यतीर्थीकदेवानां तथा() येहिताहतां ।
पूजनं वंदनं चैव विधेयं न कदापि हि ॥१॥ - com. ) fol. 18 II yeol
3727 The OCTAT(Far) (A)ù è trà surauià i This is followed by the ist verse of the text noted above. Then we have : परतीर्थीकदेवान शंकरावयस्तेषामादिकं न कार्यमिति प्रथमा पतना। etc.
1 See Nos. 208-210.
Page #381
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
340
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[21.
Begins.-(tabba ) fol. 11६०।।
'हवे जयणा माहिली बे। वर्णवीई छ । परशासनना देव तेहोने । तिम त्रि(ब)लि मिथ्यात्वीह ग्रह्यां । जिनबि(बिं)बादिकने वांदवु न कर, कोह
समया ॥१॥ etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 81b
तथा कार्य गुरोर्वाकयं यथा प्रवचनाच्छतं ।
तपोव्रतादिकं सर्वे सेवनात कारको मतः ॥ ,, - ( com.) fol. 820
लवणसमो नस्थि रसोविण्णाणसमो अ बंधवो नत्थि ।
धम्मसमो नत्थि निहि कोहसमो वहरिओ नस्थि ॥१॥ ,, - ( com.) fol. 82° ( 313 ° ) तेन तदैव सत्यजिनसमवरणस्थाने
जिननिजहयमूर्तियुक्तं चैत्यमश्वावगेधतीर्थे च स्थापितं । इत्थं नानाविधदेशं विलोकयन् 'लंका'नगरी(रों) विलोक्य तस्य स्वरूपं पप्रच्छ । सोऽप्याह स्वामिअत्र पुरा रावणोऽभूत् तस्यार्द्धस्वरूपं लोके इत्थं श्रूयते यथा तेन (ends abruptly). Krsna's narrative on रोचक-सम्यक्त्व is completed on fol. 776. Here we find the colophon: --
इत्यन्द० उपदेश चतुर्थस्यमे त्रयोदशमो संबंधः
Thus the narrative of कारक-सम्यकत्व is left incomplete
here. ,, - (rabba) fol. 73"क्षपकोणने पाम ते जीवने अनु(न)तानुबंधि ४ कषायनो
क्षय थपें हुंतई प्राणीनई ए होई॥ Reference.- The text along with the vrtti is published. See No. 208.
1 In the Mo. this is writton as gad. This means in to be dropped. 2 See p. 1234 of the printed edition ( Bhavnagar).
Page #382
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
212. ] Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works 341 उपदेशप्रासाद
Upadesa prāsāda (9228 FATEH )
( Stambha V) Faiqa ara aur zaat aiga with svopajña vrtti & tabbā
1191. No. 212
1886-92. Size.- 108 in. by sy in. Extent.- ( text ) 79 folios ; s lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line.
, - (tabbā) » » ; 10 » » » » ; 43 » » » » Description.- Country paper tough, tough and white ; Jaina
Devanagari characters ; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered in the right-hand margin as 1, 2 etc., whereas, in the left-hand one as 1, 2, etc., and also as 315, 316, etc. up to 393; fol. 1a practically blank; the text and the tabba both complete so far as the fifth stambha is concerned ; condition very good ; this Ms. commences with the second
khanda ( see “begins"). Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the text-- Vijayalakşmi Sūri. For details see No. 208.
» » » com.- Same as above.
„ „ „ tabbà-- Not mentioned. Subject.- Spiritual advice with Sanskrit elucidation and Gujarati
explanation. This work starts with the enumeration of the 12 vratas governing the life of a Śrāvaka endowed with
samyaktva. Begins.-- (text ) fol. ab
gaatâ izrafi(fa) yara(ai) maalii
Taiwata ratif giyala fwai par !! u etc. - (com.) fol. ab I 011
300 GADS está curatora 1172 Figuera(1) OFT wafari प्रायेण तस्य व्रतान्यपि भवंत्यनेन । संबंधेनागतव्रतद्वितीयखंडो लिप्यते ।
Page #383
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
342
Begins. ( tabba ) fol. ॥ ६० ॥
33
Ends. - ( text ) fol. 794
"
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
""
हवे पेहलो खंडने विषे समकित वर्णव (?) कर्य । तेह तस्वमी रुचि जे जीबने होई प्राये से जीवोने बार व्रत धारकप होई तेह संबंधे करीनें आव्यो व्रतनी व्याख्यारुप बीजो खंड जे ते लखिई छ । etc.
यत् संभियंति नितरां गुरुमोहनिद्रां ।
संसारकूपकुहरे निपतंति यच्च ।
पश्यंति सतिपथां नहि यच सच्वा ।
मिथ्यात्वमंधतमसः खलु तत्र हेतो (तुः ) । १ ॥
- (com) fol. 79° इत्यादिवैराग्यैन स्था (स्वयं) गजं राज्यै न्यस्य । प्रवृज्यां ला(वा) एकाक्तारिदेवो जान । मजो (जौ) लो(तौ) आयनरके गतो (तो) ।
( text ) fol. 79b
देशाद् वृ (? व्रतं येन गृहस्थभावे ।
उत्कृष्टतस्तेन तदा तमाद्यं ।
Reference.
[212.
सर्वेषु जीवेषु दयापरो ( s) सो ।
राजर्षि (:) जातो हिमरश्मिसंज्ञ (ः) ॥ १ ॥
इत्यब्दः ० उपदेश० समाप्तो ( 5 ) यं पंचमः स्थं (स्तं) भ (:) | ५ | सर्व संबंध || १३ || सर्वसंख्य ७४ ॥ जाता
इत्युपदेशप्रासादवृत्तौ । व्याख्यानहेतवे । चतुः । सप्त
It ends thus abruptly.
(tabba) fol. 794 से पिन चित्रो तें किर नाभाइ पढ़ें बे जणा सूपर थो aishrit बेर धरता हवा | The tabba ends abruptly here.
The text and its auto-commentary are published. See No. 208.
Page #384
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
213.]
उपदेशप्रासाद
(स्तम्भ ७-२२)
स्वोपज्ञ वृति तथा टब्बा सहित
No. 213
Size. 11 in. by 5 in.
Extent.
در
(text) '978 folios; 6 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line. ; 7 to 14 lines to a page: 39 to 45
(tabbā),, letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used: the first six stambhas and those following the 22nd are not to be found in this Ms. ; even the seventh begins abruptly; the extent of the stambhas VII to XXII along with the corresponding portion of the com. is as under:
23
33
Stambha VII VIII
""
35
""
23
">
رو
93
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
99
""
در
دو
""
"3
IX
X
XI
XII
XHI
XIV
XV
XVI
XVII
XVIII
XIX
Upadesaprasada (Stambhas VII-XXII) with svopajña vṛtti & tabbă 167.
1871-72.
XX
XXI
XXII
343
foll. 54 - 108b foll. 1" 47
foll. 47 - 99b
foll. 1a - 582 folf. 58-93
foll. 1-43b
foll. 12-66
foll. 66 - 141b
foll. 141 - 210
foll. 210267b, fol. 224 repeated
foll. 1 to 83, fol. 65 repeated
fall. 83b - 165b
foll. I - 75b
foll. 1-8rb
folk. 82 139, foll. 83 - 84 missing
fall. 139" - 181,
"
This is followed by an extra fol. entirely blank; condition very good; some of the foll. have stuck together probably due to the presence of gum in the ink used.
1 55+99+93 +43 +268 +166 (165+1) + 75 (74+1) + 179 (181-2) =
978.
Page #385
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
344
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [213. Age.- Samvat 1893. Author of the text- Vijayalaksmi Suri. For details see No. 208.
" ," com.- Same as above.
, , , tabba.- Not mentioned. Subject.- Spiritual advice with an explanation in Gujarati. Begins.-- (text ) fol. 54*
हत्यादग्ध इवागच्छदभोक्तं कस्यापि नोकसि । __स निजे(5)पि ग्र(य)हे कंचिन्न कदाचिदमोजयत् १ etc. - (com. ) fol. 54* समेति सदा सा सम्यग् परिधाय रमते अन्यास्तु तदात्सया शांतवेषा एव तिष्ठति एवं तासां कालो याति तत्स्वर्णकारो इतस्ततगतेताः ८५(१) शृंगारादिमुधात्यधः स पुनरागतश्च तासां ताडयामास ततः सो अविस्वा(श्वा)सपरः स्त्रीषु ईयया पूर्णः कस्य ग्रहे भोजनाअर्थमपि न प्रेषयति
तासां रक्षणाय कदापि एकथं (स्तं)भावासं स्वग्र(गृहद्वारं न मुंचत् etc. -(tabba ) fol. 54* तेवारे ते रुडो वेष अंजनादि करी वस्त्र पेहरीने रमे etc. - fol. 108° इत्यपदे(श) (०) लक्ष्मीपुरीविरचिते सप्तमो(5)यं (स्तं)भः । सर्व
संख्या १०५ प्रबन्धः मूलग्रंथ ८५९ संवत् १८९३ आषाढवदि ६ लि.
राजेंद्र "रानरें। - fol. 47* समाप्तो(s)यं अष्टमस्थंभः ८। - fol. 99" इत्यु० नवमः स्तंभ) समाप्तः । सं. १८९३ श्रावण शु. ६ लि. - fol. 58* इत्यु ० दशम(ः) स्तंभ(ः) स० । "रानेरबिंदरे'। - fol. 93' इति उपदेशप्रासादे एकादशमो स्थं (स्तं) भ(ः) समाप्तः । etc. - (com.) fol. 43° इत्यब्दपरिमितोपदेशप्रासादे प्रबंधाः १८० । श्रेय . मंगलमालिका
इत्युपदेशप्रासादटीका लक्ष्मादिसूरिणा। भीमद्विजयसौभाग्यसूरिशिष्येण संस्तुता ? प्रेमादिविजयदीनां अजनं देशनाकृते ।
लिखितो(s)यं प्रयत्नेन आचंदा चिरं जियात् २ -(rabba) अत्र गद्यश्लोक नबसे पांचीस । टबोश्लोक नवसे ओगणत्रीस etc. संख्या
सर्व बालथंभनु मूलगय ९९४३ टबोश्लोक १४६४७ संख्या । लि. पं. राजेंद्र
-
1-% This is a suburb of Surat:
Page #386
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
345
213.] Metaphysics etc. : Śvetambara works
विजय श्री "रानेर'मध्ये । सं. १८९३ना आसो सुदि १ प्रतिपदे । श्रीऋषमदेव ।। थंभ १२ बारमो समाप्तः श्रीरस्तु । ___ fol. 66* इत्यू० त्रयोदसः स्थंभः संपूर्णः मूलतः प्रबंधः १९५॥ मलश्लोक १०८१ एक हजार एकाशी । टबो तेरसे पांच १३०५ । सं. १८९३ना आसों 'रानरें ।
fol. 141" इत्यब्ददिनपरिमितोपदेशप्रासादे चतुर्दशमः स्तंभः । fol. 210* इत्यद पंचदशम १५ थंभ etc. fol. 267' इति उपदेशप्रासादे etc. पोडशमः थंमः etc. fol. 83" इत्यु० १७ थंभे श्लोक १३५६ सं. १८९३ पौष हदि ५ बधे fol. 165° इत्युप० अंम अष्टादश १८मो संपूर्ण ॥ fol. 75° इत्यद एकोनविंशतितमस्तंभः समाप्तः । सं. १८९४ पौष वदि ११ सोमे । fol. 81' इत्यू० स्थंभो विंशतितमः स्तुतः श्रीप्रेमविजयार्थ सं. १८९४
चैत्र वदि ४ घने अर्के
fol. I39' एकविंशतिस्थंभः समाप्त Ends.- ( text ) fol. 81'
न सुषुत्तिरमोहत्वान्नापि स्वापजागरौ ।
कल्पनाशिल्पविभ्रान्तेस्तयवानुभवे दशा ॥ , --( com. ) fol. 181 एष साधुः निजं धर्मधनं लात्वा व्यापारं कारयति
स्वोपार्जितमध्ये अंशमात्रं न कदापि गृह्णाति तदनेन सह मुक्तिपुरी() कामितां यास्यामि अन्यः सार्थपस्वं(?स्तु) जायादिस्वजनात्मकः विज्ञेया(यः). स हि धर्मधनं प्राच्यं धनं हंति नवं न दत्ते किंच युष्माभिरेव सानंदेन प्रोक्तं यदायेन समं व्रज तस्माद् बंध(धु)संबंध मुक्त्वा एनं साधु(धुं) ऽहं श्रयामि
इत्यूवीर्य वाणिक् मुनिपाचे बंधमोहमपहाय महात्मा प्राप सानुभवधर्ममुदारे सौष्यमत्र परत्र च लेमे।
इत्युपदेशे प्रा. सं ३३० संभ २२मो समानः । लि. राजेंद्रविजय ,, - (tabba ) fol. 181 ते पूर्वन कमायुं धन सपावे मन आपे तु मे प्रथम
का हतुं प्रथम साथै जाउं ते माहे मोहसंबंध मुकी साधने सेवीस इम कहीं ते वणीक मुनी पासे मोह हकि पांम्यो उपयोग पर्मने पुष भव
पाम्या || Reference.- The text along with its auto-commentary is published.
See No. 208.
1-2 44
This is a suburb of Surat. [J. L.P.]
Page #387
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
[ 214.
346
Jaina Literature and Philosophy उपदेशप्रासाद
Upadeśaprāsāda (aah FATEH )
(Stambha IX ) स्वोपज्ञ वृत्ति तथा टब्बा सहित with svopajña vrtti & tabbā
1192. No. 214
1886-92. Size. – 104 in. by 4} in. Extent. - 85 folios ; s lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, tough and white ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines, in red ink ; yellow pigment used; red chalk, too; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; mo is written in the left-hand margin ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 16; fol. 85 slightly torn; condition tolerably good ; complete so far as the ninth stambha is concerned ; it is in verse; the work starts with explanation of the 7th vrata ; the țabbā ends on fol. 26; thus it is
incomplete. Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the text.-— Vijayalakṣmi Sūri. For details see No. 208.
» » )com.- Same as above,
» » » tabbā — Not mentioned. Subject.- Spiritual advice in Sanskrit , along with its explanation
in Sanskrit and Gujarāti. The text commences with enumeration of the 32 anantakayas which are to be excluded from diet by a Jaina, and it goes up to explanation of
anarthadanda. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. "
प्रसिद्धा आर्यदेशेषु कंदाद्यानंतकायिकाः ।
छाविंशत् संख्यया ज्ञेयाः त्याज्यास्ते सप्तमव्रते ॥ १॥ ,- (com. ) fol. 1a FA: 3791182ITFUFTRIE I etc.
- (com ) fol. 1* Turda Erfurt: STIUT: 7415: Il etc. „- (tabba ) fol, 1 ftã saigal Faro (F) Three
आर्यद(देशमा कंदमूलाईं अनंतकाय ते बत्तीस संख्याइं जाणवा त्यजवा ते FIT Ara afama*(?) aigrut darura 39 etc.
Page #388
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
214.] Metaphysics etc. : Švelambara works Ends.- (text ) fol. 85°
अनर्थदंडो ह्यपचिंतनादिकः ।
चतुःप्रकारो ग्रथितः सदागमे । तस्मिन् प्रमादो गुणहानिहेतुकः।
विशेषहेयश्वरमे गुणव्रते ॥ ९॥ इत्यब्दसंवत्सरदिनपरिमितोपदेशमासादेन । ग्रंथने विर्षे नवमस्तंभे पंचदशमोऽधिकार ज्ञेयं ॥१५॥ .- (com.) fol. 85• तथा कुतुहलाम्नृत्यप्रेक्ष्यां उपलक्षणाद् गीतवेश्यादिनां तथा भांडेंद्रजाळकादीनां प्रेक्षणं मुधापापनिबंघनं तथा कामग्रंथस्य कोकशास्त्रस्य गतासनमंत्रौषधकामोद्दीपनादिकस्य शिक्षणं एबमादि प्रमादाचरणं सुधीधर्मज्ञः परित्यजेदिति द्वितीयश्लोकार्थः। - ( tabba ) fol. 2° समस्त नबोल्पन पल्लवांकुर उगतो हुँतो अनंतकाय कह्यो.
This ends here. Reference. - The text along with its auto-commentary is publi
shed. See No. 208.
उपदेशप्रासाद
Upadesaprāsāda (दशम स्तम्भ)
(Stambha x) स्वोपज्ञ वृत्ति तथा टब्बा सहित with svopajña vrtti & tabbā
1193. No. 215
1886-92. Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- (text) 75 folios ; 6 lines to a page; 32 letters to a line.
,, - (tabba) , , ; 7 , ,, ,, ; 35 , , , , Description.- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers for foll. entered in the right-hand margin as I, 2, etc., whereas, in the left-hand one as 574, 575, etc.; over and above this, nos. for foll. I-I4entered doubly as usual; the first fol. preceded by another of which the front part is blank and on the back part of which is given the table of contents for this work; red chalk used; fol. 61
Page #389
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
348
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[21.
partly damaged ; edges and corners of fol. 75 slightly worn out; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1°; condition tolerably good; the tabba extends up to only fol. 57*% the text ( in verse ) however, goes practically up to the end
of the roth stambha; so it is almost complete. Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the text.- Vijayalaksmi Suri. For details see No. 208.
, , , com.- Same as above.
" , , tabba.- Not mentioned. Subject. -- Spiritual advice with Sanskrit & Gujarāti explanation. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I"
संयुक्ताधिकरणत्वमुपभोगातिरिक्तता ।
मौखर्यमथ कौकुच्यं कंदप्पोऽनर्थदंडगाः ॥१॥ , -(com.) iol. I ॥५॥
अथैतव्रते पंचातिचारास्त्याज्यास्तान्नाह । -(com. ) fol. I अनर्थदंडगा इति अनर्थदंडवतगामिन एते पंचाति.
चारा || etc. ,,-(tabba ) fol. I• हवे ए व्रतने विवं पंचातिचार त्यजवा तेहन वर्णव(न)
कहे छह सदाइं जोडी मेली त्यारे अधिकरण राखवा वारंवार भोगवीइं ते
वस्तु नो नियम ओलंघको २ मुखरीपणुं करवू ३ कुचेष्टा देखाडवी ४ etc. Ends.- (com.) fol. 75 ततः सखं पौषधादिव्रतानि प्रपाल्य 'सौधौ ‘अरुणा
भविमाने गतवान् । चतु(:)पल्योपमायुर्भूत्वा 'महाविदेहे. मोक्षं गमिष्यति । इति विवाहपन्नतिशु(सू)बद्वादशसमशतका लखीतो(s)यमुदंत(तः)। श्रीपंचमांगे हि जिनेरपि स्तुतं ।
श्राद्धस्य संखस्य शु(स)पोषधव्व(व्रतं । उत्कृष्टभंगैश्व चतुर्विधं मुदा।।
तत्पर्वघने ने) विशेषधारणं ॥१॥ इत्यब्द ज्ञातं १५०२(१) श्रीमी स्तंभोऽयं दशमो । मत १
अष्टाहर्मितसबंधव्युहग्रंथे श्रुतार्णवात् वर्ण It ends thus. ,, - (rabba) fol. 57* तत्र पार्श्व जीन प्रतिमाने थापी कू(कु)मारपालनो
बिहार द्वारे माहाजन था. This ends abruptly. Reference.--The text along with its auto-commentary is published.
See No. 208.
Page #390
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
349
216.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works उपदेशप्रासाद
Upadesaprasada (स्तम्भ ११)
(Stambha XI) स्वोपज्ञ वृत्ति तथा टब्बा सहित with svopajña vrtti & tabbā
1194. No. 216
1886-92. Size.— 104 in. by 5 in. Extent.- ( text ) 66 folios ; 5 lines to a page; 32 letters to a line.
,, - tabbā) , , , , , , , , , 31 , , , , Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devana
gari characters%3 big, clear and good hand-writing: borders and edges as well, ruled in two lines in red ink ; red chalk used ; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; over and above this, these foll. are also numbered in the left-hand
margin as 649,650, etc.; the Ist fol. preceded by two foll. which contain the table of contents ; toe two sides out of these four are blank; a fol. appended to fol. 66°, wherein, too, the table of contents is given; the text, the auto-com
mentary and the tabbà complete; condition very good, Age.- Samvat 1930. Author of the text.--Vijayalaksmi Suri. For details see No. 268.
" , , com.- Same as above.
, , , tabba.- Not mentioned. Subject-- Spiritual advice ( in verse ) along with an explanation in
Sanskrit and Gujaräti. It starts by laying emphasis on three
days in a fort-night. Begins.- ( com.) fol. !" ॥ ६॥
पक्षमध्ये त्रयश्च पाल्याः । तथाः बीआ दुविविहे धम्मे पंचमी नाणे अ अट्रमी कम्मे । एगारसी अंगाणं चउद्दसी चंउदं पुवाणं ॥१॥
एवं पंचपीं पु(पूर्णिमावाऽस्याभ्यां सह पदपरवी(वी) etc. , - (tabba ) पखवाडा मध्ये त्रिण दिवस पालवा तिम पली बीन आराध्ये
बे भेदे धर्मपांमई ५मीथी ५ ज्ञाने आठमे आठ कर्म नासे ११ आराध्ये ११ अंग आवडे १४सीइं १४ पु(पू)लाभ | etc.
Page #391
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
350
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 66"
22
सातिचारेण यद् दानं तद् दानं स्वल्पसौरज्यदं ।
मत्वेति विधिना श्राद्धे वितीर्ये भावधार्मिकैः ॥ १ ॥ (com.) fol. 664 हे श्राद्ध दानफलं त्रिकल्येन दूषितमतो निविल्यकल्प दानं देयं । लोके ( s)पि सकुनस्वप्नफलं वीकल्यादुच्यते ततः । स श्राद्धः स्वपापमालोच्यातिमकल्पे गतः ।
(tabbā) fol. 66' अतिचार लागें ते रीते जे दान देघुं ते अल्प सुखने आपेई । ममीन बीघी करी श्रावके देवं दान भावधर्म नाधार कई ॥ १ ॥
इत्युपदेशप्रासादटीकेयें लिखिता मया ।
पंचदशभिरश्राभिः स्तंभवैकादशः स्तुतः ॥
अन्दाहर्मितज्ञातेषु पंचषष्टीतमं स्मृतं । प्रेमादिविजयादीनां ज्ञिप्तं (?) व्याख्यानहेतवे ॥ २ ॥
इत्यत्र टब्बा श्लोक सातसे दश ७१० गद्यश्लोक छसे सात ६०७ । लषितं राजरतन । १९३० फागुण व १९ दने । गाम' भेसवामाम' (?) १९३० फागुण सुद ८. This other date is also mentioned here. Reference. The text together with its auto-commentary is publish
ed. See No. 208.
"
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
-
""
[216.
उपदेशप्रासाद ( स्तम्भ १८ )
स्वोपज्ञ वृत्ति तथा टब्बा सहित
No. 217
Size.- rog in. by 4g in Extent. — ( text ) 111 folios; 5 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
Upadesaprāsāda ( Stambha XVIII )
with svopajña vṛtti & tabbā
1195. 1886-92.
""
""
"" "" ""
--( tabbä ) ,, ; 5 to 8,, ; 38 Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; numbers for foll. entered twice: once in the right-hand margin as 1, 2, 3 etc.; and once in the left left-hand one as 1289, 1290 etc.; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too ; the text ( in verse ), the autocommentary and the tabba complete; condition tolerably good.
ور در
"
Page #392
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
217.]
Metaphysics etc, : Svetambara works Metaphysics atc.Śqueteshare
351 Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the text.- Vijayalaksmi Suri. For details see No. 208.
,, , , com.- Same as above.
, , tabba-Not mentioned. Subject.-Spiritual advice with elucidation in Sanskrit and Gujarāti.
The work starts by defining the eight jñanācāras. Begins.--(text) fol. 14
__पठनीयं श्रुतं काले व्याख्यानं पाठनं तथा ।
आचारः श्रुतधर्मस्य आद्योऽयं लिख्यते बुधैः ॥१॥ ,, -- ( com. ) fol. I अथाष्टौ ज्ञानाचारास्तेष्वाद्यमाह । etc. (com.) fol. I स्पष्टं नवरं श्रुतं । ११ । अंगोत्तराध्ययादिकालिकं श्रुतं दिवा रात्री
प्रथमचतुर्थपौरुष्येरेव । उत्काली(लि)कश्रुतं दशवैकालादि दृष्टिवाद.
श्च सर्वासु पौरुषी(पू) काले च etc. ,, - (tabba) fo.. 1 आठ ज्ञानना आचार ते मध्ये पहेंलो भेद कहें भणधु सूत्रकाले
वषाण भणावq आचार ज्ञाननों प्रथम ए लिख्यो. Ends.- (text) fol. b
विचिकित्सा धर्मकृत्ये त्याज्या श्रीभोगसारवत्।।
तस्य देवोऽपि सांनिध्यं वितनोत्युपजीविवत् ॥१॥ ,, -- ( com. ) fol. III' अथ सः श्रेष्ठी पत्नीसहितः श्राद्धधमै प्रपाल्य देव.
भूमि प्राप क्रमेण श्रेष्ठी अचिरेण मुक्तिसौख्यं प्रकटीचकारेति । इत्यब्ददिनपरिमितोपदेशसंग्रहवृत्तौ ॥ २७० ।। अष्टादशमः स्थं(स्त)मः। लिषितं ब्राह्मण नंदराम तथा भवानीशंकरेण । अत्र स्थं(स्तं)भमध्ये मूलश्लोक तेरसें एकोत्तर १३७१ टब्बो बारसें साठ १२६० संख्या 'रोहिडावाला
ब्राह्मण भवानिशंकर हस्ताक्षरेण लिखितं । ,, - (tabbā) fol. III हवे ते सेठ स्त्री सहित श्रावकधर्म पालीने देवभूमि पामिनें
अनुक्रमे सेठ थोडा कालमा मुक्तिसुख प्रगट करतों संशय धर्मक्रियामां त्यजें
भोगसार परे । तेहनुं सुर पिण साहाज्य करें सेवक परें ॥१॥ Reference.-The text along with its auto-commentary is published.
See No. 208.
Page #393
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
352
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 218. उपदेशप्रासाद
Upadesaprāsāda (177HS)
( Stambha XIX ) स्वोपज्ञवृत्ति तथा टब्बा सहित with svopajñavrtti & tabbā No. 218
636.
1892-95. Size.- 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- ( text ) 93 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 29 letters to a line.
1- ( tabbà ) , ;, „ „, , ; 40 „ »» Description.- Country paper tough and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters ; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered thrice, in the left-hand margin as 2, 3, 4 etc.; in the right-hand margin in two sets of numbers as 1112, 1113, 1114 etc. and 86 ( 186 ), 87 ( 187 ) etc.; the first fol. numbered as 2.; the following hence numbered as 3, 4, etc.; fol. 936 blank; complete ; this Ms. does not contain the table of contents; perhaps it was written on a fol. preceding the one on which the text is written; the text in verse, its auto-commentary and the tabbā complete;
condition very good. Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the text.— Vijayalakṣmi Súri. For details see No. 208.
» » » com- Same as above.
„ „ tabbā.— Not mentioned, Subject. -- Spiritual advice together with an explanation in San
skrit and Gujarāti. This work starts by defining amudha
drști, the fourth darśanacara. Begins, - ( text ) fol. 2*
मिथ्यादृशां तपो(प)पूजाविद्यामंत्रप्रभावना(न)।
agrada a aa Fisgreiê(:) #FA (FA? )a: 11311 - ( com, ) fol. 2" 1160 11 maggi@arai TalaqsacarTAICI - (com.) fol. 26 FTE: 3 Hrarea grad a TT: 1 etc.
Page #394
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
19.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
353 Begins.- (tabba) fol. 2' चोथों आचार कहें मिथ्यापिनि पूजा विमा मंग महिमा
देवी मुझाइ जे नही ते अमूडदृष्टि मांन्यो । etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 91b
तस्य पुण्यात्मनः सोऽपि मासैः षड्भिरपूर्यत ।
न किंचिदपि दुर्लभं सत्त्वनिर्णीतचेतसां ॥ , - ( com.) fol. 92 शुभध्यानपरः क्षपकश्रेण्यारूढः केवलज्ञामभानुपति
द्योतयत् स्वात्मनि ॥
अहो लोकोत्तरः को(5)पि तपाकुंभोद्भवः प्रभुः।। नाविर्भवेत् पुनर्येन शोषित(:) कर्मवारिमि(घि):॥१॥ मृत्तिका यस्य तत्रैव पततीत्यन्यथा न हि ॥ तेन तचार्जितं कर्म स्थाने तत्रैव ति(नि)ष्ठितं ॥२॥ . . इति केवली मरगणेन निर्मिते ।
स्वर्णपंकजपदे स्थितिश्च यः॥ सः तपःस्तुतिवचोऽमृतः शुभैः ।
भव्यजंतुसुमहीमसिंचयत् ॥१॥ इत्यब्द० ॥ २८५॥
इत्युपदेशप्रासादवृत्तौ एकोनविंशतितमः स्तंभः । ,, - (tabba) fol. 92° माटी जेहनी तिहां ज पडे झुठ नहीं तेणें जिहां बांध्यु कर्म
तेवांमे ज रह्यं ए ज्ञानी देवताई मली कर्यु सोनार्नु कमल तिहां बेतां तपस्तबमा अमृतें करि भव्य प्राणीरूप सूमीने सिंचे । टबाश्लोक इग्यार सत उपर १२
बार १११२ संख्या। Reference.- The text along with its auto-commentary is published.
See No. 208.
उपदेशप्रासाद
Upadesaprāsāda (स्तम्भ २०)
(Stambha XX ) स्वोपन वृत्ति तथा टब्बा सहित with svopajna vrtti & tabbá No. 219
1196.
1886-92. Size.- Iog in. by 4g in. Extent.-(text) 129-1 =128 folios; s lines to a page; 34 letters to a line.
,, - (rabba) , , , , , , 36 " " " " 45 [J. L. P.]
Page #395
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
354 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[219. Description.-- Country paper tough and greyish; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; bold, legible and good hand-writing ; borders •ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; numbers for most of the foll. entered twice as usual; over and above this, foll. also
numbered as 1529, 1530 etc., in the left-hand margin; . .. a table of contents written on the back side of a fol. pre
ceding the first and on fol. r'; fol. 47 lacking; otherwise the text, the vștti and the tabbä сomplete so far as the 20th
stambha is concerned ; condition very good. Age.- Sainvat 1928. Author of the text.- Vijaylaksmi Suri. For details see No. 208. gb
com. Same as above. " , , tabba.- Not mentioned. Subject.- The text in verse starts with the fourth type of austerity
with explanation in Sanskrit and Gujarati. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 10
विकृतिकृद्रसानां यत् त्यागो यत् तत् तपो हि तत् ॥
सुर्वाज्ञां प्राप्य विकृतिं गृह्णाति विधिपूर्वकम् ॥१॥ , - ( com. ) fol. I' अथ चतुर्थरसत्यागतपाचारमाह | etc. - - (com.) fol. 1" स्पष्टः विकृतिकृद्रसाः दुग्धदधिघृततेलगुडपकानादयः । etc. , - ( tabba ) fol. 1 चोथो विकार करे रस तेहनो जेह त्याग जैह । तपने चित्रं
ते गुरुनि आज्ञा लेड विगय गृहे ॥ etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 128
बाह्याभ्यंतरसामर्थ्यानिह्नवेन प्रवर्तनं ।
सर्वेषु धर्मकार्येषु वीर्याचरणमुच्यते ।। , - (com.) fol. 129 इदानीं किं करोमि त्वया मृमम्म सर्व निरर्थकं कृतं हा हा
त्वया परमात्मगदितं न सम्यगवधारितं इत्यादि भावदयां भावयन् क्रमेणानंतानंदत्वं बभारेति।
संबोधितः सोऽपि विलासलालसः । __ स्वोजासि गोता तरुपत्रतां ललौ ॥ विस्तारयन् वीर्यमिहेव जन्मनि ।
साधुः 'सुधर्मा पदमव्ययं दधौ ॥१॥
Page #396
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
220.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetāmbara works
355
इत्युपदेशप्रासादे स्तंभो विंशतिमः स्तुतः। श्रीप्रेमविजयाद्यर्थ श्रीलक्ष्मीसरिणा सुदा ॥१॥ अत्र विंशतितमे स्तंभे श्लोकाः १३३४ संख्या । etc.
संवत् १९२८ना वर्षे असाडमासे कृष्णपक्षे तीथौ १३ शुक्रवासरे कयडबंधनाडे(?) श्रीचंद्रप्रभ जैन प्रसादातुं लिपीकृतं भोजकथाकार नरमें
रांम अमूल्यश । मुभं भवतु कल्याणमस्तु । श्रीमणीभद्र जीनशासनदीपक ।। Ends.- ( tabba ) fol. 129* हवें स्यु करुं ते नरजन्म नीकांम झर्यो ते प्रभुवचन न
मांन्यु ए रीतें भावदया भावता अनुक्रमें पांम्यो अनंतानंद उपदेस दीधोते वीलासी पिण पोतासु वीर्य गोपवतो पानपणुं पांम्यो विस्तारतो बल ए जन्ममां मुनी पु(स)धर्मापद अक्षय पांम्यो । ____ इति उपदेशमालाप्रसादस्तंभ २०मो समाप्त । श्लोक टबाना १२९२
संख्या ॥ Reference.- The text along with its auto-conmentary is pub.
lished. See No. 208.
उपदेशप्रासाद
Upadesaprāsāda (स्तम्भ २१)
( Stambha XXI ) स्वोपन वृत्ति तथा टब्बा सहित with svopajna vrtti & tabba No. 220
1197.
1886-92. Size.- 11 in. by si in. Extent.-- (text) 80-1 =79 folios; s lines to a page; 38 letters to a line.
- , (tabba ) , , ; 5 to 8 , , , , 31 to 37, , , , Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; numbers for foll. cntered twice, once, in the right-hand margin as I, 2, 3 etc., and once in the left-hand margin as 1655, 1656, etc.; two foll. affixed to fol. 18; a table of contents written on them ; red chalk used; white paste, too ; fol. 9 missing; otherwise the text, its auto-commentary and the tabba of the 21st stambha complete ; condition very good.
Page #397
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
356
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 220. Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the text.- Vijayalaksmi Suri. For details See No. 208. __ , , , com. - Same as above. - , , , tabba.- Not mentioned. Subject.— Spiritual advice in verse in Sanskrit along with its
explanation in Sanskrit and Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. !"
पूर्णतागुणसंपृक्तं वाचंयममहामुनि ॥
जयघोषो द्विजः प्रेक्ष्य पूर्णानंदमयोऽभवत् ॥१॥ ,, - (com. ) fol. 1* स्पष्टः नवरं पूर्णतागुणवर्णनं । तु पूर्वमारिणा प्रदर्शितं
यतः I etc. -(tabba ) fol. 1पूर्णता गुणे संयुक्त मुनिवरने विप्र देखी पूर्ण आनंदमयी
थयों ए गुणनु वर्णव(न) पूर्वाचायें देखाड्ये छे । etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 803
स्वरूपप्राप्तितोऽधिकं प्राप्तव्यं नावशिष्यते । इत्यात्मराजसंपत्त्या नि(निःस्पृहो जायते मुनिः॥ इति निस्पृहमावतो रुजं परिसेहे मुनिकालवैशिकः
सकलेरपि साधुभिस्तथा सहनीयोऽयमुदारनिस्पृहैः।।१॥ , -- ( com. ) fol. 80* एवं पंचदश दिनानि यावत् भो शृगालीकृतव्यथा सह
मानः महासत्त्वः अनशनं प्रपाल्य कर्मक्षयेन केवलज्ञानमासाद्य महामुनिर्महानंदपदमवाप इति ।
इत्युपदेशप्रासादे श्रीलक्ष्मीसूरिणा स्मृतः॥ एकविंशतिमः स्तंभः पाठकानां शुभप्रदः ॥१॥
ए स्तंभ मध्ये मूलश्लोक नबसे बेतालीस ९४२ टबाश्लोक सातसे पीस्ता
लीस ७४५ संख्या ॥ , - (tabba ) fol. 80* कर्मक्षय करी मोक्षपद पांम्यों प निरागी भाषथी
रोगर्ने सहे मुनीश्वर सघलें साधुई तिम सहेवो ए मोटो निस्पूही ।। Reference.- The text along with its auto-commentary is publish
ed. See No. 208.
Page #398
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
221.]
उपदेशप्रासाद ( स्तम्भ २२ ) स्वोपज्ञ वृत्ति तथा टब्बा सहित
22
ار
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
No. 221
Size. 10 in. by 5 in.
Extent. (text) 71-2=69 folios; 5 lines to a page; 31 letters to a line.
-(tabbā)
در در
دو در
""
رو و در ور
Upadesaprasada (Stambha XXII) with svopajňa vṛtti & tabbā
دو رو - 28 ; رو
1198. 1886-92.
357
93 29
Description. Country paper tough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered as usual; the first two foll. larking; otherwise the commentary and the tabba which begin abruptly go up to the end; numbers of foll. 3, 4 etc. also marked in the left-hand margin as 1737, 1738; in the very beginning there is a fol. numbered as 22; its front part is blank, whereas the other part furnishes us with a table of contents for the 22nd stambha; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. seems to have been pasted to its front part; condition on the whole good.
Age. Not quite modern.
Author of the text.
"2
com.- Same as above.
tabbā. Not mentioned.
در
Vijayalakṣmi Sūri. For details see No. 208.
""
Subject. Spiritual advice along with an explanation in Sanskrit
and Gujarāti.
Begins. fol. 3 (text) Begins abruptly 1
(com.) fol. 3
: aa garsfa gia: àçi a férâgai cât iga: 1 सुलभं वागनुच्चाएं मौनमेकेंद्रियेष्वपि । पुलेप्रवृत्तिस्तु योगीनां मौनमुत्तमम् ॥ २१ ॥
( tabba ) सुनि तेहने न काई उत्तर आयें वचन न बोलकं ते मौन तो सुलभ हैं ।
..
ते एकेंद्रिय बने हैं ते मौनधी आत्मकार्य न थाई Hetc.
1 See p. 127b of the printed edition.
2 There is a commentary on this verse. So should it be looked upon, as forming a part of the text?
Page #399
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
358
jaira Literature and Philosophy . i 221. Ends:- (text ) fol. 71
___ न सुषुप्ति etc. as in No. 213 ( p. 345). , - (com. ) fol. 71° तस्मात् बंधुसंबंध मुक्या एनं साधं अहं भयामि
इत्युदीर्य स वाणग मुनिपार्श्वे ।
बंधुमोहमपहाय महात्मा। प्राप सानुभवधर्मसदारं ।
___ सौख्यमत्र च परत्र लेमे ।
इत्यददिनपरिमितोपदेशसंग्रहाबायां वृत्तौ ॥ ३३० ॥ स्तंभ २२ ॥ ,-(tabba ) fol. 71' ते माटें मोहसंबंध मुंकी ए साधुने हु सेवीस इम कहि ते
वाणिक मुनि पासे मोह मुंकी प्राप उपयोग धर्मनें सुख में भमें() पाभ्यो। Reference.- The text along with its auto-commentary is published.
See No. 208.
उपदेशमासाद
Upadesaprāsāda (स्तम्भ २४)
(Stambha XXIV) स्वोपज्ञ वृत्ति तथा टब्बा सहित with svopajna vrtti & țabbā 'No. 222
1199.
1886-92. Size.-- Iog in. by 4g in. Extent.—(text) 94+1=95 folios; s lines to a page; 40 letters to a line.
, - (tabba ) ,, 5 to 6 ,, ,, , 32 , , " Description.- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear tabba; big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as १,२ etc., and in the left-hand one as १९२४, १९२५ etc.; a fol. has been affixed to the ist fol. where we find the table of contents regarding the 24th stambha ; fol. 94 practically blank ; for, only the table etc. written on it condition very good; the text ( in verse), the vrtti and its tabba almost complete ; the colo.
phon missing. Agė. - Not quite modern.
Page #400
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
222.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
359 Author of the text.- Vijayalaksmi Suri. For details see No. 208.
" , ., com.- Same as above.
, , , tabba.- Not mentioned. Subject.- The 24th stambha along with its explanation in San
skrit and Gujarāti. It starts with a reference to Yaśobhadra
Sûri. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 18
तपस्वी रूपवान् धीरः कुलीनः शीलदाढययुक।
षट्त्रिंशराणपुण्याख्योऽभूत् यशोभद्रमरिराट् ॥ १॥ , -- ( com. ) fol. I' स्पष्टार्थः । 'पल्ल'(ल्ली)पुर्पा यशोभद्रसूरे आचार्य
पदावसरे etc. , -- (tabba ) fol. I" शीलदृढतात ३६ राणपुण्ये आप्त थयो । 'पाली'मां
सूरिपदसमये जाव जीव ८ को लीई करि ॥ etc.. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 930
अत्रोपदेशप्रासादे अष्टौ बुद्धिरणाः स्तुताः। सोपानसदृशा ज्ञेयाः शानधर्मप्रदर्शकाः ॥१॥ विकथावर्जनं शश्वत् सप्रभेदं च वर्णनं । वारं तदेव विज्ञेयं प्रवेशने हितावहं ॥२॥ अनुयोगाश्चतुर्भदा तदाख्यानां हि तोरणं । विचित्ररचनायुक्तं ध्यातव्यं शास्त्रसमनि ॥३॥ द्विद्धिभेदेर्विभक्तानि द्वादशधा व्रतान्यथ । चतुर्विशतिकानि स्युः तेऽत्र स्तंभा उदाहृताः ॥४॥ मनोबाकाययोगानां शुद्धिर्यात्विह गवने । स एव मंडपोधार्थः असत्प्रवृत्तिबारकः ॥ ५॥
गवाक्षादीनि वस्तूनि......... ' ( ends abruptly.) ,, -- (com.) fol. 93* अथोपदेशप्रासादे दिग्मावशेषप्रासादावयवभाववर्णयन्नाह ॥ ,- (tabba) fol. 9 ते प्रासाद केहयो आदिवढं चैत्य लघु चैत्यथी शोभे सर्व
प्रकारे शोभीत चोवीसमा स्थंभमध्ये मूलश्लोक एक सहन ७७ सत्त्योत्तर टबाश्लोक आठसे छेतालीस ८४६ गाम 'रोहिडांना रेषासी ब्राह्मण ओ०
भवांनिशंकर हस्ताक्षरे संख्या लौषितं । Reference.- The text along with its auto-commentary is published.
See No. 208.
1 See p.236 of tho printed edition.
Page #401
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
360
उपदेशप्रासादन्यस्त टान्तान्तिमश्लोक
सङ्ग्रह
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Upadeśaprāsādanysta distāntātimaślokasamgraha
Begins. fol. rb ९६० ॥ स्वस्तिश्रीदो etc. as in No. 203.
fol. 31
No. 223
Size.- 94 in. by 4g in.
Extent. - 31 folios; 12 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders not ruled; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1a blank; complete so far as it goes.
Age.— Not modern.
Author.— Vijayalaksmi Suri. For details see No. 208.
Subject. It contains the introductory verse of the commentary of the first stambha. Over and above this there is a collection of the last verses pertaining to illustrations.
[ 223.
Ends. fol. 31° सदयो नृपः श्रीपूज्यं स्माह ।
प्राग्वत् कदाचिन्गयां न जीवहिंसा विधास्येन पुनर्भवद्वत् । सर्वेऽपि सत्त्वाः सुखिनो भवंतु ।
स्वैरं रमतां च चरंतु मइव || ३६० ।। सुरिस्ततस्संश्रयति स्म शुक्ल
ध्यानं दधानस्त सुधाशसोधं ।
166. 1871-72.
जैनधर्म समाराध्य भूत्वा विभवभाजनं ।
प्राप्ताः सिद्धिमुखं ये ते श्लाध्याः मंगलकुंभवत् १ । ३५६ ।। etc.
Reference. - Published. See No. 208.
कांक्षन महानंदपुरे प्रयातुं ।
प्रा तस्य मार्गस्य दिह (क्ष) येव || १ || ३६१ ॥ इत्युपदेशप्रासादन्यस्तदृष्टांतांतिमश्लोकाः संपूर्णाः ॥
Page #402
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
235.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
368 उपदेशमणिमालाकुलक
Upadesamaņimālākulaka (उवएससमणिमालाकुलय)
Uvaesamaņimālākulaya No. 224
826 (1).
1892-95. Extent.- fol. 336* to fol. 3360. Description.-- Complete ; 15 verses in all. For other details see
शाश्वतचैत्यस्तोत्र No. 826 (a)..
* 1892-95. Author.- Jineśvara Sūri. Subject.- A metrical composition in Prakrit giving spiritual advice. Begins.- fol. 339
जीवदयाइ रमिरज्जइ इंदियवग्गो दमिज्जइ सया वि । सव्वं चेव च विज्जइ धम्मस्स रहस्स इणमेव ॥१॥ सीलं न हु खंडिजइन संवसिज्जइ समं कुसीलेहिं ।
गुरुवयणं न खलिज्जइजइ नज्जइ धम्मपरमत्थो । २ || etc. Ends.- fol. 3360
इय पउणजिणेसरसूरिवयणगुणनिउणगुंफरमणीयं । वहउ जणो कंठगया विमलं उवएसमणिमालं ॥ १५ ॥
इति उपवेशमणिमालाकुलकं । Reference.-Cf.this work with a work in 25 verses styled as उपदेश
रत्नमालाकुलक and noted in Limbdi Catalogue as No. 328.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण]
Upadesamālāprakarana (उवएसमालापगरण)
( Uvaësamālāpagaraņa ) No. 225
641 (8).
1892-95. Size.- Io in. by 41 in. Extent.— 36-4-1=31 folios; 14 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and grey ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs%3 bold, legible, uniform, big and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red ;
foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; unnumbered 46 [J. L. P.]
Page #403
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
362
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 225.
sides have a small disc in the centre, whereas the numbered have over and above this, two more: one, in each margin; thus the numbered have so to say three discs, one in the centre and the other two in each of the two margins, one on each side, each having a further decoration on the upper as well as lower sides by way of a straight line etc.; the first two foll. furnished with two beautiful pictures of two Jinas, the 16th and the 6th or the 21st, as there are marks of a deer and a 'flower at the bottom, whereas there are at the top two peacocks, one on each side; the right-hand margin of the first fol. slightly worn out; foll. 2 to 5 have their corners a little bit damaged; almost every fol. has a portion mostly outside the body eaten away by worms to a lesser or greater degree; condition tolerably good; red chalk used to mark the numbers for verses; foll. 24 to 27 and 33 missing; otherwise complete; this Ms. contains additional works as under:(1) Gasa Vol. XVII, No. 1161 foll. 18-20a ( 2 ) नमिऊणस्तोत्र foll. 20-21
(3) fra Vol. XVII, No. 624 foll. 21-22b ( 4 ) एकोनत्रिंशती भावना foll. 22-23b
23b-incomplete
28-29a, begins abruptly
292-30b
30b-316
31b-32b
32b-incomplete
34-36b, begins abruptly
(5) धम्माधम्मफल ( गौतमपृच्छा )
29
6 ) मृगापतिकुलक
(7) 'जय तिहुयण' स्तोत्र ( 8 ) गिरिनारकल्प
(9) शत्रुञ्जयकल्प
( 10 ) सीलह संधुव (II) गौतमस्वामीरास (12) सारदाष्टक Age. Pretty old. Author.
39
99
"9
"9
""
19
fol. 366.
Dharmadasa Gaņi. In v. 538 the author has suggested his name. 2 Traditionally he is looked upon as a pupil of
Mahavira.
1 If this is a padma, the Jina is 6th; if it is a blue lotus, the Jina is 21st. 2 On putting together the first syllables of the following words we get the author's name:
धत, मणि, दाम, ससि, गय & णिहि. For a similar artifice see p. 309, fn. 1.
Page #404
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
225.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetāmbara works
363
In Prof. Peterson Report V, p. 164, we have at the end of उपदेशमालावचूरि a legendary account in Sanskrit. According to it our author formerly a king' has composed this magnificent work with a view to giving advice to
his son Ranasimha. Subject.- A Prakrit work in 544 verses (gathas) of immense
value. It is at least as old as the 8th century A. D. It is a master-piece of spiritual sermons. Moral advice given here is of the best type possible and so several Jainas commit it to memory. Dhaminovaësamālā of Jayasimba Sûri is based upon this work. The entire work is divided into three parts, each known as 'pariveşa'.
For some details about this text see my work argo (प्राकृत) भाषाओ अने साहित्य (pp. 127, 150, 190, 209 & 237) and my introduction (pp. 5, 27, 45 & 47 ) to Upadesaratnakara.
Verse 51 is interpreted in or ways by Udayadharma. In v. 471 there is mention of a bird called 'masa hasa '. The text is utilized for interpreting omenş. See
उयदेशमालाशकुनापली. Begins.-- fol. b
नमिऊण जिणवरिंदे इंदनरिंदश्चिए तिलोअगुरू। उवएसमालामिणमो बुच्छामि गुरु(रू)वएसेणं ॥१॥ जगचूडामणिभूओ उसमो वीरो तिलोअसिरितिलभो ।
एगो लोगाहच्चो एगो चक्खू तिहुअणस्स || २ | etc. Ends.- fol. 18
संजमतवालसाणं । बेरग्गकहा न होइ कम्नसहा । संविग्गपक्खियाणं । द्रुज व केसिंचि नाणीणं ॥ ३३ ॥ सोऊण पगरणमिणं । धम्म जाओ न उजमो जस्स । न य जाणअंधेरग्गं जाणिज्ज अणंतसंसारी ।। ३४ ।। कम्माण सुबहुयाणुवसमेण । उपगच्छई इमं सव्वं । कम्ममलचिकणाणं वञ्च पासेण भन्नंतं ॥३५॥ उवएसमालमेअं । जो पढाइ सुणइ कुणइ वा हिअए। सो नाणइ अप्पहिनाऊण मुहं समायर ॥ ३६ ।।
Page #405
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
364
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 225.
धंमणिदास (म) म ( स ) सिगयनि (णि) हिपयपढमक्खराभिहाणेण । उवएसमालपगरणमिणमो रइअं हिअट्टाए ॥ ३७ ॥ जिणवयणकप्परुक्खा अणेगमुत्तत्थ सालविच्छिन्नो । तवनिअम कुसुम (गुच्छो स ( स ) ग्गइफलबंधणो जय || ३८ ॥ जुग्गा साहुवेरग्गियाण परलोगपत्थियाणं च । संविग्गपकिखयाणं दायव्वो बहुसुआणं च ॥ ३९ ॥
इयं धम्मदासगणणा । जिणवयणुबएसकज्जमालाए ।
माल व विविकुसुमा । कहिया सुसीसवग्गस्स ॥। ४० (440) ॥
संतिकरी बुढिकरी | कल्लाणकरी सुमंगलकरी अ ।
होउ (इ) कहगस्स परिसाइ । तहय निव्वाणफलदाई ॥ ४१ ॥ इत्थ समप्पड़ इणमो । माला उवएसपगरणं पगयं । गाहाणं सव्वगं (सत्राणं ) पंच सया चैव बा (चा) लीसा ॥ ४२ ॥ जाय 'लवण समुह (हो) । जाव य नक्खत्तमंडिओ 'मेरु' (रू) । ताव य रइआ माला | जयंमि थिरथावरा होउ ।। ४३ ।। अक्वरमत्ताहीणं । जं चिअ पढिअं अयाणमाणेण (णं) । तं खमह मज्झ सव्वं । जिणवयणविणिग्गया वाणी ।। ५४४ ॥ इति श्री उपदेशमालाप्रकरणं समाप्तं ॥ छ
Reference. The text is published by Ranchodlal Gangaram from Ahmedabad in Samvat 1934. The text is edited and translated by L. P. Tessitori in Giornale della Società Asiatica Italiana, XXV ( 1912 ), p. 167 ff. The text is published along with Yogaśästra (mula) by the Jaina Dharmaprasāraka Sabha in A, D. 1915. The text together with its Gujarati translation and that of Ramavijaya Gani's commentary on it is published by Umedchand Rayachand from Ahmedabad in A. D. 1923. A com - pendium named as " श्रीश्रुतज्ञानअमीधारा अथवा श्रीशान्तसुधारसादिग्रन्थसन्दोह : " compiled by Ksamāvijaya Gani and published in A. D. 1936 contains this text (pp. 122-150) along with 22 other works.
This beautiful text is published along with the commentaries of Siddharsi (the author of उपमितिभवप्रपञ्चकथा ) and Rāmavijaya Gani, by Hiralal Hansaraj of Jamnagar in A. D. 19196
Page #406
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
226.]
Metaphysics etc.
Svetambara works
365
The text is noted by Rajendralala Mitra, in his Notices Vol. X, pp. 46-47 (A. D. 1892), Calcutta Collection Catalogue X, p. 191 ff. and in Pavolini Florence Catalogue Nos. 744-746.
For palm-leaf Mss. of the text see Peterson, Reports I pp. 9. 13, 25, 32, 45, 61, 64, 71, 75, 82, 90, 95 and 103 and III pp. 24, 27, 130' and 1652.. :
For description of additional Mss. of text see Weber II, p. 1082. B.B.R.A.S. Vols. III-IV (p. 404 ), Keith's Catalogue and Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 49 ).
For a Ms. of the text together with a Sanskrit commentary based upon that of Siddha Rși see Keith's Catalogue No. 7679.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
No. 226
Upadeśamālāprakarana 640 (a).
1892-95,
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 20 folios; 15 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; tolerably big, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. 1 blank; it is decorated with a beautiful design in various colours; complete 545 verses; this work ends on fol. 17; the other work viz. commences on this very fol. 17" and ends on fol. 20b; condition good.
Age. Samvat 1643.
1
Here is noted a Ms. having the text and Siddha Sadhu's commentary. 2 Here is noted a Ms. having the text and Ratnaprabha Suri's commen
tary.
Page #407
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
366
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 216. Begins.- fol. 10
ए६० ॥ श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ।
। नमिऊण जिणपरिवे etc. Ends.-- fol. 17
इय धम्मदासगणिणा etc. up to विणिग्गया वाणी। as in No. 225. Then we have:--
५४५॥ इति श्रीउपदेसमालाप्रकरण समाप्तं ।। । संवत् १६४३ वर्षे श्वै(चैत्रमासे शुक्लपक्षे ११ तिथौ इंदुवासरे लिखितं मु.
कल्याणचंद्रेण || सुश्राविका बाईरत्नां पठनार्थ ।। N. B.- For other details see No. 225.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakaraña
415. No. 227
1882-83. Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 21-3=18 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and greyish ; Jaina
Devanagari characters with occasional TTATSIS; small, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, only in the centre, ; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; foll. 1 and 21b blank; foll. 12, 16 and 17 missing; otherwise complete ; edges of some of the foll.
slightly worn out; condition tolerably good. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. I0
॥ ६॥ नमो वीतरामाय ॥ ममिऊण | etc. ...
Page #408
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
367
229. ] ___Metaphysics etc. : Svelambara works Ends.- fol. 214
इय धम्मदासमणिवा etc. practically up to the end as in No. 225. N. B.- For other details see No. 225.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakarana No. 228
1106 (54).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 12b to fol. 14. Description.- Incomplete; 33 verses in all. For other details see
___Namaskāramantra Vol.XVII, No. 730. Begins.-fol. 126
॥जगचूडामणिसूओ etc. as in No. 225. Ends. - fol. 14"
बुमण वि जीवाणं सहकाराब(क)ति पावचरियाई । भषयं जा सा सा सा पत्ताचा)एसो वि इणमो ते ३२॥ पडिवज्जिऊण दोसे नियए सम्मं च पाषचरियाए । तो किर म(मि)गावईए उप्पनं केवलं नाणं ॥३३॥
इति श्रीउपदेशमाला संपूर्ण ॥ N. B.-- For other details see No. 225.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadesámālāprakaraña No. 229
1103.
1887-91. Size. - 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.— 22 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough, thin and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; the space between these pairs coloured red: foll. numbered in both the margins%3 unnumbered sides have a small disc, :in red colour, in the centre; the
Page #409
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
368
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[229.
numbered in each of the two margins, too%3; fol. 1 blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; complete ; 545 verses; this Ms. begins with
the 2nd verse according to No. 225. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. 10
॥ ५० ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरामाय ।
- जगचूडामणिभूओ etc. Ends.- fol. 220
इय धम्मदासगणिणा etc. up to थिरथावरा होइ(उ) as in No. 225. This is followed by the lines as under :-- ॥ ४४ (५४४)
अक्खरबिंदूलावा मत्ताहीणं वजं मए भाणयं । तं सामिणि खामियब्वं सोयध्वं पयनेणं ॥४५॥
इति श्रीउपदेशमालाप्रकरणं समाप्तं ।। छ । N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 225.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakarang No. 230
613 (d)
1884-86. Extent.- fol. 22d to fol. 360. Description.-Complete 3 544 verses in all. For other details
see Päksikasütra ( Vol. XVII, No. 1146 ). Begins.- fol. 22" ।। ५0ए ।।
नमिऊण जिणवरिंदे etc. as in No. 225. Ends.- fol. 360
अक्खरमत्ताहीणं etc. up to विणिग्गया वाणी | ५४४ as in No. 225. This is followed by the line as under :
इति श्रीउपदेशमालाप्रकरणं॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 225.
__i In No. 225 this is numbered as 43.
Page #410
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
232.]
उपदेशमाला प्रकरण
No. 231
Extent. fol. 24a to fol. 35.
Description.-- Complete; 544 verses in all; foll. 26 to 35 wormeaten to some extent. For additional particulars see Namaskaramantra (Vol. XVII, No. 735 ).
Begins. fol. 24 ॥ ६० ॥ अहे ॥
fa
a
Ends.- fol. 35a
369
etc. as in No. 225.
Upadeśamālāprakarana
1269 (6).
1887-91.
N. B. For other details see No. 225.
अक्खरमत्ताहीणं etc. up to विणिग्गया वाणी as in No. 225. This is followed by the line as under:
।। ५४४ इति श्रीउपदेशमाला सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ छ ॥
Upadesa mālāprakarana
74 (a).
1880-81.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
No. 232
Size. 13 in. by 17 in.
Extent. 203 leaves; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf; 50 to 55 letters to a line.
Description.- Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; the Ms. presents an appearance as if the work is written in two separate columns, but, really it is not so; for, the lines of the 1st column are continued to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used; a string passes through the holes in the space between the columns; two wooden boards encompass the Ms. ; leaves numbered in both the margins in the right-hand one in numbers and in the lefthand one in letters e. g. u, etc.; at the end we have two extra blank leaves; a small portion on the right-hand side is worn out in the case of leaves 1 to 79; in some 47 [J. L. P.]
Page #411
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
370
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[232.
cases the relevant written portion is also gone; leaves 1936 and 194© 'smutty; the first four leaves have stuck together ; condition on the whole fair; this work ends on leaf 52" ; this Ms. contains in addition the following works :
leaves
(1) भवभावना
( 2 )
( 3 ) धर्मोपदेशमाला (4) जीवदयाप्रकरण
योगशास्त्र ( I-IV )
(5) नवपद सूत्र
( 6 ) एकविंशतिस्थानक
(7) समय क्षेत्रसमास ( 8 )
Age.- Old.
Begins.~~~ leaf 4b
Ends.-leaf 51b
...
"
22
श्रमणोपासक प्रतिक्रमणसूत्र ( वंदिनुसूत्र ) Vol. XVII, No. 919 leaves 1934 to 197b ( 9 ) अतिचारगाथा ( नाणंमि दंसणंमि ) Vol. XVII, No. 1186 leaves 197b to 198b
( 10 ) गौतमपृच्छा ( ? ) consisting of 53
...
1 Ink spread out.
2 This is the last foot of v. 34.
3 This is v. 35.
4 This is v. 36,
"3
---
22
8
उप्पन्न केवलनाणे (णं) किं सक्का वोत्तुं जे सरागया अकसातो । जो पुण धरिज्ज धणियं दुव्ययपुत्रालए असुणा ।"
""
"
(क) डुकसा पुष्कं च फलं च दोवि वरसाई । कुविओ फलेण पाव समायरइ || ३ || etc.
52a-106a
1062-144b
1452-154b
154b-165a
1652-178b 178b-184b
184b-192b
इ धम्मदासगणणा etc. up to थिरथावरा होउ ॥ as in No. 225. This is followed by the line as under :५४४ || उवएसमालापरणं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 225.
verses leaves 198b to 203 b
Page #412
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
233. ) Metaphysics eic. : Svetambara works
371 उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadesamālāprakarana
73 (a). No. 233
1880-81. Size.- 124 in. by 2 in. Extent.— 186-2 = 184 leaves ; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf; 40 to 45
letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf , Jaina Devanagari characters with fres;
bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; the work though continuous, appears to be divided in two columns ; each column has borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used ; numbers for leaves entered twice : once as 1, 2, 3 etc. in the right-hand margin and once in letter-numerals as in Kalpasūtra Vol. XVII, No. 499; some leaves numbered twice in the right-hand margin ; leaf ra blank ; so are leaves sza and 1100; leaves 72 and 112 lacking ; on leaf 1208 we have only; so to say it is practically blank ; leaf 1866 less legible, ink having faded ; several leaves have their edges and corners worn out; condition tolerably good; complete ; this Ms.
contains in addition the following works :(1) IATFIS ( 44 verses )
leaves 576.64 (2) Fafata Vol. XVII, No. 626
leaves 646-67a (3) Terra
leaves 67-702 (4) FATITE CTO feras leaves 701-720(?) incomplete (5) 7991TT
Icaves 725 (?)-75* (6) galifata Vol. XVII, No. 1373 leaves 759-776 (7) #TH9291T 1
leaves 776-84* (8) Tagasi
leaves 848-90 (9) प्रश्नोत्तररत्नमालिका
leaves 902-93 (10) URTEOT
leaves 938-946 (11) FAP
leaves 94-110 (12) gæfăştatyta
leaves 111-1212 (13) agitarat ( 14 verses ) Vol. XVII, No. 1166 leaves
1216-1286 (14) farmata ( I-II )
leaves 1286-1296 (15) TITITIET
leaves 132-1866
Page #413
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
372
Age. Fairly old.
Begins.-- leaf 1a
रागाय ॥
नामऊण जिणबरिंदे इंदनरिंद etc.
...
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends.-- leaf 57b
[233.
संजमतबालसाणं etc. up to थिरथावरा होउ as in No. 225. This is followed by the line as under :
४३ (५४३) उपदेसमाला समाप्ता
Reference. For further details see No. 225.
Upadeśamālā prakaraṇa
799 (a).
1899-1915.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
No. 234
Size. 10 in. by 44 in.
Extent. 29 10 20 folios; 13 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with frequent rats; big, clear, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; foll. 1 to 10 missing; so the Ms. begins abruptly; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; condition on the whole tolerably good: there is an additional fol. in the beginning; it is numbered as 19; this side is for the sake of convenience here looked upon as fol. 192; on fol. 196 we have a portion of Upadeśamālā verses 67 to 78 (last few verses); on the other side of this fol. we have जीवस्थानकविचार and then a part of गुण; this seems to be continued on fol. 11; so it appears that the fol. preceding the 11th has been later on numbered as 19; formerly it may have been numbered as 10; on this understanding it is considered here as the first work embodied in this Ms.; the second is what is named as कर्मबन्धविचार.
Page #414
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
235.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
373. Age- Pretty old. Begins.- fol. 19
1 अ(आ)बज्झइ क(क)त्थ(न्छ)मासस्स ।। नाउ(ऊ)ण करयलगया(ss)मलं व सज्झा (भा)वउ(ओ) पह(ई) सव्वं । धम्मंपि(मि) नाम सीइज(ज्ज)इ त्ति कम्माइं गुरुआई ।। ६७ ॥ धम्मस्थकाममुखेस जस्स भावो जहि जहिं रमइ ।
बेरग्गगंतरसं न इमं सव्वं सहावेइ ॥ ६७ (१८) etc. Ends.- fol. 19b
इय धम्मदासगणिणा etc. up to विणग्गया वाणी as in No. 225. This is followed by the line as under:
॥७८ ॥ इति श्रीउपदेशमाला समाप्तः ॥ छ । N. B.--- For other details see No. 225.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakaraṇa No. 235
693.
1899-1915. Size.- 99 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 5 folios; I 3 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered as usual; strips of paper pasted to foll. !" and 243condition on the whole tolerably good; this Ms.
ends abruptly; so this work is incomplete; 101 verses in all. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. 1 - ए६० ॥ ॐ नमः श्रीवीतरागाय ॥
नमिऊण etc....
1 This is a part of the 530th verse acoording to the printed edition of the text only (J. D. P. Sabha).
2 This and the following verses tally with verses 531 etc.
Page #415
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
374 faina Literature and Philosophy
[ 2356 Ends. fol. 56
आयरिअभत्तिरागो कस्स सुननवत्तमहरिसीसीरसो । optū fi(fa) Tafaqa ogartharlai) #ita (o) | पुनेहिं चोइआ पुरखडेहिं सिरिभायणं भविअसत्ता॥ गुरुमागमेसिभद्धा(हा) देवयमिव पज्जुवासंति ॥१ (१०१)॥
ligi etc. N. B.--For additional information see No. 225.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadesamālā prakarana 'हेयोपोदया' 'विवृति सहित
with Heyopādeyā vivrti
1105. No. 236
1887-91. Size.— 107 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 258+1=259 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a line. Description. -- Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina
Devanagari characters with frequent quAETTS ; sufficiently big, prefectly legible, uniform and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment used for making corrections ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin: once as 252, 253 etc., and once as 1, 2 etc.; fol. 2528 blank except that the following line is written on it:
ISIJAISITATO: 10 11 zio pisalo: il
There is blank space on the right-hand side of each of the foll. 2526 and 253; every fol. is more or less wormeaten ; condition on the whole tolerably good; the last fol. is half gone ; so it is pasted on a piece of white paper of the size of a fol.; fol. 271 repeated ; fol. 278 numbered as 28 and 29, too; so fol. 279 as 30 ; both the text and its
commentary complete. Age.--Old.
1 This is styled as vivarana, too, by the commentator bimtelf.
Page #416
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
236.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
375
Author of the commentary.- Siddha Sadhu alias Siddharşi same
as the author of Upamitibhavaprapancākathā. Subject.- The text along with a Sanskrit commentary. It is named
as Heyopādeyä as it so begins. In this commentary Hari
bhadra Sūri is saluted. Begins.- (text) fol. 10
जगचूडामणिभूओ etc. as in No. 225. ,,-(com.) fol. I' ए६०॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।।
हेयोपादेयार्थोपदेस(श)भाभिः । प्रबोधितजनाब्जं ॥ जिनवरदिनकरमपदालितकुमततिमिर नमस्कृत्य । गीर्देवताप्रसादितधाष्ट्रन्मिंदतरे जंतुबोधाय ।। जडबुद्धिरपि विधास्ये विवरणमुपदेशमालायाः।
अभिधेयादिस्तन्यत्वावस्था विवरणकरणमनर्थकमिति चेन्न तत्सद्भ(द्भा)वात् तथाह्यस्पामुपदेशा अभिधेयास्तहानहारेण सत्त्वानुग्रहः । कर्तुरनंतरप्रयोजनं श्रोतुस्तदधिगमो द्वयोरपि परमपदावाप्तिः परंपराफलं । संबंधस्तूपायोपेयरूपस्तवोपेयं प्रकरणार्थपरिज्ञानं प्रकरणमुपायोऽतो युक्तमेतद् विवरणमिति तत्रासगाथया शिष्टसमयानुसरणार्थ भावमंगलमाह ॥ छ ।
This is followed by the first verse of the text above referred to and after that we have:
इयं हि भगवदोत्कीर्तनार्थ() तस्य च निर्जराततया तपोषन
मंगलता स्फुटैवेति ॥ जगतो भुवनस्य चूडामाणभूतो etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 260b तवनियमकुसुमगोच्छो etc. up to बहस्सुयाणं च ।। ३९ ।।
___ as in No. 240. ,,-(com. ) fol. 260° दातव्या पुनरियं बहुश्रुतेभ्यश्च विवेकिभ्यः । चशब्दात
मुमाघुत्वादिविशेषणेभ्य इति । इह च स्त(सू) (?)षु पाठाना(नां) या(बा)हुल्य(विधाद्य एव पर्यालोचयतां सम्यगर्थप्रदः। प्रतिभातः स एवास्माभिः पाठा (ठो) विधुतो न शेषाः क्वचित् पुनः संनिहितस्तत्रादर्शेषु प्रस्तुतार्थेन घटमानं पाठमवेक्ष्य प्रायो(5)यमेवं क्वचित् पाठो भविष्यतीत्यभ्यहित(तः) स इति ॥ छ । विष(पं) विनिर्द्धय कुवासनामयं
व्यचीचरद् यः कृपया मदाशये । अचिंत्यवीर्येण सुवासनासुधां
नतोऽस्मि तस्मै 'हरिभद्रसूरये ।। ___ 1 In Peteraon, Report III, p. 130 we have जिनधर्मसूरये; but on p. 184 thare in: नमोस्तु तस्मै हरिभद्रसूरये ॥१
.
.
म
हरिभद्रसरये।।
Page #417
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
376
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[236.
उत्सूत्रम(त्र) विधु()तं मतिमांद्यदोषाद्
गांभीर्यभाजि वचने यदनंतका(की)ः । संसारसागरमनेन तरीतुकामै
तत् साधुभिः कृतरूपैर्मयि सो(शो)धनीयं ॥ तोषाद् विधाय विवृति गिरिदेवतायाः ।
पुण्यानुवं(ब)धि कुशलं यदीमा(दं) मया(55)प्तं ।। सबों(ऽपि तेन भवतादुपदेशमाला
प्रोक्तार्थसाधनपरः खलु जीवलोकः । उपदेशमालाविवरणं समाप्त ॥ छ ॥॥ छ ।
कृतिरियं जिनजैमिनिकणभुक्सौगतादिदर्शनवेदिनः । सकलग्रंथार्थविनियु(पु)णस्य श्रीसिद्ध थमहार्वद्धमानाचार्यस्येति ।
सिद्धर्षिकता वृत्तिः कथानकोंजिता स्वबो(बो)धार्थे । प्रोक्तमनुनींद्ररचितैश्वारुभिरुपदेशमालायाः
यद् विधिना सूत्रोक्तं यच्चान्योक्तं न सम्यगिह लि. After this we have some letters made illegible by applying yellow pigment. They seem to be something like this:-
॥ श्री ५ श्रीविजयसूरिशिष्य... ... ... शिवविजयगणिनी प्रति ... Reference.- For additional Mss. written on palm-leaves and having
the text as well as this commentary sce Peterson, Report III, pp. 25, 130-131 and 172-173. On p. 25, one line from the beginning and two lines from the end viz. प्रोक्तार्थसाधन etc. upto उपदेशमालाविवरणं समाप्तं are given from the commentary. On pp. 130-131 we have the lines from विषं विनिर्दू etc. upto the last line noted above (i.e. upto समाप्त) and then we have:
“ भगवद्गीर्देवताया निभमात्रदुर्गस्वामिगुरुशिष्यसद्दर्षिचरणरणोसिद्धसाधोः ॥ etc.
On p. 172 the lines from the end of the commentary are given. They begin with कृतिरियं and go up to मालायाः as in No. 240. This is followed by ... संवत् १२९१ etc. on p. 173.
1 There are a few lacunae. 2 Is this a proper name?
Page #418
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
237.]
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
377
There is noted on p. 184 a palm-leaf Ms. of the commentary only. For additional Mss. of this trèar' fagfa see G. O. Series Vol. XXI, pp. 1 and 51 and Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 49). In the Limbdi Catalogue one Ms. having the text and ìî' is noted as No. 324. This is probably the same commentary that is dealt with here; for, this begins with arr. One Ms. is noted in Keith's Catalogue as No. '7679 and one in GSAI (Vol. XXV, 295).
P. S. It seems from p. 376, ll. 11-13 that this No. 236 contains the text, Siddharṣi's commentary on it and narratives added to this commentary by Vardhamana Sūri.
If so, it agrees with No. 240, 'and' it deserves to be
bracketed with it. In the absence of the pertinent Ms., I can't say anything more and further, it is not possible to keep this compose pending indefinitely.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
हेयोपादेया (fagia) afga
No. 237
Upadesamalaprakaraṇa
with Heyopadeya (vivṛti)
1238.
1891-95.
Size. 11 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 57 folios; 17 lines to a page; 58 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, fairly legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment used while making corrections; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin as 61, 62 etc.; edges of the first and last few foll. slightly gone; a few foll. slightly wormeaten; condition tolerably good; both the text and the
-
1 This does not deal with Siddharsi's commentary but with one based upon it.
48 [J. L. P.)
Page #419
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
378
.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[237.
commentary complete; marginal notes written at times; in the left-hand margin of fol. I17 हेयोपादेय is written in
red ink. Age. - Samvat I48o. Begins. - ( text ) fol. 61
नामऊण जिणवरिंदे etc. as in No. 225. ,, - ( com. ) fol. 6:* ॥ ma ॐ ॥ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥
हेयोपादेयार्थोपदेश etc. as in No. 236. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 1176
जिणवयणकप्परक्खो etc. up to बहुसयाणं च as in No. 225. , - ( com. ) 17 दातव्या पुनरियं etc. up to जीवलोकः ॥ छ ॥ छ ।
practically as in No. 236. Then we have:
इति श्रीउपदेशमालाविवा(व)रणं समाप्तमिति ॥श्री । कृतिरिय परमार्थतो भगवद्गीतायां निभमात्रतया नु(त) दुर्गस्वामिगुरुशिष्यसद्धर्षिचरणरणोः सिद्धर्षिसाधोरिति समाप्तमिति ॥७।। श्री। मंगलं महाश्री ।। देहि विद्यां परमेश्वरी ॥ ७ ॥ संवत् १४८० वर्षे फागुण घदि ६ आदित्यवारे श्री'साधुपूर्णिणमा'पक्षमंडनश्री विधि'पक्षचूडामणिश्रीगच्छनायकभीपूज्यश्रीश्री. रामचंद्रमरिश(शि)व्यशीलचंद्रलेशेन आत्मस स्मरणार्थ श्रीउपदेशमालाविवरणं लिपापितं । श्री"दर्भावती'नगरे पुस्तिका लिखिता।
उदकानलचौरेभ्यो मूर्षकेभ्यो विशेषतः ॥ कष्टेन लिषितं शास्त्रं । यत्नेन प्रतिपालयेत् ॥१॥ तैला(द्र)क्षेज(ज)ला(द्र)क्षे रक्षे मां शिथिलबंधनात् । परहस्तगता(द्र)क्षे एवं बदति पुस्तिका॥
प्रा ज्ञा० ० राणा मा. सुहागदेवतमाडणेन भार्यासलसहितेन भावनया लिपापितम् ॥ ०४५००
The subsequent letters are illegible as yellow pigment is applied. N. B.- For other details see Nos. 225 and 236.
-
1 This is Dabhoi,
Page #420
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
with
238.) Metaphysics etc. : Svetämbara works
379 उपदेशमालाभकरण
Upadeśamālāprakarana हेयोपादेया. (विवृति) सहित
Heyopādeyā (vivști)
171. No. 238
1871-72. Size. — 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.— 89 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough and greyish ; Jaina
Devanagari characters with occasional PASS; sufficiently big, quite legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing ; borders neatly ruled in four lines in black ink ; dandas in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. ja blank; so is the fol. 896 except that 399TAlegretar is written in Gujarāti on it; both the text and
its commentary complete ; condition very good. Age. - Fairly old. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 16
ATYTTAFOT ETT etc. as in No. 225. ,,- (com. ) fol. 10 1140 11 ) : f i c II
gigieorrado etc. as in No. 225. Ends.- (text ) fol. 886
जिणवयणकप्परुक्रवो etc. up to बहुसयाणं च as in No. 225. ,- (com. ) fol. 89' grasi gafroi aggaxha etc. up to 3gàat
HIETIETO FATH I J l as in No. 236. This is followed by the line as under :
उपदेशमालाविवरणं समाप्त N. B.- For other details see No. 237.
Page #421
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
380
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[239.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakaraņa हेयोपादेया
with (विवृति) सहित .
Heyopādeya-(vivrti)
263. No. 239
1883-84. Size.- 10 in. by 41 in. Extent. — 78 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough, tough and white; Jaina
Devanāgari characters with Occasional TEATS ; small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; yellow piginent used while making corrections; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; in the left-hand margin, the title is written as उपदे०७०; a piece of white paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1'; condition on the whole very good ; fol. 1 blank ; both the text and its commentary complete ; the former has 543 gåtbās; extent
4400(?) Slokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.-- ( text) fol. 1b
___ जगचूडामणिभूओ । etc. as in No. 225. ,,- (com.) fol. 1 ए८० ॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।।
हेयोपादेयार्थोपदेशभाभिः etc. as in No. 236. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 78b
___ इय धम्मदासगणि(णा) etc. up to जिणवयणधिणिग्गया वाणी ॥ as in No. 225. This is followed by the lines as under :
४३ ।। इति उपदेशमाला संपूर्णा ।। .. - ( com.) fol. 78° दातव्या पुनरियं etc. up to श्रीउपदेशमालाविवरणं
11 3 || as in No. 236. This is followed by the lines as under :
___ कृतिरियं परमार्थतो भगवतया तु दुर्गस्वामिगुरुशिष्यसद्दयेश्वरणरेणोः सिव? द्धसादो(धोः) ।। छ । ग्रंथाघ्र ।। ४(१)४०० ।। छ ॥ छ ।। श्रीररतु ।। N. B.--- For other details see No. 237.
Page #422
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
240.)
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
381
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadesamālāprakarana विवरणसहित
with vivarana
639. No. 240
1892-95. Size. - 104 in. by 4s in. Extent.— 47 folios ; 21 lines to a page ; 71 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with frequent qalas ; very small yet perfectly legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red ; red chalk used; yellow pigment used while making corrections ; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 1a blank; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; a portion from the righthand side is gone in the case of the first fol.; edges of several foll. worn out to some extent ; condition on the whole tolerably good ; both the text and the commentary
complete. Age.- Fairly old. Author of Narratives.-- Is he Vardhamāna sůri, the one mentioned
in Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. so )? Subject. The text along with a Sanskrit commentary of Siddharsi.
This commentary contains narrations added to Siddharsi's
commentary. Begins- (text) fol. 16
ATEIATEST etc. as in No. 225. »-( com. ) fol. 1 yco Y TA: Fang |
gainearutoothTÀ: 1 etc. as in No. 236. . Ends.- ( text ) fol. 475
जिणवयणकप्परुक्खो etc. up to बहुस्सयाणं च ॥ as in No. 225. „- ( com. ) fol. 475 grasur gafti etc, up to r etaiotaa
TOJ FAT I E Il as in No. 236. This is followed by the lines as under :
Page #423
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
382
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(240.
॥ श्री॥8॥सं॥छ|| श्री ॥8॥ ग्रं०४०६०॥छ।
धंतमणीत्यादि ।। माताः कलंकशोधनार्थ पुटपाकं प्रापितास्ते च मणपश्च पुष्परागपद्मरागवज्रवैदूर्यचंद्रकांतादयो ध्माता मणयस्तेषां दामानि मालाः शशिनो दुवर्णसुवर्णकर्पूराः गजाः कुंजरास्तुरगा रथपढातीनामुपलक्षणमेतत् निधयो निषा च द्रव्याणि तेषां पदमास्पदं स्थानं राजा स चेह प्रस्तावाद रणसिंहस्तस्य प्रथमाभिधानेन कोऽर्थः प्रथमाक्षरमोंकारो मातृका इव सर्वशास्त्राणामादौ मंगलार्थमुपादीयमानत्वात् तस्य च पंचपरमेष्ठिवाचकतया विश्रुतद्वादलजल्पो जाप इत्यर्थः । तेन हेतुना रचितमुपदेशमालाप्रकरण मेतदिति योग ।।
कलिछलि तोप्यसावेतयोपदेशपरंपरया प्रतिबोधितो यथेह परलोककल्याकारणपंचमंगलजापपरायणो भवति । तथा करोमीत्यभिप्रायेणेत्यर्थः ॥ छ ।।
कृतिरियं जि(जै)नजैमिनिकणभुक्सगितादिदर्शनवेदिनः सकलग्रंथार्थबलवनिपुणस्य श्रीसिद्धर्महाचार्यस्ये(स्य) सिर्षिकमा वृत्तिः कथानकैयोजिता स्वबोधार्थ ।
प्राक्तनमुनींद्रचितैश्चारुभिरुपदेशमालायाः । प(य)३ विधिना सूत्रोक्तं यच्चान्योक्तं न सम्यगिह लिखितं । जैनेंद्रमताभि स्तच्छोध्यं मर्षणीयं च ॥ १ छ ।.
श्रीरस्तु ।। श्री ॥ छ । Reference.-Cf. a Ms. styled as उपदेशमालाप्रकरणगाथा आम्नाययंत्र
and noted as No 313 in the Limbdi Catalogue. For other details see No. 236. .
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakarana उपदेशमञ्जरी सहित
with Upadeśamañjari
552. Yo. 241
1895-98. Size.- 13 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 117 folios ; 12 to 14 lines to a page ; 56 to 62 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; most of the foll, from 1 to 40 numbered
Page #424
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
241.)
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
383
2 etc.
in both the margins: in the right-hand one as . R, and in the left-hand one from the 4th as 6, a, a, ur, f,
etc.; fol. 1a blank ; unnumbered sides of foll. i to 40 have a small design in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; strips of paper pasted to foll 71, 78, 796 etc.; some foll. slightly worm-eaten ; several foll. from the end seem to be exposed to fire; they have become brittle; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 117b; condition on the whole tolerably fair ; both the text and the commentary end
abruptly; the text terminates at v. 55. Age.- Samvat 1617. Author of the commentary.-Siddharși (?) Subject. The text together with a commentary in Sanskrit. In the
commentary we find narratives written in Präkrit and most probably taken from the canonical literature. Lives of Lord Mahavira, Sanatkumāra, Brahmadatta, Skandaka, Vairasvämin and Nandişeņa are embodied in the commentary. This is what is mentioned in Peterson's sixth report (p. 112 ). Here this work is named as 59&A
Freizt but this is wrong. Begins.-- (text) fol. b
TEIAUTOTTI etc. as in No. 225. ,, -- (com.).fol. 1b Toll FA: #5119:
ETTCITTTTTTTHH: I etc. as in No. 236. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 1156
सपरमराउलवाइएण शी(सी)रे व(प)लीबिए नियए।
गयसुकुमालेण खमा तहा कया जह सिवं पत्तो ॥ ५५॥ ,,- (com.) fol. 1156 GRIWA: FTI TOTTEIT: HE TIENOT * SA FITXA I etc.
यथा शिवं मोक्ष प्राप्त इति । गाथाक्षरार्थः ।। भावार्थः कथानकावरसेद()aa (@ally Il rt(arhai's Ang ateTOH prout had ATA Auri etc.
Page #425
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
.384
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[24.
Ends.- (com.) fol. II7 तहा हरिणो सम्वकन्नाउ रायपुत्ता वसुदेवपत्नीउ य
देवइरोहिणी। मोत्तुं पब्वइयाउ । तहा विज्जाहरीसुया विज्जाहरा य । वसुदेवस्स य बंधुवग्गा पब्वइया । जहा एएण पाणवएण वि खंती कया। तहा प्रणेणा वि साहुणा। On fol. IITbwe have:
एसिवं सुहं पत्ता ॥ इति नंदिसेणकथानकं समाप्तं ॥
॥ इति श्रीविविधकथानकं(क)मुपदेल(श)मंजरीनाम्नि प्रकरण सटीकायां व्याख्या समाप्तमिदम् । सम्बत् १६१७ रा फाल्गुन कृष्ट(ण) अष्टम्यां ।।
। 'पट्टण'नयरमध्ये ॥ ॥श्री पंचासरा पार्श्वनाथप्रसादात् ॥ ॥ Reference.- See Nos. 225. and 236.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakarana वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti Na242
1271.
1884-87. Size.-IT in. by 4g in. Extent.- 235 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva.
nāgari characters ; tolerably big, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; yellow pigment used; red chalk used to mark the numbers of the verses%3; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1 blank; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1'; condition on the whole very good ; three small discs in red colour on fol. 10: one in the centre and one in each of the two margins ; both the text and its commentary complete ;
the latter composed in Samvat 11.44; extent 8990 ślokas. Age.-- Samvat 1562. Author.- Sarvananda Suri, pupil of Gunaratna Suri, successor of
Silabhadra Suri, successor of Manadeva.
Page #426
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
242.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
385
Subject.- The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. The
latter is based upon the vivarana of Siddha Rși and is an
epitome of it. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1.6
नमिऊण जिणवरिंदे | etc. as in No. 225. - (text) fol. 7 जगचूडामणिभूओ । etc. as in No. 225. ,, - ( com.) fol. 1 || ए५0 ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
श्रीनाभेयजिनेश्वरक्रमनखा यच्छंतु वो वांछित . प्रक्रीडति जगत्रयीश्वरशिरकोटीरकोटीषु ये ।। तेषां श्रीचरणद्वयीतलविल(ला)सन्यो निधिभ्योऽभव
नाधिक्यं व(ब)त संख्ययैव सुमहन्माहात्म्यपूरादपि ॥१॥ फुलंदीवरपीवरातिभरो भोगींद्रभोगाश्रितः ।
पुण्योदारदशावतारदलितासत्कर्मदैत्यस्थिभिः(तिः)। यः सत्यागदयान्वितस्त्रिभुवनं पुष्णाति सत्त्वाश्रयः ।
श्रीपार्श्वः पुरुषोत्तमः स जगतां दद्यादमंदां मुदं ॥२॥ वीरं श्रिये(s)स्तु भगवानुपदेशमाला
यस्येयमुज्ज्वलगुणा समनोभिरामा :]। कंठे स्थिता शिववधस्पृहणीयरूपं
सौभाग्यभाग्यमाथितः कृतिनां तनोति ॥ ३॥ सिद्धब्याख्यातेवोपदेशमालां विवरितुमीशोऽभूत् ।
छत्रयितुं कोटिशिलां त्रिविष्टपेवेह दोईडे ॥ ४ ॥ संख्ये प्र(?)मुद्यमो(s)यं । कथानको(s)न्यल्परुचिजननिमित्तं । अल्पबुभुक्षुसुखिकते किं नावायते दुग्धं ? ॥ ५॥ गुणरत्नमरिगुरवो । जयंति येषां प्रसादयंतृसखः । मागुपदेशमालाद्विपखेलनसाहसं कुरुते ॥ ६ ॥ तत्रादौ मंगलाभिधेयादिप्रतिपादनायाह ।।
This is followed by the first verse of the text above referred to and after that we have:--
- अत्र पूर्वार्द्धन निर्विघ्नमारब्धप्रकरणसमास्यर्थमिष्टदेवतानमस्काररूपं मंगलमपरान पुनरध्येतृश्रोतृव्याख्यातृप्रवि(ख)त्यर्थमभिधेयसंबंधी साक्षा'
दाह | etc. 19 [J. L. P.]
Page #427
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
386
Ends. ( text ) fol. 235b
जिणवयणकपरुक्खो अणेगसत्यत्यसालिविच्छिण्णो । तवनियम कुसुमगोच्छे सो गइफलबंधणो जयइ || ३६ || This is followed by the commentary and after that we have :--
जोगा साहुवेरग्गियाण परलोगपत्थियाणं च ।
संविपक्खियाणं दायव्त्रा बहुसुयाणं च ॥ ३७ ॥
( com. ) fol. 234° योग्योचिता वैराग्यं विद्यते येषां ते वैराग्यिकाः सुभाषका गृह्येते । साधवश्व वैराग्यिकाश्र्व सुसाधुवैराग्धिकास्तेषां परलोकप्रस्थितानां संयमोन्मुखतया परत्र हिताभ्युयतामित्यर्थः । केषां संविग्नपाक्षिकाणां योग्ये निवर्तते । दातव्या पुनरियं बहुश्रुतेभ्यश्व विवेकिभ्यः । चशब्द (दा) तू सुसाधुस्वादिविशेषणेभ्य इति ।
वृत्तौ संक्षेपमत्रेच्छन् सिद्धर्षिविवृत्तेरहं ।
यन्नलिखं पदं तत्र क्षेतव्यं (व्य ) मेव विचक्षणैः ॥ छ ॥
इत्याचार्य श्री सर्वानंद विरचितकथा संक्षेपोपदेशमालाविवरणे
चत्वारिंशद्विवरणं ॥ समग्र ग्रंथार्थ ॥ १७४ ।।
[242.
श्री चंद्रप्रभुसूरिशब्दवदभूद् विश्वप्रियं भावुकः
पंचास्या इव के (S) पि सोढुमसहा यस्योन्नतिं वादिनः । दर्पेणोत्पतयालयः क्षितिभृतामर्येगभंगं गता
वांगा इव वैमनस्यविधुरं दूरं प्रणेशुः परे ॥ १ ॥ नभोभोमा निभः श्रीधर्मघोषो (S) भवद विस्फूर्य (र्ज) तपसा (S) पसारितबहिर्विद्यामयाडंबरं ॥ गर्जगुर्वगरिष्ठ निष्ठुरगिरा प्रोत्साह्य वादादयं
हित्वा ( s) सूनपि मानदेवविबुधः शक्रं शरण्यं श्रितः ॥ २ ॥ तत्पद शैलहेलिरभवत् श्रीशीलभद्रप्रभु[:]]
वारित्रप्रशमश्रियोरसुलभे यस्मिन् कलौ संगमे ॥
नानास्थान निवासमांसललसन्मालिन्यमालाविलं
वियास्त्रं पवितुं स्थिताः प्रमुदिताः सो (सौ) हार्दहृयाः किल ॥ ३ ॥
जज्ञे श्रीगुणरत्नरिगुरुस्तत्पट्टवादेर्विधुः ।
स्थाने वस्त्रविसृष्टमिष्टफलदं संजायते जन्मिनां ॥
इत्येवं हृदि संप्रधार्य भगवत्येषा गिरामीश्वरी ।
जाने यत्र निजं नियोजितवती श्रद्धावती वाङ्मयं ॥ ४ ॥
Page #428
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
243.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 387 शिष्यस्तस्य प्रसादादू व्यपगतजडतासंनिकर्षप्रकर्षः।
श्रद्धालुश्राद्धसाधुप्रकरविरचितप्रार्थनोत्कर्षहर्षः ।। श्रीसर्वानंदमूरिः सुकृतमुपचितं नेतुकामः स्वकीयं ।
संक्षिप्ताक्षी न वृत्तिमकृत ... दिपालविश्वेंदु (१९४४) वर्षे ।।५॥ संपूर्णाष्टसहस्री श्लोकानां नवशतानि नवतिश्च । प्रत्यक्षरं गणनादिति भवति सुसूत्रा(पि वृत्तिरियं ॥६॥ छ । स ॥ छ । समग्रग्रंथानं ८९९०॥श्री॥छ॥ श्रीरस्तु ।। कल्यामस्तु । श्रीश्रमणसंघस्य ।। श्री ॥ छ । श्री ॥ संवत् १५६२ वर्षे चैत्रसुदि पंचमी गुरुवासरेः ॥ Then in a probably different hand we have :॥ संवत् ११४४ वर्षे सर्वानंदमूरिकृत् ॥
Reference.- For additional Mss. of this commentary see linaratna
koša ( Vol. I, p. 5o), in case the entry about Sarvänanda is
pertinent.
Doom
with
5.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakarana दोघही (विशेषवृत्ति) सहित
Doghatti (visesavrtti) No.243
1881-82. Size.— 33 in. by 24 in. Extent. — 299+1 = 300 leaves ; 6 lines to a leaf ; 125 letters to
a line. Description.- Palm-Jeaf somewhat thick, durable and grey: Jaina
Devanagari characters with frequent TASTIS; big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns%3; but, really it is not so%3; for, lines of the first column are continued to the rest ; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as ?, etc., and in the left-hand margin as श्री
etc.; on leafb in the centre
Page #429
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
388
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 243.
we have an illustration of a Tirthankara and on leaf 2* that of a Jaina saint receiving a palm-leaf Ms. or some such thing from another saint ; on leaf 2996 there is an illustration of some goddess, probably Sáradā devī; in one of her left-hands there is a branch of a tree with three fruits (? mangoes); the space between every two columns has a red spot in the case of several leaves; several leaves are partially worn out; even the first leaf is broken into two pieces ; condition rather unsatisfactory ; leaf 1 blank; one extra leaf blank at the end ; both the text and the commentary complete; the latter composed in Samvat
1238 and corrected by Bhadreśvara Sûri. Age.- Fairly old.
Author of the commentary.- Ratnaprabha Súri, pupil of Vädin
Deva Suri (see p. so). This Rainaprabha Sūri has c.mposed Nemināhacariya in Samvat 1233. He is an author of Ratnākarāvatārikā, a com. on Pramāṇanayatattvå.
loka. Subject. - The text along with a Sanskrit commentary based upon
that of Siddharşi. The commentary is known as "Doghațţi" so named owing to such words in v. I. There is some por
tion in Apabhramśa. Begins.- (text) leaf ab
FIAT 501 fortaffe etc. as in No. 225. , - (com.) leaf 16 11 801 7#: staaafturkalgaixo: 11
यस्यारघट्टस्य घनोपदेश
मालापितव्यान घटाघटीभिः । संसारकूपाद् भवभृजलाना
मूर्व गतिः स्यात् स जिनो(s)वतादू वः ।। रागादिक्षपणपटुः सकेवलश्री
ATTHAEA Terfartu:( ? #9: ) नाभेयः स भवतु रू(?)तघे(?ये) सदा
नस्तीर्थस्याधिपतिरयं च वर्धमानः ।
Page #430
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
243.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
389
पायं पायं प्रवचनसुधां प्रीयते या प्रकामं
__ स्वैरं स्वैरं चरति कृतिनां कीर्तिवल्लीवनेषु । दोग्ध्री कामानवनवरसैः सा भृशं प्रीणयंती
__ माग्वत्सान् जयति जगति श्रीगवी देवसरेः । विशुद्धसिद्धांतधुरां दधानां
संसारनिःसारकृतावथानां । श्राद्धः सुधासिंधुमिमां विशाला
प्राप्नोति पुण्यरुपदेशमाला ॥ सत्यामपि सत्तो वृत्तिममुष्याः करोम्यहृदयो(5)पि । त्वरयति यस्मान्मामिह सविशेषकथार्थिनां यत्नः । तत्रादौ मंगलाभिधेयादिप्रतिपादनायाह । छ ।
This is followed by the first verse above referred to and then we have :
__ अत्र पूवार्द्धन निर्विघ्नमारब्धप्रकरणसमात्यर्थमिष्टदेवतानमस्काररूपं
मंगलमपरार्द्धन etc. Ends.- ( text ) !eaf 2994 एत्थ सप्तप्पड etc. up to थिरथावरा होज्य(ज) ॥ ५४ (५४४)॥
___ as in No. 225. ,, - ( com. ) leaf 299* समुद्रादीनां प्लवनादयश्चात्र क्रियाः प्रसिद्धरेष लभ्यते ।।
यथा ॥ माभवंतमनलः पवनो च चारणो । मदकलः कलभो वा बज्रमिंद्रकरप्रसृतं वा स्वस्ति । तेस्तुलतया सह वृक्षेत्यत्र काक्षीद्भाक्षीदित्यादिक्रियाणामनुपातमिप्यषगमः ॥ एवं प्रस्तुते(s)पि तत्र क्रियासिद्धिः ॥ ॥ इति भी. रत्नप्रभसूरिविरचितायामुपदेशमालाविशेषवृत्तौ चतुर्थो विश्रामः ॥ ७॥ नानासपनरोत्तमैकवसतिर्नीरागतासंगतः
पातालं परितः स्फुरनिह 'बृहद'गच्छो(5)स्ति रत्नाकरः । स श्रीमन्मुनिचद्रमूरिसुगुरुस्तत्राभवद् भूरिभि
(स)चार्य वि यः 'प्रयाग'वटषद् विस्तारमुद्रामगात् ।। साहित्यतांगमलक्षणेषु
यद्ग्रंथवीथीं थी) कविकामधेषु(नुः) । .कस्योपकारं न व(च)कार सम्यक(क)
नि:शेषदे)शेपु च यविहारः॥
Page #431
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
390
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[248. शिष्यः श्रीमुनिचंद्रसूरिगुरुभिगी(गीं तार्थचूडामणिः
पट्टे स्वे विनिवेशितस्तदनु स श्रीदेवसूरिः प्रभुः । आस्थाने जयसिंघदेव नृपतेर्येनास्तदिग्याससा
स्त्रीनिर्वाणसमर्थितेन विजयस्तंभः समुत्तमितः ।। तत्पदृप्रभवोर(s)भवन्नघ(थ) गुणग्रामाभिरामोदया:
श्रीस(भ)द्धे(द्रेश्वरसूरया(यः) शुवि(चि)धियस्तन्मानसपीतयो। श्रीरत्नप्रभसूरिभिः शुभकृते श्रीदेवमूरिप्रभोः
शिष्येणेघगमकारि सम्मदकृते वृत्तिर्विशेषार्थिनां ।। श्रीदेवसूरिशिष्यभ्रातृणा विजयसेनसूरीणां । आदेशस्य(स्या)नृणभावमगममेताहतावमिह ॥ पदियमुपदेशमाला श्रावकलोकस्य मूलसिद्धांतः । प्रा(प्रा)येण पठति चायं तदिहास्माभिः कृतो यत्नः ।। व्याख्यातृचूडामणिसिद्धनाम्नः
प्रायेण गाथार्थः इहाभ्यधायि । क्वचित् क्वचिद् धातविशेषरेखा
सद्भिः स्वयं सा पति(रि )भावनीया ॥ यदिक्ष(ह) किंचिदनागमिवा(क) क्वचित्
विरचितं मतिमंदतया ( मया ) तदखिलं सुधियः क्षमयामि नः
कृतकृपाः परिशोधयतादरात् ॥ स्वस्य परस्प च सूक्तैर्वृत्तिविस्तारिता चकास्तीयं । मणिखंडमंडलरिव सुवर्णपूजा जिनेंद्राणां । प्रकृता समर्थिता व श्रीवीरजिनाग्रतो भृगुः]पुरे(s)सौ 'अट्टाववोचतीर्थे श्रीसुव्रतपर्युपाम्तिव... संशोधिता तथा श्रीभद्रेश्वरसूरिमुख्यविबुधवः । पुनरपि कंटकशुद्धिः कार्या व प्रार्थये सर्वान् ।। भास्वद्भास्वरकांततिलकं प्रक्षिप्रवज्राक्षतं ।
निर्ध(य)न्नीलशिलातलांशुपटलीदुर्वारपू(दू)वाकुरं ।
1 This should be 'अश्वावबोध'
Page #432
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
144. ]
Metaphysics etc. : Švelämbara works
391
OFFÀTHETEN afer #icftzer(car)grâ(
P ietro __ ताराभियुतिलासिनी विजयता तावन्नवैषा क(तिः) । विक्रमाद वसुलोकार्क(१२३८)वर्षे माघे समाप्तिता। एकादश सहस्राणि सार्द्ध पंचशतं तथा ॥
39440HZ ll lll! Reference.- For additional Mss. see Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, pp.
49-50). Here, on p. so one Ms. of this commentary dated Samvat 1293 is noted. It is in Patan. In the Patan Catalogue ( Vol. I, pp. 206-208 ) its colophon is given.
1872–13. -
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakaraņa OFT
with (विशेषवृत्ति ) सहित
Karņikā ( višeşavrtti)
90. No. 244 Size.— 104 in. by 4 in. Extent. — 242+1=243 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a
line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. r' and 2426 blank ; foll. I and 2 torn ; condition otherwise good; fol. 213 repeated ; both the text and the commentary complete; the latter is composed in Dholkain Samvat 1299 and is '11711 (?) ślokas in extent; it is corrected by Pradyumna Sûri.
Age. - Samvat 1681.
1 Acoording to“ A Descriptive Catalogue of Manuscripts in the Jain Bhandars at Patan" (named as "Patan Catalogue" on this page) (Vol.I, p.938), the extent is given as 12274
Page #433
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
392 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[244. Author of the text.- Dharmadasa Gani.
,, ,, ,, commentary.-Udayaprabhadeva, pupil of Vijayasena ___Suri (guru of Vastupāla ). Udayaprabhadeva is at times named as Udayaprabha. He belongs
to Nāgendra kula. He is the guru of Mallişeņa Sūri, author of Syadvadamanjari (No.108). He has composed the following additional works:
(1) आरम्भसिद्धि. See No. 160. (2) कर्मस्तवटिप्पण. Is this by his namesake ?
(3) धर्माभ्युदयमहाकाव्य also called सङ्घाधिपतिचरित्र (c. Sarivat 1275 ). See p. 394.
(4) षडशीतिटिप्पण.
(5) सुकृत कल्लोलिनी composed prior to Sarivat 1286
or so. Subject.- The text along with its commentary (visesa vrtti) in
Sanskrit, the latter known as Karņikā. Begins.-- (text ) fol. 16
नमिऊण जिणवरिंदे etc. as in No. 225. ,-(com.) fol. 1° ९ ६० ॥ नमो जिनाय ।
अईस्तनोतु भुवनाद्भुतकल्पवृक्षः
श्रेय फलं निबिडबोधसुमप्रसूतं । यस्यांक(क)मूलमभितः प्रोप)तितः प्रसून
प्राया(:) सुरासुरनराधिपसंपदो(5)पि ॥१॥ etc. गाथास्ताः खलु धर्मदासगणिना सज्जातरूप : श्रियः ।
किं चेष स्फुरदर्ध(2)रत्नानकरः सिद्धर्षिणो(?णे)वार्पितः । तेनैतामि(म)तिवृत्तसंस्कृतिमयीमातन्वतः कार्णिकां ।
वृत्ति मे(5)त्र सुवर्णकारपदवीशी(सी)माश्रमश्वित्यतां । ८ । etc.
1 He should be distinguished from his namesake, pupil of Raviprabba Sūri. This Udayaprabha Suri has commented upon (i) Pavayanaśāruddhāra, (ii) Sivakarman's Sayaga and (iii) Kammatthaya of unknown authorship.
% This praśasti' poem in 179 stanzas is published as Appendix III P. 68 ff.) to Hammiramadamardana-nātaka in Gaekwad's Oriental Series jnA.D. 1920.
Page #434
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
244.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
393 Ends.- ( text ) fol. 2400
___अक्खरमत्ताहीणं etc. up to विणिग्गया वाणी ॥ ४४ || as in
No. 225. " - (com.) fol. 240 यत्किंचिन्मया जिनवचनवाण्या अक्षरमात्रया हाणं तत् सर्व क्षम्यतामिति भद्रमस्तु ।। कमठवनभृतांभोरा शि)संघासिसर्पा
धिपतिकलितमूर्तिनी(नी)लनालीककांतिः। सितरुचिरविराजः लोचन केवलश्रीः
परिचयचतुरात्मा श्रीजिनो वः श्रिये(अ)स्तु ॥१॥ श्रीवर्द्धमानः स(श)मिनां मनासि
जिनो घिनोतु तृ(त्रिपदी यदीया। व्याप्नोति विश्वं 'चिल(१)घातिकर्म
अयोचिता(ता)विश्वमनश्वरधीः ॥ २॥ श्रीवीरशासनमहामहिमा गिगोरिष्ठः
मीभद्रबाहुविहिताचरणप्रतिष्ठा(४)। काले 'कला'बपि विलुप्तधनाघसंघः ।
भीमानयं विजयते यतिमूलसंधः ॥३॥ भी नागेंद्र'कले मुनींद्रसवितुः भीम महेंद्राः]प्रमो(:) ।
पट्टे पारगतागमोम(पोनिषदां पारंगमग्रामणी()। देवः संयमदैवतं निरवधि(ब)व(वि)यवागीश्वरः।
संय(ज)ज्ञे कलिकल्मषे(र)कलुषः श्रीशांतिसरिय(से)का ॥४॥ • शक्तिका(5)पि न कापिलस्य न नये नयाय(यि)को नायक
श्वार्वाका परिपाकमुज्झति मते बौद्धश्च नौद्धत्यभाक। सा(स्या) वैशेषिकशेमुखी(पी) च विमुखी वादाय वेदांतिके
दांत केवलमस्य वत्कु(क)रयते सीमा(मां) न मीमांसि(स)कः ॥५॥ तत्पट्टे प्रथमः शसि(मि)प्रभुरभूदानंदसूरीश्वरः ।
संय(ज) (5)मरचंद्रसरिरखिलानूचानचूडामणि णिः)। शश्वद् यस्य सरस्वतीप्रसरणे सिह(छ)श(शि)तुम्संसदि ।
प्राश्वेतसि चेतशीतलरुसा चाचार्यकं कार्यते ॥ ६ ॥ सिद्धांतोपनिषनिषष्णहृदयो धा(धी)जन्मसूस्तत्पदे । : पूज्यश्रीहरिमद्रहरिरमवशारित्रिणामग्रणी(:) ।
1 Elsewhere there is a variant: mania. 50 [I.L.P.]
Page #435
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
394
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [244. प्रात्वा शून्यमनाभयरतिचराद् यस्मिन्नवस्थानतः ।
मंतुष्ट'कलिकाल गौतम इति ख्यातिर्वितेने एणैः ॥ ७ ॥ गुरुश्रीहरिभद्रो()यं लेभे(5)धिकवच स्थिति ।
मोहद्रोहाय चारित्रनृपनाशीरवीरितां ॥८॥ तापट्टे विजयसेनसूरयः।
__ पूरयंति कृतिनां मनोरथान् । यद्वी वृषममत नूतना।
कामधेनुरिव सर्वकामदं ॥९॥ गर्वा[:(त) पूर्वमनादरैरवहिते पश्चात ततो विस्मितेः ___ प्रस्थिम्नैरनु विस्मितात्मभिरथो वादे तु वादे क्षणात् ।। भाग्यानिमनीषिणां परिणता पुंस्त्वेन बागेष इ
त्याक्षिप्तरथ सेव्यते स्म सहसा यः स्मादरं वादिभिः ॥१०॥ यस्योपदेशममृतोपमितं निपीय
श्रीवस्तुपालसचिवेश्वरतेजपालो ।। संघाधिपत्यमसमं जिनतीर्थतेजः
संवर्द्धनाजितशतक्रतु चक्रतुस्तौ ॥११॥ श्रीमद्विजयसेनस्य सौमनस्य नमस्यतः ।
यहासिता धृता(:) (कै)ना(न) गुणाः शिष्याश्च मूर्द्धसु ॥ १२ ॥ शिष्यस्तस्य च लक्षणक्षणचणः साहित्यसौहित(त्य)व्या(वान्)।
उद्यतर्कवितर्ककर्कशमि(मोतिः सिद्धांतशुद्धांतरः॥ 'श्रीधर्माभ्युदये कविः प्रविलस(द)दुव्यादिगोत्रे पवि(:)।
तामेतामुदयप्रभाख्यगणभृद वृत्तिं व्यधात् कर्णिकां ॥ १३ ॥ किंचाज्ञया विजयसेनमुनीश्वरस्य
शिष्येण सेयमु[]प्रभदेवनाम्ना ।। योग्या विशेषविदुषामुपदेशमाला
___ वृत्तिष्कथाग्रथनतोऽभिनवा वितेने ॥१४॥ प्रथमादर्श प्रथमानमाना(न)सा देवबोधविबो(बु)ध इमां । स्थपतिरिव स्थापि(प)प(यि)ता गुरुधु नतो(s)तनुत साहाय्यम् ॥ १५॥ 'चांद्रे' कुले कलशतः किल सूरिदेवा
नंदाश्व(य)शिष्यकनकप्रभसूरिनाम्नः ।
1geep.392,
Page #436
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
244.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
प्रद्युम्न सूरिरुदितः कवितासमुद्रः
सुष्टिधर्वोबुधवशेधयदेव (?) वृत्तिं ॥ १६ ॥ उम्सेकितोच निरूपणाचैः ।
य: (या) शातना इयात् तनुतापि काचित् ॥ Terr(s) स्तु मे कृतमत्र साक्षी ।
'श्रीसंघभट्टारक एव तीर्थः ॥ १७ ॥ एकैकेन विमोहशिक्यचरणां स्थित्वा कषायानिमान् । दीप्ते ध्यानकृशानुधामनि मनश्व क्रेन हुत्वा (ss )त्मनः ॥ मंत्रस्याष्टशतैरितीह जपितैस्तैः पंचभिः सिद्धये ।
गाथाभिर्गुरु (गु) त्थि (म्फि)ता विजयते जप्पो (प्योपदेशावलिः ||१८|| कल्पाविष्करणादितो विवरणात् विज्ञाय विज्ञात्मना ।
नाम्रायादुपदेश पद्धतिमिमामासेवमानो मुदा ॥ लोकात (ग्रो) परिवर्त्तिनीमभिमुखी (ख) कुर्वीत बीतान्यधीः ।
वृत्तिनि (र्निर्वृत्तिर्दे (देवतां शिवपुरी साम्रायः (ज्य) कामः कृती । १९ । । तच्चो (वो) दित्वरसप्त भूमिक महाप्रासाद राजांगणं ।
याबद् भाति जगद्गुरोर्भगवतस्तीर्थेशितुः शासनं ॥
ताव (द) भावकसाधुधर्मविजयस्तंभद्वयालंबनी ।
395
वृत्तिवेदनमालिका विजयतां तत्रो 'पदेशस्त्र (ख) ज (ः) ॥ २० ॥ से पुरे 'धवलके' तिलके धरित्र्यां ।
मंत्री पुण्यवतौ वसतौ च ( ब ) सद्भिः ॥ 'वर्षे भिघांपु (?) नयनेंदु (१२९९?)मिते वितेने ।
श्लोकैः शिवोदधिशिषैः (११७१११) प्रमिता (S) द्भुत श्रीः ॥ २१ ॥ इत्याचार्यश्री उदयप्रभदेवसंघट्टितायां उपदेशमालायाकर्णिकायां विशेषवृत्तौ तृतीय (:) परिवेषः संपूर्णः ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥
संवत् १६८१ बर्षे । श्रावणसुदि ६ हस्तार्के । 'सौराष्ट्र' जनपदे । 'द्वीपबंदरत्रास्तव्य | सुभाषक | परमभक्त । वैराग्यवंत । दो० सोमसी मार्या सुशीलवती ।
1
For this phrase see Vol. XVII, pt, 2, p. 209.
2 उपदेशमाला इत्यर्थः ।
3 In the "Patan Catalogue" (Vol. I, p. 238) we have:
66
वर्षे ग्रह - ग्रह - रौ कृतभार्कसंख्यैः ॥ "
Cf. p. 398.
Page #437
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
396
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [244 धर्मानुरागिणी। बाईभीबाई । तयोः पुन दो सूरजीकनेवं पुस्तकं पुण्यार्थ लिखापितं । 'तपागच्छाधिराजभट्टारकप्रभुभट्टारकभी श्रीविजयदेवसूरीश्वरविजयराज्ये । सफलतार्किकचूडामणिपंडितोतंसपंडितश्री ५ श्रीकल्याणकुशलगणिशिष्य( )पंडितशिरोमणिपंडितश्री३श्रीदयाकुशलगणितच्छिष्यभक्तिकुशलस्य स्वपुण्यपुष्टये । वाचनाय प्रदत्तं । वाच्यमानं चिरं जीयात् ॥
लेखकपाठकयोः ॥ शुभं भवतु ।। कल्याणमस्तु ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ छ । छ । श्रीः ।। Reference. -- For additional Mss. see Nos. 245 and 246 and Jina
ratnakosa (Vol. I, p. 50). Some portions-especially the colophon of Karnika is given in "Patan Catalogue" (Vol.I, Pp. 235-238).
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālā prakaraņa कर्णिका
with (विशेषवृत्ति) सहित
Karnika (visesavrtti) No. 245
369
1880-81. Size.- 10t in. by 4t in. Extent. — 174 folios; 20 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with TASTIS; neither too big nor too small, bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; corners of the first three foll. and edges of foll. 32 and 33 slightly damaged; foll. 129 to 147 worm-eaten to some extent ; foll. 160 to 165 and 170 to 174 hopelessly worn out at the left-hand corners, while foll. 166 to 169 partly so; condition fair ; foll, 1 and 1745 blank; yellow pigment used; this Ms. contains both the text
and its commentary in toto ; total extent 12274 ślokas. Age.- Not modern. Begins.- ( text) fol. 10
नमिऊण जिणवरिंदे etc. as in No. 225. , - ( com. ) fol. 1" ५६० ॥ नमः परमात्मने ।
अर्हस्तनोतु etc. as in No. 244.
Page #438
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
249.] Metaphysics etc. Sretambara works
397 Ends. - fol. 1736 (text) . .
STIU O etc. up to forroratr 3 1148R11 as in No. 225. The verse beginning with TFTARIF etc. is not given here.. - (com. ) fol. 1736 ftuar gièneizaga FURAT TISaat Pfarroa भवतु आस्तामित्याशीर्वादः ॥ छ । A yai etc. as in No. 244 up to gata pianta si gof: This is followed by the lines as under :
सर्वसंख्याग्रंथानं १२२७४ । छ ।। संपूर्णा कर्णिकाख्या उपदेशमालाविशेषबृत्ति। N. B.- For additional information see No. 344.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadesamālāprakarana कणिका
with (विशेषवृत्ति) साहित
Karņikā ( višeşavịtti)
• 1103. No. 246
1887-91. Size. - 12 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 243 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional FAITIS ; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; space between these pairs coloured red; red chalk used ; yellow pigment very rarely ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1 blank; edges etc. of the first two loll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good; unnumbered sides have in the centre a small disc in red colour; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary known as Karņikā ; both complete ; extent 12374 ślokas; Karniká composed in Samvat 1299, in Dhavalaka; the commentary is divided into 3 pariveşas; the extent of each of them is as under
Page #439
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
398
"
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Pariveşa I foll.
II
III
17
Age. - Samvat 1566.
Begins. ( text ) fol. 10
"
")
""
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 242b
"
Ib to 83b
83b 167*
167.
243.
नमिऊण जिणवरिंदे etc. as in No. 225.
( com. ) fol. 1 ५६० ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ अहे ॥ चिदानंदाय ऋषभस्वामिने भरताय च ।
श्री गौतमसुधम्माभ्यां श्रीगी गुरवे नमः ॥ १ अस्तनोतु भुवना etc. गाथास्ताः खलु धर्मदासगणिनः सञ्जातरूपभियः ।
किं चैष स्युरदर्थरत्ननिकरः सिद्धर्षिणैनार्पितः । तेतामितिवृत्तसंस्कृतमयीमातन्वतः कार्णिकां
Then we have:
"
""
वृत्तिं मेऽत्र सुवर्णकारपदवीसी माश्रमचिंत्यतां ॥ ८ (९) ॥ etc.
( com. ) fol. 83° इत्याचार्य etc. up to विशेषवृत्तौ प्रथमः परिवेषः संपूर्णः ।
— ( com. ) tol. 1674 इत्याचार्य etc. up to विशेषवृत्तौ द्वितीयः परिवेष (:) संपूर्णः ॥ छ ॥
जाब य लवणसमुद्दो etc. up to थिरथावरा होउ ।। ५४२ ।। ' ( com. ) fol. 242b
घनकमठमृतांभोराशि etc. up to उपदेश खजः ॥ २० ॥
सेयं पुरे 'धवलके' नृपवीरवीर
[246.
मंत्रीपुण्यवतौ वसतौ वमद्भिः ।
वर्षे ग्रहग्रह (१२९९) कृतभार्क (११२७४) संख्येः
श्लोकैर्विशेषविवृतिर्विहिता (S) तभी (२१) ॥ छ ॥
1 The verse beginning with of and its explanation as well, are not given in this Ms.
Page #440
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Metaphysics etc. Svetambara works
इत्याचार्यश्री उदयप्रभदेवसू० घट्टितायां उपदेशमालायाः कर्णिका विशेषवृत्तौ तृतीयः परिवेषः संपूर्णः ॥ छ । ग्रथाग्रं ३७१४ ।। एतावता समंपूर्णा उपदेशमालाया (:) कार्णिकाख्यविशेषवृत्तिरिति ॥ छ ॥ आदितो ग्रंथाग्रं ॥ ।। १२३७४ ।। ।। संवत् १५६६ वर्षे कार्त्तिकवदि ८ रवौ दिने श्रीम' दण हिलपुरे' नगरे 'मोढ' ज्ञातीय चातुर्वेद पं० महाव लिखितं ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ ॥ शिवमस्तु ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 244.
246.]
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
सुखबोधिका ( वृत्ति) सहित
::
??
I
II
III
IV
V VI
No. 247
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 62 folios; 15 lines to a page; 50 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and grey for all foll. except for foll. 36 to 62 for which paper is white in colour; Jaina Devanagari characters with frequent gears; sufficiently big, quite legible, uniform and very good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used in the beginning; numbers for foll. written in both the margins except for the 1st; fol. 1a blank; so is fol. 62b; bits of paper pasted to fol. 1; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 62; several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; condition on the whole tolerably good; both the text and its commentary complete ; उपदेशमालाइ, उपदेशमातृ etc. written in the left-hand margins; the entire work is divided into six viśramas; the extent of each of them is as under:
viśrama
foll.
foll.
""
""
""
29
22
Upadeśamālā prakaraṇa
with
Suklabodhika (
Ib
176
30a
42
Sob
58
"3
""
دو
39
"2
(vṛtti)
774
1895-1:02.
399
17b
30a
422
506
586
62*,
Page #441
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
400
Age. - Sarvat 1663.
Author of the commentary.- Guņakirti Sūri, successor of Gunanidhāna Suri of Maladharin gaccha.
Subject. The text together with a Sanskrit commentary. The latter is based upon 'Bṛhatkarnika and deals with 81 drstántas (narratives).
Begins.-- ( text) fol. rb
"
[247.
नमिऊण जिणवरिंदे | etc. as in No. 225.
"
- ( com. ) fol. r ॥ ६० ॥ ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ ॥ वीतरागं जिनं नत्वा । गणेशा गौतमादयः । उपदेशमालां शुद्धां । वृत्तिं ब्रूते गुरुः सुधीः ॥ १ ॥
' मलधा (रि) 'गच्छे भट्टारक श्रीगुणनिधानसूरितत्पट्टे मट्टारकगुणकीर्त्तिरीणां चतुर्विधसंघयुक्तानां सुसाधूनां षडिद्रिय सुष (ख) बोधनार्थे श्रीउपदेशमालां वृत्ति (बृहत्कणिकातः समुद्धृत्य षडध्येययुक्तां वृत्ति चाह || सांप्रतं सूत्रमाह
Ends.- ( text ) fol. 61b
This is followed by the first verse of the text above noted and after that we have :
अहमपि इमां उपदेशमालां वक्ष्ये केन गुरूपदेशेन । किं कृत्वा जिनवरेंद्रान नत्वा etc.
इय धम्मदासगणणा etc. up to पयतेण ॥ ५४४ ॥ as in No. 225.
- ( com. ) fol. 62 भवसय सहस्सदुलहेत्यादि गाथानुक्रमेण सर्वमपि प्रकरणं निषेद्य प्रबोधयित्वा साथै कृत्वा जिनांते समागतः स्वं कार्ये सद्गतिं च साधयामास ॥ इति रणसिंहदृष्टांत ॥ ८१ गाथा ५४४ बृहत्कणिका - दुद्धृत्य लघुवृत्तिः एकाशीदृष्टांतैर्युक्ता कृताः ॥
इति श्री' मलधारि 'गच्छेश भ० श्री गुणकीर्त्तिसूरिविरचितायां श्री - उपदेशमाला प्रकरणटीकायां वृहत्कणिकादुद्धृतायां सुष ( ख ) बोधिकाय ध्येययुक्तां सुसाधूनां षडिद्रियसंबोधनाय षष्ठ मो (S) ध्येयः विश्राम ( : ) । श्री उपदेशमालाप्रकरणवृत्तिः संपूर्णः ॥ ॥ संवत् १६६३ वर्षे मार्गशिर'शुक्लचतुर्थ्या रवौ लिखितमिदं पुस्तकं 'सारूंडा मध्ये ! ग्रंथाग्रटीका २७१४ अक्षर १९ ।।
1 Is this same as No. 244?
Page #442
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
148. ) Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
401 Reference. — The text is published. See No. 225. In Jinaratna
kośa (Vol. I, p. 5o) only one Ms. of Guņakirti Suri's commentary is noted. So, if there are really no other Mss.
this is a rare one. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 225.
STOITA1919 TOT .
Upadesamālāprakaraņa बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha
1104. No. 248
1887-91. Size.— 104 in. by 48 in. Extent. — 101 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 53 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with frequent TIS ; sufficiently big, perfectly legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing: borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used, foll. numbered in the right-hand margin: fol. r. blank: so is the fol. 1o1b; edges of the first and last foll, slightly gone; condition on the whole good ; lacunæ on fol. 1006; both the text and its bālāvabodha practically complete ; the former contains 544 verses; the latter composed in Samvat
1485 Age.- Pretty old. Author of bālavabodha.- Somasundara Sūri, a pupil of Devasun
dara Sūri. This Somasundara Sûri was born in Vikrama Samvat 1430. Sajjana was his father and Mälhaņadevi, his mother. Somasundara took dikşå at the age of 7 in 1437, and became' vācaka ' in 1450 and Suri' in 1457. He died in Samvat 1499. He had 'six disciples : (1) Munisundara, ( 2 ) Jayacandra, (3) Bhuvanasundara, ( 4 ) Jinakirti, Ratnasekhara and ( 6 Jinasundara.
1 He had four other pupils : (a) Kulamaņdara, (b) Gunaratna, (O) Jñanasagara and (d) Sadhuratna.
2 According to some the no. is 13, See my Gujarāti introduction (p. 61 ) to Upadeśaratnakara.
51 (J. L. P. )
Page #443
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
402
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 248. Somasundara is the author of the following works :Name
Year of composition
(1) अस्मच्छब्दनवस्तबी . Samvat 1497 (2) आतुस्पत्याख्यानावचूर्णि (3) आराधनापताकाबालावबोध (गु.) (4) उपदेशमालाबालाषबोध (गु.) , 1485. (5) चतुःशरणावचूरि (6) चैत्यधन्दनभाष्यावचूर्णि
( Vol. XVII, pt. 4, No. 1226) (7) नवतत्त्वबालावबोध (गु.) . (8) प्रत्याख्यानभाष्यावचूर्णि
(Vol. XVII, pt. 4, No. 1260) (9) युष्मच्छन्दनवस्तवी
, 1497 ... (10) योगशास्रबालावबोध (गु.) .... (II) वन्दनकभाष्यावचूर्णि
( Vol. XVII, Pt. 4, No. 1308) - (12) पडावश्यकमूत्रबालावबोध (गु.)
(13) पष्टिशतकबालावबोध (गु.) , 1496 6 (14) सप्तत्यवचूर्णि Subject.- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 10
नमिऊण जिणवरिंदे etc. as in No. 225. , - ( com. ) fo. 10 ए0॥ श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामिने नमः श्रीगौतमाय नमः
श्रीवर्द्धमानजिनवरमानम्य तनोमि बालबोधाय ॥ प्रकृतवार्तारूपविवरणमुपदेशमालायाः॥१
This is followed by the first verse of the text above referred to, and after that we have:
जिनवरेंद्र श्रीतीर्थकरदेव नमिऊण कहाइ नमस्करी । इणमो उपदेशनी माल(ला) श्रेणि वुच्छामि बोलिस etc.
1 This along with युष्मच्छब्दनवस्तवी is known as अष्ट्राइशस्तवी. ? See SHJL (P. 486).
Page #444
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
249.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 403 Ends.- ( text) fol. 100° इय धम्मदासगाणणा etc. up to विणिग्गया पाणी ।। १४ (५४४)
__as in No. 225. - ( com.) fol. Ior• पूर्व सगुरुआ बहुश्रुत भणी । ए श्रीउपदेशमाला श्रीमहावीर जीवतां नीपनी । तेह भणी सिद्धांतप्राय जाणिवी ॥ ५४४
इति श्रीउपदेशमाल(ला)बालावबोध समाप्तः ॥ छ । छ ।। पूज्यश्रीगच्छनायकभट्टारकप्रभ(भु)श्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिष्कृतं ॥ छ ॥ छ । श्रीः ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु कल्याणं ॥ छ । मंगलमस्तु ।। छ । लेखकपाठकयोः॥ छ । छ ।
श्रीः ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः॥ Reference.- For additional Mss. having the text and this balava
bodha see Limbdi.Catalogue No. 317. For a balavabodha by VỊddhivijaya see No. 316 and for an anonymous one see No. 315. For additional Mss. of Somasundara Suri's balavabodha see Jinaratnakosa ( Vol. I, p. 50). ___Nanna Suri has composed balavabodha in Samvat 1543. Its Ms. was written by his pupil Guņavardhana in, this very year. Dr. T. N. Dave studied this bālāvabodha as his thesis for Ph. D. This thesis is published in A.D. 1935 by the Royal Asiatic Society of London. Its title is “A Study of the Gujarati Language in the 16th Century ”.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakarana अवचूरिसहित
with a vacuri
1237. No.249
1891-95. Size.- Iot in. by 41 in. Extent.— (text) 24 folios; 8 to 10 lines to a page; 42 letters 10 a line.
, - (com.) ,, ,, ; IS ,, 16 , , , , 66 ,, ,,, Description.- Country paper thick, tough and white; Jaina Deva
någari characters; this is a feqrat Ms.; the text written in small, fairly legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; same is the case with avacūri except that it is written in
..
.
.
1 This is not noted in Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I).
What is this due to?
Page #445
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
404
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[249.
very small hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; numbers for the verses of the text and the dandas in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1. blank; edges of some of the foll. slightly gone; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete; the former has its
last verse numbered as 44 (i.e.544). Age.- Samvat 1720.1 Author of the avacāri.- Not mentioned. Subject.— The text together with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. 1° ५ ६० ॥
नमिऊण जिणवरिंदे etc. as in No. 225. "-(com. ) fol. 1 ॥ ६॥
नत्या जिनवरेंद्रान् । इंद्रनरेंद्रार्चितान त्रिलोकगुरून् ।
उपदेशमालां इमां वक्ष्ये । गुरूपदेशेन ॥१॥ etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 24*
इय धम्मदासगणिणा etc. up to उपदेशमालाप्रकरणसूत्रं समा. तमिति as in No. 225. This is followed by श्रेय परंपरा ॥
श्रीः ॥ छ॥ 8-(com. ) fol. 24° अक्खर० अक्षरैर्मात्रया च हीनमधिकं च यत्किचिन्मया(5)
पठितं प्रकरणे अजानता। तत् सर्व मम जिनवदनविनिर्गता वां(वा)णी बागदेवता क्षमतु ।। ४४॥
इति उपदेशमालाऽवचूरिः समाप्ता | लिपीकता च गणिशुभविजयेन परोपकाराय ॥ श्रीः ।।
नमनयनमुनींदु१७२०मिते वर्षे आषाढशुक्लराकायां । 'वर्द्धनपाटक'नगरे लिखितमिदं पुस्तकं पूर्णम् ॥१॥
सकलविद्वज्जनचित्तशिखंडिजपंडितश्रीजयविजयगणिप्रसादात् । Reference.- For a palm-leaf Ms. of an anonymous vrtti on Upa
deśamåla see Peterson, Reports III, p. 176 and for paper ___Mss. see Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, p. 50). N. B.- For additional information see No. 225.
1 Is this a date of composition ?
Page #446
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
250. 1
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण विवरणसहित
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
405
Upadesamālā prakaraņa with vivarana
No. 250
Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 165-1=164 folios; 18 lines to a page; 24 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, big, clear and fair hand-writing, borders ruled in two lines in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment as well as white paste used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; corners of foll. 1 to 9 worn out; strips of paper pasted to foll. 4 to 7 and 80; foll. 67 to 156 and 162 to 164 worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; edges of the last fol. ( 164th) slightly damaged; condition tolerably good; fol. 100 lacking; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; the latter composed in Samvat 1781 in Sri-karṇa-būṣā-pura; space for the text not reserved; e. g. com. written above the corresponding lines of the text on foll. 15 & 16; on fol. 17 there is no text; both the text and its commentary practically complete.
773.
1895-1902.
Age. Samvat 1823.
Author of the commentary.- Ramavijaya, pupil of Sumativijaya. Subject. The text along with its Sanskrit commentary embodying stories illustrating the remarks made therein. The latter is composed in Samvat 1785, the same year in which Rāmavijaya composed another work viz. Santinātharāsa. See B. B. R. A. S. Vols. III-IV, p. 480 ( No. 1966). Begins. (text) fol. 14.
॥ ६० ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः |
aftor for etc. as in No. 225. far a: 11
,,--(com.) fol. 1byo
श्रेयस्करं कामितदानदक्षं । प्रणम्य वीरं जितकर्मपक्षं ।
1 This is styled as Sabdarthagumpha, too, by the commentator himself.
Page #447
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
406
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
"
- पदार्थमात्रस्फुटदर्शनेनो
पदेशमालां विवृणोमि किंचित् ॥ १ ॥ etc.
श्रीधर्मदासेन किलात्मनु
प्रबोधनार्थ विदधे सुबोधः
ग्रंथो बहूनामुपकारकारी
भव्यात्मनां भावित सर्वभावः ॥ ३ ॥ पूर्वगजातस्य रणसिंहस्य कथ्यते । चरित्रं चारुचरितं कर्मक्षय विधायकं ॥ ४ ॥
Ends. (text) fol. 165a
अक्खर मत्ताहीणं etc. up to विणिग्गया वाणी ५४४ as in No.225. This is followed by the lines as under:
इति श्री उपदेशमालाप्रकरणं (ण) सूत्रं संपूर्ण लिखितं संवत् १७८५ वर्षे वैशाष (ख) शुदि २ शनौ निर्मितो ( s) पमुपदेशमालार्थलेशः पं०रामविजयेन | श्रीरस्तु । संवत् १८२३ वर्षे वैशाष शु० १३ दिने ।
( com. ) fol. 1654 अत्र ग्रंथे यत्किंचिन्मया पठितं भणितं कीदृशेन मया णमाणेणं त्ति अजानता तंशब्देन तत (त्) हीनाधिकाक्षरत्वादिदूषणं मम संबंधि सर्वे समग्र क्षमता जिनवयण त्ति जिनवदनाज्जिनमुखादिनिर्गता निसृता एताहशी वाणी श्रुनदेवता
इति श्री धर्मदास गणिविरचितं उपदेशमालाप्रकरणं । संघच्चंद्रगजाद्विदक्षज ( १७८१ ) मिते वर्षे मघावुज्ज्वले ।
सिद्धार्के नवमीदिने पुरवरे 'श्री कर्णभूषा 'ह्वये । मालायामुपदेशतः प्रकरणे निष्का (पा) दितो ( s) यं मुदा ।
भव्यानामुपकारकः स्फुटतरं शब्दार्थगुंफो मया ॥ १ ॥ श्रीमद्रवीर परंपरादभृता सज्ज्ञान लीलावती ।
[ 250.
भव्यानामु ......... लत्यु .... ।
लक्ष्मीं प्राप्तवतां स्मृतिं विद्यतां क्रोधादिचेष्टाजितं । लक्ष्मीसागरसूरिणां विजयतां राज्ये ( s)र्थः श्रीमत्सुमतिविजयगुरुप्रसादतोऽकारि सद्विचारेण । रामविजय भयोपदेशमार्थसंदर्मः ॥ ३ ॥
जैनेंद्रशासनं यावद् याव'न्मेरु' महीधरः । तावच्चायं बुधैर्वाच्यमानो विजयतां सदा ॥ ४ ॥
...
कृतः २ ॥
Page #448
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
251.-) Metaphysics etc. : Svetambära works 407
___इति श्रीकथानकसहितोपदेशमालासूत्रार्थः संपूर्णः । मिति श्रीशाम
लापार्श्वप्रसादात् । श्रीबारसिद्वरे जषितं ॥ ग्रं. ६०००॥ Reference. --- See No. 225. Cf. G.O. Series Vol. XXI, p. 40.
For additional Mss. having the text and this commentary see Límbdi Catalogue No. 320. There the date of composition of this commentary is mentioned as Samvat 1781. For additional Mss. of this commentary see Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. 50).
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakaraņa अवचूर्णिसहित
with avacūrņi No. 251
692.
1899-1915. Size. - 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- (text ) 26 folios ; 8 lines to a page ; so letters to a line.
» - (com.), „ ;„ „ »» » ; 58 » » » Description. Country paper thin and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with TFAITIS ; small, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; edges of the first fol. partly worn out ; condition tolerably good; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; lines of the text written below those of the commentary; both the text and the commentary complete; ikäras and anusvāras written in an ornate way when they
occur in the very first line of a fol. Age. - Pretty old. Author of the avacũrņi.- Not mentioned. Subject.— The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text ) fol. laga ull sigaradairUTET AA: 11
Ash HOT etc. as in No. 225. ,,- (com. ) fol. 18 llo. Il saha TTTFTTT AA: 1 .
ALASTOT Acar I HUTITT I gaineare etc.
Page #449
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
408
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
25. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 260
अक्खुरमात्ताहीणं etc. up to विणिग्गया वाणी ।। छ । ४४ ॥ as in No. 225. This is followed by the lines as under:
इति श्रीउपदेशमाला समाप्तः ॥ घ(?)हां(? १)पुरंदरश्री'तप'. गच्छनायकश्रीसुमतिसुंदरसूरिपदप्रसादात । श्रीसोमलब्धिगणिना लिखा.
पितं तच्छिष्यहमश्रीगणिन्याः पठनार्थ ।। - (com. ) fol. 26 तत् क्षमतु मम सर्वे जिनमुखविनिर्गता पाणी श्रुतदेवता ।
___ इति श्रीउपदेशमालावचूर्णिः संपूर्णा । लिखिता विविद्याधरेण ।
श्री सीणोरक'नगरे । श्रीर्पयात् । लेखकपाठकयोश्च ।। Reference.- The text is published. See No. 225.
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 225.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakarana टब्बासहित
with tabba
169. No. 252
1871-72. Size.- Iol in. by 4g in. Extent. - (text) 93 folios; 4 lines to a page ; 26 letters to a line. __" -(rabbā) , , ; II , , , , , 46 , , , , Description.- Country paper somewhat thick, rough and white;
Jaina Devanāgari characters with occasional geras; text written in very big, quite legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing ; same is the case with the tabbă except that it is written in slightly smaller hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used%3; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1 blank ; so is the fol. 930; yellow pigment rarely used for making corrections; edges of the first and last foll. slightly gone ; condition on the whole good; both the text and the tabbà com
plete ; total extent 1790 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the tabba.- Not mentioned. Subject.- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati; the
former contains 544 verses.
Page #450
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
409
253.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works Begins.-- ( text ) fol. I* ए६0॥
___ नमिऊण जिणवरिंदे etc. as in No. 225. "- ( com. ) fol. 1" ५ ६० ॥
प्रणम्य श्रीमहावीरं धीरं सर्वार्थसाधकं ॥ हृद्योपदेशमालायां शब्दार्थो(थ)स्तन्यते मया ॥१॥
नमिउण क० नमस्कार करीनइं जिणवरिंदे क जिण तीर्थकरदेव ते
प्रति । etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 921
इअ धम्मदासममिणा । etc. up to विणिग्गया वाणी। ४४. as in . No. 225. Then we have :
इति श्रीउपदेशमालाप्रकरणं समाप्तं ।। श्रीरस्तु कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ ।। - ( com. ) fol. 92° अक्षरमाबाई करी हीणउं उछउ । जि काइ कहिउ हुइ
अजाणतई थकई ते खमउ माहरउं दूषण सर्व ति(तीर्थकरना वचन थकी नीकली वांणी ४४ एतलइ श्रीउपदेशमालप्रकरणानउ अर्थ संपूर्ण हवउ ॥छ ।। कल्याणमस्तु ।। छ ।
॥ ग्रंथानं० मूत्रा टबार्थ संयुक्त ॥ १७९० ॥ इति श्रेयः ॥ छ । लेखक
पाठकयोः शुभमस्तु । छ Reference - See No. 253. For Mss. having the text and anony
mous tabba see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 321 to 323 and
Jinaratnakosa ( Vol. I, p. 50). N. B.-For further particulars see No. 225.
1871-72.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadesamālaprakarana टब्बासहित
with tabbā No. 253
____170. Size.- 98 in. by 4g in. Extent.- 154 folios ; IS lines to a page ; 30 to 40 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters; this Ms. contains the text and the tabba;
the former written in sufficiently big, quite legible, uniform 52 [J. L. P.]
Page #451
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[253.
and good hand-writing; the latter when inter-linear is written in smaller hand - writing; otherwise, it, too, in the same size of hand-writing in which the text is written; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 1 blank ; condition very good; both the text and the tabba complete. Age.— Not modern.
Author of the tabba- Not mentioned.
Subject.
410
The text in 514 verses along with its explanation in Gujarati.
Begins. — ( text ) fol. 1 ॥ ६० ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ नमिऊण जिनवरिंदे etc. as in No. 225.
,, – ( tabba ) fol. 1 || ६०
"3
'प्रणम्य श्री महावीरं धीरं सर्वार्थसाधकं ।
हृद्योपदेशमालायं (यां) स ( शब्दार्थो (र्थ) स्तम्यते मया ॥ १ ॥
नमी: क० नमस्कार करीनें जिणवरं क० जिन तीर्थंकरदेव प्रते तीर्थकरदेव कहवा के रागद्वेषरहित छहं ॥ etc.
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 154b
इअ धम्मदाश (स) गणिना । etc. up to जिणवयणविणिग्गया बाणी 488 as in No. 225. This is followed by the line as under:उत्तमः । इति श्रीउपदेसमालासु (सू)त्र संपूर्णार्थः शुभं भवतुः ।
( tabba ) fol. 155' अक्षरशुन्य गाथानो अर्थ जोइदं जेहवो अर्थनो भाव होई तेह करं इति श्रीउपदेसबालाविबोधमाला गाथा शकुनविचार संपूर्णार्थ । 'चंद्रावती' नगरात् पार्श्वनाथप्रसादात् ।
Reference. - See Nos. 225 & 253.
N. B. - For additional information see No. 225.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरणावचूर्णि
No. 254
Upadeśamālāprakaraṇāvacūrṇi 638.
1892-95.
Size.- rog in. by 4g in.
Extent. 8 folios; 26 lines to a page; 79 letters to a line.
1 See No. 252, p. 409.
Page #452
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
155.) Metaphysics etc. : Svelambara works
410 Description.-- Country paper very thin, tough and white; Jaina
Devanagari characters; very very small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; borders neatly ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used; every fol. is more or less worm-eaten ; condition on the whole tolerably good; foll. were numbered in the right-hand margin, but some of the numbers are gone; so they seem to be again
numbered; complete, Age. - Samvat 14 ... (fifteenth century ) Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Upadeśa
mālāprakaraṇa. Begins.- fol. 1'110 il sola: LEI AETATTRO Şeita Tua •
şarettiraila I JİTAIGI (S)# #Haiti
etc. Ends. fol. 86 dat afaggi eroi otrūtat a fa 1 grasai gaitu mengat
Ta forfer: 1 Fia Fiymalaiast post: 11 38 for sigare
higratiofitat ll glava 88. It ends thus. Reference.- For a Ms. having an anonymous avacůri see Limbdi
Catalogue No. 325. In Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. So ) such Mss. are noted.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरणावचूरि Upadesamalaprakaranavacuri No. 255
137.
1873-74. Size.- 104 in. by 49 in. Extent. — 36 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 41 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Jaina
Devanagari characters; small, fairly legible, and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll, numbered in the right-hand margin ; the title is written in the left-hand margins in different ways, some of them being as under:
Page #453
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
412
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [255. उपदेस० टी०, उपदेशमालीका०, उपदेशमा अब०, उपदे० टी०, उपदेस. टीका etc.
Only the gares of the text are given ; complete; edges of each and every fol. more or less gone; condition on the
whole good. Age.- Sarmvat 1599. Author.- Dharmanandana Upadhyāya. Subject.-- A small commentary in Sanskrit explainiug Upadeśa
malaprakarana containing 544 verses. Begins.-- fol. 1॥ ६०॥ अहमिति आ(अ)घा(ध्या)हारः ॥ इमां उपदेस(श)मालां
गुरूपदेसे(शेन वक्ष्ये । किं कृत्वा जिनवरेंद्रान नत्वा किंवि० इंद्रनरेंद्रार्चितान् ।
पुनः किं० जिन वि(त्रैलोक्यगुरून् ॥ etc. Ends. - fol. 36* अक्खरमत्ताहीणं. अत्र मया अन्यानमानेन । यत् अक्षरमात्राहीनं
पठितं तत सर्व जिनवदनविनिर्गता वाणी भाषा मम क्षमतु ॥ ४४ ।। । इति श्रीधर्मनंदनोपाध्यायैः कृता ऊत्ति(क्ति)बंधेन संखेपतः श्रीउपदेशमालावचूरिः॥ चिरं जीयात् ।। वि(वि)शेषार्था वृर्तितो ज्ञ] विज्ञेयाः॥ ॥ संवत् १५९९ वर्षे चैत्र वदि ४ दिने सु(शुक्रबा(वा)सरे भ श्रीश्रीमीगुणसुंदरसूरि तत्पट्टे भ श्रीश्रीश्री४गुणसमद्रमूरि(र)यः तत्पद्रे भ°श्रीश्रीश्रीशिवसुंदरसूरिश्चोपाध्याया श्रीश्रीश्रीगुणप्रभारतत्सि(च्छि क्षा(क्ष्यो)त्तम उ°
श्रीचंद्रकीर्तिल्लेिषि आत्महेतवे० ॥ Reference.- For additional Mss. see Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, p. 50).
उपदेशमाला
Upadesamalaप्रकरणपर्याय
prakaranaparyaya
246. No. 256
A.1882-83. Size.- Hin. by 4g in. Extent. — 22 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina Dera
någari characters with occasional Tenisis; small but quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; edges of some of the foll. more
Page #454
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
2500
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
43
or less gone; condition on the whole tolerably good ; the text given in parts along with their Sanskrit equivalents ; at times only the talks of the text are given ; in the centre of every side numbered and unnumberd as well,
there is blank space. Age.- Samvat I727. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- The Sanskrit paryayas of Upadeśamālā prakaraņa
(543 verses). Begins.-- fol. 1" ५५० ॥ जै नमो वीतरागाय ||
नमिऊण जिणवर० ॥ नमिउण प्रणम्य जिनवरेंद्रान इंद(नि)नरि(रि)दच्चिए।
इंद्रनरेंद्रार्चितान् । तिलोयगुरू त्रिलोकगुरून् etc. Ends.- fol. 22 जावः ॥ जो(जा)वय यावत् ताव य तावत् । रइया रचिता
जय पं)मि जगति थिरसावसग स्थिरा स्थावरा पृथिवीवत् निश्चला(s)मवत ॥ ४२ अक्खर ॥ ४३ इति उपदेशमालाप्रकरणं सपर्यायं लषितं ॥ छ । श्रीशुभं भवतु श्रीश्रमणसंघस्य ।। ग्रथानं ' ॥ छ । भी ।। संवत् १७२७ वर्षे आषाढशुदि ४ शनौ । श्रीश्रीभा अणहल्लपुरु पत्तने वास्तव्य औदीय(च्य) ज्ञातीयमविधना लिषितं ॥१॥
मंगलं जैन्यधर्मो(s)स्तु देवसंवेगमंगलं । मंगलं गच्छसिंहेन लेषके मंगलं मयः ॥१॥
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadesamālāprakaraņaपर्याय
paryaya No. 257
637.
1892-95. Size.- Iog in. by 33 in. Extent.— 30 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with frequent पृष्ठमात्राs, small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; the right-hand edge of
1 Not mentioned.
Page #455
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
414
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[257.
each and every fol. gone, so the numbering for the foll. is lost in at least some cases; consequently foll. are numbered in the left-hand margin; condition tolerably good; yellow pigment occasionally used for making corrections; the text given in parts along with the Sanskrit paryayas; complete.
Age. Pretty old.
Author of the paryayas.-Not mentioned.
Subject. The text in parts along with its synonyms in Sanskrit, the latter based upon an 'avacuri composed by Jayasekhara Sūri. fol. 1 ५० ॥ अहे ॥
Begins.
-
-
—
नमि नमिऊण प्रणम्य इंदनरिंदश्चिए इंद्रनरेंद्राचितान इंद्र नरेंद्र पूजितान् तिलोयगुरू[न] त्रिलोकगुरून् उवएसमालं उपदेशमालां । इणमो इमां छामि वक्ष्ये ॥ १ ॥ etc.
1
Ends. fol. 300 जाव० || जाव य यावत् । त (ता) व य तावत् । रहया रचिता । जयंमि जगति । थिरथावरा स्थिता स्थावरा वृद्धि: 3 ....... श्र्व ला ... ण लक्ष्मीगणिकृते पठनार्थे हेतुयुक्तिप्रमाणं मुक्ता श्रीजयशेषरसूरिकृतावचूरित एते पर्वाया लिखितः ॥ छ | ग्रंथा ।
उपदेशमालाप्रकरणाचचूर्णि
...
...
Upadesamalaprakaraṇāvacārņi
1200.
1886-92.
No. 258
Size. 10 in. by 48 in.
Extent.
24 folios; 21 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gas; very small but perfectly legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space
1 This avacuri is noted in Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, p. 50). Here it is said. that this is named as 'paryaya', too.
2 He seems to be that very Jayasekhara Suri whose works are noted by me in No. 154, p. 247.
3 Letters are illegible as the corresponding portion is somewhat worn out.
Page #456
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
359.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
415 between these pairs coloured red ; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; edges of the first and last foll. slightly gone; condition on the whole very good; only the gates of the text seem to be given;
complete. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Upadeśa
malaprakarana consisting of 539 verses. Begins.--. fol. I. ५ ६ ० ५ ॥ नमः श्रीप्रवचनाय ॥
नमि नत्वा जिनवरेंद्राम् ॥ इंद्रनरेंद्रार्चितान् त्रिलोक गुरून् ॥ उपदेश
पद्धतिमिमां वक्ष्यमाणरूपां वक्ष्येऽभिधास्ये गुरूपदेशेन ॥१।। etc. Ends.- fol. 240 सुगतिफलबंघनो भगवानिति ॥ ३८॥ जग्गायोग्या। etc. केषां
संविग्नपाक्षिकाणां योग्यति वर्तते। दातव्या पुनरियं वहश्रुतेभ्यश्च धि(वि)बेकिभ्यः॥ इति श्रीउपदेशमालावचूणिः ॥१॥ छ ।
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakaraņa (उवएसमालापगरण)
( Uvåesamālāpagaraņa ) [पुष्पमाला]
[ Puspamala ] No.259
1114.
1884-87. Size.-1o in. by 40d in. Extent.— 10 folios ; 17 to 18 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Deva
någari characters with graETS ; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; complete, condition
very good ; foll, numbered in the right-hand margin. Age.- Samvat 1513. Author.-Maladharin Hemacandra Suri. pupil of Abhayadeva Suri.
His works are referred to in Munisuvratasvå micaritra ( see Pererson, Reports V, p. 14) and also in Dharmo.
Page #457
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
416
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 259.
padeśamālāvstti (see Peterson, Reports V, p. 90 ). In both these works, the present work is styled as Upadeśamāla. For additional nine works see Vol. XVII, pt. 3, p. 460.
For authorship see Bühler's Über das leben des Jaina Mönches Hemacandra ( pp. 24, 74 and 75), Weber op. cit, II, Nos. 692ff., 800 and 855 and Peterson, Report for
1886-92, pp. cxli and CXLII. Subject. - This metrical work in Prākrit in sos verses also named
as Puşpamäla gives us advice of leading the life to the best
of our interest. Begins.- (text) fol. 1* y&o il 37 !!
HTATHATTE I etc. as in No. 263. Ends. - fol. rob
JITAHIJETU I etc. up to grant Il voyll as in No.263. This is followed by the lines as under:
श्री'मलधार'गच्छालंकारे श्रीहेमचंद्रसूरिविरचितं पुप्फ(प)मालाग्रंथं FATF II y Il etc. Haa 833 to the yie 4 [5(?) ] cat siaqr'गच्छाधिराजसोमसुंदरसूरिशिष्यपंडि सोमभद्रगणिवाचनाथै लिखितमिदं ।
शुभं भवतु लेखकवाचकयोः।। Reference.- Published by the Jaina Śreyaskara mandala in A. D.
1911.2 The text along with the author's own commerftary is published by Rşabhadevaji K. Svetāmbara Samsthā, Rutlam in Samvat 1993. For description of additional Mss. see B.B.R.A.S. Vols III-IV, p. 418 and Keith's Catalogue No. 7680. In both these Catalogues the work is styled as ght. Same is the case with the Limbdi Catalogue where four Mss. of the text are noted in No. 1656. For additional palm-leaf Mss. etc. see Peterson, Reports I, pp. 44, 75, 82, 91, 92; III, pp. 24, 303, 47 and 72; and
V, pp. 95 and 99. 1 See Vol. XVII, pt. 5, p. 19. 2 See Jinaratnakosa ( Vol. I, p. 254). 3 Here the ending portion is given as under :
"सव्वंगसु सुयंगमई वामकरमहियपोत्थया देवी।
जक्खकहंडीसहिया देऊ अबिग्धं पढतस्स ॥ ५४५ ॥ FT T OT HET ITT TAG Hi5 ', etc.
Page #458
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
260.)
117
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works Several Mss. of the text are noted in Jinaratnakosa ( Vol. I, p. 254 ).
For a Ms. having the text and its balavabodha by Merusundara see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1658. No. 1657 deals with this bālāvabodha only.
For description of a Ms. having this bare text see Keith's Catalogue No. 7680. See also Weber II, Nos. 1081 and 1082, Peterson Report for 1882-83, p. 91, and his Report for 1884-86, pp. 47, 71, 89 and 176.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakaraņa No. 260
296.
A. 1883-84. Size.— 103 in. by 4. in. Extent.- 10 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description - Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Jaina Deva
någari characters with occasional UHTEITS; small, fairly legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in
the right-hand margin; complete ; 505 verses in all ; edges
' of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition good. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.- fol. ray&O TÀI sprata Titio II
FA(A)#FA(
A TTE I etc. as in No. 263. Ends.- fol. 100
. हेममाणचंददप्पणसूरिरिसपढमवन्ननामेहि।
ATT STHJEITATàit itu TU TOHTI! 402P ll etc.
उवएसमालाकरणे । etc. up to मुहत्थीहि ॥ as in No. 263. This is followed by the lines as under:
५०५ इति 'मलधारिश्रीहेमचंद्रसूरिविरचितं पुष्फ(प)मालाप्रकरणं
FHË Illya 49:11 3 11 N. B.- For other details see No. 259.
1 For a similar artifice see p. 309, fn. 1 and p. 362.
2 This verse is given in Peterson, Reports III, p. 47 and there, too, it is numbered as 501.
53 J. L. P.)
Page #459
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
418
'उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
No. 261
Begins. fol. 2a
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[261.
Upe deśamālā prakaraṇa
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 25-1=24 folios; 11 lines to a page; 37 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with rare qars; very big, perfectly legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing; mātrās and ikaras (f) written artificially when occurring in the top-line of a fol.; borders indifferently ruled in three lines, in red ink; numbers for the verses and dandas written in red ink; same is the case with the last line; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 25b blank; fol. I missing; otherwise complete; the last verse numbered as 505; yellow pigment used for making corrections; unnumbered sides are decorated with a small disc in red colour, in the centre; the numbered, in each of the two margins; edges of some of the foll. gone; condition on the whole good. Age.- Old.
Ends. fol. 24b
सं । नाणं सिक्खिज्ज सुगुरुमूलंमि ।
स चिय कीर सम्मं । जं तच्चिय सयाइ विनाणे ॥ १५ ॥ किं नाणं को दा(?)या । का गहणविही गुणाय के तस्स । दारक्कमेण इमिणा । नाणस्स परूवणं दु (बु) च्छं ॥ १६ ॥ etc.
101. 1872-73.
उवपसमालकरणे । etc. up to सया सुहत्थीहिं । as in No. 263. This is followed by the lines as under:
।। ९०५ इति कुसुममाला समाप्ता ॥ पं० भद्रद्देमगणिशिष्य संयमजयगणिना लिखिता पूज्य विवेकजयगणिभणनार्थे 'रंगपुर ' ग्रामे |
N. B. For additional information see No. 259.
1 The scribe has named this work as Kusumamāla.
Page #460
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
262. ]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
419
लाप्रकरण
Upadeśamálaprakaraņa स्वोपज्ञ वृत्ति सहित
with svopajda vrtti
1202. No.262
1886-92. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.- 360 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper somewhat thick, tough and white;
Jaina Devanagari characters with frequent पृष्ठमात्रा; sufficiently big, quite legible, uniform and beautiful handwriting ; borders neatly ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used at times3; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin%; fol. I. blank except that 'उपदेशमालावति' is written on it ; yellow pigment used while making corrections ; some of the foll, slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete ;
total extent 13868 slokas, Age.- Pretty old. Author of the commentary.- Maladharin Hemacandra Suri, same
as that of the text, Subject.- The Prakrit text along with its explanation in Sanskrit
by the author himself. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 10
मिदमकम्ममविग्गह etc. as in No. 263. "- ( com. ) fol. 1 ५६० ।। 8ः । अहे ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥ . येन प्रबोधपरिनिर्मितवाग्वरमां
क्षिप्त्योदृतानि भुवनानि भवांधकपात निःशेषनाकिविमुदितपादपनो
स्याम्ममाशुभमिदे स युगादिदेवः॥१॥ शेयार्णवं सरवरैरिव यैस्समंतात्
सबोधमंदरमथाप्रविमध्य(ध्य)लग्धाः जीवादितत्सबररत्नचयो भवंतु
सेमिये विजयिनो मिनबीरपादाः॥२॥ etc.
Page #461
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
420
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 262.
इह हि शिष्टाः क्वचिदिष्टे वस्तुनि प्रवर्त्तमाना त्रिघ्नविनायकोपशांतये शिष्टसमय परिपालनार्थे वाभीष्टदेवतानमस्कारपूर्वकं प्रवर्ततेऽतो(s) - मप्युपदेशमालाप्रकरणकर्त्ता तन्मार्गमनुवर्त्तमान आदावेवाभीष्टदेवतानमस्कार माह. This is followed by the first verse of the text above referred to and then we have :
व्याख्या प्रणमामि वीरं चरमतीर्थाधिपतिमिति क्रिया किंविशिष्टमित्याह सिद्धं etc.
(text) fol. 360*
उवएसमालाकरणे etc. up to सुहत्थीहिं as in No. 263. ,,— ( com. ) 3604 अथ श्रुतबहुमानार्थ शिष्यप्रशिष्य परंपरा
प्रकरणस्य
स्थैर्यार्थे च अपाश्र्वममंगलमाह. This is followed by the last verse of the text above referred to, and after that we have :
Ends. -
गम इति श्री हेमचंद्र सूरिविरचितोपदेशमालाविवरणवृत्तिः समाप्ततिः मंगलमस्तु
तथाहि ।
श्री ' प्रश्नवाहन कुलांबुनिधिप्रसूतः (नः) ।
क्षोणीतलप्रथितकीर्तिरुदीर्णशाखः
विश्वप्रसाधितषि कल्पित वस्तुरुच्चैः
छायाभितप्रचुरनिवृतभव्य जंतुः ॥ १ ज्ञानादिकुसमनिचितः फलितः श्रीमन्मुनींद्रफलवंदेः कल्पद्रुम इव गच्छः श्री हर्षपुरीय ' नामा (S) स्ति ॥ २ एतस्मिन् गुणरत्नरोहणागिरिगां (ग) भि (भी) पाथोनिधिस्तुं गत्वानुगतक्षमाघरपति (:) सौम्यत्वतारापतिः सम्यग्ज्ञानविशुद्धसंयमतपः स्वाचारचर्यानिधिः
शांतिः श्रीजयसिंह सूरिरभवनिःसंगचूडामणिः || ३ रत्नाकरादिवे तस्मात् शिष्यरत्नं बभूव तत् सवागीशो (S) पिनो मन्ये यद्गुणग्रहणे प्रभ (भुः) ॥ ४ श्रीवरदेव विबुधैः सन्मंड पायतिशय प्रवरतोयैः द्रुम इव यः संशि (सि) क्तः कस्तगुणकीर्त्तने विबुधः १ ॥ ५
आज्ञा यस्य नरेश्वरैरपि शिरस्यारोप्यते सादरं
डबा (S) पदं व्रजेति परमां प्रापोऽतिदुष्टा अपि
Page #462
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
263.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
421
यद्वक्त्रांबुनिधिर्यदुज्ज्वलबच परिषपानोयते
गीर्वाणैरिव दुग्धसिंधुमथने तृप्तिन लेभे जनैः ॥ ६॥ कृत्वा येन तपः सुदुष्करतरं विश्वं प्रबोध्य प्रभो[:]
स्तीर्थ सर्वविदः प्रभावितमिदं तेस्तैः स्वकीयैर्गुणैः शुक्लीकुर्षदशेषविश्वकुहरं भव्यैनि(नि)(ब)द्ध'पृहं
यस्याशाश्वनिवारितं विचरति श्वेतांशुगौरं यशः ॥ ७॥ 'यमुना'प्रवाहविमलश्रीमन्मुनिचंद्रसूरिसंपर्कात्
अमरसरितेव सकलं पवित्रितं येन भुवनतलं ॥ ८॥.. विस्फूर्जत् कलिकालकालदुस्तरतमःसंतानलुप्तस्थितिः
सूर्येणेव विवेकभूधरशिरस्यासाद्य येनोदयं सम्यग्ज्ञानकरैश्चिरंतनमुनिः क्षुण्णः सम(द)योतितो
मार्गः सौ(5)मयदेवसूरिरभवत्येव प्रसिद्धो भुवि ।। ९ ।। निजशिष्यलवीहेमचंद्रसरेर्मुखेन वृत्तिरियं । सूत्रयुता तैरेव हि विहिता श्रुनदेवतावचनात् ॥ १० ॥
एवं प्रत्यक्षरगणनया सर्वग्रंथाग्रस्य जातानि प्रयोदश सहस्राणि अष्टषष्टयधिकान्यष्ट शतानि च ग्रंथानं १३८६८ 'ममलं' महाश्री शुभं
भवतु ॥ भी॥ Reference. - For palm-leaf Mss. having both the text and this
commentary see Peterson, Reports III, pp. 71 and 89, and V, pp. 98-100 and for paper Mss. see. Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, p. 254). The first 8 verses of the commentary are given on p. 99 of Peterson, Reports V.
For पुष्पमालाप्रकरणसंक्षिप्तवृत्ति composed in Samvat i486 see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1660. N. B.-- For other details see No. 259.
उपदेशमालाप्रकरण
Upadeśamālāprakarana अवचूरिसहित
with avacūri
1201. No. 263
1886-92. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 19 folios; 9 to 11 lines to a page; 47 letters to a line.
, -(com.), , 10 " ", ";65 " " " 1 Vernes 1 to 9 oscur la Aquyogadrärastravetti, 89. D. O. J. M. (Vol. XVIL, Pt. II, pp. 324-325).
Page #463
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
422
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[263. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Deva.
någari characters with occasional HASTS: small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one in red ink; this is a 022769 Ms. ; it contains both the text and its avacūri, the latter written in very small hand-writing; red chalk used; on fol. 9 avacũri written only in the two margins ; space above and below the text kept blank ; both the text and the avacũri complete ; con
dition very good. Age.-- Samvat 1519.
Author of the avacāri- Not mentioned.
Subject. - The text in 503 verses giving spiritual advice along with
its concise exposition in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text ) fol. 1 ॥ ६ ॥
सिरमझम्ममविगहमकलंकमसंगमक्खयं धीरं । पणमामि सुगइपचलपरमत्थपयासणं वीरं ॥१॥ जिणषयणकाणणाओ भिणिजणसुबन्नमसारससगुणई।
उवएसमालमे रएमि घरकुलममालं व ॥२॥ etc. ,-(com.) fol. "॥ ६०॥ आदाविष्टदेवतानमस्कारं मंगलमाह | सिदं
कृतकृत्यं । अंजनसिद्धादिव्यवच्छेदाय अकर्माण । etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 190
उवपसमालकरणे जं पुग्नं आज मए तेण । जीवाणं हुज्ज सया जिणोबए पडिबत्ती ॥ ५०२ ।। जाव जिणसासणामणं जाव य धम्मो जयंमि विप्फुरह। ताब पढिज्जइ एसा सम्बेहि सया मुहत्थीहि ॥ ५०३ ॥'
इति श्रीपुष्पमालाप्रकरणं समाप्तं ।। ।-(com. ) fol. 19 विंशतितमस्तु प्रकरणोपसंहाराधिकारः ॥ ॥ ३
इति श्रीपुष्पमालाप्रकरणावचूरिः समाप्ता । छ etc. संवत् १५१९ वर्षे मार्गशिरशुदि ८ सोमे भी वटपद्रनगरे लिखिता। ॥श्री ॥ श्रीसकलसंघाय ॥ छ ।
1 In Peterson Reportsv,p.99, the second homlatioh runsm under:"ताब उपदेसुउपसा भन्वेहि सया मुहत्याहिं।"
Page #464
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
423
Cf. No. 1631 of B. B. R. A. S. Vols. III-IV (pp. 418419).
264.1
Reference.
For a Ms. having an anonymous avacúri see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1659 and for one having Jayasekhara Suri's avacuri composed in Savmat 1462 see Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 254).
N. B.
For additional information see No. 259.
उपदेशरत्नमाला
( उवपसरयणमाला )
No. 264
Size. 11 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 34 folios; 18 lines to a page; 72 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; complete; 26 verses in all; ends on fol. 1; this Ms. contains in addition the following 38 works:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
10)
(11)
( 12 )
( 13 )
14) 15)
तपारेत्नमालिका चारित्रमनोरथमाला
Upadeśaratnamālā (Uvasëarayaṇamālā)
127 (1) 1872-73
(arga)
उपधानसन्धि
सनत्कुमारसन्धि
भावनासन्धि
गौतमकोश गणधरपाठरूपसन्धि
आनन्दप्रथमोपासक सन्धि
मदनरेखा सतीसम्धि
शीलसन्धि
भावनाकुलक
""
Vol. XVII, No. 1199
gara Vol. XVII, No. 1372,, एकोनत्रिंशद्भावना
TARid=1915
सकलमहासतीवर्णन सन्धि
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्रान्तरगत गाथास्वाध्याय ( पाइय )
foll. 1-3
35
" 3"-3b
" 3b-4b
4b-sa
"9
5a-6a
6b-6b
6b-b
"3
22
"
""
7b-8b
gb-10a
""
..
10"-12"
", 12"-13b
" 130-15.
,, 15b-16b
160-17
"
172-17b
"9
Page #465
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
424
( 16 )
(17)
(18)
( 19 )
(27)
(28)
(29)
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
trafaare
ऋषभपश्चाशिका
गौतमपृच्छा
अजित शान्तिस्तव (42 verses ) Vol. XVII,
No. 1162
F:
Ends. fol.. Ib
नवकारफल
जिनेश्वरस्तुति कल्याणकरस्तोत्र
دو
कल्याणमन्दिरस्तोत्र
भक्तामर स्तोत्र
(20)
( 21 )
foll. 228 - 232 232-236
(22)
(23)
fol. 23°
(24) आत्मानुशासन Vol. XVIII, No. 149 foll. 242 - 252
(25)
(26)
समवसरण स्तुति
धर्मक्षण
(30)
(31)
(32)
(33)
(34)
(35)
(36)
(37)
( 38 )
Age.- Not modern.
प्रश्नोत्तररत्नमालिका
नेमिनाथस्तवन
महावीरद्वात्रिंशिका
'जय तियण स्तोत्र
foll. 17-19
191-20
20"-21a
23
"
(incomplete )
""
fol. 22b
د.
[264.
""
21-22b
252-26d
26b-276
» 276-286
"
39
286-29 291-29b
"
fol. 29b
foll. 298-30b
29
306-31b लघुशान्तिस्तोत्र Vol. XVII, No. 12994 fol. 31b
महावीरद्वात्रिंशका
316-32a
""
fol. 32°
भग्रहस्तोत्र
बृहच्छान्ति स्तव Vol. XVII, No. 1279 fol. 32-33* चतुर्विंशतिजिननमस्कार
"> 332-34b
शीलसन्धि (
>> 3+*-34b
Author--.Padmajineśvara Suri.
Subject.--À Prakrit poem in 26 verses dealing with spiritual advice. Begins.— fol. 1* ५ ६ ७ ए
'उवसरयणकोसं etc. as in No. 265.
उवएसरयणमालं etc. up to उवएसमालमिणं ॥ as in No. 265.
This is followed by the line as under:
२६ इति श्रीउपदेशरत्नमालाप्रकरणं संपूर्ण ॥ छ ॥
1 This has led some scholars to name this work as उपदेशरत्नकोश.
Page #466
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
265.] Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works Reference.--In Mitra's Notices (Vol. X, p. 31) there is mention of
this text. In Jinarainakośa (Vol. I, p. 51 ) several Mss. are noted but here the text is named as 39TATTFIT. In the Limbdi Catalogue No. 328, a Ms. styled as 34CETTATGT59 and having 25 verses in Prakrit is noted. The author is not mentioned there. So it remains to be ascertained whether it is the same work as the text given here. For a work having the title Upadeśaratnamāla see Peterson, Reports I, pp. 57, 63 and 83.
*JYNTEGHIOT
Upadeśaratnamāla विवरण तथा टिप्पणक सहित with vivarana and tippaņaka No. 265
1239.
1891-95. Size. - 1of in, by 41 in. Extent.- 3 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish: Jaina · Devanagari
characters; big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; edges of the foll. slightly damaged, and in some cases worn out; a small bit of paper pasted to fol. 3; condition very fair ; marginal notes profusely written but they have become less legible; the
text, its commentary and tippaņaka complete. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the vivaraña.- Not mentioned.
, ţippaņaka.- , . Subject. A metrical work in Prakrit in 26 verses giving spiritual
advice along with its explanations in Gujarati. Begins.-( text ) fol. 14 11 8011
उपएसरयणकोसं नासियनीससलोगदोगई।
उवपसरयणमालं बुच्छं मसिऊण वीरजिणं ॥१॥ etc. 1 This is also styled as Upadesamláratnaprakarapa.
2 In Jinaratnakoba (Vol. I, p. 51 ) there is this entry but høre this work is wrongly looked upon as different from star t .
54 (J. L. P.)
Page #467
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
436
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[265.
Begins.- (com.) fol.." श्रीमहावीर चउषीसमउ तीर्थकर नमस्करी उपदेसरम
माला बोलीसिह । किसी । etc. - ,- ( marginal tippanaka ) fol. !" श्रीमहावीर देवनइ प्रणाम करी
उपदेसनी रतनमाला काहिश | etc. . Ends.- ( text ) fol. 30
उवएसरयणमालं जो एवं उबइ अनियकंठे । सो नर सिवमहलच्छीवच्छल्ले रमइ सेच्छाए ॥२५॥ इय पउमजिणेसरसूरीवयणजिणवयणगुंफरमणीयं ।
हवड जाण कंठगयं विउलं उवएसमालमिणं ।। २६ ।। ,- ( com.) fol. 3' इति इणइ प्रकारिय पद्मजिनेश्वरसूरिवचन अना
जिनवचने करी रमणीक गूंथी थकी विपुल विस्तीर्ण उपदेशरूपी आ रत्न तेहनी माला भाविक मन कंठि बह नित्य निरंतर ॥२६॥
___ इति उपदेशमालारत्नप्रकरणं समाप्तं ॥ ,- (tippanaka) fol. 3° अथ मोल जाणइते जाणह तनु संसारइ दुपम पाइ N. B.-- For other details see No. 264.
'उपदेशरत्नाकर
Upadeśaratnakara (उवएसरयणायर)
(Uvaësarayaņāyara ) (प्रथम तट)
(Tata I) स्वोपज्ञ विवरण सहित
with svopajda vivaraņa
1263. No. 266
1881-87. Size. – 10 in. by 44 in. Extent. -- 144 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgars characters with occasional FATIS ; sufficiently big, perfectly legible, quite uniform and very beautiful handwriting: borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used; numbers for foll. written in the right-hand margin%3; fol. 1. blank; a piece of white paper pasted to
1 This should be distinguished fro:n its namesake, a Sk. work also called श्रावकाचार and composed by Vidyabhasapa, a Digambara.
Page #468
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
266.1
Amsa I
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
fol. 144 and three lines written on this paper; condition on the whole good.; the text and the com. too, marked with f; the text and its svopajña commentary complete so far as the first tata is concerned; the 'first tata is divided into 4 amsas (sections) and each of them is further divided into tarangas (subsections); their extents are as under:
~==>
Taranga I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
2 XII Amsa II Taranga I
II
foll. Ib
Ib
22
23
..
رو
""
རྣ བ རྟ རེ ཀྵ༢;
""
* * * * * * * * *
در
"1
ور
99
""
رو
""
III IV
V
VI
VII VIII
IX
X
XI
Age. Pretty old.
"
""
6b
10b
33
17*
18a
202
216
22a
22b
13b
16*(?),, 17a
18a
""
352
466
47
Sib
to 32a
b
53a
72"
د.
76a
80
S2
88b
6b
""
Iob
,, 13b
""
32 to
..
རྟྲྀ ང ནི ྤ བ བ ླ ླ Ş
در
* * * * * * * * *
رو
""
"}
""
16*(?).
""
20
21b
22a
22b
321
101a
352
46b
47
516
53*
72"
76"
80"
82a
88b
906
XII foll 90b
XIII
92b
XIV
XV
XVI
Amsa III
Taranga I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
Ahsa IV Taranga I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
39
.. 94
33
"2
21
"
28
>> IIO
در
در
""
39
"
105b
..
29
132
" 1356
" 1372
" 1376
""
""
""
116b 122b
""
..
» 122b
39
,, 125"
,, 125*
» 128*
128 ""
>, 130a » 130° 131" 131 to 144 59
b
? 332a
" 135b
", 1372
», 137b
966
99b 101
101
""
427
92b
""
94*
966 99b
""
to 131"
""
105b
" IIoa
116b
""
"138b 138b 139
139b,, 141b 141b >> 143b 143, 144b
1 The 2nd tata has 4 amhéas having 12 tarangas whereas the 3rd has 8. amsas (some of which are named as tarangas).
2 In the printed edn. (D. L. J. P. F. Series) there are 13 tarangas. 80 this Ms. should be re-examined.
Page #469
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
428
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 266.
Author of the text.- Sahasråvad hånin Munisundara Suri ( pupil
of Somasundara Súri of the Tapå gaccha ). For his works see p. 134. His life-period is noted as Samvat 1436-15032 by J. Klatt in his “ Extracts from the historical Records of the Jainas” published in the Indian Antiquary ( Vol. XI, p. 296). Peterson, Reports, IV, pp. 18, ito and 113 may be also consulted.
For names of 11 pupils of this Bhatýāraka' Muni
sundara Sûri see p. 13 of D. C. J. M. ( Vol. XVII, pt. 5). Author of the com.- Same as that of the text. Subject.- This work mainly divided into 3 books named as fatas
having as subdivisions amśas and tarangas, is a compendium of spiritual advice. The text is partly in Sanskrit and partly in verse and is elucidated by the author himself up to the 2nd book only, since, in his opinion, the 3rd needed no explanation. The author has quoted his own work 3Adhyātmakalpadruma. Out of the other works quoted by him Saivamukhavajrasuci and Samdehasamuccaya may be just mentioned.
For additional information see my Gujarāti intro
duction (pp. 6-16 ) to Upadeśaratnākara. Begins:- (text) fol. 3o
जयश्रीसंगमं रातु श्रीमानादिविभुर्मम । उतरवनिधयो येन सतां दत्ता हितैषिणा।१। जयसिरिवंछिअसहए अणिटहरणे तिवग्गसारंमि ।
Taratanisamej I AFÅ TFÄLA SPHAE II etc. ,- (com. ) fol. ab 10 11 sfipara FA: il STEFT FA: !!
जयश्रीप्राप्तितो मोहरिपोरमलकेवलः। यो जगत्कृपया धर्ममूचे तं श्रीजिनं स्तुवे ॥ १॥
1 Soo the 8th verse of the prasasti of Aodrapradipa. 2 Cf. O. M. Duff's "The Chronology of India" (p. 230), Westminstor, 1899. 3 See No. 78.
Page #470
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
266.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
नाथः प्रजानां पुरुषार्थदेशनानिष्टष्टकरश्व योऽभवत् ।
तमादिमं भूमिभृतां तथा (S) ईतां
जगद्गुरु श्री ऋषभप्रभुं स्तुमः ॥ २ ॥ etc.
अशेषतः शांतिपद्रवाणां ।
जगत् कुर्वत् कृतवत् करिष्यत् यस्याभिधानं दधतेऽन्वयित्वं ।
स शांतिनेता (S) भिमतार्थसिद्ध्यै ॥ ३ ॥ यः श्यामण्णों (S) पि वशीकरोति
ध्यातः सतामीप्सितशर्मलक्ष्मीः । जयाय बाह्यांतर वैरिनेमिः ॥ ४ ॥ पार्श्वः स वः पातु बिभर्त्ति सप्त
atriगिनां सप्त भयानि भेनुं । येः (यः) सप्तशूलायुधमंसगामि
सप्तस्फटाहीं व्रतमुच्छलेन ॥ ५ ॥ श्रीवर्द्धमानप्रभुरेष पुष्पात्
प्रवर्द्धमानाः सुखसंपदो षः । अगत्यत्रासयितुं तु विघ्न
सृगान् दधात्यंक मिषान्मृगेंद्र ॥ ६ ॥ नामादिमेदेर्विशदैश्वतुर्भि
ये लोककालत्रितयं पुनंतः । भवोद्विजां मुक्तिपदं ददंते
सर्वे (S) पिते सर्वविदो जयंतु ॥ ७ ॥ ध्याता (S) पि या प्रवरकाव्यफलान्यमंदानंदोल्लस द्विबुधरस्य रसानि दत्ते । श्रीभारती जगति कल्पलतेव नव्या
बोधिं धियं च विशदां दिशतामियं मे ॥ ८ ॥ विश्वोत्तमेर्महिमलब्धिराणैरशेषै
after येषु किरणैरिव मानवस्तु । सूक्ष्मोढवंति निखिला अपि सूरयो(s) न्ये श्रीदेवसुंदर गणप्रभवो मुदे ते ॥ ९ ॥
429
1
One oarapa is missing in the Ms. It should be : " नमित्रिलोकः स जिनेन्द्र
नेमिः ".
Page #471
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
130
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [266. यैर्मादृशे(s)पि कठिनोपलसंनिभे(5)स्मिन् । ___गोमियधायि वरबोधरसोद्भवः स्वैः।। नव्यानि मानसूतदानपरान् सुधांश ।
श्रीज्ञानसागरएरून प्रणतोऽस्मि भक्त्या ॥१०॥ मूर्ति सुधारसमयीमिव वीक्ष्य(क्ष)माणा
येषां सुधाप्लषसुखं ददती(तां) दृशां ज्ञाः। अक्षणामदा(वा)प्य मतिकबू(त्व)मुदासते ते
__ श्रीसोमसुंदरगणप्रभवो जयंतु ।। ११ ।। इति स्तुत्यगणं स्तुत्वा मुनिसुंदरसूरिणा । जैनधम्मोपदेशेन क्रियते वाक फलेग्रहिः ॥१२॥ परोपकारः सततं विधेयः ___स्वशक्तितो इत्तमनीतिरेषा। न स्वोपकाराच्च स भिद्यते तत्
तं कुर्वतेत वितथं कृतं स्यात् ॥ १३ ॥ स चाखिलानिष्टवियोजनेन
(सर्वेष्ट )संयोजनतश्च साध्यः । इष्टं त्वहो कैटभवेरिकीट.
मैकांतिकात्यंतिकमेव सौख्यं ॥१४॥ सञ्चास्ति मोक्षे न भवे यतोऽत्र
प्रमंगुरं दुःखयुतं च शर्म। दानेन मोक्षस्य तदर्थिनां तत
सम्यक् प्रसाध्यत परोपकारः॥१५॥ मोक्षस्तु दातुं न करेण शक्य[:]
स्तदर्शनीयस्तदवाप्युपायः। उपायता सम्यगुपासिताद्धि
__ भवेतुपेयस्य सखेन सिद्धिः ॥१६॥ तस्याफ्युपायः खल धर्म एवं
तं च प्रवादा बहुधा वदति। पृथक् पृथक् स्वस्वमतीयशास्त्रैः
स्वरूपमिद्धेतुफलादिवाग्भिः ॥१७॥ नते च सर्वे शिवसिद्ध्युपायाः।
कित्येक एवाखिल वित्प्रणीतः ॥ सुदुर्लभो()यं मिलितः परस्त।
मुग्धेर्पिना शुद्धगुरूपदेशं ॥ १८॥
Page #472
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
266.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
अयं पृथक्षत्य ततः परेभ्यः।
प्रदर्शनीयः शिवहेतुरेकः।। परे(७)प्यशुद्धा इति दर्शनीयाः ।
पृथकृतिहस्य तथैव साध्या।।१९।। शिवार्थिनां मंदधियां ततो नृणा
मनुग्रहार्थे विविधैनिदर्शनेः। व्यक्त्या विशुद्ध्यादिमिदा जिनोवितं
धर्म धेऽन्यानपि तत्प्रसंगतः॥२०॥ प्रारभ्यते स्वल्पधिया(s)पि तेनो.
पदेशरत्नाकरनामशास्त्रं । नानातरंगादिमयोपदेशै.
धत् स्वरूपं स्वपरोपकृत्यै ।। २१॥ विचार्यते शक्तिरथाप्यशक्ति
नं वै मया येन तयोर्विचारः। परोपकारकरसे कलंक
भ्य(त्य) प्रवृत्तश्च तदेकहेतोः ॥ २२ ॥ व्याख्यातॄणां बुद्धिभेदान विभाध्य
श्रोतृणामप्याशयानैकरूपान ।। साहक्सामध्योपकार्योपकारं।
जानेऽनेकैरेव धर्मोपदेशैः॥२३ ।। एकाहिकांगमगभीरफलत(स्त)वन्य.
मिथ्याविभद्रकबुधेतरयोग्यताद्यैः । भेदैस्ततो नवनवैः सुकृतोपदेशान् ।
___ वक्ष्ये बहुनिह परप्रतिबोधसिध्ये ॥ २४ ॥
तेषां मावस्ततो(ता) तदायभेदेः आदिशबाद राजमंत्रि(क्षत्रि) यब्राह्मणादियोग्यग्रहः ॥२४॥ एतत्तदयस्य व्याख्या। etc.
स्तुवे तमष्ट्रं गिजहाति गोस्तनी
मसत्पलापर्न तु निंदतीह यः। स्वकार्यतो यो(७)प्युपजीव्य पूपये
देतेः कीदे)श्चिमहंतधिक सलं ।। २५॥. कवेन दोषो(७)पममुष्य यद्विरं
वदत्यदोषामपि दोषिणीं खलः।
Page #473
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
432
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[266. रविन दुष्टोऽत्र यदस्य मांहिक
द्विषन् सुदीप्रामपि दे(वेत्ति तामसी(म) ॥ २६ ॥ स्तथं स कस्याहति नो गणः सतां
विदरसूक्ष्मार्थदृगप्यहो नयः । परस्य दोषान् महतो(s)प्यवेक्षते
नद(व)क्ति वा यो हृदयस्थितानपि ।। २७ ।। सदूषणास्ते न खलाः कथं स्यु
हिंति ये तान(न्य)नुशास्रएफं। रीत्येव संतः सुगुणा गुणान् ये
__ समंततोऽप्याददते कवीनां ॥२८॥ संतस्ते सचिरं जयंतु सुचिरामीडे खलानप्यमूत्र ।
शास्त्रे येऽनुपदं गुणप्रकटनाद दयुः प्रतिष्ठा कवेः॥ ये चानु(ग्रोहकाम्यया च विविधान् दोषान् गृहीत्वाऽथवा ।
यादृगू तादृगपीदमर्थिगुणकृत् भूयाज्जयश्रीपदं ॥ २९ ॥ (com.) fol. 3" इति तपाश्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिविरचिते जयश्यकश्रीउपदेशरत्नाकरः
पीठिकारूपा जगती(तीर्थावतारः ॥
अथ प्रथमतटं।
॥ ६ ॥ तत्रादौ स्वेष्टसिद्धये समुचितेष्टदेवतानमस्कारमंगलं चिकीई. युगादिसमयधर्मकर्मव्यवस्थितिसूत्रे(त्र)ण(णा)सूत्रधारश्रीऋषभदेवनमस्कारमाह ग्रंथकारः॥ This is followed by the first verse of the text noted above (p. 428 ) and after that we have :
स्पष्टं । धर्म बूधे इत्युक्तं प्राक् । अथ धर्मस्यैवादौ ग्रहणविधिमुपलक्षणाप्रदानविधि चाभिधित्सुः फलप्रधानाः प्रारंभाः । प्रेक्षावतां भवतीति फलावि करणपूर्वकं तद्विषयमुद्यमोपदेशमाह ।
This is followed by the 2nd verse noted above (p. 428 ). (com.) fol. II तदुक्तं ।
चित्ते प्रमादनिभृते धर्मकथा स्थानमेव न लमंते ।
नीलीरक्ते वाससि । कुंकुमरागो दुराधेयः॥१॥
महाभारते(5)पि ॥ etc. (com.) fol. 12' यदुक्कं ।।
कुग्गहगहगहिआणं । मूढो जो देश धम्मउवएसं॥ सो चम्मासी कुक्करवयणमि खवेड कपूरं ॥१॥ इति ॥ छ ।
Page #474
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
266.]
Metaphysics etc. : Śvelambara works
433
(com.) fol. 13* आगमे(5)प्युक्तं । विविधाः शिष्याः। अपरिणामाः। ( अतिपरिणामाः)
परिणामाश्च । तत्र तुच्छमतयोऽपरिणतजिनवचनरहस्या अपरिणामाः । एकांतक्रियाप्रतिपादकायेकनयमनवासितांतःकरणा उत्सर्गमोहितचेतसोऽतिपरिणामाः (१) मध्यस्थवृत्तयः परिणतजिनवचना यथावदुन्सर्गापवादं विधिकुशलाश्च परिणाम। इति । तत्राऽपरिणामाऽतिपरिणामावयोग्यो ग्यौ) श्रुत
दानस्य परिणामस्तु योग्य इति ॥ छ ।। etc. ,, fol. 26 भर्युदाहरणं यथा । बारवइए वासुदेवस्स तिन्नि भेरीओ । तं जहा संगा
मिया अन्भुइया कोमुइया। तत्र प्रथमसंग्रामकाले समुपस्थिते सामंतादीनां ज्ञापनार्थे वाद्यते । द्वितीया पुनराग(ग)तुककस्मिश्चित्प्रयोजने समुद्भुते लोकानां सामंतादीनां परिज्ञापनाय । तृतीया कौमुदीमहोत्सवायुत्सवज्ञापनार्थ ततो तिणि वि गोसीसचंदणमईतो देवतापरिग्गहिया तो तस्स चउत्थी भेरी असिव्वप्पसमणी तीसे उप्पत्ती कहिज इ । तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं सक्को दि(दे)विंदो सो तत्थ देवलोगे सुरमझे वासुदेवस्सा गुणकित्तणं करेइ । अहो उत्तमपुरिसा एए । अवगुणं न गिण्हंति नीएण य जुद्धेण न जुज्झति । तत्थ एगो देवो असहहंतो । वासुदेवो वि जिणसगासं वंदणा पट्रितो । सो अंतराकाल एणय ववमययं विउहइ दुझिगंधं । तस्स गंघेण सम्बो लोगो पराभग्गो
वासुदेवेण दिट्ठो भणियं च । etc. , fol. 284 उक्तं चोत्तराध्ययनेषु । अणासवा शूलवया कुसीला मिउं(? ओ) पि
चंडं पकरंति सीसा इति । etc. ,, fol. 32* इति भी तपागच्छे श्रीदेवसुंदरसूरिश्रीज्ञानसागरसूरिशिष्यश्रीसोम
सुंदरमरिपट्टालंकारश्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिविरचिते श्रीउपदेशरत्नाकरे श्रोतविषययोग्यायोग्यत्वस्वरूपनिरु(रू)पणप्रथमोऽशः ॥१॥ तरंगः ॥१२॥ ग्रंथायं
श्लोका १००४ अक्षर २२ ॥ श्री॥ " fol. 37* योगशास्त्रांतरश्लोकेष्वपि ।
अयं दशविधो धर्मो मिथ्यादृग्भिर्न वीक्षितः। यो(s)पि कश्चित् वच(:) प्रोचे सो(s)पि वाङमात्र नर्तनं ॥१॥ तत्त्वार्थो वाचि सर्वेषां केषां च न मनस्यपि । क्रियया(5)पि नरीनर्ति । नित्यं जिनमतस्पृशां ॥२॥ वेदशास्त्रपराधनिबुद्धय(:) सूत्रकंठकाः ।
न लेशमपि जानंति । धर्मरलस्य तत्त्वतः ॥३॥ 55 [J... P.]
Page #475
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
434 .
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[366.
गोमेधनरमेधाव(श्व)मेधा' ध्वरकारिणां ।
याज्ञिकानां कुतो धर्मः । प्राणिघातविधायिनां ॥ ४.' etc. (com ) fol. 41° उक्तं च ।
घु? पु)त्तासु पडिबद्धा । अन्नाए(ण)पमायसंगया जीवा ।।
उप्पज्जति धणप्पिा वणिउवेगिंद(दि)पस बहुं ॥१॥ इति श्रीभवभावनायां । etc. , fol. 46° इति तपा० श्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिविरचिते श्रीउपदेशरत्नाकरे० श्रीगुरु.
परीक्षाधिकारे द्वितीयस्तरंगः ॥ छ ।। ,, fol. 72* इति तपागच्छे श्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिविरचिते भी उपदेशरत्नाकरे प(?)द्वितीयो(5)शे पध्व() तरंगः ॥ छ ।
पुनर्गुरुगोचरमेव योग्यायोग्यस्वरूपनिदर्शनांतरेराह । etc. , fol. 90* एगंतं मिच्छत्तं जिणाणमाणा अणेगंतं तेइष्टर्मानितं तवचः। सप्रशंसं ।
स एकवचनदोरेणानंतसंसारित्वमुपाप भवं भ्रांतः । इति श्रीमहा
निशीथे । etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 1436
दोस १ गुण २ सप्प ३ दहिअं३ गुणं च केवल जहोसहं कुणा। तह मिच्छजन() १ दाणाइ २ अविहि ३ विहि ४ जुत्त
जिणधम्मो ॥१॥ - ( com.) fol. 144* यथा 'बामनस्थली 'बासिधेष्ठिनः सकपायो जिनपूजाधर्मः सम्म्लेच्छकुलाप्तिरूपं दोपं स्वल्पं पुनर्जिनधर्मवाप्त्यादिरूपं गुणं च बहुं चकार । मेतार्य-हरिक(के)शबलदियोऽप्यत्र दृष्टांता शेयाः॥३॥ विधिप्रयुक्तोऽहंदधर्मः । Then in a different hand we have :
पू(पु)नर्गुणमेव कुरुते यथा नंदादिना र सद्भावना च प्राच्यगाथातो ज्ञेयेति ॥ ४॥ अत्र 'वामनस्थली 'श्रेष्ठीनी कथा जाणवीः॥
इति श्रीउपदेशरत्नाकरनामा ग्रंथ संपूर्णः । ग्रंथाः ग्रंथः १३००० ग्रंथांक ५१००॥
1 The letter 'y' is missing. 2 See p. 37. of D. L.J. P. F. Series edn.. 3 Seo p. 139a of D. L.J. P. F.S.eda,
Page #476
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
26.]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
435
Reference. The text up to the 1st two tatas is published by the Jaina-Vidya-Prasaraka-Varga, Palitana, in Samvat 1964 and also in the Lalana-niketana Jaina Granthamala, Bhatade, Sihor, Kathiawar. The text with the author's own commentary is published in the D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 22 in A. D. 1914. Here, too, the text goes up to the 2nd tata only. The complete text (containing all the three tatas) along with its Gujarati translation and occasional elucidation, is published by Jaina Pustaka Pracaraka Samstha, Surat, in Vikrama Samvat 2005. This edition contains my Gujarati introduction mentioned on p. 428.
For description of an additional Ms. having both the text and its svopajña vṛtti see B. B. R. A. S. Vols. III-IV, P. 405.
For Mss. of the text see Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 52). Here Mss. of the svopajña com., too, are noted.
उपदेशरत्नाकर
( तट १-२ ) स्वोपज्ञ विवरण सहित
No. 267
Upadesaratnākara (Tatas I-II)
with svopajña vivaraṇa
172.
1871-72.
Size.- 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 252+1=253 folios; 13 lines to a page; 35 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with as; clear, big, uniform and good hand-writing; numbers for foll. marked in two different margins on one and the same side; borders of foll. I to 35 ruled in two lines in red ink, whereas those of foll. 36 to 252, in three lines; dandas in red ink; edges of the 1st two foll. and the last slightly damaged; some of the foll. stuck together due to the presence of gum in the ink used; owing to ignorant and careless separation some of them are a little bit torn ; e. g. the 8th and the 93rd; condition very
Page #477
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
436
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[267.
fair ; yellow pigment used; red chalk also used ; fol. 125 repeated ; certain items pertaining to families, etc. tabulated on the 185th fol ; fol. 1 blank ; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary up to two tatas; both com
plete ; extent 7875 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.-( text ) fol. 3b
__ जयश्रीसंगमं रातु etc. as in No. 266. ,, - ( com. ) fol. 1 श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥ छ ।
जयश्रीप्राप्तितो मोहरिपोरमलकेवलः ॥ यो(s)जयत् कृपया धर्मस्त(मू)वे(चे) तं श्रीजिन स्तुवे ॥१॥etc. प्रारभ्यते स्वल्पधिया(७)पि तेनो
पदेशरत्नाकरनामशास्त्रं ॥ - नानातरंगादिमयोपदेशै
दर्द)धत् स्वरूपं स्वपरोपकत्यै । २१॥ Ends.- ( text ) fol. 253*
दृष्टांत शतैर्बहुधोपदर्शितं धर्मपदमिति श्रुत्वा ।
शुद्ध तस्मिन् प्रयता भवरिपुजयश्रिये भवत ॥ १॥ (com.)
इति युगप्रधानावतारश्री तपागच्छनायकश्रीदेवसुंदरसूरिश्रीज्ञानसागरमूरिश्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिशिष्यैः श्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिभिविरचिते जयश्यंके श्रीउपदेशरत्नाकरे मध्याधिकारे प्रकीर्णकोपदेशनाम्नि तुर्थेशे द्वादशस्तरंगः ॥ १२॥ संपूर्णोऽयं मध्याधिकारैः ॥६२४॥ तत्समाप्तौ च संपूर्ण विषमगाथाविवरणं । अथ परतटं तत् सुगमत्वान्न वित्रियते इति उपदेशरत्नाकरग्रंथः । सर्वग्रंथा ७८७५॥ (text)
रंगत्तरंगनिकरः सुकृतोपदेश
रत्नाकरो विजयतां विलसज्जयश्रीः । भूयासुरस्य च लवानुपजीव(व्य)विश्वम्
विश्वोपकारनिरता दि(वि)बुधांबुवाहाः॥१॥ete. इति श्रीउपदेशरत्नाकर संपूर्णमिति ॥ जला(द) रक्षेस्तैला(द) रक्षेत् । रक्षेत् शिथ(थि)लबंधनात् ।।
परहस्तगता रक्षेत । एवं वदति पुस्तिका ॥ _ N. B.- For other details see No. 266.
Page #478
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
268.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
437
स्वोपज्ञ विवरण सोबत ....
।
उपदेशरत्नाकर
Upadeśaratnākara (तट १-२)
(Tatas I-II)
with svopajra vivarana No. 268
1106.
1887-91. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 195 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs%3 sufficiently big, quite legible, perfectly uniform and very beautiful handwriting ; borders neatly ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; numbers for foll. written in the righthand margin ; fol. 1a blank; both the text and the svopajña commentary almost complete so far as the ist two tatas are concerned ; for, the text ends with the ist gāthå of the 12th taranga of the 4th (last) amsa cf the 2nd tata; bits
of paper pasted to fol. 18; condition on the whole good. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.- (text) fol. 3*
जयश्रीसंगम etc. as in No. 266. " - ( coin. ) fol. 1° ५६० ॥ श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः । श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।
जयश्रीप्राप्तितो etc. as in No. 266. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 1956
लहिलं पहुत्तमहवा पहुबलमह संपयाइ सामत्थं । पडिणीअजयसिरीए जिणधम्मुज्जोअगा होह ॥ जिणतित्थं जिणभत्तो राया मंतीव सावउ(ओ) बलवं ।
साइसओ चारित्ती पंचुज्जुआ जिणमयंमि॥ ,, -( com.) fol. 195° इति° एकादशस्तरंगः ॥ छ ।
This is followed by the two verses of the text noted a bove, and after that we have:--
स्पष्टा । नवरं जिनस्य तीर्थ सामान्यतः प्रासादप्रतिमादिजन्मभूम्यादिरूपं श्री शचुंजया'दिसमहिमस्थानरूपं वा, चतुर्वर्णः श्रीसंघो वा तदेवोहयोतोऽनेकेषां भयसत्त्वानां दर्शनादपि दुर्दमामिथ्यात्वांधकारानिरासेन बोधिप्रकाशहेतुत्वात् । जिनभक्तो राजा श्रीसंप्रति श्रीकुमारपालादिः। जिनभक्तो मंत्री
Page #479
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
438
jatna Literature and Philosophy
1268.
श्रीकुमारपालादिः । जिनभक्तो मंत्री श्रीउदयन-आंबड-बाहर-चा (वा). हर-श्रीवस्तुपाल-श्रीपृथ्वीधरादिः । जिनमक्तो बलवान् भाषकः सा० जगडू सं० आभू सा० जगसी सा० माणसी सा० भीम सा० समर सा० सारंग सा साचा सो(सा). मीमा सा० गुणराज सं० प्रथमा सा० गोविंदादिः। सातिशयश्चारित्री च श्रीभद्रबाहु-श्रीस्थूलभद्र-भीआर्यसुहस्ति-श्रीवज्रस्वा(मि)।
The Ms. ends here. N. B.- For additional information see No. 266.
उपदेशरसायन
Upadeśara sāyana (उवएसरसायण)
(Uraësarasāyaṇa ) वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti
148 (b). No.269
1873-74. Extent.- fol. 8 to fol. 17*. Description.- Both the text and its commentary complete; the latter composed in Sanvat 1292. For other details see
148 (a). Carcari No.
___1873-74. Author of the text.- Jinadatta Suri, pupil of Jinavallabha Suri,
pupil of Abhayadeva Sûri.
Jinadatta Sûri was born in Dholka in Vikrama Samvat 1:32, took diksa in Samvat 1141 ( at the age of 9 ) at the hands of Dharmadeva, became Suri in Samvat 1169 and died in Samvat 1211 in Ajaya merudurga Ajmer. He is addressed as dāda' by the Kharataras. He is looked upon as an author of.the following 16 works:
अध्यात्मगीत अवस्थाकुलक उत्सूत्रपदोहद्घाटनकुलक उपदेशकुलक
1 Seo p. 230a of D. L.J. P. F. Serier edn. 2 Boo pag.11.
Page #480
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
269.1
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 439 उपदेशरसायन ( धर्मरसायनरासक) ( अपभ्रंश ) No.269 80 verses कालस्वरूपकुलक
3. " गणधरमप्तति
(पाइय) 73 , गणधरसार्धशतक
150 , चर्चरी .
(अपभ्रंश) 47 चैत्यवम्दनकुलक
( पाइय . Vol. XVII, विंशिका
pt. 4, Nos. 1215-7 28 विघ्नविनाशिस्तोत्र
(पाइय) श्रुतस्तव सन्देहदोलावली
, 150 , सर्वाधिष्ठायिस्मरणस्तोत्र
26 ., छगुरुपारतन्ध्यस्तोत्र
21 , _For his life in Sanskrit see the introduction ( pp. 37
64) to Apabhramsakavyatrayl. Author of the commentary.- Jinapala, disciple of Jinapati Suri.
Elsewhere he calls himself pupil of Jineśvara Suri. Jinapala taught Jaina agamas to Candratilaka and Prabodhacandra. Jinapala is said to be the author of the following 8 works - उपदेशरसायन-वृत्ति Sk. No. 269 Samvat 1292 चर्चरी-विवरण बादशकुलक-विवरण
1293 पश्चालिङ्गी-विवरण पदस्थानक-वृत्ति सनत्कुमारचकिचरित . , earlier than Sarthvat 1292
and later than Samvat 1262 ,, - टीका , स्वप्नविचारमाष्य
"
1294
.
1262
1 For his life in Sanskrit see the introduction (pp.65-70) to Apabhramsakavyatraji
Page #481
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
440 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[269. Is this that very Jinapāla who compiled å pastāvali of Kharatara gaccha which is divided into three parts-the first part describing the lives of the ācāryas of the Kharatara gaccha, the second furnishing us with a detailed account of Jinacandra, Jinapati and Jineśvara, the three ācāryas of the same gaccha, and the third part going upto Vikrama Samvat 1393 according to a Ms. belonging to a Bhandara of Bikāner and described by Dasaratha Sarma in his article “ The Kharatara gaccha Pațţāvali compiled by Jinapala” published in "The Indian Historical Quarterly"
(Vol. XI, No. 4, pp. 779-781)? Subject.- Spiritual advice in 8o verses in Apabhramsa in Paddhatika
together with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 86
पणमह पासवीरजिण भाविण तुम्हि सवि जिव मुच्चहु पाविण । घरववहारि म लग्गा अच्छह
खाण खाण आउ गलंतउ पिच्छह || etc. , -( com.) fol. 80
वीरं जिनपतिं नौमि यचो मधुरं बुधाः ।। रसायनमिवास्वाय बभूवुरजरामरा() ॥ १ ॥
चच्चरी-रासकपाख्यप्रबंधे प्राकृते किल । वृत्तिप्रवृत्तिं नाधत्ते प्रायः कोऽपि विचक्षणः ॥२॥ . किंतु क्वचित् (क्वचित् ) किंचिदुपदेशरसायने । एवं दुवौ(|)धमित्येष न्याय्यो व्याख्यापरिश्रमः ॥३॥ अत्र पद्धटिकाबंधे मात्राः षोडश पादगाः ।।
अयं सर्वेषु रागेषु गीयते गीतिकोविदैः॥४॥ इह हि युगप्रधानागमैः श्रीमद्भिर्जिनदत्तमूरिभिलो(लो)कप्रवाहपतितान बहून जंतून(नु)पलभ्य तदुपचिकीर्षि(ष)या लोकप्रवाह-सद्गुरुस्वरूप-चैत्यविधिविशेष-श्रावकश्राविकादिशिक्षाविशेषप्रतिपादकः प्राकृतभाषया धमरसाय. नाख्यो रासकश्चक्रे सं(स) म(मं)दबुद्धिना(s)पि मया किंचिद् व्याख्यायते तस्येदमादि सूत्र। This is followed by the first verse noted above (p. 440).
Page #482
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
279] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
441 Ends.- ( text ) fol. 17" अथोपसंहर(४) उपदेशफलमाह ॥
इय जिणदत्तुवपसरसायणु
इह.परलोयह सुक्खह भायण । कणंजलिहिं पियंति जि भन्नई
ते इति अजरामर सव्वई ।। इत्युक्तम्यायेम(? न) जिनैर्दनो वितीर्णस्तीर्थकद्वादिष्ट इत्यर्थः ॥ अथवा जिनदत्तेति प्रबंधकर्तुर(रे)व ततश्च स चासो तस्य चोपदेशः शिक्षामित्र स एवात्यंतम्ाधुर्याजरामरत्वहेतृत्वाल्ल रसायनं संजीवनहेत्यस्तयां । इहपरलोकमो सखस्य भाजनं. पात्रं तवेतृत्वात कर्णाजलिस्या(भ्या) पिबंति पे भव्यारो भयंत्यजरामराः स(5)पीयर्थः॥८॥
इति जु(युगप्रवरागमश्रीमजिनपतिसरिशिष्यलेशविरचिता श्रीमजिनदतरिमनितोपदेशरसायनस्य संक्षिप्ततरा इत्ति(क) । समाप्तः ॥ ७ ॥ - इति जिनपते: सूरेः शिष्यो रसायनसत्पवं,
किमपि व्याख्या निन्ये निगूढमहात 'पुगतवरति(१२९२)प्रख्ये प निदेशत भारतः
सविसरिखनृत्य(द)कीजिनेवरसायो। जिनपाल इति व्याख्या)तो भक्तिमान निजसोः ।।
तस्यैवानुग्रहाचैवं वृत्तिाधादिमां तनुं । छ । Reference.-- Both the text and the commentary are published in:
Apabhramsakavyatrayi (pp. 29-66).
For additional Mss. of the text and this commentary see Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. 52).
704.
उपदेशरसाल
Upadeśaras No. 370
1875-76. Size.--104 in. by 44 in. . Extent.- 50 folios ; 19 lines to a page : 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, tough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters; small, quite legible, uniform and
1 If 'yuga' mears four, this should be 1294. 56 [J.L. P.]
Page #483
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
442.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[१०.
very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in both the
margins ; dandas in red ink; fol. I' blank except that a verse is written on it, probably later on; yellow pigment profusely used for corrections; उपदेशरशाल written in the left-hand margins of the numbered sides; complete ; the work is divided into 52 धर्मोपदेश3 for details see
No. 271 ( pp. 444-445 ). Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Not mentioned. He may be at best a contemporary of
Rajasekhara Sûri whose work Caturviņšati prabandha is utilized by him. He appears to be belonging to the
Kharatara gaccha Subject On fol. 10 APTATIETTA ( 11th verse ) is quoted. The
subject of this work is in common with Upadeśatarangini, and it deals mainly with five topics viz. (I) four types of dharma viz. dana, etc.: (2) the seven ksetras%3B (3) snatrapaja; (4) yatra ; and (S) sanghapuja. The entire work is divided into 52 dharmopadeśas out of which 30, 1, 11, s and s seem to deal with each of the
five topics in succession. Begins-fol. !" written in a different hand :
किं स्याद वर्णचतुष्टयेन धनज धण्णे(गण)निमिभूषणं ।
__ स्यादायेन मही त्रयेण च फलं मध्यवये प्राणदः ।। . व्यस्ते गोत्रतुरंगधासकुसमान्यतेन संप्रेक्षणं । । ।
ये जानंति विचक्षणाः क्ष(क्षि)तितले तेषामहं किंकरः ॥१॥ Begins.- fol ||९६० ॥ ओ (2) नमः श्रीप्रषचनाय ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं ॥ मंगलं भगवान् वीरो' अज्ञानतिमिरांधानां ॥
मांगलिक्यमयं वाचनाश्लोकयुग्मं 1 The complete verse is:
"मङ्गलं भगवान् वीरो मङ्गलं गौतमः प्रभुः।। .....
मजलं स्थूलभद्राद्या जैनधर्मोऽस्तु मङ्गलम ॥" % The complete verse is :
' अज्ञानतिमिरान्धानां ज्ञानाअनशलाकया।
नेत्रमुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै श्रीगुरवे नमः॥"
Page #484
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
271.) Metaphysics etco : Svetambara works 443
यत्कल्याणकरोऽवतारसमयः स्वप्नानि जन्मोत्सवे
यद्रत्नादिकवृष्टिरिंद्रविहिता यदूपराज्यश्रियः। यहानं व्रतसंपदुज्ज्वलतरा यत्केवलं श्रीना(क)। .. ____ यद्रम्यातिशया जिने तदखिलं धर्मस्य विस्फूजि(जि)तं ।।
सम्यग् श्रीधर्माराधनफलं । श्रीतीर्थकरदेवदृष्टांतादित्थं वेदितव्यं विवकिभिः ॥ etc.
fol. 1 इति धम्मोपदेशो द्वितीयः॥२॥ Ends.-fol. 50* अत एष श्रीवज्रस्वामिना बाल्ये(७)पि श्रीसिंघो बहुमानितः परि
पदावनु । १२ । वर्षदुःकाले स्वशक्त्या सुभ(मि)क्षस्थानानयने पूजितः । इति सिंघपदेशः । ४ । पुत्रजन्मविवाहादिमंगलानि गृहे गृहे परं भाग्यवतां पुंसां श्रीसिंघार्थादिमंगलं १ इति उपदेशरसालनामा ग्रंथः समाप्त: उपदेशतरंगिणी । '२४। (प्र)बंधादिबहुशामाण्यवलोक्यो(द)धतः । संपूणों(s)यं
ग्रंथः ॥ शुभं भवतुः॥ . ॥ ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ ॥ छ ॥ ॥ श्री ॥ ॥छ॥ भी।
- For description of an additional Msi, of this very work see B. B. R. A. S. Vols. III-IV, p. 405 where it is said that Süktāvali is many a time quoted in this work. For additional Mss. see Nos, 271 and 272 and Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. 52).
C. Bendall refers to a Ms. of उपदेशरसाल, a moral composition of Sadhuranga, disciple of Bhuvanasoma of the Kharatara gaccha, who flourished in about Samvat 1587. See his work " A.journey in Nepal and Northern India", Cambridge, 1886.
उपदेशरसाल .
Upadeśarasala No. 1
143.
1881-82. Size.- 94 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 63 folios ; 15 lines to a page : 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters ; sufficiently big, quite legible, uniform 1 Thu means : चतुर्विशतिप्रवन्ध,
Page #485
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
144
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[
71.
and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. is pasted on fol. I which seems to have had a big design; condition on the whole very good; foll. 28 to 63 are greyish in colour ; foll. 1' and 636 blank; complete ; yellow pigment used while making corrections ; in the left-hand margin of fol. 1° at the top we have :
उपदेशरखालेग्रंथ १०१ जिन.
The entire work is divided into gays as under:-- मालकारकोपदेश
I foll. Ib to 20 धर्मोपदेश
II , 2, 3 III , 3, 4. IV , 4,
v , 5, 6. VI ,
6°,, (29) ___ " *,, Io
, Io,, Io IX . 10
x ., 12° ,, ?
XI. , ? द्वादशमोरेश
XII , 16, 160 "धर्मापदेश
-XIII , 16 धर्मोपदेश
XIV , , , 220 सपात्रदानोपदेश
XV
,, 220 उपदेश
XVI , 2400 28. पूजादिपश्चाधिकारोपदेश xVII , 28, 29 अष्टप्रकारिपूजादियबधिकारोपदेश XVIII , 29, 310 दयापधिकारचतुष्टयरम्योपदेश XIX , 31°,,
शुचिपुष्पपूजादिबवधिकारxx , 33° ,, 36 'देवपूजाविषधर्ममूचकधमोपदेश. XXI , 364, 38
XXII , 38,, ? जिनभत्त्यधिकारोपदेश XXIII , , 40%
Page #486
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
-445
-371.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works पूजाधिकारोपदेश
XXIV foll. 40* 41 प्र? प्रा)सादोपदेश & धर्मोपदेश XXV , 41, 420 धर्मकार्योपदेश
XXVI fol. 424 धर्मोपदेश
XXVII foll. , , 43b उपदेश
XXVIII fol. 436
XXIX foll. , , दानशीलतपोभावभेदजिनधर्मप्रकरणोपदेश
XXX , 44°,, SI जिनभवनादिसप्तक्षेत्रीवित्तवपन XXXI
" S",56. स्नात्रोपदेश, तीर्थयात्रोपदेश सङ्घ
पूजोपदेश .xxxil to LII (?) , 56,, 63. Age.- Samvat 1764. Begins.- fol. 1 ॥ १० ॥ नमो जिनाय ॥
सकलपंडितश्री५श्रीअजितसागरजीचरणकलालेभ्यो नमः ॥ एसो मंगलनिलओ संतिसहुजणभो नवकारपरम मंतो। चि(चिंता(ति)यमित्तं मुहं देई
यत्कल्याणकरोऽवतारसमयः ॥ १॥ etc. as in No. 270. Ends.- fol. 63° अत एव वनस्वामिना etc. up विलोक्योवृतः ॥ as in No.
270. This is followed by the lines as under:-- ____ श्री: । सं० १७६४ वर्षे जेष्ठवदि ५ दिने घाबरवासरे मुस्थाननगरे लिखितमस्ति सकलपंडितविद्वज(ज)नमुकुटायमानपंडितश्री५श्रीअजितसागरजी तत्सि(च्छि )ज्यसकलगुणगरिष्ठपंडितश्री५श्रीमहिमासागरजी सत्सि(च्छि)प्यशिरोमणीपं० श्री५अनोपसागरजी तत्सि(च्छि)ज्यसकलागमकोविद श्रीअजबसागर तत्सि(च्छि)शुचरणार्षि(रवि)वसेवी अमरसागरेण लिपीचक्रेति श्रेय ॥
यादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्ट्वा तादृशं लिखितं मया । यदि शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥१॥ अदृष्टिदोषा(न)मतिविभ्रमाञ्च
यदर्थहीनं लिखितं मया(s)त्र ॥ तत् साधुमुख्यैः ) परिसो(शो)ध्य(ध)नीयं
कोपो न कार्य(6) खाल लेष(ख)काय
श्रीरस्तु: श्रीमस्तु॥ श्रीपाचपरमेश्वरप्रसादात् श्री। N. B.- For additional information see No. 270.
Page #487
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
446
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 272.
उपदेशरसाल
Upadesarasāla
694. No. 272
1899-1915. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.- 19 folios ; 31 lines to a page ; 74 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with occasional Teas; very small, quite legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll, numbered in the right-hand margin ; red chalk used; there is some blank space in the centre of the numbered and unnumbered sides as well ; fol. 196 blank ; bits of paper pasted to fol. 190; edges of some of the foll, slightly gone ; a few foll. worm-eaten ; condition on the whole tolerably
good ; complete. Age. - Samvat 1708. Begins.- fol. r II QONI AR STATI
AT Stigarui An Hoara efter etc. as in No. 271. Ends.- fol. 198 34 # Fanfaat etc. up to Águot(s); 19:1
etc. as in No. 271. This is followed by the line as under:
संवत १७०८ वर्षे श्रावणसुदि १० दिने लिखितं सुजाणसिंहमुनिना । N. B.- For other details seé No. 270.
'उपदेशरसाल
Upadesarasāla [ ast]
[ Sūktāvali]
580. No. 273
1884-86. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 9 folios; 15 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line.
1 This work is different from the preceding one, though it has the same title. So it ought to have been separately noted in Jipa-ratnakosa (Vol. I ). The same remark holds good for No. 274.
2 In No. 274 this work is named as " 3YCEITHIONTAKT”
Page #488
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
273-1
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
Description. Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; yellow pigment used; complete; composed in Samvat 1702 ( ? ) ; foll. numbered in the the right-hand margin.
Age. — Samvat 1822.
Author - Not mentioned.
Subject.
Maxims mostly in Gujarati; some in the beginning are however, in Sanskrit. The entire work is practically divided into 4 chapters, each respectively dealing with dharma, artha, kāma and moksa, the four well-known puruşarthas.
Begins. fol. r
५६० ॥ ॐ नमः श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।। अथ सु (सू )क्तावली लिप्यते ।
सकल सुकृत बल्लीवृंदजीमूतमाला ।
निजमनसि निधाय श्रीजिनेंद्रस्य मूर्ति (म्) | ललितबचनलीला लोकभाषानिबन्दै -
रिब कतिपयपद्यै (:) सु(सूक्तमालां तनोमि ॥ १ ॥
तदनुक्रमं संग्रहो यथा
तत्त्वज्ञांतमनुष्य सज्जनगुणां न्यायप्रतिज्ञा क्षमा । चित्तायं च कुलं विवेकविनयो विद्यापकारोधमा ||
Ends.— fol. 94
दानक्रोधदयादितोषविषया साक्षप्रमादस्तथा । साधुश्राम धर्म्मविषये ज्ञेया प्रसंगा अमी ॥ २ ॥ तत्र देवतरवे देवविषये यथा
सकलकरमवारी मोक्षमार्गाधिकारी ।
उपगा (का)री केवलज्ञानधारी || afe जिन नित सेवो देव ते भक्तिभावैः ।
इह जिन भजतां सर्व संपत्ति आवै ॥ ३ ॥ etc.
अथ मोक्षवर्गप्रवरे प्रवरो भव त्वं
येनोपदेशविधिना भव शंभवत्वं ॥
मोक्षार्थसाधनफलं प्रवरं वदंति ।
447
संतः स्वतो जगति ते (s) पि चिरं जयंति ॥ ४० ॥
Page #489
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
448
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
ग्रंथोपसमाप्तिमाह इति ।
१३ गुरौ । Reference.
[273
धर्म अर्थवर कामदमोक्षवर्गे ।
किंचित् मया प्रगटितो उपदेशलेशः ॥ सन्मार्गगामिभिनरैरुपदेश धार्य ( : ) ।
तत्त्वस्वरूपमिति गम्यविचारणीयः ॥ ४१ ॥ नयन गगनवादश्र्चंद्रमा ( १७०२१) मात्र वर्षे । निरमलवरपक्षे पोसमासे दशम्यां ॥ तरणिपुरबरेंद्रे (S) लेषि श्रीवाचकेन ।
स जयतु चिरकालं शोधितं वाग्विलासैः ॥ ४२ ॥ इति श्रीउपदेशरसाल ग्रंथ संपूर्णम् ॥ सं० १८२२ वर्षे आषाढ वद
The opening line of this work tallies with that of Suktamala of Kesaravimala composed in Samvat 1754 and described in B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 453.
Upadesarasāla with vyākhyā
उपदेशरसाल व्याख्यासहित
No. 274
Size— roÎ in. by 5 in.
Extent.-- 148-31 = 117 folios; 13 lines to a page; 37 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; neither too big nor too small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink ; at times all the four edges are ruled; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation; the text written in Gujarati verses in Malini metre; explanation in prose in Gujaratī in a smaller hand at times; foll. 1-3 lacking; the rooth fol. slightly stained ; end not abrupt, though the beginning for both the text and its explanation is so.
Age.— Pretty old.
1203.
1886-92.
Page #490
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
275.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works 449
449 Begins.- (text ) fol. 32a
चिण बहु जिची जीवनूं त्यू न सोहें । तिम धर्म न शोहें भावना जो न होऐं ॥४५॥ भरत नृप ऐलाची जिर्ण श्रेष्टि भावें
___ बली वलकमलचीरी केवलज्ञान पावें ।। बलीभह हरणो में पंचमें स्वर्ग जायें
ऐहिं ज गुंणपशायें ताश निस्तार थाई ॥ ४६॥ ,-(com.) fol. 32* हिवें भरतचक्रीनो दृष्टांत भरत चक्रवर्ति छ खंड साधी
दिग्विजय करी घरे आवी etc. End.- ( text ) fol. 1482
अथ मोक्षवर्गप्रवरे etc. as in No. 273 (p. 447 ).
इति श्रीउपदेशरसालग्रंथसूक्तमाला संपूर्णे ॥१॥ ,-( com.) fol. 148' इति श्रीउपदेशरसालग्रंथसूक्ता(क्त)मालायां अर्थ
धर्म काम मोक्ष एवं च्यार वर्ग सहीताय ग्रंथ समाप्तां ॥ ए मोक्षवर्गे मध्ये काव्यसंख्याई ४१ कथासंक्षाई १८ छई ल । पं खूशालविजेय ॥ साधवी
लक्ष्मीश्री॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 273.
67.
'उपदेशरहस्यप्रकरण
Upadeśarahasyaprakaraņa (उवएसरहस्सपगरण)
( Uvaésarahassapagarana) स्वोपज्ञ विवरण सहित
with svopajña vivaraņa No. 275
1898-99. Size.- 11 in. by s in. Extent.- (text) 79 folios; I to 3 lines to a page; 32 letters to a line.
,-( com.),, ,; 10 to 12 , , ,; 42 " ," " Description.- Country paper thin and white ; Jaina Devanāgarī
characters; big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; foll. numbered as usual; fol. 19 blank; white paste used ; red chalk used ; corners of
1 In Sanskrit there is an anonymous work named as Upadebarahasya. 57 [J.L. P.]
Page #491
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
450
jaina Literature and Philosophy
[275.
several foll. worn out; fol. 79partly torn ; condition very fair ; this is a fərqiat Ms.; both the text and the commentary
complete ; extent 3300 ślokas. Age.-Samvat 1848. Author of the text - Nyāyaviśārada Yaśovijaya Gapi. For other
details see Nos. 98, TOI and 123. " of the commentary- Same as that of the text. Subject.- Spiritual advice in Prakrit in 203 verses. This is
elucidated in its commentary in Sanskrit.
For other details see my bhumika (p. Ion) to Sobhanastuti ( Agamodaya Samiti Series No. SI ) and पाइय
(प्राकृत ) भाषाओ अने साहित्य (p. 128). Begins.-- ( text) fol. 1 ॥ ६ ॥ ॐ नमः।
नमिऊण वद्धमाणं । वुच्छं भविआण बोहणट्राए ।
सम्म राखवइटुं । उवएसरहस्समविटुं ॥ १ ॥ etc. "-(com. ) fol. I" ॥ ६॥ऐं नमः
ऐकारकलितरूपं स्मृत्वा वाग्देवतां विबुधबंद्यां।
निजमुपदेशरहस्यं विणोमि गभीरमर्थन ॥ १ ॥ etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 786
किं बहुणा इह जह जह रागदासा लहुं विलिज्जति । तह तह पट्टिअध्वं एसा आणा जिणिंदाणं ॥ २०१॥ 'तबंगणरोहणसरगिरिसिरिणयविजयाभिहाणविबुहाणं ॥ सीसेण...... इअं पगरणमिणमायसरण ॥ २०२॥ अणुसरिय जुत्तिगम्भं पुवायरियाण वयणसंदभं ।
जं काउमिणं लद्धं पुण्णं तत्तो हवउ सिद्धी ॥२०३ ॥ -(com.) fol. 78° अन्यत्र सविवृतेयं गाथात्रयाऽर्थसुगमं । इति अथ काव्यं ।
यस्यासन एरवो(s)। जीतविजयपाज्ञा प्रकृष्टाशया
प्राजते समया नयादिविजयप्राज्ञार्थ विद्याप्रदाः। प्रेम्णा यस्य च सन्म पद्मविजयो जातः सुधीः सोदर- .
स्तेन 'न्यायविशारदेन विवृतो ग्रंथः स्वयं निर्मितः ॥१॥ ( com. ) fol. 78° इति श्रीउपदेशरहस्यनाम्नो ग्रंथः समाप्तः मिति॥छ॥
सकलपण्डितावंतस-पंडितश्रीमन्मयविजयगणिचरणारविंदमधुकरपंडित
Page #492
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
276.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
451 श्रीयशोविजयगणिविरचितमुपदेशरहस्यपकरणं विवरणं सटीकं सो(स्वो)पज्ञं समाप्तमिति समाप्तः श्रेयः । ग्रंथ संपूर्ण । ग्रंथाग्रंथसंख्या ३३०० संवतं १८४८ना वर्षे शाके १७१३ प्रवर्त्तमान्ये । मासोत्तममासे पुण्यपवित्रमासे आषाढमासे कृष्णपक्षे तृतीयायां तिथौ चंद्रवासरे लिखितमिदं पुस्तकं भी सरत'बिंदरे ॥ श्लोक
यादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्ट्वा दृष्ट्वाशं लिखितं मया ।
यदि शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥१॥ etc. Reference.- Published along with the author's own commentary
by Mansukhbhai Bhagubhai in Samvat 1967. In the beginning there is a table of contents in Sanskrit. This is followed by an alphabetical index of verses of the text. In the end there is a list of quotations.
For Mss. of the text and its commentary see Jinaratnakoka (Vol. I, p. 52 ).
'उपदेशशतक
Upadeśasataka [धर्मोपदेशशतक ]
[ Dharmopadesasataka ] [महापुरुषचरित]
[ Mahapurusacarita] No. 276
609.
1895-98. Size.-104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 34 folios; 22 lines to a page; 73 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and old ; Jaina Devanagari
characters; very small hand-writing, yet fairly legible ; borders sometimes doubly ruled in four black lines & sometimes in 3 lines and that, too, not carefully ; red chalk used profusely; yellow pigment very rarely; corrections made in the margins; foll. numbered as usual ; the upper border of the first as well as the lower border of the last foll. are completely pasted up with a piece of paper of the same size as the fol.; corners worn out at times; some of them are pasted with strips of paper ; the 33rd fol. blotted in the
1 There are three other works of this name. One of them is anonymous. of the rest the authors are Vibudhavimala (vide No. 279) and Darsanasāgara Gaņi respectively.
Page #493
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
452
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[276.
middle; condition tolerably good ; complete ; the work is divided into five cantos, the extent of each of which is as under:
Sarga I foll. I to 60
" II , 6° ,, 12% ,, III , 12* ,, 18 " IV , 1860
, 27, 34'. Age.- Samvat 1649. Author.- Merutunga Sūri, pupil of Candraprabha of Nāgendra
gaccha. He has composed Prabandhacintāmaņi in Saṁvat 1361 in Vardhamānapura (वढवाण), and Vicārasreni (Sthavirāvali.
The name of the author of Kamadevacarita (Samvat 1409 ) and Sambhavanāthacarita (Samvat 1413 ) is Merutuuga.
There ie another Merutunga Sūri ( Samvat 1444) of Añcala gaccha.
The name of the guru of Dharmanandana is Meru
tunga (of Ancala gaccha (vide Vol. XVII. pt. 3, p.44). Subject.— Lives of great men narrated for giving religious
advice. Begins.-- fol. 18
॥६० ॥ ॐ नमः परमात्मने । श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः । जयति स परमात्मा केवलज्ञानमूर्तिः।
__ दलितनिखिलकर्मा शास्व(श्व)तानंदमग्नः । हृदयकमलमंतर्यस्सदा लोक्यमानः।
प्रवितरति मुमुक्षोर्मोक्षलक्ष्मी प्रसन्नः ॥१॥ fol. 6° इति श्रीमेरुतुंगाचार्यविरचिते महापुरुषचरिते श्रीयुगादिजिनवर्णनो नाम प्रथमः सर्गः। _fol. 12' इति श्रीमेरुतुगाचार्यविरचिते उपदेशविवरणे महापुरुषचरिते सगरसतमघवसनत्कुमारश्रीशांतिनाथचरित-मुनिसुव्रत-श्रीरामचरितवर्णनो नाम द्वितीय सर्गः॥ ॥
Page #494
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
276.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
453 fol. 18 इति श्रीमरुतंगाचार्यविरचिते महापुरुषचरिते श्रीनमीश्वरभीपार्श्वनाथपूर्वभवसहितचरितवर्णनो नाम तृतीयः सर्गः ॥
fol. 26° इति श्रीमेरुतुंगाचार्यविरचिते उपदेशविवृत्तरूपे महापुरुषचरिते चतुर्थः सर्गः ॥ संवत् १६४९ वर्षे प्रथमाषाढे । श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिराज्ये ॥ वा समयकलशगाणवराणां शिष्येण सुखनिधानगणिना
लिषीच. Ends.- fol. 340 इति धर्मोपदेशश(त)क(क)सूत्रस्य सर्वसंग्रहः संपूर्णः ।। श्री
इति श्रीमान्मेरुतुंगाचार्यावराचिते धर्मोपदेशशतविवरणे महापुरुष[विर(च)चि(रि)ते पंचमः सर्गः। प्रोन्मीलन(द) बज्र'मूलः सरलतरलसदभूरिशाखाभिरामः
सज्ज्योतिसाधुरत्नावलिदलपटलः कीर्तिदिव्यः प्रसूनः । यच्छन बांछातिरिक्तान्यभिलषिन्यन्वहं पुन्य(ण्य)भाजां ___श्रीमन् नागेंद्र'गच्छो जगति विजयते जंगमः कल्पवृक्षः ॥१॥ यत् प्रोक्तं हितशास्त्रगौरवभयात् यत् श्रोतृवर्गस्य च ।
___ श्रोत्राणां कटुताकर कुस(स)मयस्फुर्तेय वाच्यं च यत । उत्सूत्रं प्रबलप्रमादवशतः प्रोक्तं मया(s)साधु यत् । ____ तत् सर्वे श्रुतिमूर्तिरेष भगवान् साक्षाज्जिनः क्षामतु ॥२॥
इति श्रीग्रंथस्य श्लोकसंख्या ॥ ग्रं० ३२७४ । शुभं भवतु । श्री ॥ छ । संवत् १६४९ वर्षे आषाढमासे कृष्णपक्षे चतुर्थी शनौ सिद्धियोगे । श्रीबृहत्'खरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिविजयी(यि)राज्ये । श्रीसागरचंद्रसूरिशाखायां वाचनाचार्यधुर्यवर्य्यसाधुलाभगणि । तसि(च्छि)ष्यवा चारुधर्मगणि । तसि(च्छि)ष्यवाचनाचार्यधुर्यवर्यश्रीसमयकलशगणिगजेंद्राणां तसि(च्छि )ध्यमुख्यपं सुषनिधानगणिना लिपीचक्रे 'अमरसरे पाड कनरराजे(ज्ये)॥
Then we have in a different hand :--
संवत् १७७१ वर्षे श्रावण शुद्धि ८ दिने पंडितश्रीपं०वीरमसागरगणयो दिवं गताः । तेषां श्रेयो(5)थे पं. दोलतिआमरगणिना । श्री विक्रम
पुर'ज्ञानरत्नकोशे इदं पुस्तकं प्रदत्तं ॥ वाच्यमानं नंदतात् । Reference.- For extracts from this very Ms. see Peterson VI,
pp. 43-46. For other details See No. 1986 of Weber III.
For additional Mss. see Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, pp. 52, 197 and 305).
Page #495
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
454
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 277.
Upadeśaśataka
727. 1875-76.
उपदेशशतक
No. 277
Size. 114 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 75 folios; 15 lines to a page; 39 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, brittle and grey; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, legible, slant and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; portions at times written in red ink; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 1a blank; edges of several foll. more or less worn out; foll. 74 and 75 torn; condition poor; yellow pigment used; complete.
Ends.- fol. 75b
Age. Pretty old.
Begins. fol. rb श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः | श्री पूज्य कृष्णदासऋषिचरणांबुजेभ्यो नमः ॥ fa q etc. as in No. 276.
इति धर्मोपदेशशतसूत्रस्य etc. up to पंचमः सर्गः as in No. 276.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 276.
Upadeśaśataka
with svopajña(?) vivarana
उपदेशशतक
स्वोपज्ञ (?) विवरण सहित
No. 278
Size. 11 in. by 4g in.
Extent. 26 folios; 24 lines to a page; 76 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; very small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too;
271.
1871-72.
Page #496
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
278.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
455
the first fol. does not seem to belong to this work ; otherwise complete; several soll. more or less worm-eaten; condition very fair ; the entire work is divided into five sargas; the extent of each of them is as under :
Sarga I foll. 24 to 6.
, II , 6 , 10b , III , 10° , Ib , IV , 15 , 20°
" V , 200 , 26. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the com.- Merutunga Suri (?). Subiect, — The text along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. I प्रक्रांतोऽयमावश्यकानुयोगस्तत्र सामायकाध्ययनमनुवर्तते । तस्य
चत्वार्यनु(योग)द्वाराणि | उपक्रमो निक्षेपोऽनुगमो नयः । etc. Ends.- fol. I' अभिग्रहा द्रव्यादिमिरनेकधा[:] ॥ क्रियते इति करणं मोक्षा
थिभिः साधुभिर्निष्पाद्यत इति । मूलगुणसद्भावे । Begins.- (fol. 2*) तरं स नृपः तं साध्विति प्रशंसन् जिनचैत्येषु कृताहिका
महोत्सवो महादानं दत्त्वा etc. Ends.- fol. 26° अथोपदेशशतस्य संग्रहमाह । श्रीसर्वज्ञस्याज्ञापालनमेव समस्तो
पदेशानां रहस्यं विमृश्य तथा कथां वच्चारित्र यतिता(व्यं) यथा संसारे पुनर्न यातीति धर्मोपदेशशतसूत्रस्य सर्वसंग्रहः संपूर्णः ।
इति श्रीमरुतुंगाचार्यावरचिते उपदेशशतविवरणे महापुरुषचरित(ते) पंचमः सर्गः ॥
श्रीमान नागेंद्र'गच्छो जगति विजयते जंगमः कल्पवृक्षः॥१॥ etc.
इत्युपदेशशतं समाप्तं । भद्रं श्रीश्रमणसंघस्य | ग्रं.३२७४ । N. B.- For other details see No. 276.
-
Page #497
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
456
उपदेशशतक [ धर्मोपदेश ] zaraika
No. 279
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
در
"
(text) 20 folios; 5 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line.
(tabbā),
; 12,9
33
Description.-- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear and good hand-writing; that for ṭabbā very small; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 1 blank; the text composed in Samvat 1793; both the text ('113 verses) and the tabba complete; condition very good; total extent 1150 slokas.
Age. Not quite modern.
Author.
ور
""
[ 279.
Upadesaśataka [Dharmopadeśa] with ṭabba
دو
553.
1895-98.
; 72
1 In the printed edition there are 109 verses.
در
Begins. — ( text ) fol. 1 श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ ६० ॥ ॐ नमः ॥ श्रीपंचासरपार्श्वनाथवदनं दंता (तां ) शुद्रीकृतं
ध्वस्तज्ञान विलोचन श्रुतमहो (हा) मोहांधकारवृजं । अभ्यस्तागमभव्यजंतुहृदयांभोजप्रमोदप्रदं
در ور
Vibudhavimala Suri, pupil of Vimalakirti of the Tapa gaccha. He is the author of Samyaktvaparikṣa and its commentary, too.
of the tabba. Not mentioned.
"9
Subject. Spiritual advice in 113 verses in Sanskrit together with their Gujarati explanation.
""
चंद्रः पापकलंक पंकरहितस्त्रायाद् भवान्नः पुन ( : ) ॥ १ ॥ etc. -(com.) fol, 76 || 0 ||
श्रीपार्श्वनाथमानस्य (म्य) गुरूणां पदपंकजं । amigasterzo eft(x)y¥19¢ &ft(fa)x=uà || ? |! भी कहता जे चउत्रीस अतिस (श) यरूप जे लक्ष्मी । etc.
Page #498
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
457
279.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetämbara works Ends. ( text ) fol. 186
नुदति मदगदोघं राति सौ(शौर्य(य) त्वमोघं
गमयति य(च) दिगतं स्वैरिणी(णी) कीर्तिकांता(म)। रमयति निजलक्ष्मी(क्ष्मी) स्वांगणे रागणी(णी) च
प्रथयति गुणराशिं शीलमात्रं जनानां ॥१०१॥ श्रीआनंदाभिधाना विमलपदभृतः सततपागच्छसूर्या
स्तेषां चंद्रः पदे(5)भूद् विजयपदधरो दानसूरीस्व(श्व)रस्य(श्व)। श्रीमद्वी(द्धी)राभिधाने(नः) पुनरपि सविता चोद्तो ध्वांतलोपी साहिश्रीअक्क(क)बरेण प्रकटितमहिमो दुर्जनाभ्रप्रणासा(शा)त
॥१०२॥ श्रीश(से)नस्वे(श्वे)तवाजी धृतविजयपदो देवसूरीमिदेस
सूरास्ते श्रीप्रभाख्यो मृगभृदभिनवोऽभूत तमोध्वंसकारी । जातः श्रीज्ञानसूरिविमलपदरवियोतितार्हत्पथानः
श्रीमत्सौभाग्यवार्थी रुचिरगुणधरः सूरिमुख्यो बभूव ॥१०३॥ प्रोद्भूतः पद(ट्ट)सूर्यः सुमतिजलनिधिः सूरिराजस्तपस्थी। जा(या)वज्जीवोज्झी(ज्झि)ताज्येतरविकृतितयो(पो)(ब)र्द्धमाना'
ख्यहारी॥ संविज्ञी भिक्षुकोऽभूदिह च 'कलियुगे धन्य एचा(वा)परो(s)यं ।
श्री सिद्धा'द्रो प्रतिष्ठानकदपि बहुगुणः संघभाग्येन जातः ॥१०४॥ गीतार्थों ग्रंथकर्ता 'विजय'पदभरः श्रीयशोधाचको(केशो)
यः ‘सत्संविज्ञपक्षी तिबिरुदविविधस्तर्कसंपळधुद्धिः। न्यायाचार्यस्तु 'काइयां' द्विजकृतमहिमो लब्धाविद्याप्रतिष्ठ
स्तत्साहाय्यप्रदानान्मुदितजनपदोऽसून्मुनिः सिंहसूरः ॥१०५॥ संवेगी साधुसिंहार्धिविमलगुरुर्बोधिबीजं विपन्नो।
ग्रामे ग्रामे व्यहार्षित मुविहितनिकरे(रो) देशनाभिर्जगत्यां । मिथ्यात्वस्तंभमही (दी) म(द)नतरुजहोन्मूलने हस्तिवीर्यो ।
गांभीर्यक्षोभितान्ध्युद्धतसाललभरो निस्पृहः शुद्धभोजी ॥१०६।।
1 "मूरिदिनेशः" इति स्यात्. 8 [J. L. P.]
Page #499
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
458
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
विमलकीर्तिधरो भुवि तच्छिशु - विमलकीर्तिगुरुर्गुणसागरः । विमल शिष्यजनैः परगो (गौ ) त्त (त) मो । विमलशासनशोभित देशना (नः) ॥ १०७ ॥ विबुधविमलसूरिस्तच्छिशुः संघसेवी । सुमतिजलधिसूरेर्लब्धसूरित्वसंज्ञः ॥ निजपरहित हेतोस्तत्त्वसारोपदेशं ।
शतकमित सुकाव्ये ग्रंथरूपं व्यधत्त ।। १०८ ।। कृशानंदसुमी (नि) चंद्र (१७९३) मिते (s) दे श्रावणासितपंचम्यां । उपदेशशतकाख्यग्रंथः समाप्तोऽभूत् ' पप्त (उत्त) (?)' ॥ १०९ ॥ संबच्छ।यकनेत्रनागवसुधा (१८२५) वर्षे नृपाद विक्रमात् ।
सा(शा) के व्योमकुनाभिषोडश (१६९०) मिते श्रीमाघमासे बरे || पक्षे कृष्णतरे त्रयोदशतिथौ श्री सोमवारे शुभे ।
र्थोऽयं सुखदोघे ससत्तग्रंथस्य 'सूर्यपुरे ' ॥ ११० ॥ गच्छे श्रीवी (वि)धा (धि) पक्षकाभिधवरे श्रीमान् गुरुर्विश्रुतो । गच्छेशोऽजनि सर्वशास्त्रचतुरो विद्याब्धिसूरीश्वरः ॥ पूज्य श्री उदयाब्धिसूरिचरणांमोजद्विरेफेण हि ।
कम्रपाठक दर्शनाधिगणिना संदर्भित श्रेयसे ।। १११ ॥ श्री भानुविमल साधोराग्रहाज्ज्ञानलब्धये ।
तथा श्री विमलसाधोः प्रयासोऽयं विनिर्ममे ॥ ११२ ॥
1
अनुष्टुपामष्टशतिं (त) सार्धामस्मिन् विलोक्यते । प्रमाणं विहितं शास्त्रे सूत्रार्थोभयमीलनात् ॥ ११३ ॥'
[ 279.
Ends.— ( com. ) fol. 200 सूत्र तथा अर्थ बेना मीलनाद कहतां एकटा करवाथी ।
इति श्रीउपदेस सतक नामे ग्रंथ सूत्रार्थदं संपूर्ण कर्यो ।
1915.
इति श्री उपदेसशतक समाप्तम् । ग्रंथ ८५० अथ मूल २५० ॥ उभयमिलने ।। ११५० ।
Reference. Published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 28 in A. D.
1 As regards this colophon, several mistakes about are committed in the Ms. They are here corrected.
Page #500
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
280, ]
Metaphysics etc. : Śretambara works
4459
'उपदेशसप्तति
Upadeśasaptati No. 280
1204.
1886-92. Size.- 10 in. by 4} in. Extent.- 58 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; small, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered as usual ; fol. 1° blank ; some foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition tolerably good ; extent 3000 ślokas; the work is in verse ; it is composed in Samvat 1503 ; the colophon not given ; the entire work is divided into five adhikāras (sections; the extent of each of them is as under :
Adhikara I foll. b. to 18*
, 11 , 182 , 300, „ III 300 „ 35* » IV , 35a 456
V 456 1 586. Age. — Fairly old. Author.-- Somadharma Gani, pupil of Mahopädhyāya Caritra
ratna Gaņi, pupil of Somasundara Súri of the Tapā gaccha. Somadharma Gaại has commented upon Upadeśasaptāti,
his own work. Vide Jinaratnakośa ( Vol. I, p. 53). Subject.- This work deals with three fundamental principles viz.
deity, preceptor and religion in 2, 1 and 2 adhikäras. Here is given advice more or less of a spiritual nature by means of 75 stories. Some of them refer to the tirthas or holy places, some explain the nature of a preceptor, and some elucidate the grhastha-dharma. For details see "ends” of No. 281. Lives of several historical persons (such as r ara ) are narrated here.
Begins.- fol. 1 VGO II
UFUTA: 11
1 There is another work of this name, and it, too, is furnished with & commentary (dated Samyat 1547) by the author himself. His name is Kşemą. rāja. He belongs to the Kbaratara gaccha,
Page #501
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
460
Jaina Literature and Philosophy.
[280.
श्रीसोमसुंदरयरु (रूज)ज्वलकीर्तिपूरः
श्रीवर्द्धमामाजन एष शिवाय वाप्तः । भव्या भवति सुखिनो यदुरा(दा)हृतं [तत्] श्री
चारित्ररत्नममलं परिपालयंतः ॥१॥ श्रीरत्नशेखरगुरुप्रवरा जयंतु ।
नैकक्षमाधरनिषेव्यपदारविंदा()। ऐदंयुगीनमुनिषु प्रवरक्रियेषु ।
श्रीसार्वभौमपदवीं दधते(5)घुना युः(ये?)॥२॥ कथाप्रबंधादिषु भूरिविस्तरे
ध्वनादरं से(ये) दधते(s)ल्पमेधसः । हिताय तेषामुपदेशसप्ततिः
प्रारम्यते सर्वजनोपयोगिनी ॥३॥ Ends.- fol. 58
एवं देवज्ञानसाध(धा रणादि
द्रव्यं व्यक्ता(क्तया) स्थापनीयं सयुक्त्या । व्याप(पा) च श्रावस्तत्त्वविज्ञ
निलेपं च स्यात् तथा चिंतनीयं ।। ३३ ॥ इति पंचमे(s)धिकारे सप्तदश उपदेशः । मूलतः कथा ७५ ॥ इति श्रीपरमगुरु तपा'श्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिक्रमकमलमरालमहोपाध्यायश्री. चारित्ररत्नगणितद्विनेयपं सोमधर्मगणिविरचि.सायां श्रीउपदेशसप्ततो पंचमो(s)धिकारः॥
समाप्ता चेयं श्रीउपदेशसप्ततिका । ग्रंथायं ३००० ।
शुभं भवतु लेखकपाठकयोः । Reference.- Published by Jain Atmanand Sabha as No. 33 in
Samvat 1971'. Its Gujarati translation is published by
this Sabhā as No. 42. For additional Mss. see Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 233). For other details see Peterson, Reports, IV, p. 78 and VI,
p. LXXXII.
1 2
For another edition see No. 281 (p. 454). Here this work is said to have another name viz. गृहस्थधर्मोपदेश,
Page #502
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
281.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
461
उपदेशसप्तति
Upadeśasaptati
138. No. 281
1873-74. Size.— 101 in. by 44 in. Extent. - 58 foliós ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional IS; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; numbers for foll. entered in both the margins as usual; fol. I. blank3B edges of the first and last two foll. slightly damaged ; condition tolerably good; a table of contents on foll. 58. and 58b; from the point of correctness this Ms. seems to be better than No. 280 ; complete ; the colophon not given ; the entire work is divided into five adhikaras; the extent of each of them is as under:Adhikāra I foll. I to 162
II
, 16 , 29 ,, III , 29 , 330
IV , 330
30
"
Age.- Samvat 1672. Begins.-- fol. I0
॥ ६॥॥ऐं नमः। श्रीसोमसुंदरगुरूज्वलकीर्तिपूरः ।
श्रीवर्द्धमानजिन एष शिवाय वः स्तात् ।। भव्या भवंति सुखिनो यदुदाहृतं श्री
चारित्ररत्नममलं परिपालयंतः ॥१॥ श्रीरत्नशेखरगुरुप्रवरा जयंतु ।
नैकक्षमाधरनिषेद्य(व्य)पदारविंदाः॥ ऐदंयुगीनमुनिषु प्रवराक्रियेषु ।
श्रीसार्वभौमपदवीं दधते(s)धुना ये ॥२॥
Page #503
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
462
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[281.
कथाप्रबंधादिषु भूििवस्तरे
ध्वनादरं ये दधतेऽल्पमेधसः। . हिताय तेषामुपदेशसप्ततिः ।
प्रारभ्यते सर्वजनोपयोगिनी ॥३॥ fol. 16 इति श्रीपरम etc. उपदेशसप्ततौ पूजाचतुर्विंशतिकारूपः प्रथमो
(5)धिकारः ॥ छ । fol. 294 इति श्रीपरम etc. श्रीउपदेशसप्ततौ तीर्थाधिकारो द्वितीयः ॥छ॥ fol. 33" इति श्रीपरम etc. श्रीउप श्रीगुरुतत्त्वाधिकारस्तृतीयः समाप्त छ।। fol. 43' इति श्रीपरम etc. श्रीउपदेशसप्ततो सामान्यधर्माधिकारश्चतुर्थः
॥३५।। छः ।। Ends. -- fol. 584
एवं देवज्ञानसाधारणादि
द्रव्यं व्यक्त्या स्थापनीयं सुयुक्त्या । व्यापार्यं च श्रावकैस्तत्त्वविजे
निलेपत्त्वं स्यात तथा चिंतनीयं ॥ ३२॥ इति सप्तदशः । मूलतः कथा ७५ ॥
इति श्रीपरमगुरु तपा'श्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिक्रमकमलमरालमहोपाध्यायश्री. चारित्ररत्नगणितद्विनेयपं०सोमधर्मगणिविरचितायां श्रीउपदेशसप्ततो पंचमो(5)धिकारः ॥ समाप्तः ॥ संवत् १६७२ वर्षे ॥ This is followed by a table of contents, the main portion
of which can be indicated as follows: fol.
fol. ॥ श्रीजिनातिशयरूपमंगलोपदेशः १ रावणसंबंधः नादपूजोपरि 2 सम्यक्त्वे हालिककथा
9 नमिविनामिकथाद्रव्य 2 अंबिकाकथा
10 अविधिपूजायां मातंगकथा 3 धनदकथा
10 अविधिदीपे उष्ट्रीक० 4 अष्टबांघवकथा अष्टविधार्चायां
IH अशोकवनमालिकक०
II श्रीधरव्यवहारिक 4 ददुरांककथा
12 जिणहाकथानकं 5 कुमारपालपूर्वभवः 6 देवपालक
13 देवद्रव्यविषये २ कथा
14 धनाकथा निश्चयकारचे 6 शांभवप्रबंधः
14 मत्सर व कुंतलाकथा 7 कीरयुग्मकथा
IS दुर्गतानारीक 8 वामनश्रष्टिकथा
15 श्रेष्ठिदुःपुत्रक एत (6)२४ कथाः प्रायः श्रीजिना!पदेशार्हाः।
Page #504
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
281.]
Metaphysics etc.: svetambara works
fol.
fol.
fol.
fol. 16 श्रीगिरिनारप्रबंधः ।
22 कलिकुंडतीर्थसंबंधः । 17 श्रीशgजयोद्धारसंबं०
23 श्रीअंतरिक्षतीर्थप्रबंधः 17 भृगुकच्छ शकुंतिचैत्यक०
23 (माणिक्यदेवतीर्थप्रबंधः) 18 अर्बुदचैत्यप्रबंधः
24 श्रीस्तंभनकप्रबंधः 19 श्रीलूणिगवसहीसंबं०
25 जीर्णोद्धारे रामकथा 20 जीरापल्लीतीर्थोत्पत्तिः
26 कृषिहप्तोतरणसंबं०
26 जगडूकथा यात्रायां 21 श्रीफलवर्धितीर्थसंबं.
27 श्रीमरतकथा यात्रायां 21 आरासणतीर्थोत्पत्तिः
28 श्रीआभूसंबंधः एताः सप्तदश कथा श्रीतीर्थाधिकारवाच्या विशेषावसराहाः
fol. 29 श्रीगुरुगुणकीर्तने पद्मशेखरकथा 31 सर्वप्रकारश्रीगुरुभक्ती पेथडसाह29 वंदनकदाने कृष्णसंबं.
संबंध: 30 चातुर्य नागार्जुनक
32 प्रभावनायां श्रीजिनप्रभसूरिसंबंधः एताः पंच कथाः श्रीगुरुतत्त्वोपरि वाच्याः॥ fol. 33 नमस्कारे श्रीदेवकथा .
38 गुणोपार्जने तुरंगमक० 34 कषाये हिरुक्तिकक०
39 गुणमस्सरे द्विजानां हेमखड्डो 34 क्रोधे सूरब्राह्मणक.
39 वचनकलोपरि डामरदूतकथा 35 माने उज्जितकुमारक०
40 न्याये यशोवर्मसंबंधः 36 मायायां मित्रद्वयसंबंध:
41 पर्वानुष्ठाने सूर्ययशोनृपक 37 लोभे सागरश्रेष्ठिकथा
43 विधिधर्मानुष्ठाने कामधेनुक० एताः द्वादश कथा सर्वावसरवाच्याः। fol.
fol. 43 श्रीधर्मराजक०
5. परिग्रहत्यागे विद्यापतिक० 44 अनुकंपायां कपोतीकथा
52 रात्रिभोजने ३ मित्रसं. 45 मिथ्यात्वत्यागे कुलानंदक. 46 चुल्हकोपरि चंद्रोदये मृगसुंदरीक०
52 सामायिके केसरिकथा 46 कर्कशवचनोपरि सुतजननीक
53 प्रतिक्रमणे सज्जनक० 47 सत्ये जगसीसंबंधः
54 पौषधे सुदत्तकथा 48 शपथाकरणे महणसीकथा
55 सुपात्रदाने भद्रकश्रेष्ठिक० 49 अदत्तविषये ४ व्यवहारिक
55 श्रीदंडवीर्यक० साधर्मिकवात्सल्ये 50 तुर्वव्रते भरडककथा
56 ज्ञानसाधारणद्वव्ये श्राद्धद्वयक० एताः १७ कथाः गृहस्थधर्माधिकारप्रतिबद्धाः
Page #505
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
464
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
This is followed by the lines as under:
सं० १६७२ मिते || ज्येष्ठमासि । सुदि त्रयोदशीदिने । 'श्रीम' दहम्मदाबाद 'नगरस्थितैः श्री ' वृहदखरतर 'गणगगनांगणदिनमणिसमान भी अकबरपातिसाहिप्रदत्तबहुमाना युगप्रधान श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिविनेयैः श्रीरत्न निधानोपाध्यायैः । पंरत्नसुंदरगणिसाहाय्येन । शोधितो ( ( ) सावुपदेश सप्ततिनामा
ग्रन्थः ।
Reference.-Published in "Jaina Sastum Sahitya Granthamälä " in Samvat 1998. This edition contains a colphon of 22 verses and a table of contents in Sanskrit.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 280.
'उपदेशसार
No. 282
[ 281.
-
Upadeśasara
1264. 1884-87.
Size.-9 in. by 44 in.
Extent. 57-354 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional ITS; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and white paste used; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered as usual; some of the last foll. seem to have been exposed to rain; condition fair; fol. 576 blank; foll. 1 to 3 lacking; otherwise complete.
Age. Samvat 1737.
Subject.
Spiritual advice given by way of stories, in Sanskrit; the last few lines are however composed in Gujarāti. The work is based upon Upadeśatarangini, Caturviṁśatiprabandha, Prabandhacintamani etc.
1 There are two other works of this name in Prakrit. One of them is by Devabhadra; the other (also named as Dharmavidhi) is anonymous.
Page #506
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
283.]
Metaphysics etc. : Śvetambara works
465 Begins.- fol. 4. षेधतं. अस्मिन्नवसरे दैवात् परपुरुषासक्तया भार्यया शून्यागारे
स्थितमजानत्या लोहकीलकांचितपादा षट्वा तत्र गृहे क्षिप्ता कायोत्सर्गस्थ. जिनदासपादः कीलकेन विद्धः महाव्यथायां तन्मिथुनमेलापकभारोत्पन्नायां स चिंतयति।
सह कलेवरखेदमचिंतयन् ।
स्ववशता हि पुनस्तव दुर्लभा ॥ घनतरं च सहिष्यास जीव ! हे।
परवशो न च तत्र गुणास्ति ते॥५॥ etc. Ends.-fol. 57* एवमन्ये(७)पि संघार्चादृष्टान्ताः पुरातनाः सांप्रतीनाश्च वाच्याः एह
कारण मणी तुम्हे माग्यवंत जाण उत्तम विवेकी छो अनेक प्रकार करी दान शील तपो भावना पूजा जिनशासनप्रभावना प्रमुख पुण्य करणीय करो छो वली तिम करवां जिन श्रीपार्श्वनाथतणइ प्रसादि उत्तरोत्तर मंगलीकमाला प्रामो'... व सर्वत्र उपदेशपांते स्वस्वअधिकारनामग्रहणपूर्व भणनीयं ।
इति श्रीउपदेशसारनामा ग्रंथः उपदेशतरंगिणी-प्रबंधचोविसीप्रबंधचिंतामणिप्रभृतिबहुशास्त्राण्यवलोक्य समद्धृतः संपूर्णो(s)यं ग्रंथः छ ।
संवदश्वाग्निसप्तेंदु(१७३७)माधवे कृष्णपक्षके। पंचम्यां मंदवार हि लेखिता 'पत्तने पुरे ॥१॥
शिवमस्तु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ Reference.-- For additional Mss. see Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 53 ).
-
उपदेशामृतपश्चविंशतिका
Upadesāmệtapancavimsatikā (उवएसामयपंचवीसिया)
(Uvaësāmayapancavisiya )
77 (31). No.283
1880-81. Extent.- leaf 142d to leaf 145*. Description.- Complete ; 25 verses in all. For further particulars
see Agamikavastuvicārasāraprakarana No. 133. Author.-Not mentioned. Is he 'Municandra Suri? Subject.- A spiritual sermon in Prakrit.
1 The portion is illegible. . See p. 272. 59 [J. L. P.]
Page #507
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
466
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[283.
Begins.-leaf 1426॥ ॥
भो भो भव्या सवणंजलीहि। दुहदाहय(प)समणत्थं। उपएसामयमेयं । पिवह खणं मोख(क्ख)(सो)ख(क्ख)कए । गंभीरनीरनीरहिनिहित्तमुत्ताहलं व मणुयत्तं ।
लदं सुधम्मकम्मायरेण सहलं विहेयव्वं ॥ etc. Ends.-- leaf 145*
कि बहुणा कुसलासयकप्पतरू) पडियरणीउ तहा()पमत्तेहि। जह न कुपियप्पदव्या पळभसीउ नियालो होह।। ब? धन्ना हिओ उवएसाण भायणं । पाणिणो परं हृति ।
ता एवं अक्षं पि य ज जुत्तं तं विहेयव्वं ॥ १(२)५॥ छ॥ छ । Reference. - Published in Prakaranasamuccaya on pp. 28-30.
उपशमश्रेणि
Upasamasreņi No. 984
1392 (87).
1891-95. Extent, leaf 1136 to leaf 116*. Description.- Complete so far as it goes, For other details see . अरिहणास्तोत्र No. 1392 ( 1 ).
1891-95. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.-Exposition about a ladder in the spiritual evolution. In
other words it is a scale on a series finally ending in the
complete suppresion of all mohaniya karmans.' Begins.--leaf II3 तच्च छअस्थवीतरागस्य केवलिनश्च भवति । तत्र छद्मस्थ
उपशामकस्य क्षपकस्य वा । etc. Ends. - leaf 116*
सम्वस्स दाहमग्गी दिति कसाया भवमणतं।
सूक्ष्मसंपराययथाख्यातचारितद्वयसपशमश्रेण्यंगीकरणेनोक्तं॥ इत्युपशमश्रेणिः ॥छ ।
1 For a detailed explanation see my edition of the Doctrine of Karman in Jain Philosophy (pp, 72-73) by Dr. Helmuth von Glasenapp.
Page #508
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
286.] Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
467 उपासकप्रतिमा
Upāsakapratimā No.285
_1392 (45)..
1891-95. Extent.- leaf 49* to leaf 496. Description. Complete ; 13 verses in all. For further details see
अरिहणास्तोत्र No. 1392 ( 1 ).
• 1891-95. Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.- Eleven pratimas or standards that a staunch (advanced)
follower of Jainism is expected to observe'. Begins.- leaf 49• अथोपासकप्रतिमाः॥ उपासकानां प्रतिमा। प्रतिज्ञा दर्शना
दिगुणयुक्ताः कार्या इत्यर्थः ।। etc. Ends.--- leaf 49
खुरसुंडो लोओ वा रयहरणपडिग्गहं च गिण्हिता। समणमूतो विहरे नवरं सन्नायगाणुचरे ॥ १२ ॥ 'ममकारवमोषोन्मिन्नदव्व सल्लाय पल्लिदधंजि।। तत्थ वि साधु व्व जहा गेण्हा फास व आहारं ॥ १३ ॥
ऋषभादिजिनपरिवार
Rsabhādijinaparivāra No. 286
1392 (138).
1891-95. Extent.- leaf 184° to leaf 1850. Description.- Complete. For further details see अरिहणास्तोत्र
1392 (1).
" 1891-95. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject. - Mention of the number of the Jaina monks and nuns
and that of the Jaina lay-men and lay-women as adherents of the Tirthankaras beginning with Rşabha and ending with Mahavira.
NO. -
1 For details see Savayadhammadha (V.10-17). This subject is treated in English by Dr. P. L. Vaidya in his " Notes" (pp. 284-229 ) to "Uvāsagadasão".
% This line is unintelligible to me.
Page #509
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
468
: Jaina Literature and Philosophy [286. Begins- leat 184" भीउस(होनाथस्य गणधर ८४ स्वदीक्षित सा ८४००० etc. .Ends,- leaf 185 श्रीमहावीरस्य गणधर ११ साधु १४०००[0] साध्वी ३६०००
श्रावक १६४००० प्राषि(का) ३३९००० इति सर्वाहतां गणधरसाधुसाध्वीश्रावकमाविकाप्रमाणं ॥ छ । शुभ दिशतु मे सदा ॥ छ । छ । छ ।।
ऋषिभाषितकुलक (१)
Rsibhasitakulaka (2) (इसिमासियकुलय)
( Isibhāsiyakulaya ) टब्बासहित
with tabbā No. 287
696.
1899-1915. Size.- 8 in. by + in. Extent.-4 folios; 5 lines to a page ; 29 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper -thin and whitish; Jaina Devanagari
characters; big, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders not ruled; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 45 blank; the text consists of verses in Prakrit; few of them
have been explained in Gujarati on fol. I"; complete. Age.-Samvat 1765. Author of the text.- Not mentioned.
,, , , tabba.- Not mentioned. Subject.- Spiritual advice. Begins.- (text ) fol. I* ॥ ५६।।
लुब्धा(द्धा) नरा अत्थपरा हवंति ।
मूढा नरा कामपरा व(ह)ह(ब)ति ॥ बुद्धा नरा खतिपरा हवति ।
मिस्सा नरा तिन विआरयंति॥१॥ete "- (com.) fol. !" लोभिया मनुष्यऽर्थनई तत्पर । etc. Ends.-- (text ) fol. 4
असासयं जीवियं(य)माहु लोए ।
_धम्म चरे साहजिणौवईठं॥ धम्मो य ताणं सरणं गई य ।
धम्मं निसेवितुं सह लहंति ॥२०॥ इति भीऋषभाषतिकुलक संपूर्ण ।
Page #510
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
288. ] Metaphysics etc. : Śvetambara works 469
संवत् १७६५ वर्षे वैशाख बदि ७ दिने लिषतं गणिअमिकुशलेन श्री'सादडी'नगरमध्ये | शुभं भवतु कल्याणमस्तु ।। »-( com ) fol. 4* Fragreint à zrej var atcerefi you
वासुदेवकुमारवत् । इति श्रीकुलिक संपूर्ण ॥
178.
एकविंशतिस्थानकप्रकरण (Ekavimsatisthānakaprakaraṇa ) ( TASTUTTUTTU)
(Ikkvīsathāṇagapagaraņa ) No. 288
1871-72. Size.— 105 in. by 45 in. Extent.- s folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper somewhat thick, rough and white;
Jaina Devanagari characters; small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink and edges in one; foll. numbered as usual ; condition on the whole good, though an edge of the first fol, is
party affected; complete; 70 verses. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Siddhasena Súri designated as 'Sadhāraṇa'. He is the
author of the Vilāsavaikahā (composed in Samvat 1123) and several hymns. He is a pupil of Yaśodeva Sūri, an ornament to the gaccha of Yaśobhadra Sūri, a descendent
of Bappabhațți Sūri. Subiect. - 21 sthānakas ( items ) pointed out in the case of each of
the 24 Tirthankaras. They are : ( 1 ) abode in the last but one existence, ( 2-6 ) names of native place, father, mother, constellation & zodical sign, (7) emblem, ( 8 ) height of the body, (9) life-period, (10) colour, ( 11 ) interval, (12) renunciation, ( 13 ) penance, ( 14 ) breaking of fasts
1 He should not be confounded with his predecessors Siddhasena Divakara and Sinha Sari's pupil Siddhasena Gani and with Siddhasena, Devabhadra's pupil ( 6. Samvat 1142 ).
2 See my book entitled 9137 (97 ) 17997311 31 HIETA” (pp. 110-111 & 244 ).
Page #511
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
470
faina Literature and Philosophy
( 288.
(päraņaka), ( 15 ) omniscience, ( 16-18), number for apostles, monks and nuns, ( 19 ) Yakşa, ( 20 ) goddess and
( 21 ) salvation-place. Begins.- fol. Il Oll aftg*UT AA: 11.
TOFTATUT etc. as in No. 294. Ends.- fol. sb
fait #gig #at etc. up to tÀ HAIEITOTT HOTI (fotar ll as in No, 294. This is followed by the line as under:
1160 ll gra goratadig guf Reference.- Published along with Bodhidipikā, a Sanskrit com
mentary by Muni Caturavijaya ( pupil of “Dakşiņa-vihāri” Amaravijaya ) by Khimchand Fulchand, Sinor, in A. D. 1924. For description of a Ms. of this work see Keith's Catalogue No. 7510. For description of additional Mss. see B.B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 406 and Limbdi Catalogue No. 389 where this work is styled as #fastfatura TUT. In Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 61 ) several Mss. are noted. Here it is said that this work " is also called Catuhşaşti from the number of gāthās it usually contains, i. e. 64.” For a palm-leaf Ms. containing 66 gāthās of this work entitled as quaftaragrapeut, see Peterson Reports III, p. 221. See also Report I, pp. 31, 45, 61 and 67. On p. 61 the author is wrongly mentioned as Siddhasena Divākara. See Report III, p. V.
See Report is wrongly 1, PP. 31, ar
एकविंशतिस्थानकप्रकरण Ekavinsatisthănakaprakarana No. 289
135 (b).
1873-74. Extent. fol. 15* to fol. 176. Description.- Complete; 66 verses in all. For other details see Saptatiśatasthānakaprakarana No. 135 (a) .
1873-74 Begins. fol. 156
TaroToT etc. as in No. 294.
Page #512
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
291.1
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
471
Ends.- fol. I7b
नवहिं सएहिं संती etc. up to असेससाहारणा भाणिया ।। ६६ ।। as in No. 294. This is followed by the line as under:
इक्कवीसठाणापगरणं ॥ छ । Reference.- For this work see Peterson Report for 1886-93
(p. cxxxii ). N. B.- For other details see No. 288.
-
एकविंशतिस्थानकप्रकरण
Ekavimśatisthānakaprakaraņa
73 (m). No.290
1880-81. Extent.- leaf III to leaf 121"; leaf I12 missing. Description.- Almost complete. For other details see Upadesa
mālā No. 233. Begins.- leaf III || ए६०॥
चवणविमाणा नयरी etc. as in No. 294. Ends, leaf 121
नवहि सएहि etc. up to साहारणा माणिया॥६६॥ as in No. 294. This is followed by the lines as under:एकवीसविसुघे पुरि सो तित्थधरदाणगुणेहि सूसिउ कंटे। निव्वसुभघकालपढनो कस्स मखालयमसेस ६७ ।
इयं एकवीस ठाणं समत्तं ॥ छ ।। N. B.- For other details see No. 288.
एकविंशतिस्थानकप्रकरण Ekavissatisthānaka prakaraña
74(g). No.291
1880-81. Extent.- leaf 178b to leaf 184". Description. -- Complete; 64 verses in all. For other particulars
____see Upadesamala No. 232. Begins.- leaf 1780
चवणविमाणा नयरी etc. as in No. 294.
Page #513
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
472
Jaina Literature and Philosophy (291. Ends.- leaf 184
off agit etc. up to FIETTOTT word as in No. 294. This is followed by II 98 11 & 11 * Jul N. B.- For other details see No. 288. एकविंशतिस्थानकप्रकरण
Ekavimśatisthānakaprakarana
No. 292
76 (29).
1880-81. Extent.— leaf 174* to leaf 181* (?). Description. The last but one verse is numbered as 67 ; so there
are in all 68 verses. For other details see Daśavaikälika
sútraniryukti ( Vol. XVII, part 3, No. 711). Begins.- leaf 174
Tauthrott ATP etc. as in No. 294. Ends.— leaf 1806
Fugaa(at)# (#gror Erg errantie etc. up to FIETTOTT HÔTET ( 8 ) N. B.- For other details see No. 238.
एकविंशतिस्थानकप्रकरण Ekavimśatisthānakaprakaranu No. 293
1283 ( a ).
1887-91. Size.- 10 in. by 41 in. Extent.- to folios; 17 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Jaina
Devanagari characters with occasional CEAISTIS ; small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk profusely used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; edges of some of the foll, slightly gone; condition on the whole very good; complete; 65 verses in all; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. Saptatiśatasthānakaprakaraṇa commencing on fol 2e and ending on sol. 106,
Page #514
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
294.]
Age. Pretty old.
Begins. fol. 1' gol
Ends. fol. 22
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
() etc. as in No. 294.
नवहिं सएहिं etc. up to असेससाहारणा भणिया as in No. 294. This is followed by the line as under:
|| ६५ एकवीसस्थानकं ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 288.
एकविंशतिस्थानकप्रकरण 'बालावबोधसहित
دو
در
No. 294
in.
Size. 10 in. by 48 Extent. (text) 8 folios; 6 lines to a page; 31 letters to a line.
; ››
;43
"" ""
- (bālā°),, Description. Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; this Ms. contains the text as well as its balavabodha; the latter written above the correspoding lines of the former; the text written in a comparatively bigger hand; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; yellow pigment used at times; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; a bit of paper pasted to fol. 1a in the right-hand margin; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete.
Age. Pretty old.
Author of the bälavabodha.
Subject.
در
دو
1 This is styled as tabbartha.
60 (J. L. P.]
Ekavimśatisthānakaprakaraṇa with balavabodha
473
در
""
1244. 1891-95.
Not mentioned.
The text along with its explanation in Gujarati.
" "" "2
Page #515
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
474 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[294. Begins.- (text) fol. I॥६0 ए॥
चवणविमाणा १ नयरी २। जणया ३ जणणीउ ४ रिकख ५रासीउ ६। लंछण ७पमाण ८ आउं ९ । वन्नं १० तर ११ दिकख १२ तब १३
भिक्खा १४ ॥१॥ नाणदाणं १५ गणहर १६ । मुणि १७ अज्जिअ १८ संख जक्ख १९
देवीउ २० ॥ २१)च कमेण । साहिमो जिणवरिंदाणं ॥२॥ सम्बट १ विजय २ उवरिमहिमगेविज ३ दो जयंत ४ तु ।।
उवरिमउवरिमगेविज ६ । मज्झिमोवरिमगेविज ७॥३॥ etc. -( com.) ए जे विमाण थकी चिव्या ते विमाननाम १। नगरीनाम २ पितानाम ३ मातानाम ४ नक्षत्रनाम ५ राशिनाम ६ लंछणनाम ७ देहप्रमाण ८ आउषु ९जिनवर्ण १० आंतरां ११ दीक्षा १२ तप१३ पारणां १४॥१॥
ज्ञानस्थानक १५ etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 8b
नवहिं सएहिं संती । छहि सहस्सेहि परिवुडो विमलो। उसह दस सत्तणतो । सेसा उसहस्स परिवारा ।। ६८ ॥ इय इकवीसठाणा । उद्धरिया सिद्धसेणसूरीहिं ।
चउवीसजिणवराणं ॥ असेससाहारणा भणिया ॥ ६९ ॥ इति श्रीएकवासस्थानकसूत्रं संपूर्ण ॥ लहुजीपठनकृतं । 'गंधार'. मंदिराद । -( com.) ए एकवीस ठाणु उद्धरिडं । आचार्य सिद्धसेनसूरि । चउवीस तीर्थकरना एकबीस २ बोल । असेष समग्र साधारणइं । कह्यां ॥ ६९ ॥
इति श्रीएकवीसस्थानकटबार्थे संपूर्ण ॥ लहुजीपठनकृते श्री गंधार'बंदिरि लिषितां ॥७॥
Then we have in a different hand the following line:
परत ४० एकवीश ठाणु टबालु (१) पत्र ८. Reference.- For other particulars see No. 288.
-
Page #516
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
295.1
एकविंशतिस्थानकप्रकरण 'बालावबोधसहित
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
99
No. 295
Size.-10 in. by 48 in. Extent. (text) 6 folios; 7 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line.
- (bālāo),, ; 60 Description. Country paper thick, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs ; this Ms. contains the text and its interlinear balavabodha as well; the former written in bigger hand-writing and the latter in smaller one; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines; space between them coloured red; yellow pigment used rarely; condition very good; foll. numbered as usual; both the text and its balavabodha complete; the former has the last verse numbered as 66; this Ms. contains in addition the following small works :( 1 ) जीवोत्पत्तिविचार with bālāvabodha fol. 64. (2)? Age. Fairly old.
fol. 6a to fol. 6.
Author of the bālavabodha.- Not mentioned. Subject. The text together with its Gujarati explanation. Begins. (text) fol. 1a
॥ ६० ॥ चवण [१] विमाणा २ (१) etc. as in No. 294. ,, – ( com. ) fol. 14 विमाणनगरी जनक पिता जननी माता नक्षत्र रासि लंछन प्रमाण ऊचा आउषउ छ (व)र्ण आतरा । etc. (text) fol. 5b
Ends.
29*******
99
Ekavimśatisthānakaprakaraṇa
with bālāvabodha
روز
""
دو در
698 (a). 1899-1915.
""
29
1 This is styled as avacuri in this Ms.
دو دو رو
(a) हि सहि संती । etc. up to असेससाहरणा भणिय ( या ) ॥ etc. as in No. 294. This is followed by the line as under: ॥ ६६ ॥ इति (ए) कवीसठाणाप्रकरणं समापतं ॥
(com) fol. 60 इहुइ एकवीस ठाणाउ सिद्धसेणसूरि उधरिऊं चउवीस तीर्थकर चारित्र वीतरागतणा साधारण एकठा भण्यं । ६६ इती एकवीसठाणाअवचूरि समाप्तः ॥ N.B. For additional information see No. 288.
Page #517
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 296. एकविंशतिस्थानकप्रकरण Ekavimsatisthānakaprakarana बालावबोधसहित
with bălāvabodha
177. No. 296
1871-72. Size.— 10f in. by 4j in. Extent.-- ( text ) 10 folios; s lines to a page; 32 letters to a line.
„ - (com.) » »; 8-10 » »» »; 45-50, » » » Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; this Ms. contains the text as well as its bālāvabodha; the text written in bigger hand-writing and the bālāvabodha in smaller one; legible and good hand-writing, though, in several places letters have become illegible as ink has spread out ; bālāvabodha written above the corres. ponding lines of the text in columns; every column is preceded and followed by two vertical lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. r* blank; yellow pigment used; borders ruled in red ink, in three lines, and edges in two; condition very good; both the text and its
bālāvabodha complete ; the former has 72 verses. Age.- Samvat 1693. Author of the balāvabodha— Not mentioned. Subject.- The text together with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 10 il y&D II AA:
WURATTUTT) ayet etc. as in No. 294. ,,- ( com. ) o ll SAITATFITÌ TA: 1
चवण कहितां तीर्थकरदेव जिणइ विमांनथी चव्या ते विमान कहस्यु
प्रथम द्वारि १ जन्मनगरी कहस्य २ जिनमा पिता कहस्यं ३ etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. tob
aaff agit frait etc. up to 3[a]# (#)TETTUT HOST practically as in No. 294. This is followed by the lines as under:
II LOR il gfar sguatatura Fire: gra... 'forar PassaETF Il Fatto il g1
1 Yellow pigment is used; so 3 letters have become illegible.
Page #518
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
477
297.] Metaphysics etc.: Śvetambara works Ends. -(com.) fol. Io' अशेष थाकता साधारणा समुच्चयदि भण्या॥७२॥ कहि
तां कह्या । संवत् १६९३ वर्षे मार्गशिर वदि ८ शुक्रे लिखितं ।। श्री अंचल'गच्छे उपाध्यायश्री५श्रीहरिसागरगणिभिः तसिष्यमुनिलब्धिमूर्तिगणि
लिखितं । श्री राजनगरे' श्रीरस्तु श्रेयो(s)र्थः ॥ ॥शुभं भवतु ॥ The colophon of the text is followed by the verses written in Gujarāti by some one else as below:
गोतमना(म) जपो प्रभात । रगे रली करो जन दनराति । १। गोतमनामे भोजन मीष्ट मले बहु भाते । पुत्र होए सूवित सूजांत । २
गौ० बाधऽकार तिजगविख्यात । समयसुंदर गोतमगुण गात । ३ । N. B.-- For additional information see No. 288.
'एकविंशतिस्थानकप्रकरण (2) Ekavimsatisthānakapraksrana (?) (एगवीसठाणगपगरण)
Egavisa thā nagapagaraņa टिप्पणसहित
with tippaņa No.297
1055 (0).
1884-87. Size.- 121 in. by st in. Extent.-- 8 folios; 9 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanagari
characters; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; notes occasionally written in margins etc. in a small hand; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one in red ink ; foll. numbered in both the margins ; fol. I blank ; yellow pigment used; condition very good ; complete ; there is an additional work with a table supplying information about 24 Tirthankaras; it begins on fol. 8" and ends
on fol. 8b; it seems to be a part of त्रैलोक्यसार. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Siddhasena Suri. For details see No. 288. Subject.- 24 items pertaining to each of the 24 Tirthankaras and
their explanation.
1 From v. 73p.478) it follows that this work is Caturvirnsatisthanakaprakarana and not Ekavimśatisthānakaprakaraya.
Page #519
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
478
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [297. Begins.--- (text ) fol. 10 ॐ नमः सिद्धं ॥
चक्की भरहो सयरो मघवसणक्कुमार संतिकुंथुजिणा। अरजिणसुभोमपउमा हरिसेण जयव(ब)ह्म भदत्तरकूखो ॥१॥ भरहदु वसहदुकाले मघवदु धम्मदुगं अंतरं जादा ॥
तिजिणा सुभोमचक्की ॥ अरमल्लिजिणंतरे हुंति ॥ २ ॥ etc. "-(notes) fol. 1 ऋषभआजितकाले भरतसगरचक्रवर्तिनौ जातौ ॥ २॥
मघवासनत्कुमारौ द्वौ चक्रिणौ धर्मशांतिअंतराले जातौ ॥२॥
शांतिकुथ्वर एव चक्रिणः त्रयः जाता etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 76
णवई(हिं) सएहि संती छहसयसएहिं परिचु(यु)डो विमलो। इकसट्टिसय अणंतो सेसाइ सहस्सपरिवारा ॥ ७२ ॥ इय चउवीस ठाणा उद्धार(रि)या सिद्धसेणसूरीहिं । चउवीसजिणवराणं । असेससाहारमा भणिया ॥७३॥
समस्ता गाथा १०३ (?) इति इकवीसठाणा संपूर्ण ॥ ,--( notes ) fol. 7° धर्मतीर्थकरः नवोत्तरेण सह अष्टशतेन सार्द्ध मुक्तिं गतः
'एकोनत्रिंशदभावना
Ekonatrimsadbhāvanā ( एगुणतीसभावणा)
(Egunatisabhavana) [आत्मबोधकुलक]
[Atmabodhakulaka ] (अप्पबोहकुलय)
( Appabohakulaya ) No. 298
___641 (e).
1892-95. Extent.- fol. 22° to fol. 23". Description.- Complete. For other details see Upadesamala
No. 225. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.-A metrical composition in 29 verses in Prakrit giving
advice to the soul. Begins.-- fol. 226
- संसारंमि असारे नथि सुहं वाहिउणापउरे ।
जाणंतो इह जीवोन कणड जिणदेसियं घम्मं ॥१॥
1 For other names see No. 299.
Page #520
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
299.]
Metaphysics etc. : Svetambara works
479
Ends.- fol.
ई(इ)य जाणिऊण एवं धम्माई ताई सबकज्जाई । तं तह करेह तुरियं जह सच्चइ सव्वदुक्खाणं ॥२९॥
इति उगुणत्रीसीभावना समाप्ता। Reference. This work is referred to as Átmabodhakulaka in
Peterson, Reports V, p. II. On this page both the verses above noted are given, with this difference that the last hemistich runs as under :
"ता तह करिज्ज तुरियं जह सिद्धिं पावसे अयरा ॥२॥"
For description of additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. Vols. III-IV, pp. 403-404, and Jinaratnakosa ( Vol. I, p. 62 ). In the Limbdi Catalogue, probably this very work is noted as No. 398.
एकोनत्रिंशदभावना
Ekonatrimsadbhāvanā [ भावनाकुलक]
[ Bhāvanākulaka ] (भावणाकुलय)
(Bhavanakulaya)
1157 (b). No. 299
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 2b to fol. 30. Description.- Complete. For other details see Samsaratarayana: stavana No. 1157 ( a ).
1887-91. Begins.- fol. 20 ॥ ६0॥
स(सं)सारंमि असारे नत्थि सुहं वाहिवेयणापउरे । जाणंतो इह जीवो न कुणइं जिणदेसियं धम्मं ॥१॥ अथिरं जीयं रिधी य चंचला जुळवणं परख(व?)णसरिसं ।
पवखं पिखते तहवि हु वंचिज्जए जीवो ॥२॥ Ends.- fol. 30
एगे दोघघडा रहेसु जंपाणवाहणारूढा ।
ववंति मुकयपन्ना अन्ने धावति से पुरउ(ओ) ॥२८॥ 1 For additional names see No. 298.
Page #521
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
480
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
ई जाणिऊण एवं धम्माइ ताई सव्वकज्झा (जा) इं । तं तह करेइ (ह) तुरीयं जहा मुच्चस सम्बदुक्खाणं ॥ २९ ॥
इति भावनाकुलं ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
N. B. — For other details see No. 298.
एकोनत्रिंशद्भावना
No. 300
Begins. fol. 5 11 Qoy
Extent. - fol. 5a to fol. 64.
Description.- Complete; 29 verses in all. For other details see Upadeśaratnamala No. 264.
संसारंमि असारे । etc. as in No. 298.
Ends. fol. 62
[ 299.
Ekonatrimśadbhāvanā
127 (6).
1872-73.
एगे दोग (घ) घडा etc. up to दुक्खयणं ।। २९ । practically as in No. 298. This is followed by the line as under :-- गुणती भावना संपूर्णाः ॥ छ ॥
N.B. — For further particulars see No. 298.
Ends. fol. 40°
एकोनत्रिंशद्भावना
No. 301
Extent. - fol. 39s to fol. 4ob.
Description.—– Complete ; 29 verses in all. For other details see Namaskäramantra ( Vol. XVII, pt. 3, No. 734 ) . Begins. fol. 39a
संसारंमि असारे etc. as in No. 298.
Ekonatrimśadbhāvanā
1270 (52).
1887-91.
एगे दोघघडा etc. up to सन्वदुक्खाणं ॥ as in No. 238. This is followed by the line as under :
'इगुणती सभावना समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥
N. B. — For additional information see No. 298.
1 This work is styled an उगणत्रीमी ( एकोनत्रिंशती ) भावना in B. B. R. AS, Vols. III-IV, p. 403.
Page #522
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
302. ]
'औष्ट्रिक मतोत्सूत्रप्रदीपिका [ चामुण्डिकमतोत्सूत्रदीपिका ]
No. 302
Size.. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 19 folios; 13 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1a blank; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; complete; composed in Samvat 1617 in Šobhālayapura.
Age. Pretty old.
Author.
Austrikamatotsūtrapradipikā [ Camundikamatotsutra
dipikā 1
481
1117. 1887-91.
Upadhyāya Dharmasagara Gaņi, pupil of Anandavimala Süri. He flourished in the reign of Hiravijaya Sūri. See Peterson, Reports 1V, p. 102 where extracts from Nayaprakāśāṣṭaka with tika are given.
For additional works of this Gani see No. 183 (pp. 289-290).
॥ ६० ॥ श्रीविजयदान सूरिगुरुभ्यो नमः | स्वस्तिश्रीमंतमानंदज्ञानामृत पयोनिधिं ।
नत्वा संप्रति तीर्थेशं । श्रीमदूवीर जिनेश्वरं । १ ।
Subject. Refutation of Austrikamata i.e. an attack on some of the tenets of the followers of the Kharatara gaccha. The entire work is divided into four chapters known as adhikāras. The first deals with the origin of the name 'Austrika'. The second has for its subject refutation of this mata. Convincing of the misguided is the topic taken up in the third. And the fourth deals with what the adherents of this mata say about it.
Begins. fol. Ib
1 In Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 64) this work is alluded to as 3. मतोत्सूत्रोद्घाटनकुलक and उत्सूत्रखण्डन as well. The former containing 18 verses in Paiya is published along with an avacuri by the Agamodaya Samiti in A.D. 1927, Is this No. 302 its commentary?
61 J. L. P. Į
Page #523
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
482
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 302. दुर्मनस्कमृगत्रासमृगारिमुनिपुंगवं । श्रीमद्विजयदानाहूं नत्वा सूरीश्वरं पुनः।२। कदाग्रहविमुक्तानां मत्सराग्रस्तचेतसां । अल्पश्रुतवतां किंचिदुपकारपरायणां ।३। चामुंडिकमतोत्सूत्रदीपिका बोधहेतवे । यथा गुरुवच प्रीति | प्रकुर्वे मृदुभाषया । ४ ।
चतुर्भिः कलापक। अत्र औष्ट्रिकमतोत्सूत्रप्रदीपिकायां चत्वारोऽधिकाराः । तत्र प्रथमाधिकारे औष्ट्रिकमतनामव्यवस्थापना १ द्वितीयाधिकारे औष्ट्रिकमतोत्सूत्रमुध्वा( घा)या(? या )गमसाक्षिकं तत्तिरस्करणं २ तृतीयाधिकारे दुर्जनवच नानि श्रुत्वाऽहंदादिहीलनया परित्यक्तसम्यक्त्वानां सम्यकत्वारोपणोपायः ३ चतुर्थाधिकारे त औष्ट्रिकमतोत्सूत्रस्यौष्ट्रिकमुखेने(नै)वाविष्करणोपायः ४।
तत्र प्रथमाधिकारे औष्ट्रिकस्य त्रीणि नामानि । तथाहि । औष्ट्रिक १श्वामुंडिकः २ खरतर[इश्चिीत etc. fol. 5 इति श्रीमत्'तपांगणनभोगणनभोमणिश्रीविजयटानसूरीश्वरशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगणिविरचितायामौष्ट्रिकमतोत्सूत्रप्रदीपिकायामौष्ट्रिकनामव्यवस्थापनालक्षणः प्रथमोऽधिकार छ ॥ ॥ fol. I0" इति etc. up to प्रदीपिकायामौष्ट्रिकमतान्सूत्रोद्घाटनपूर्वकमागमसाक्षितत्तिरस्करणलक्षणो द्वितीयो(5)धिकार छ । fol. 16" इति etc. up to प्रदीपिकायामहदादिहीलनया परित्यक्तसम्य
कृत्वानां पुनः सम्यक्त्वारोपणप्रकारलक्षणस्तृतीयो()धिकार छ । Ends.- fol. 19' अथ किचिंदौष्ट्रिकापत्यं जिनदत्तमस्तके एतत् पातकमिति कु.
बुद्ध्या धाय॑मालंबते । तदसत्यं जिनदत्तापेक्षया जिनदत्तप्रकाशितोत्सूत्रप्रवर्तकस्य महापातकमिति (1) एवमन्यदपि तदसदुक्तमाकर्ण्य सकर्णैः परोपकाररसिकः सदुत्तरधिया भाव्यमिति ।
श्रीविजयदानसूरीनापृच्छचापृच्छय शाखसम्मत्या । औष्ट्रिकमत उत्सूत्रोद्धतांधकारप्रणाशपरा ॥१॥ श्रीवीरशासनस्नेहसिक्ता ह्या शासनस्थिते। जीयाद् दुर्वाग्वचोवातरक्षोभ्या दक्षहस्तगा ॥२॥ मुनींदुषदक्षमा(१६१७)वर्षे हर्षात् 'शोभालये' पुरे। धर्मसागरसंज्ञेन निर्मिता(55)शु प्रदीपिका ॥३॥
विभिर्विशेषकं छ॥ इति श्रीमत् तपोगणनभोउंगणनभोमणिश्रीविजयदानसूरीश्वरशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगणिविरचितायामौष्ट्रिकमतोत्सूत्रप्रदीपिकायामौष्ट्रिकमतोत्सूत्रस्यौष्ट्रिकमुखेनैव व्यवस्थापनालक्षणश्चतुर्थो(s)धिकारः।
इति औष्ट्रिकमतोत्सूत्रप्रदीपिका समाप्तः छ । शुभं भवतुः ॥ ५ ॥ श्री ।। Reference.- For additional Mss. see Jinaratnakosa ( Vol. I, pp.
46 and 64 ).
Page #524
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
304. ]
Metaphysics etc.: Svetambara works
SUPPLEMENT
नयकर्णिका
No. 303 ( 64 )1
Extent. fol. Ira to fol. rrb.
Description.— Complete. For other details see No. 15.
Begins. fol. 11,
वर्द्धमानं स्तुमः सर्वन []नर्ण संक्षेपस्तदुन्नीतनयमं (भे) दानुवादतः ॥ नैगमः संग्रहश्व व्यवहार - ऋजुसूत्रकौ । शब्दः समभिरूढैवंभूतौ चेति नयाः स्मृताः ॥
Ends. fol. rib
सर्बे नया अपि विरोधभृतो मिथस्ते ।
संभूय साधुसमक्षं भगवन् भजते ॥ भूपा इव प्रतिभटा भुवि सार्वभौम
पादांबुजं प्रधनयुक्तिपराजिता द्राक् ॥
Reference. - See No. 7.
आयतनगाथा
( आययणगाहा )
No. 301 (1594 ) 2
Extent. — leaf 79b to leaf 80.
Description. -- Complete so far as it goes. 1392 ().
अरिहणास्तोत्र No.
1891-95.
Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.-- Exposition of Jaina temples. Begins.— leaf 79b
Nayakarnika 1384 (b ).
1891-95.
483
Ayatanagatha (Ayayanagāhā )
1392 (62). 1891-95.
For further details see
जइ समणाण ण कम्पइ एवं एगाणिया जिनवरिंदा || कप्पे सीइउं जे सिद्धाययणा उ अविरुद्धं ॥ १ ॥
1 This is to suggest that the right place for this work is after No. 6 and before No. 7.
2 Bee fn. 1,
Page #525
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
484
[305.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy साहम्मियाण अट्टा चहुविहो लिंगओ जह कुडंगी॥
मंगलसासगभत्ती य जं कयं तत्थ आएसो॥२॥ etc. Ends.- leaf 80%
नीयाइं सरलोए भत्तिकयाइं च भरहमाईहिं॥
निस्सानिस्सकडाई तत्थाएसो वयस निच्च ॥ छ । - इति आयतनगाथा ॥
आयतनस्वरूप
Ayatanasvarūpa (आययणसरूव)
(Ayayanasaruva)
1392 (66). No. 305 (159)
1891-95. Extent.- leaf 82° to leaf 83*. Description.- Complete so far as it goes ; Io verses. For further
_details see अरिहणास्तोत्र No. 1392 (I).
details see E TATS NO. 1891-95. Subject.- Varieties of Jaina temples. The right sort of a temple
is a place where the religious-minded persons and persons
interested in philosophical discussions, meet. Begins.- leaf 820
बजेत्तु अणाययणं आयतणगवेसणं सया कुज्जा ।। तत्थ पुण अणाययणं नायव्वं दव्वभावेहिं ॥१॥ दव्वे रुट्टाइघरं अणाययणं भावउ दुविहमेव ॥
लाहूय लोगुतू(त्त)रियं तइयं पुण लोइयं इणमो॥२॥ etc. Ends.-- leaf 83'
आणयणं पुण दुविहं दवे भावे य होई य नायव्वं ॥ दव्वंमि जिणघराइ भावम्मि य होइ तिविहं तु ॥९॥ जत्थ साहम्मिया बहवे सीलमंता बहुस्सया॥
चरित्तायारसंपन्ना आययणं बियाणाहि ॥१०॥ इति आयतनस्वरूपं ॥ छ॥
1 See p. 483, fn. 1.
2 This verse is quoted by Santi Suri in his commentary (p. 32b) on his own work Dhammarayanapagarana (v.38).
Page #526
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
22
4
ADDENDA Page Line X last Add: ( Vol. XVI, No. I ). XIV 18 Add after 'other': 13. XIV last Add: and the second in No. II. XVI 26 Add : Vol. IV, No. 12. I last In a way here are six sections. See my edition of
Anekantajayapataka. Add after Gaại. : He had a pupil named Tattva. vijaya who composed a rāsa in Samvat 1724. See also pp. 33 and 34 and p. 12 of Vol. XVII, pt. 5 ( in press ). Add after “Sanskrit.”: It serves the purpose of Tarkasangraha of Annambhațţa and Tarkabhaşa of Keśavamiśra. Add after 1965': The text named as “ Jainatarka-bhāṣā” along with Ratnaprahha, a Sanskrit commentary by Vijayodaya Sūriji-the com. corrected by his pupil Vijayanandana Sūriji is published by J. G. Shah in A. D. 1951, In the end contents
are given in Sk, in verse. 17 22
Anandalekha ( Vijñapti-lekha ), too, is his work. It is published in “ Jaina Yuga” (V, 4-5 ) and in SriPrašastisangraha published by "Sri Deśavirati dharmāradhaka-sa māja ", Ahmedabad, in Samvat
1993. So is Ātmajñanaprakasastavana ( No. 142 ). 15 See Nos. 126 and 127. last Herein there is Padmásågara's Yuktiprakaša with his
own commentary. - 28 Add after 1918: Also published in “ Jaina Satya
Prakaśa" (Vol. XVII, Nos. 5-6), by utilizing a
Ms. belonging to "IEVASASTIATT", Vallabhapura. 1 The head line is not counted.
Page #527
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
486
Addenda
Page Line 335
Age.- Not modern. 33 14 Add: This work along with Nayarahasya, Nayo
padeśa, Nayämstatarangini, Syadvádakalpalata, Nyayaloka, Nyayakhandakhadya, Aşțasahasrīţika etc. serve the purpose of works of Udayanācārya, Gangesa, Upadhyāya Raghunātha Siromaņi and Jagadisa respe
ctively. 33 last Add: The Gujarāti translation of Nayapradipi by
M.K. Mehta is published by his son Dr. B. M. Mehta in A. D. 1950. The edition is named as “ 20
AT=& q". Nayapradipa correctly named as “ "Saptabhangi
naya-pradipa " is published along with Balahodhini, a Sk. com. by Vijaya-lavanya Sûriji in "fa
FYAIT” as No. 29 in Samvat 2003. 35 14 This text up to 39 verses along with a correspond
ing portion of Nayamặtatarangini and that of a super-commentary by Vijaya-lāvanya Sūriji is published in “ Carpaty ATST" as No. 36 in
Samvat 2008. 39 18
A survey of this work is given by Dr. SatisChandra Vidyabhusana in his History of Indian
Logic ( pp. 174-181 ). last Add: The text along with Hindi translation of the
text and Siddharşi's com, by Pt. Vijayamūrti is published in A. D. 1950, in “Rayachandra Jaina
Šāstramāla". 48 19 Add : Is he the author of No. 77?
Add: According to Prabhavakacarita, Vadin Deva Sûri was born in Vikrama Samvat 1143, he took dikşà in 1152, became acarya in 1174 and died in 1 226. He has composed the following works:
Pabhäiyajīvāņusāsana ( 23 verses ).
Musicanda-guru-thuï (25 verses ). 1 In Jainananda-pustakalaya, Surat, there is a Ms. of this name.
Page #528
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Addenda
AX2
Page Line
Guruvirahavilāva ( 55 verses in Apabhramśa ).
Gihivasasarůva ( 57 verses ) is by some pupil of his. According to Anandasagara Sūri, it is by Deva Sūri.
All of these are published in Prakaraṇasamuccaya on pp. 43-44, 44-46, 46-49 and 50-53 respectively.
From Santináthacaritra composed in Samvat 1410 by Munibhadra Sūri, we learn about the names of the successors of Vadin Deva Súri. They are :
Bhadreśvara Suri
Vijayendu Sūri
Mānabhadra
Guņabhadra Sūri
17
· 52
9
Munibhadra Súri Add : Pramananayatattvaloka ( chs. I-V) and its Gujarāti translation by M. J. Gandhi, is published by this translator. Add: In History of Indian Logic (p. 201, fn. ) it is said :
“The portion related to pramaņa in the Jaina chapter of Ain-i-Akbari very closely resembles that in Pramāṇanayatattvaloka ankara”.
Col. Jarett has translated this Ain-i-Akbari. This translation is published by the Asiatic Society of Bengal. On Vol. III, p. 190 there is the pertinent portion.. “For details see p. 179 & p. 491 of this “Addenda”. Add after “403.": This work is also named as Nayacakra. See p. 86. Cf. fa fatet (Vol. XIV, p. 306). Add: Şize. I in. by 6 in.
21 6
83
Page #529
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
488
Addenda
Page Line
88
15
Add : In Premi-Abhinandana-Grantha there is an article of Pt. Darbarilal. It is named as " अभिनव धर्मभूषण और उनकी न्यायदीपिका". Here it is said :
Abhinava Dharmabhūşaņa must have been born in Vijaynagar in about Saka 1280 ( = A. D. 1358) and died in about Śaka 1340.
He succeeded his guru Vardhamāna sometime between Saka 1295 and 1307. He was a contemporary of Devaraya I, king of Vijayanagar. He is mentioned in two ways: (a) पद्मनन्दि (कुन्दकुन्दाचार्य )
धर्मभूषण
अमरकीर्ति
धर्मभूषण II
वर्धमान
धर्मभूषणयति III (न्यायदीपिकाकार) (b) कीर्ति
देवेन्द्रविशालकीर्ति
शुभकीर्तिदेव
धर्मभूषणदेव I
अमरकीर्ति
धर्मभूषणदेव II
22
वर्धमानस्वामी Add : In History of Indian Logic (pp. 215-216) a summary of Nyayadipika is given. On its p. 251 it is said that Dharmabhūşaņa is mentioned by Yaśovijaya Gani in his ( Jaina )Tarkabhasa.
Page #530
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Page Line
89
22
89
89
99
99
IOI
101
108
114
/
116
117
122
I 22
123
23
last
24
31
336
16
25
8
4
325
25
12
5
16
28
Addenda
62 [J. L. P.]
489
Add after "reference": The text is published along with a Hindi commentary (?) by Pandit Nathuram Premi, Bombay, in A. D. 1913.
Add after" 1926.": Nyāyadīpikā edited by Pt. Darbarilal is published from वीरसेवामन्दिर ( सरसावा ). On p. 1 of this edition there is mention of Karunya-kalika which may be a work of this author of Nyayadipika.
Add: For additional Mss. see Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, pp. 219-220). Here a Ms. dated Samvat 1586
is noted.
Add after "sangraha ". Anantavirya is mentioned in Parsvanatha-purana by Vadiraja in Šaka 947. Anantavirya refers to Prameya-kamala-martanda.
19
Add after" text. : The text is based upon Akalanka's Nyayaviniscaya. See HIL (Vol. II, p. 582). Add after " 1927. See P. 108. Add after I, p. 239).
1893." See also Jinaratnakosa (Vol.
Add after "published": along with Parikşamukha.
Add after "Reference": Pramana-pariksa is published in "Sanatana Jaina Granthamālā " as No. 10 from Benares, in A. D. 1914. For additional Mss. see Jinaratnakosa ( Vol. I, p. 268).
دو
Add: He is pupil of Manikyanandin.
Add after "is": mentioned in Jinasena's Adipurāṇa and is
Add after "published": with Abhayadeva's commentary.
Add: He is pupil of Anantadevasvamin. Add after "1901." चन्द्र जैन शास्त्रमाला " as No.
The text is published in " राय4 in A. D. 1904.
Page #531
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
490
Addenda
Page Line 133 17
135
2
135
17
15
151
13
156
1
160 169
24 last
170 172
Add: after " Surat." For additional Mss. see Jmarainaksa (Vol. I, p. 348 ). Here the work is named as Mukhavastrika, too. This is rather strange. Add after":884.” The text is published in “a ia 37ATUITO" in A. D. 1936. Add aster « 425.: ”Several Mss. of the text along with those of Adhirohini are noted in Jenaratnakosa (Vol. I, p. 5). Add after “ 1677.”: For additional Mss. of the commentary sec Jinaratnakoša ( Vol. I, p. 5). Add after complete": composed before Vikrama Samvat 1798 ( see p. 152 ). Add after “ too.": For additional Mss. see Jinarainakoša ( Vol. I, p. 5). Add : Is he Digambara? Add after “text.": For Mss. of the text and its con mentary by the author see Jinaratnakosa (Vol. I, p. 6). Add: Is he Digambara? This work along with Adhyålmasära and Adhyatmopanişad etc. link up faina logic with Vaidika works such as Gita, Yogav.isis: ha etc. Add after “ Prakrit.”: It is the 2nd Vimiśikä out of 20. ( STOTIE )
(Aộiccayakulaga ) For the complete title add after “Hemachandra”: des Schülers des Devachandra aus der Vajraśākhā. This essay appeared separately as well as in "Denkschriften der philosophisch-historischen Classe der kais:rlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Vol. XXXVII, pp. 171-258. Its translation into English by Dr. Manilal Patel is published along with a foreword of Prof. M. Winternitz in “ Singhi Jaina Series” as No, I in a. D. 1936. The Gujarāti translation prepared by M. G. Kapadia and named as श्रीहेमचन्द्राचार्यचरित्र is published by the Jaina dharma Prasāraka Sabhā in A D. 4931.
last
175
10
177 179
18 1
-
Page #532
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Addenda
496
Page Line
195
32
*
198
- 24
For further details see T. Zachariae Die ind. Wörterbucher ( = GIAP. i. 36 [1897 ]), pp. 30-35; H. Jacobi, ERE Vol. VI, p. 591; J. Hertel, Ausgewählte Erzählungen aus Hemacandras Parišistaparvan Leipzic ( 1908 ), Einleitung pp. 1-5.
Hemacandracàrya written by B. J. Doshi is published in "TIROTS ar lar” as No. 138 in A.D. 1939. Dhūmaketu has written a book named as "कलिकालमर्वज्ञ हेमचन्द्राचार्य". It is published in “ Śri-Ātmānand-Janma-Satabdi-granthamāla” as No. 4 in A. D. 1940. Himasaniksa of Madhusudan C. Modi is published in “ Śri-Atmānand-JanmaŠatābdi-granthamālā” as No. 5 in A. D. 1942. Add: For additional Mss, see Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 15). Add after “ unnamed”: Jineśvara Suri in his commentary on dsta kaprakarana has not only named one and all but has shown how they are connected. For additional Mss, see Jinaratnakoša ( Vol. I, p. 18). Add after " 11 2.”: For additional Mss. of the commentary see Jinaratnakośa (Vol. I, p. 18 ). Here one of its Mss. dated Samvat 1494 is noted. For additional Mss. see Jinaratnakoša ( Vol. I, p. 19). Here the title given as " 31CACH” is not correct. Add after“ cosmos. ”: composed in Samvat 1776. Add : For additional Mss. see Jinarainakoša (Vol. I, p. 20 ). Here the work is named as "BITA-Berat". Add after " 4.”: or 6. Add : XVIII 170. Add a fn. By 'Tatier' is meant a suburb of Surat.
199
17 last
205
19
207
16 23
210
211
215
32
2 last
222
1 According to his caloulation the birth-date of Henaoandra would be the 1st December, 1088 A. D. see Hertel, ibid., p. 1, n, %.
Page #533
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
492
Addenda
Page Line 223 II Add after “1508. ”: For Mss. see Jinaratnakoša
( Vol. I, p. 22 ). 228 S Add : A Gujarāti translation of Acaropadeša is
published in A. D.1921 along with (1) an anonymous Saktamuktavali in Gujarāti, (2) Guj. translation of Sindara-prakara, (3) its text, (4) Cidānanda's Prašnottaramala and (3) Guj. translation of Atmavabod hakulaka.. Add after" 1909.” : In the former edition (p. 391) one who denounces 'sthāpanā-jina' is designated as
nihnava'. 10 Add before“ p. ” : Vol. I,
Add after 'Arll: Vol. XVIII, No. 195 and in the next line उपदेशचिन्तामणिस्वोपज्ञटीका Vol. XVIII, No. 197.
Add after “ kośa" : Vol. I, p. 26. last Add : For Guj. translation of Almåvabodhakuluka
see p. 492. Add after “?”: If so, its Mss. are noted in Jinaratnakoša ( Vol. I, p. 321), and it is published
from Pālitana in A. D. 1913. 26. Add in " Author” : For details see No. 244
(p. 392 ). Add after" 1902. ” : See also Jinaratnakoša ( Vol. I,
p. 31 ). 9 Add as a fn. : For'śişyāśrava' see Vol. XVII, pt. 3,
p. 47. 261 last Add after“ 160.": For - Mss. of this commentary .... see Jinaratnakoša ( Vol. I, p. 31). 272 14 Add after “Fraigatio”: See No. 205 of Vol XVIII. 272 16 Add after “ gathās.” : Cf. No. 194.
251
21
Page #534
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Addenda
493
Page 272 274
Line 17
274
275
7.
280
Add after “ verses.” : No. 283 of Vol. XVIII. Add after “in”: two instalments in Add after “ Prakāśa ” : in Vol. XVI, Nos. 9 & 10. Add : Age.- Not modern. Add : For description of additional Mss. deposited in B. O. R. I. see DCGCM (Vol. XVI, Nos. 171-175). For further Mss. of the text and its commentary see Jinarainakoša ( Vol. I, p. 322 ). Add : Age.- Not modern. Add : Author.- Municandra Súri. See No. 205. Add after “ Sûri”: alias Lakşmi Sûri. Add after arar: No. 300. Add as a fn. :. The answer is ges. Add : Author.- Not mentioned.*
318 after 24 329 after 24 333 9 423 26
last 464 22
* When it is obvious as to where an addition is to be made, at times no speci. fio bint is given,
Page #535
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
'CORRIGENDA Incorrect
Correct discussion reasoning Nyāysútra Nyāyasútra about to be Culture.
Culture'
- 36
30
Page Line VIII 16 IX
- 35
last XIII XIV 36 XIV last XVI 12 XVI 24 XVI 25 XVI XVII 6 XVIII 16 XVIII 28
i 19 4 16,17 9 18 14 17
26
to be
0 9. •padıbohna "padiboha FRA " #1917 Match NAS ha Aasal." "Balafaat Aigra” “SAQT ” 319r."
आनन्द' being' yogao being 'yogao Vimna
Vimananech
nach four
six is in *** published in is published in two parts in Not mentioned Is he Haribhadra Sūri? अननतर्क
जैनतर्क different )
( different ) plete ; composed plete ; the commentary
coin posed
19
1 Only such errors as were casually noticed, are here corrected, 2 The head-line is not counted. 3 The editor obanged the title without consulting me.
Page #536
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Corrigenda
495
Page
Line
H ___28
2.
___ I
15
last 19 7
99 105 113 139
Incorrect
Correct 1383 (a)
1891-95 स्वपराभास
स्वपराभासि This ... been
The text has been published in A. D. 1936 in “श्रीश्रुतज्ञान. अमीधारा अथवा शान्तसुधारसादि.
ग्रन्यसन्दोह" on pp. 25-27. No.
p. 89 Gupta
Gupta Bhagvad -
Bhagavadthat
Nyāyaviniscaya 1882
1892 Vidyananda Vidyānandin revised
corrected in press
pp. 130-131 mönches
Mönches Dharmasarmabhyudaya Dharmabhyudaya Samvat 1214
c. Samvat 1275 revised
corrected 1494 (2)
1409 अष्टादशमीद्वात्रिंशिका अष्टादशीद्वात्रिंशिका Astādaśamidvātrimśikā Astādasid vätrimśikā अष्टादशमीद्वात्रिंशिका अष्टादशीद्वात्रिंशिका Aşțādaśamidvåtrimśikā Așțādaśidvātrimśikā जोगीओ
जोगी ओ (उ) सण्णाण "" १२ सण्णाणसुज्झाणए(हे)ओ(उ)त्ति। २।
177
17
179 181 181
193 200
205 205 206
17
206
>
211
23
213
last
215 215
106
216
8
11(?) उपदेशामृतपञ्चविंशविका XVIII 283
उपदेश (2)
Page #537
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
496
223 .. 236
238
'अम्मा
250
___19
Corrigenda Page Line Incorrect
Correct 216 उपदेश (?)
उपदेशकुलक XVIII 192 alpabetical
alphabetical 28. (अर्धाः)
(ऽर्थाः) last 'अम्मापि244 18 127 (1) 1872-73
264 250 19 आग्रहद्धर्मदेशना आद्याहद्धर्मदेशना
Adyarhado Adyārhado 255
Hemahamsa's Hemahainsa's 263. 5 v. 10
v. I0, 27214 सुखसम्बोधिनी सुखसम्बोधना 274 3 vicārasāra
vicāralava 274 28, 29 to be
" Prakasa." “ Prakāśa" 276 27 घा55 2825 189
187 ____ 26 दीपिका
प्रदीपिका 290 ___ जीवनरेखा ... No. 5) जीवनरेखा published ... Vol. 68,
Nos. 2-3, 4&5). _18. ?
Prakrit 302 2 उबएस
उपएस 314 .30 315
१५८ ॥१६॥ १५ (१६॥) 325 पटुवने
पदुत्वेन 325 ___ बिवकरणे
बिंबकरणे 336 19 पद 3361 यरुणांणा
27+
धाऽऽ
:
289
दै
22
'एरूणां
Page #538
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Page 336 338 345 352 354
362
362 374
viyrti
375
Corrigenda Line Incorrect Correot ___last गुरुणा नृपबोधोनि नृपबोधो नि,
20 साभौग्य० ... सौभाग्य 24 वाणिक
घणिक : last , 12 Vijaylaksmi
Vijayalakşami 'त्रिशतीभावना शिद्भावना Vol. XVIII, pt I,
No. 298 31538
537 vivrti हुल्य(विधाय
हुल्य(?) विधाय र्थमहावद्धमाना' र्थमहावर्द्धमाना 17
शिष्य'... 32 2 last 1 2 'सैगतादि
'सौगतादि 225.
225 31 कयः 26 ११२७४
१२२७४ 28 टीकायां
टीकाया obūşā
obhūşa एतादृशी
376
376
शिष्य...
376
376 382 384 388 398
कघः
400
405
406
18
एताहशी ।
मालाप्रकरणनउ पीयूष
421
409 14. 'मालप्रकरणानउ
I परिष 42116 'मंगलं' 424 18 तियहुण'
मंगलं
तिहुयण'
Page #539
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
498,
Corrigenda
Page
Line
424
22
Incorrect वृहमछान्ति स्तव fol. .
424
22
Correct वृहज्छान्तिस्त foll. पृथक्कृति जयध्यक
431
पृथक्कृति अयपंक
432
(
442 452 466. 481
20 20
suppresion dipika
suppression dipika
486
Upadhyaya
Upadhyāya pp. 490 and 491
487
28
p. 491
Page #540
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
_